As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 18, 2006

Registration No. 333-_________


SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
____________

REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

____________

VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

United States
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
6035
Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
20-4484783
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

1309 W. 15 th Street, Plano, Texas 75075
(972) 578-5000

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

____________

Garold R. Base, President and Chief Executive Officer
ViewPoint Financial Group
1309 W. 15 th Street
Plano, Texas 75075
(972) 578-5000

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)

Please send copies of all communications to:
Michael S. Sadow, PC
Martin L. Meyrowitz, P.C.
Beth A. Freedman, Esq.
SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.
(a limited liability partnership including professional corporations)
1700 Wisconsin Avenue, NW
Washington, DC 20007
(202) 295-4500

____________

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

             If any of the securities being registered on this Form are being offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box. [X]

             If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier registration statement for the same offering. [  ]

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

Title of Each
Class of Securities
To Be Registered
Amount
to be
Registered
Proposed Maximum
Offering Price
Per Unit
Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price (1)
Amount of
Registration
Fee

Common Stock,
par value $.01
per share
11,009,813 shares $10.00 $110,098,130 $11,780.50

(1) Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.

             The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

NEXT PAGE




ViewPoint Financial Group
Proposed Holding Company for ViewPoint Bank
9,573,750 Shares of Common Stock

             ViewPoint Bank, Plano, Texas, is reorganizing into the mutual holding company form of organization. ViewPoint Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ViewPoint Financial Group, a federally chartered corporation to be formed in connection with the reorganization. As part of the reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group is offering for sale up to 9,573,750 shares of its common stock. The shares being offered represent 45.0% of ViewPoint Financial Group's outstanding common stock following the offering. After the offering, 55.0% of ViewPoint Financial Group's outstanding common stock will be owned by ViewPoint MHC, our federally chartered mutual holding company parent to be formed as part of the reorganization.

             We must sell a minimum of 7,076,250 shares to complete the offering, and we will terminate the offering if we do not sell the minimum number of shares. We may sell up to 11,009,813 shares because of regulatory considerations or changes in market or economic conditions without resoliciting subscribers. The offering is scheduled to terminate at 12:00 noon, Plano, Texas time, on _________ __, 2006. We may extend the termination date without notice to you, until _________ __, 2006, unless the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date, which may not be beyond _________ __, 2008.

             The minimum purchase is 25 shares of common stock. Generally, the maximum purchase that an individual may make through a single deposit account is 40,000 shares and no person, alone or together with an associate or group of persons acting in concert, may purchase more than 70,000 shares. For further information concerning the limitations on purchases of common stock, see "The Reorganization and Stock Offering–Limitations on Stock Purchases." Once submitted, orders are irrevocable unless the offering is terminated or extended beyond _________ __, 2006. If the offering is extended beyond _________ __, 2006, subscribers will have the right to modify or rescind their purchase orders. Funds received prior to the completion of the offering will be held in an account at ViewPoint Bank or, at our discretion, at another federally insured depository institution, and will bear interest at our statement savings rate, which is currently 0.50% per annum. If the offering is terminated, subscribers will have their funds returned promptly, with interest.

             Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. will use its best efforts to assist us in selling our common stock, but is not obligated to purchase any of the common stock that is being offered for sale. Subscribers will not pay any commissions to purchase shares of common stock in the offering. There is currently no public market for the common stock. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has advised us that it intends to make a market in the common stock, but is under no obligation to do so. We expect that the common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group will be quoted on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "VPFG."

This investment involves risk, including the possible loss of principal.

Please read the "Risk Factors" beginning on page 15.

TERMS OF THE OFFERING

Minimum Maximum Maximum, as adjusted
     
Per Share Price $10.00 $10.00 $10.00
Number of Shares 7,076,250 9,573,750 11,009,813
Underwriting Commission $629,000 $859,000 $991,000
Other Expenses $1,750,000 $1,750,000 $1,750,000
Net Proceeds to ViewPoint Financial Group $68,384,000 $93,129,000 $107,357,000
Net Proceeds Per Share $9.66 $9.73 $9.75


             See "The Reorganization and Stock Offering – Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements" for a complete description of the underwriting commission paid in connection with this offering.

             These securities are not deposits or savings accounts and are not insured or guaranteed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other governmental agency.

             Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Office of Thrift Supervision, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, nor any state securities regulator has approved or disapproved these securities or has determined if this prospectus is accurate or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

For information on how to subscribe, call the Stock Information Center at (___) ___-____.
__________________

K EEFE, B RUYETTE & W OODS
__________________

The date of this prospectus is __________ __, 2006

NEXT PAGE









TABLE OF CONTENTS


Page

SUMMARY 1
RISK FACTORS 15
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS 20
SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA 22
VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP 24
VIEWPOINT BANK 24
VIEWPOINT MHC 24
HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS 25
MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK 27
OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS 27
PRO FORMA DATA 28
CAPITALIZATION 32
WE EXCEED ALL REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS 33
THE REORGANIZATION AND STOCK OFFERING 35
PROPOSED PURCHASES BY MANAGEMENT 56
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS 57
BUSINESS OF VIEWPOINT BANK 73
MANAGEMENT 101
HOW WE ARE REGULATED 111
TAXATION 116
RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP AND VIEWPOINT BANK 117
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP 120
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR 121
EXPERTS 121
LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS 121
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION 121
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS F-1

i

NEXT PAGE














[INSERT MAP WITH OFFICE LOCATIONS AND MARKET AREA]





ii

NEXT PAGE



SUMMARY

             The following summary explains selected information regarding the reorganization, the offering of common stock by ViewPoint Financial Group and the business of ViewPoint Bank. We have included a summary of material information; however, no summary can contain all the information that may be important to you. For additional information, you should read this prospectus carefully, including the consolidated financial statements and the notes to the consolidated financial statements.

Overview

            As part of the reorganization to the mutual holding company form of ownership, ViewPoint Financial Group is conducting this offering of between 7,076,250 and 9,573,750 shares of common stock to raise additional capital to support operational growth. The shares purchased in this offering will constitute 45.0% of the outstanding shares of ViewPoint Financial Group, and the remaining 55.0% of its shares will be owned by ViewPoint MHC, as required by regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The offering includes a subscription offering in which certain persons, including depositors of ViewPoint Bank, have prioritized subscription rights. There are limitations on how many shares a person may purchase. The amount of capital being raised is based on an appraisal of ViewPoint Financial Group and a decision by management to offer 45.0% of our shares of common stock to the public. Most of the terms and requirements of this offering are required by regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The same directors and certain officers who manage ViewPoint Bank will manage ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC.

The Companies

ViewPoint Financial Group

             ViewPoint Financial Group will be the mid-tier holding company for ViewPoint Bank when our change in structure is complete. It is not currently an operating company and has not engaged in any business to date. ViewPoint Financial Group will be chartered under federal law and will own 100% of the stock of ViewPoint Bank. After completion of the reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group will direct ViewPoint Bank's business activities and may, in the future, acquire or organize other operating subsidiaries, including other financial institutions or other financial services companies, although it currently has no specific plans or agreements to do so. ViewPoint Financial Group's main office is located at 1309 W. 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075 and its telephone number is (972) 578-5000.

ViewPoint Bank

             ViewPoint Bank is a federal mutual savings bank that converted on January 1, 2006 from a state-chartered credit union known as Community Credit Union. We are changing our structure by becoming a stock savings bank. Unless the context indicates otherwise, references to ViewPoint Bank prior to January 1, 2006 shall include Community Credit Union. Our executive office is located at 1309 W. 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075 and our telephone number at this address is (972) 578-5000.

             We operate in the Dallas/Fort Worth Metroplex, which is ranked ninth nationally in population size according to the U.S. Census Bureau. We are in the business of attracting deposits from the public through our branch network and borrowing funds to originate loans and to invest in securities. A large percentage of our loans consist of automobile loans. We also originate mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate and commercial real estate and other consumer and commercial business loans. We are currently emphasizing one- to four-family residential real estate lending and reducing our focus on indirect automobile lending. We offer a variety of deposit accounts and emphasize customer service. Deposits, particularly money market and demand deposit accounts, are our primary source of funds for our lending and investing activities. We are subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. At December 31, 2005, we had total assets of $1.43 billion, deposits of $1.26 billion, and equity of $101.2 million.

NEXT PAGE



ViewPoint MHC

             Upon completion of our change in structure and the stock offering, ViewPoint MHC is expected to own 55.0% of the outstanding shares of ViewPoint Financial Group. Persons who had membership rights in ViewPoint Bank as of the date of the change in structure will have these rights automatically exchanged for identical rights in ViewPoint MHC after the change in structure. So long as ViewPoint MHC exists, it is required by the Office of Thrift Supervision regulations to own a majority of the voting stock of ViewPoint Financial Group. As a result, shareholders other than ViewPoint MHC will not be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of shareholders of ViewPoint Financial Group. ViewPoint MHC, through its board of directors, will be able to exercise voting control over most matters put to a vote of shareholders.

             ViewPoint MHC is not expected to engage in any business activity other than holding more than half of the shares of ViewPoint Financial Group and investing any funds retained by it. ViewPoint MHC's main office is located at 1309 W. 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075 and its telephone number is (972) 578-5000.

Our Operating Strategy

             Our mission is to operate and grow a profitable community-oriented financial institution serving primarily retail customers and small businesses in our market area. After the reorganization and stock offering, we plan to continue our strategy of:

  • retaining our essentially mutual, community oriented charter and reinvesting the proceeds of the offering consistent with our historical commitment to meet the financial needs of the communities we serve;

  • controlling operating expenses while continuing to provide quality personal service to our customers;

  • growing and diversifying our loan portfolio by emphasizing the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans and secured business loans, and de-emphasizing indirect automobile lending, which will allow us to meet our qualified thrift lender requrements;

  • selectively emphasizing products and services to provide diversification of revenue sources and to capture our customer's full relationship. We intend to continue to expand our business by cross selling our loan and deposit products and services to our customers;

  • expanding our banking network by opening loan production offices and de novo branches, and by selectively acquiring branch offices and other financial institutions;

  • enhancing our focus on core deposits, including savings and checking accounts;

  • borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas for interest rate risk management purposes; and

2

NEXT PAGE



  • maintaining a high level of asset quality.

For a more detailed description of our products and services, as well as our business strategy, see "Business of ViewPoint Bank" beginning on page __.

The Reorganization

             Reorganization into a Mutual Holding Company. We do not have stockholders in our current mutual form of ownership. Our depositors currently have the right to vote on certain matters such as the election of directors and a mutual holding company reorganization. The reorganization is a series of transactions by which we will convert our corporate structure from a mutual savings bank to the mutual holding company form of ownership. Following the reorganization, ViewPoint Bank will become a federal stock savings bank subsidiary of ViewPoint Financial Group. ViewPoint Financial Group will be a majority-owned subsidiary of ViewPoint MHC. Our members will become members of ViewPoint MHC, and will continue to have the same voting rights in ViewPoint MHC as they presently have in ViewPoint Bank. As a federal stock savings bank, we will continue to be subject to the regulation and supervision of the Office of Thrift Supervision and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

             After the reorganization, our ownership structure will be as follows:

             We are offering between 7,076,250 and 9,573,750 shares of ViewPoint Financial Group at $10.00 per share. In the event of changes in financial market conditions before we complete the offering, the offering may increase to 11,009,813 shares with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision and without any notice to you. If we increase the offering, you will not have the opportunity to change or cancel your stock order.

             Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will assist us in selling the stock. For further information about Keefe, Bruyette & Woods' role in the offering, see "The Reorganization and Stock Offering – Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements."

3

NEXT PAGE



Reasons for the Reorganization and the Stock Offering

             The primary reasons for the reorganization and our decision to conduct the offering are to:

  • provide us with greater operating flexibility and allow us to better compete with other financial institutions;

  • increase our capital to support future growth and profitability while remaining within regulatory capital requirements; and

  • retain the characteristics of a mutual organization. The mutual holding company structure will allow our mutual holding company to retain voting control over most decisions to be made by ViewPoint Financial Group shareholders.

             The reorganization and the capital raised in the offering are expected to:

  • help us remain an independent community bank by giving us the financial strength to grow our bank and better enable us to serve our customers in our market area;

  • enable us to increase lending limits and support our emphasis on real estate lending and the development of new products and services;

  • provide additional funding to continue the growth of our branch network in our market area;

  • help us retain and attract qualified management through stock-based compensation plans; and

  • structure our business in a form that will enable us to access the capital markets.

             We intend to expand our branch network, primarily within our existing market area over the next few years. We do not, however, have any specific plans or arrangements for this expansion and/or any specific acquisition plans. We also intend to open three loan production offices within the next few months in the Oak Cliff section of Dallas, Grapevine and Wylie, Texas. In March 2006, we opened a commercial real estate loan production office in Houston.

Conditions to Completing the Reorganization

             We are conducting the reorganization under the terms of our plan of reorganization and stock issuance. We cannot complete the reorganization and related offering unless the plan of reorganization and stock issuance is approved by at least a majority of votes eligible to be cast by members of ViewPoint Bank, we sell at least the minimum number of shares offered and we receive the final approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision to complete the reorganization and offering.

Terms of the Offering

             We are offering the shares of common stock in a subscription offering to those with subscription rights listed below in the following order of priority:

  1. Depositors who held at least $50 with us on December 31, 2004;

  2. The ViewPoint Financial Group employee stock ownership plan;

4

NEXT PAGE



  1. Depositors, other than directors and officers of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank, who held at least $50 with us on March 31, 2006 who do not qualify under priority (1) above; and

  2. Depositors with us on ______ __, 2006, to the extent not already included in a prior category.

             If we receive subscriptions for more shares than are to be sold in this subscription offering, shares will be allocated in order of the priorities described above under a formula outlined in the plan of reorganization and stock issuance. If we increase the number of shares to be sold above 9,573,750, the employee stock ownership plan will have the first priority right to purchase any shares exceeding that amount to the extent that its subscription has not previously been filled. Any shares remaining will be allocated in the order of priorities described above. Shares of common stock not subscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered to the general public in a direct community offering with a preference to natural persons residing in Collin, Dallas, Denton, Grayson, Rockwall and Tarrant counties, Texas and, if necessary, through a public offering. See "The Reorganization and Stock Offering" for a description of the allocation procedure.

Purchase Limitations

             The minimum purchase is 25 shares of common stock. Generally, no individual, or individuals through a single account, may purchase more than $400,000 (40,000 shares of common stock). If any of the following persons purchase shares of common stock, their purchases, when combined with your purchases, cannot exceed $700,000 (70,000 shares):

  • your spouse, or relatives of you or your spouse living in your house;

  • companies or other entities in which you have a 10% or greater equity or substantial beneficial interest or in which you serve as a senior officer or partner;

  • a trust or other estate if you have a substantial beneficial interest in the trust or estate or you are a trustee or fiduciary for the trust or other estate; or

  • other persons who may be acting together with you (including, but not limited to, persons who file jointly a Schedule 13G or Schedule 13D Beneficial Ownership Report with the SEC).

             Subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval, we may increase or decrease the purchase limitations in the offering at any time. In addition, in any direct community offering or public offering, we will first fill orders for our common stock up to a maximum of 1,000 shares. Thereafter, we will allocate any remaining shares of common stock on an equal number of shares per order basis, until we fill all orders. Our tax-qualified benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, are authorized to purchase up to 10% of the shares sold in the offering without regard to these purchase limitations. See "The Reorganization and Stock Offering - Limitations on Stock Purchases."

5

NEXT PAGE



How We Determined the Offering Range and the $10.00 Price Per Share

             The independent appraisal by Feldman Financial Advisors dated as of March 31, 2006, established the offering range. This appraisal was based on our financial condition and operations and the effect of the additional capital raised in this offering. The $10.00 price per share was determined by our board of directors and is the price most commonly used in stock offerings involving reorganizations of mutual savings institutions. Feldman Financial Advisors will receive fees totaling $65,000 for its appraisal services, plus reasonable out-of-pocket expense incurred in connection with the appraisal.

             Two measures that some investors use to analyze whether a stock may be a good investment are the ratio of the offering price to the issuer's "book value" and the ratio of the offering price to the issuer's annual net income. Feldman Financial Advisors considered these ratios, among other factors, in preparing its appraisal. Book value is the same as total equity and represents the difference between the issuer's assets and liabilities. Feldman Financial Advisors' appraisal also incorporated an analysis of a peer group of publicly traded thrift holding companies that Feldman Financial Advisors considered to be comparable to ViewPoint Financial Group. This analysis included an evaluation of the average and median price-to-earnings and price-to-book value ratios indicated by the market prices of the peer companies. Feldman Financial Advisors applied the peer group's pricing ratios, as adjusted for certain qualitative valuation factors to account for differences between ViewPoint Financial Group and the peer group, to ViewPoint Financial Group's pro forma earnings and book value to derive the estimated pro forma market value of ViewPoint Financial Group.

             Feldman Financial Advisors has estimated that as of March 31, 2006, the pro forma market value of ViewPoint Financial Group ranged from a minimum of $157,250,000 to a maximum of $212,750,000, with a midpoint of $185,000,000. Based on this valuation, the decision to sell 45.0% of this value to the public and the $10.00 per share price, the number of shares of common stock being issued by ViewPoint Financial Group to the public will range from 7,076,250 shares to 9,573,750 shares, with a midpoint of 8,325,000 shares. The estimated offering range of ViewPoint Financial Group may be increased by up to 15%, up to $110,098,125.

             The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and for ViewPoint Financial Group on a non-fully converted basis as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005. The peer group, which consists of 11 publicly traded thrift holding companies, which are all in mutual holding company form, includes companies that range in asset size from $543.8 million to $2.1 billion and have market capitalizations ranging from $76.9 million to $996.3 million. Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 44.4% on a price-to-earnings basis and a discount of 41.1% on a price-to-book basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the offering. Care should be exercised in using this non-fully converted basis of calculating price to earnings multiple and price to book value ratio, as a number of the peer group companies sold less than 45% of their value in their offerings. Further, a number of these companies have repurchased some of their common stock which also increases the mutual holding company's percentage ownership and distorts a comparative calculation.

             The financial impact of the offering includes the gross proceeds of the offering, less offering expenses and the effects of the benefit plans we expect to implement. Earnings used in the calculation of the price-to-earnings ratio are defined as our earnings for the year ended December 31, 2005, plus the financial impact of the offering. The financial impact of the offering includes the pro forma after-tax income generated from the reinvestment of the net proceeds of the offering, less the expense related to the benefit plans.

6

NEXT PAGE



Non-Fully Converted
Price to
Earnings Multiple
Non-Fully
Converted
Price to Book
Value Ratio
ViewPoint Financial Group
  Maximum 58.8x 116.6% 
  Minimum 45.5x 97.8%
 

Valuation of peer group companies
as of March 31, 2006
(1)
  Averages 40.7x 199.0% 
  Medians 38.6x 194.2% 
____________
(1) Reflects earnings and equity as of or for the most recent 12-month period.

        

             The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and ViewPoint Financial Group with the ratios adjusted to the hypothetical case of being fully converted. Compared to the average fully converted pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma fully converted pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 27.1% on a price-to-earnings basis and a discount of 22.5% on a price-to-book basis. Feldman Financial Advisors' calculations of the fully converted pricing multiples for the peer group companies assume the pro forma impact of selling the mutual holding company shares of each of the peer group companies at their respective trading prices as of March 31, 2006. Feldman Financial Advisors' calculation of our fully converted pricing ratios assumes the pro forma impact of selling 100% of the shares to be outstanding at $10.00 per share.

Fully Converted
Price to
Earnings Multiple
Fully Converted
Price to Book
Value Ratio
ViewPoint Financial Group
  Maximum 41.7x 74.7%
  Minimum 35.7x 66.5%
 

Valuation of peer group
companies as of March 31, 2006
(1)
  Averages 32.8x 96.4%
  Medians 28.1x 95.7%
____________
(1) Reflects earnings and equity as of or for the most recent 12-month period.

The independent appraisal does not indicate market value. Do not assume or expect that our appraised value means that our common stock will trade at or above $10.00 per share after the offering.

             The following table was provided to our board of directors by Feldman Financial Advisors as part of its appraisal. It presents information for all mutual holding company organizations conducting a minority stock offering that was completed during the period from January 1, 2005 through March 31, 2006. The table presents the average percentage stock price appreciation from the initial trading date to the dates presented in the table. Feldman Financial Advisors advised our board of directors that its appraisal was prepared in conformance with the regulatory appraisal methodology. That methodology requires a valuation based on an analysis of the trading prices of comparable public thrift holding companies whose stock has traded for at least one year prior to the valuation date. Feldman Financial Advisors also advised our board of directors that the aftermarket trading experience of recent transactions was considered in the appraisal as a general indicator of current market conditions, but was not relied upon as a primary valuation methodology.

7

NEXT PAGE



             This table is not intended to indicate how our stock may perform. Furthermore, this table presents only short-term price performance and may not be indicative of the longer-term stock price performance of these companies. The increase in any particular company's stock price is subject to various factors, including, but not limited to, the amount of proceeds a company raises, the company's historical and anticipated operating results, the nature and quality of the company's assets, the company's market area, and the quality of management and management's ability to deploy proceeds (such as through loans and investments, the acquisition of other financial institutions or other businesses, the payment of dividends and common stock repurchases). In addition, stock prices may be affected by general market and economic conditions, the interest rate environment, the market for financial institutions and merger or takeover transactions, the presence of professional and other investors who purchase stock on speculation, as well as other unforeseeable events not in the control of management. Before you make an investment decision, we urge you to carefully read this prospectus, including, but not limited to, the "Risk Factors."

Number of Transactions
Price Appreciation
After One Month
Price Appreciation
Through March 31, 2006
20 3.5% 16.0%

             The independent appraisal will be updated before we complete the offering. Any changes in the appraisal would be subject to Office of Thrift Supervision approval.

             Data presented in the table reflects a small number of transactions. While stock prices of similar institutions have, on average, increased for the limited period presented, there can be no assurance that our stock price will appreciate the same amount, if at all. There also can be no assurance that our stock price will not trade below $10.00 per share. The substantial proceeds raised as a percentage of pro forma stockholders' equity may have a negative effect on our stock price performance. See "Risk Factors - Our Stock Price May Decline When Trading Commences." After this offering, our compensation expense will increase. Our return on equity will also be low compared to other companies. These factors could negatively impact the price of our stock. If interest rates rise, our net interest income and the value of our assets could be reduced, negatively affecting our stock price. See "Risk Factors - Rising interest rates may hurt our profits."

How to Purchase Common Stock

             Once we receive your order, you cannot cancel or change it without our consent. If we intend to sell fewer than 7,076,250 shares or more than 11,009,813 shares, all subscribers will be notified and given the opportunity to maintain, change or cancel their orders. If you do not respond to this notice, we will return your funds promptly with interest.

             If you want to subscribe for shares you must complete an original stock order form and drop it off at any ViewPoint Bank banking office or send it, together with full payment or withdrawal authorization, to ViewPoint Financial Group. You must sign the certification that is part of the stock order form. We must actually receive your properly completed stock order form, together with payment for the shares before noon, Plano, Texas time, on ________, 2006.

8

NEXT PAGE



             To ensure that we properly identify your subscription rights, you should list all of your deposit accounts as of the eligibility dates on the stock order form. If you fail to do so, your subscription may be reduced or rejected if the offering is oversubscribed.

             You may pay for shares in any of the following ways:

  • by authorizing a withdrawal from deposit accounts at ViewPoint Bank;

  • by check or money order made payable to ViewPoint Financial Group; or

  • by cash, if delivered in person to a full-service banking office of ViewPoint Bank, although we request that you exchange cash for a check with any of our tellers.

             We will pay interest on your subscription funds at the rate ViewPoint Bank pays on statement savings accounts from the date we receive your funds until the offering is completed or terminated. All funds authorized for withdrawal from deposit accounts with ViewPoint Bank will earn interest at the applicable account rate until the offering is completed. There will be no early withdrawal penalty for withdrawals from certificates of deposit at ViewPoint Bank used to pay for stock subscribed for in this offering.

             You may not authorize direct withdrawal from a ViewPoint Bank individual retirement account. If you wish to use your ViewPoint Bank IRA to pay for your shares, please be aware that federal law requires that such funds first be transferred to a self-directed retirement account with a trustee other than ViewPoint Bank. The transfer of such funds to a new trustee takes time. If you would like to use your individual retirement funds held at ViewPoint Bank or elsewhere, we recommend that you contact our Stock Information Center promptly, preferably at least two weeks before the end of the offering period, for assistance. We cannot guarantee that you will be able to use retirement funds held at ViewPoint Bank or elsewhere, for this purchase. Your ability to use these retirement funds may depend on time constraints and, possibly, limitations imposed by the individual retirement account trustee.

Subscription Rights Are Not Transferrable

             Subscription rights are not allowed to be transferred, and we will act to ensure that you do not do so. We will not accept any stock orders that we believe involve any transfer of subscription rights.

Termination of the Offering

             The subscription offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Plano, Texas time, on _____________, 2006. We expect that the direct community offering and public offering, if any, would expire at the same time, although they may continue for up to 45 days after the end of the subscription offering, or longer if the Office of Thrift Supervision approves a later date. If the offering extends beyond ______________, 2006 or if we intend to sell fewer than 7,076,250 shares or more than 11,009,813 shares, we will resolicit subscriptions before proceeding with the offerings. If fewer than the minimum number of shares are subscribed for in the offering, and we do not get orders for at least the minimum number of shares by________, 2006, we will either:

  • promptly return any payment you made to us, with interest, or cancel any withdrawal authorization you gave us; or

  • extend the offering, if allowed, and give you notice of the extension and of your rights to maintain, cancel or change your order. If we extend the offering and you do not respond to the notice, then we will cancel your order and return your payment, with interest, or cancel any withdrawal authorization you gave us.

9

NEXT PAGE



How We Will Use the Proceeds Raised From the Sale of Common Stock

             We intend to use the net proceeds received from the stock offering as follows:

Minimum
Maximum
Maximum,
as adjusted

(Dollars in Thousands)
Retained by ViewPoint Financial Group and initially
   placed in short-term investments for general
   corporate purposes
$28,531 $38,905 $44,870
Loan to employee stock ownership plan 5,661 7,659 8,808
Contributed to ViewPoint Bank 34,192
46,565
53,679
Net proceeds from stock offering $68,384
$93,129
$107,357

             ViewPoint Financial Group may use the net proceeds to invest in mortgage-related and investment securities, to finance the possible acquisition of other financial institutions or financial service businesses, to pay dividends or for other general corporate purposes, including repurchasing shares of its common stock. ViewPoint Bank may use the proceeds it receives to make loans, to purchase securities, to expand its banking franchise internally or through acquisitions, and for general corporate purposes. See "How We Intend to Use the Proceeds of the Offering."

Federal and Texas Income Tax Consequences of the Reorganization and Stock Offering

             We have received a federal income tax opinion from our special counsel, Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. to the effect that the reorganization will not result in any taxable gain to ViewPoint Bank, ViewPoint Financial Group, ViewPoint MHC or to the holders of the deposit accounts in ViewPoint Bank, except that persons (including holders of deposit accounts in ViewPoint Bank) who receive non-transferable subscription rights to purchase shares may recognize income to the extent of the fair market value, if any, of the subscription rights received. Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. has opined that it is more likely than not that the fair market value of such subscription rights is zero.

             ViewPoint Bank has also received an opinion from Crowe Chizek and Company LLC stating that, assuming the reorganization does not result in any federal income tax liability to ViewPoint Bank, its deposit account holders, or ViewPoint Financial Group, implementation of the plan of reorganization will not result in any Texas income tax liability to those entities or persons. See "The Reorganization and Stock Offering - Tax Effects of our Corporate Change and Stock Offering."

ViewPoint Bank's Officers, Directors and Employees Will Receive Additional Compensation and Benefit Programs After the Offering

             We intend to establish an employee stock ownership plan, and adopt a stock-based incentive plan that will provide for grants of stock options and restricted stock. The board of directors of ViewPoint Bank has adopted an employee stock ownership plan which will allocate shares of our common stock to eligible employees primarily based on their compensation, in accordance with federal law. Our board of directors will, at the completion of the offering, ratify the loan to the employee stock ownership plan and the issuance of the common stock to the employee stock ownership plan. Our tax-qualified employee benefit plans, including our employee stock ownership plan, may purchase a number of shares equal to up to 4.5% of the shares outstanding after the offering; however, our employee stock ownership plan is only expected to purchase a number of shares equal to 3.6% of the shares outstanding after the offering.

10

NEXT PAGE



             In addition to shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan, we may grant options and awards under the stock-based incentive plan. The number of options granted or shares awarded under the stock-based incentive plan may not exceed 4.5% and 1.8%, respectively, of our total outstanding shares, including shares issued to ViewPoint MHC.

             The stock-based incentive plan will comply with all applicable regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. The stock-based incentive plan cannot be established sooner than six months after the offering is completed and requires the approval of a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by ViewPoint Financial Group stockholders (excluding votes eligible to be cast by ViewPoint MHC), unless we obtain a waiver from the Office of Thrift Supervision allowing the approval of the stock-based incentive plan by a majority of votes actually cast by ViewPoint Financial Group stockholders (excluding shares voted by ViewPoint MHC). We currently intend to seek such a waiver from the Office of Thrift Supervision. The following additional Office of Thrift Supervision restrictions currently would apply to our stock-based incentive plan:

  • non-employee directors in the aggregate may not receive more than 30% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

  • any one non-employee director may not receive more than 5% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

  • any officer or employee may not receive more than 25% of the options and restricted stock awards authorized under the plan;

  • the options and restricted stock awards may not vest more rapidly than 20% per year, beginning on the first anniversary of stockholder approval of the plan; and

  • accelerated vesting is not permitted except for death, disability or upon a change in control of ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint Financial Group.

             In the event the Office of Thrift Supervision changes its regulations or policies regarding stock-based incentive plans, including any regulations or policies restricting the size of awards and vesting of benefits as described above, the restrictions described above may not be applicable.

             The employee stock ownership plan and the stock-based incentive plan will increase our future compensation costs, thereby reducing our earnings. The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") and the SEC recently finalized rules that require public companies to expense the grant-date fair value of stock options granted to officers, directors and employees. Recognizing an expense equal to the grant-date fair value of stock options will increase our compensation costs over the vesting period of the options. Additionally, stockholders will experience a reduction in their ownership interest if newly issued shares of common stock are used to fund stock options and stock awards. See "Risk Factors – Additional public company and annual stock employees compensation and benefit expenses following the offering may reduce our profitability and stockholders' equity" and "Management–Stock Benefit Plans."

             The following table summarizes the stock benefits that our officers, directors and employees may receive following the offering at the maximum of the offering range. It assumes that we initially implement a stock-based incentive plan granting options to purchase a number of shares equal to 4.5% of the shares outstanding after the offering and awarding a number of shares of common stock equal to 1.80% of the shares outstanding after the offering. It further assumes that, at the maximum of the offering range, a total of 9,573,750 shares will be sold to the public and that our tangible regulatory capital is 10% or more following the proposed stock issuance.

11

NEXT PAGE



Number
of
Shares
  Plan
  % of
Outstanding
Shares
  Individuals
Eligible to
Receive
Awards
  % of
Shares
Sold
  Value of
Benefits
Based on
Maximum of
Offering
Range (1)
                     
765,900   Employee stock ownership plan   3.6%   Employees   8.0%   $
                     
383,000   Restricted stock awards   1.8      Directors and employees   4.0       
                     
957,375   Stock options   4.5      Directors and employees   10.0        
_____________

(1) The actual value of the restricted stock awards will be determined based on their fair value as of the date the grants are made. For purposes of this table, fair value is assumed to be the offering price of $10.00 per share. The fair value of stock options has been estimated at $2.57 per option using the Black-Scholes option pricing model with the following assumptions: a grant-date share price and option exercise price of $10.00; dividend yield of 2.0%; expected option life of 10 years; risk free interest rate of 4.39% (based on the ten-year Treasury Note rate); and a volatility rate of 17.05% based on an index of publicly traded mutual holding company institutions. The actual expense of the stock options will be determined by the grant-date fair value of the options, which will depend on a number of factors, including the valuation assumptions used in the option pricing model ultimately adopted.

             The value of the restricted stock awards will be based on the price of ViewPoint Financial Group's common stock at the time those shares are granted, which, subject to stockholder approval, cannot occur until at least six months after the offering is completed. The following table presents the total value of all restricted shares to be available for award and issuance under the stock-based incentive plan, assuming the shares for the plan are purchased or issued in a range of market prices from $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

Share Price
283,100 Shares
Awarded at
Minimum of Range
383,000 Shares
Awarded at
Maximum of Range
440,400 Shares
Awarded at
Maximum of Range,
As Adjusted
$8.00 $                     $                     $                    
$10.00
$12.00
$14.00

             The grant-date fair value of the options granted under the stock-based incentive plan will be based in part on the price of ViewPoint Financial Group's common stock at the time the options are granted, which, subject to stockholder approval, cannot occur until at least six months after the offering is completed. The value also will depend on the various assumptions utilized in estimating the value using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following table presents the total estimated value of the options to be available for grant under the stock-based incentive plan, assuming the market price and exercise price for the stock options are equal and the range of market prices for the shares are $8.00 per share to $14.00 per share.

12

NEXT PAGE



Market/
Exercise
Price
Grant-Date Fair
Value Per
Option
707,625 Options
at Minimum
of Range
957,375 Options
at Maximum
of Range
1,100,981 Options
at Maximum
of Range,
As Adjusted
$8.00 $                     $                     $                     $                    
$10.00
$12.00
$14.00

             We also will enter into an employment agreement with our chief executive officer, and change in control severance agreements with seven other officers. For a further discussion of benefits to management, see "Management."

We Currently Intend to Pay a Cash Dividend in the Future

             We currently plan to pay a quarterly cash dividend at an annualized rate of $0.20 per share, beginning after the first full quarter following the completion of the offering. Based on our earnings history and the proceeds from the stock offering, we believe we will have the financial ability to pay this dividend. Based upon the offering expenses and other assumptions described in "Pro Forma Data," we expect to have between $59.9 million and $81.6 million in net proceeds at the minimum and maximum of the offering, respectively, that, subject to annual earnings and expenses, could be used to pay dividends. Future dividends are not guaranteed and will depend on our ability to pay them. We will not pay or take any steps to pay a tax-free dividend that qualifies as a return of capital for at least one year following the stock offering. We anticipate that ViewPoint MHC will waive receipt of any dividends that we may pay. "Our Policy Regarding Dividends."

Market for Common Stock

             We anticipate that our common stock will be listed for trading on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "VPFG." Our application to list our stock on The NASDAQ National Market is pending. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods currently intends to become a market maker in the common stock, but it is under no obligation to do so. We cannot assure that other market makers will be obtained or that an active and liquid trading market for the shares of common stock will develop or if developed, will be maintained. After shares of the common stock begin trading, you may contact a stock broker to buy or sell shares. Due to the unpredictability of the stock market and other factors, persons purchasing shares may not be able to sell their shares when they want to, or at a price equal to or above $10.00.

Restrictions on the Acquisition of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank

             Federal regulations, as well as provisions contained in the charter, restrict the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire ViewPoint Financial Group, ViewPoint Bank, or their capital stock. These restrictions include the requirement that a potential acquirer of common stock obtain the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision before acquiring in excess of 10% of the voting stock of ViewPoint Financial Group or ViewPoint Bank. Because a majority of the shares of outstanding common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group must be owned by ViewPoint MHC, any acquisition of ViewPoint Financial Group must be approved by ViewPoint MHC, and ViewPoint MHC would not be required to pursue or approve a sale of ViewPoint Financial Group even if such sale were favored by a majority of ViewPoint Financial Group's public stockholders. Additionally, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations prohibit anyone from acquiring ViewPoint Financial Group for a period of three years following the offering, unless such prohibition is waived by the Office of Thrift Supervision. See "Risk Factors."

13

NEXT PAGE



Possible Conversion of ViewPoint MHC to Stock Form

             In the future, ViewPoint MHC may convert from the mutual holding company form of organization, wherein a majority of the outstanding stock is held by the mutual holding company, to a corporation with 100% of its shares held by public stockholders. This type of conversion transaction is commonly known as a "second-step conversion." If ViewPoint Financial Group decides to undergo a second step conversion, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that we obtain the approval of a majority of the total outstanding votes of ViewPoint MHC's members and the approval of a majority of the votes eligible to be cast by our minority stockholders to complete the transaction.

             In a second-step conversion, members of ViewPoint MHC would have subscription rights to purchase common stock of the successor full stock corporation and the public stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group would be entitled to exchange their shares of common stock for an equal percentage of shares of the successor full stock corporation. ViewPoint Financial Group's public stockholders, therefore, would own approximately the same percentage of the successor resulting entity as they owned before the second-step conversion. This percentage may be adjusted to reflect any assets owned by ViewPoint MHC. The board of directors has no current plans to undertake a second-step conversion transaction.

Proposed Stock Purchases by Directors and Executive Officers

             Our directors and executive officers, together with their associates, are expected to subscribe for 201,500 shares, which represents 2.40% of the shares that would be sold in the offering and 1.09% of the total shares to be outstanding at the midpoint of the offering range. Directors and executive officers will pay $10.00 per share, as will everyone else who purchases shares in the offering.

Important Risks in Owning ViewPoint Financial Group's Common Stock

             Before you decide to purchase stock, you should read the "Risk Factors" section beginning on page 15.

Stock Information Center

             If you have any questions regarding the offering or the reorganization, please call the Stock Information Center at (___) ___-____. You may also visit our Stock Information Center, which is located at __________________________________. The Stock Information Center is open Monday through Friday, except for bank holidays, from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., Plano, Texas time.

             To ensure that each person in the subscription and community offerings receives a prospectus at least 48 hours prior to the expiration date of _________ __, 2006 in accordance with federal law, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to ____________ __, 2006 or hand-delivered any later than two days prior to ____________ __, 2006. Order forms will be distributed only when preceded or accompanied by a prospectus.

14

NEXT PAGE



RISK FACTORS

             You should consider these risk factors, in addition to the other information in this prospectus, before deciding whether to make an investment in this stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to our substantial number of consumer loans, as well as our commercial real estate and commercial business loans.

             Our consumer loans accounted for approximately $607.4 million, or 56.5% of our total loan portfolio, as of December 31, 2005, of which $560.3 million consisted of automobile loans. Generally, we consider these types of loans to involve a higher degree of risk compared to first mortgage loans on one- to four-family, owner-occupied residential properties. As a result of our large portfolio of consumer loans, it may become necessary to increase the level of our provision for loan losses, which could hurt our profits. Consumer loans generally entail greater risk than do one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. In addition, the majority of our automobile loans are comprised of indirect automobile loans which are originated by a third party on our behalf through a network of automobile dealers. Because these loans are originated through a third party and not directly by us, they present greater risks than other types of lending activities. See "Business of ViewPoint Bank - Lending Activities – Consumer Lending" and "Asset Quality."

             In addition, at December 31, 2005, our loan portfolio included $108.1 million of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans, or approximately 10.1% of our total loan portfolio. We have been increasing, and intend to continue to increase, our origination of these types of loans after this offering. The credit risk related to these types of loans is considered to be greater than the risk related to one- to four-family residential loans because the repayment of commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans typically is dependent on the successful operations and income stream of the borrowers' business and the real estate securing the loan as collateral, which can be significantly affected by economic conditions.

             Several of our borrowers have more than one commercial real estate loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Finally, if we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral, if any, typically is longer than for one- to four-family residential mortgage loan because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Since we plan to continue to increase our originations of these loans, it may be necessary to increase the level of our allowance for loan losses due to the increased risk characteristics associated with these types of loans. Any increase to our allowance for loan losses would adversely affect our earnings. In addition, these loans generally carry larger balances to single borrowers or related groups of borrowers than one- to four-family loans. Any delinquent payments or the failure to repay these loans would hurt our earnings. See "Business of ViewPoint Bank - Lending Activities -- Commercial Real Estate Lending" and "-- Commercial Business Lending."

15

NEXT PAGE



If our allowance for loan losses is not sufficient to cover actual loan losses, our earnings could decrease.

             We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectibility of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover actual losses, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance could materially decrease our net income. Our allowance for loan losses was 0.71% of gross loans receivable, excluding loans held for sale, and 167.5% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2005.

             In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize additional loan charge-offs. Any increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities will have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Rising interest rates may hurt our profits.

             To be profitable we have to earn more interest on our loans and investments than we pay on our deposits and borrowings. If interest rates continue to rise, our net interest income and the value of our assets could be reduced if interest paid on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings, increases more quickly than interest received on interest-earning assets, such as loans and investments. This is most likely to occur if short-term interest rates increase at a faster rate than long-term interest rates, which would cause income to go down. In addition, rising interest rates may hurt our income because they may reduce the demand for loans and the value of our securities. A flat yield curve may also hurt our income, because it would reduce our ability to reinvest proceeds from loan and investment repayments at higher rates. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk."

We operate in a highly regulated environment and we may be adversely affected by changes in laws and regulations.

             We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision, our chartering authority, and by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, as insurer of our deposits. Since converting from a credit union on January 1, 2006, ViewPoint Bank has not yet been examined by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Both ViewPoint MHC and ViewPoint Financial Group will be subject to regulation and supervision by the Office of Thrift Supervision. This regulation and supervision governs the activities in which an institution and its holding company may engage, and are intended primarily for the protection of the insurance fund and depositors. Regulatory authorities have extensive discretion in their supervisory and enforcement activities, including the imposition of restrictions on our operations, the classification of our assets and determination of the level of our allowance for loan losses. Any change in this regulation and oversight, whether in the form of regulatory policy, regulations, legislation or supervisory action, may have a material impact on our operations. See "How We Are Regulated -- ViewPoint Bank - Office of Thrift Supervision."

Strong competition within our market area may limit our growth and profitability.

             Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with numerous commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have, have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. See "Business - Competition."

16

NEXT PAGE



Our business is geographically concentrated in Texas and a downturn in conditions in the state could reduce our profits.

             Most of our loans are to individuals and businesses located in Texas. Any decline in the economy of the state could have an adverse impact on our earnings. Decreases in local real estate values could adversely affect the value of property used as collateral. Adverse changes in the economy may also have a negative effect on the ability of our borrowers to make timely repayments of their loans, which would have an adverse impact on our earnings.

Risks Related to this Offering

After this offering, our compensation expenses will increase. Our return on equity also will be low compared to other companies. These factors could negatively impact the price of our stock.

             The proceeds we will receive from the sale of our common stock will significantly increase our capital and it will take us time to fully deploy those proceeds in our business operations. Our compensation expense will increase because of the costs associated with the employee stock ownership and stock-based incentive plans. We estimate the increase in compensation expense to be approximately $1.40 million on an after-tax basis, based on the maximum of the valuation range. Expenses also are expected to increase as a result of the costs of being a public company. Therefore, we expect our return on equity to be below our historical level and less than many of our regional and national peers. This low return on equity could hurt our stock price. We cannot guarantee when or if we will achieve returns on equity that are comparable to industry peers. For further information regarding pro forma income and expenses, see "Pro Forma Data."

We may have potentially lower net income as a result of being subject to federal and state taxes.

             As a credit union, we were generally exempt from paying state and federal income tax. As a savings bank, we are now subject to a federal income tax rate of approximately 34.0% and a state franchise tax of approximately 4.5%. Our new federal and state tax burden will negatively impact our net income and may reduce our net income from historical levels. If we had been subject to federal and state taxes for fiscal 2005, our earnings would have been reduced from $2.7 to $1.7 million for fiscal year ended 2005. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations."

We had material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting during the period when we were a credit union, which could affect our ability to provide accurate financial statements.

             In connection with the audit of our 2003, 2004 and 2005 financial statements, our independent auditing firm issued a letter to our audit committee identifying four material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a significant deficiency in an internal control system that results in more than a remote likelihood that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected. These weaknesses related to (i) our classification of collateral-in-process loans as foreclosed assets and charging off the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the estimated value of the foreclosed asset, (ii) the need to update our historical charge-off experience to reflect current conditions in connection with our allowance for loan loss estimates, (iii) our timing for recording charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses, and (iv) our system for providing access to our FedLine controls. We are currently addressing or have already addressed these material weaknesses by having made the necessary adjustments to properly account for collateral-in-process loans, by having made adjustments to our allowance for loan loss calculations and the timing of our charge-offs in connection with the 2005 audit, and by instituting monitoring systems to ensure that all FedLine wire controls and access are appropriately limited.

17

NEXT PAGE



             We are in the process of upgrading our internal control over financial reporting in connection with our transition from a private to a public company. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any future failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting could impair the reliability of our financial statements which in turn could harm our business, impair investor confidence and subject us to regulatory penalties.

The cost of additional finance and accounting systems, procedures and controls in order to satisfy our new public company reporting requirements will increase our expenses.

             As a result of the completion of this offering, we will become a public reporting company. We expect that the obligations of being a public company, including the substantial public reporting obligations, will require significant expenditures and place additional demands on our management team. Compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, particularly Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding required internal controls and procedures, and the related rules and regulations of the SEC will require us to assess our internal controls and procedures and evaluate our accounting systems. In addition, we may need to hire additional internal audit, compliance, accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical knowledge, and we may not be able to do so in a timely fashion. These obligations will increase our operating expenses and could divert our management's attention from our operations.

We have broad discretion in using the proceeds of the offering. Our failure to effectively use these proceeds could reduce our profits.

             ViewPoint Financial Group will use a portion of the net proceeds it retains to finance the purchase of common stock in the offering by the employee stock ownership plan and may use the remaining net proceeds to pay dividends to stockholders, repurchase shares of common stock, purchase securities, deposit funds in ViewPoint Bank or other financial institutions, acquire other financial services companies or for other general corporate purposes. ViewPoint Bank may use the proceeds it receives to fund new loans, establish or acquire new branches, purchase securities, or for general corporate purposes. In addition, we intend to expand our presence inside and outside our primary market area through acquisitions and de novo branching and new loan production offices, which may negatively affect our earnings until these branches and loan production offices achieve profitability. We have not, however, identified specific amounts of proceeds for any of these purposes and we will have significant flexibility in determining the amount of net proceeds we apply to different uses and the timing of these applications. Our failure to utilize these funds effectively could reduce our profitability. We have not established a timetable for the effective deployment of the proceeds, and we cannot predict how long we will require to effectively deploy the proceeds.

18

NEXT PAGE



ViewPoint MHC will own more than half of the stock of ViewPoint Financial Group. This means that ViewPoint MHC will have enough votes to control what happens on most matters submitted to a vote of stockholders.

             ViewPoint MHC is required by the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision to own more than half of the common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group. We expect ViewPoint MHC will own approximately 55% of our shares immediately after the offering. The board of directors of ViewPoint MHC will have the power to direct the voting of this stock. We cannot assure you that the votes cast by ViewPoint MHC will be in your personal best interests as a minority stockholder of ViewPoint Financial Group. For more information regarding your lack of voting control over ViewPoint Financial Group, see "ViewPoint MHC" and "Restrictions on Acquisitions of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank."

The amount of stock controlled by ViewPoint MHC, and provisions in our charter and bylaws limiting the rights of stockholders, may deter potential takeovers and may reduce the trading price of our stock.

             In addition to the voting control position of ViewPoint MHC, provisions in our charter and bylaws may make it difficult and expensive to pursue a change in control or takeover attempt that our board of directors opposes. As a result, you may not have an opportunity to participate in such a transaction, and the trading price of our stock may not rise to the level of other institutions that are more vulnerable to hostile takeovers. These provisions include:

  • the election of directors to staggered three-year terms;

  • provisions restricting the calling of special meetings of stockholders;

  • the absence of cumulative voting by stockholders in elections of directors;

  • advance notice requirements for stockholder nominations and new business; and

  • the authorization of 25,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock that could be issued without stockholder approval on terms or in circumstances that could deter a future takeover attempt.

See "Restrictions on Acquisition of ViewPoint Financial Group - Charter and Bylaws of ViewPoint Financial Group."

The implementation of a stock-based incentive plan may dilute your ownership interest.

             We intend to adopt a stock-based incentive plan following the offering. This stock-based incentive plan will be funded through either open market purchases, if permitted, or from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares of our common stock. Stockholders would experience a reduction in ownership interest (including shares held by ViewPoint MHC) totaling approximately 6.08% in the event newly issued shares of our common stock are used to fund stock options or awards of shares of common stock under the plan in an amount equal to 4.5% and 1.8%, respectively, of the shares to be outstanding after the offering.

Our stock price may decline when trading commences.

             We cannot assure you that if you purchase shares in the offering you will later be able to sell them at or above the $10.00 purchase price. In numerous recent cases, shares of common stock issued by newly converted savings institutions or mutual holding companies have traded below the price at which the shares were sold in the offering conducted by those companies. The final aggregate purchase price of the shares of common stock in the offering will be based on an independent appraisal. The appraisal is not intended, and should not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock. The valuation is based on estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time. After our shares begin trading, the trading price of our common stock will be determined by the marketplace and may be influenced by many factors, including prevailing interest rates, the overall performance of the economy, investor perceptions of ViewPoint Financial Group and the outlook for the financial institutions industry in general.

19

NEXT PAGE



There may be a limited trading market in our common stock, which would hinder your ability to sell our common stock and may lower the market price of the stock.

             ViewPoint Financial Group has never issued stock and, therefore, there is no current trading market for the shares of common stock. We expect that our common stock will be quoted on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "VPFG." There is no guarantee that an active and liquid trading market in shares of our common stock will develop. Persons purchasing shares may not be able to sell their shares when they desire if a liquid trading market does not develop or sell them at a price equal to or above the initial purchase price of $10.00 per share even if a liquid trading market develops. This limited trading market for our common stock may reduce the market value of the common stock and make it difficult to buy or sell our shares on short notice. See "Market for the Common Stock."

Office of Thrift Supervision policy on remutualization transactions could prohibit an acquisition of ViewPoint Financial Group, which may lower our stock price.

             Current Office of Thrift Supervision regulations permit a mutual holding company to be acquired by a mutual institution in a remutualization transaction. The possibility of a remutualization transaction has on occasion resulted in a degree of takeover speculation for mutual holding companies which is reflected in the per share price of mutual holding companies' common stock. However, the Office of Thrift Supervision has issued a policy statement indicating that it views remutualization transactions as raising significant issues concerning disparate treatment of minority stockholders and mutual members of the target entity and raising issues concerning the effect on the mutual members of the acquiring entity. Under certain circumstances, the Office of Thrift Supervision intends to give these issues special scrutiny and reject applications providing for the remutualization of a mutual holding company unless the applicant can clearly demonstrate that the Office of Thrift Supervision's concerns are not warranted in the particular case. Should the Office of Thrift Supervision prohibit or otherwise restrict these transactions in the future, our per share stock price may be adversely affected.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

             When used in this prospectus and in future filings by ViewPoint Financial Group with the SEC, in ViewPoint Financial Group's press releases or other public or stockholder communications, or in oral statements made with the approval of an authorized executive officer, the words or phrases, "anticipate," "believes," "expects," "would be," "will allow," "intends to," "will likely result," "are expected to," "will continue," "is anticipated," "estimated," "projected," or similar expressions are intended to identify "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Such statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to changes in economic conditions in ViewPoint Financial Group's market area, changes in policies by regulatory agencies, fluctuations in interest rates, demand for loans in ViewPoint Financial Group's market area, changes in the position of banking regulators on the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses, and competition, all or some of which could cause actual results to differ materially from historical earnings and those presently anticipated or projected.

20

NEXT PAGE



             ViewPoint Financial Group wishes to caution readers not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date made, and advise readers that various factors, including regional and national economic conditions, substantial changes in levels of market interest rates, credit and other risks of lending and investing activities, and competitive and regulatory factors, could affect ViewPoint Financial Group's financial performance and could cause ViewPoint Financial Group's actual results for future periods to differ materially from those anticipated or projected.

             ViewPoint Financial Group does not undertake, and specifically disclaims any obligation, to update any forward-looking statements to reflect occurrences or unanticipated events or circumstances after the date of such statements.

21

NEXT PAGE



SELECTED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

             The summary information presented below under "Selected Financial Condition Data" and "Selected Operations Data" for, and as of the end of, each of the years ended December 31 is derived from our audited consolidated financial statements. The following information is only a summary and you should read it in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and notes beginning on page F-1.

December 31,
2005
2004
2003
2002
2001
(In Thousands)
Selected Financial Condition Data :

Total assets $1,428,062 $1,400,021 $1,312,906 $1,155,635 $1,061,516
Loans held for sale 2,306 3,238 8,477 --- ---
Loans receivable, net 1,073,167 1,086,448 1,024,252 872,533 787,382
Securities available for sale, at fair value:
   U.S. government and federal
       agency securities

21,892

24,917

---

---

---
   Mortgage-backed and collateralized
       mortgage obligations

79,968

1,305

2,135

3,595

14,768
Securities held to maturity, at amortized cost:
   U.S. Government and Agency securities 18,007 23,040 47,110 17,144 26,609
   Corporate bonds 3,009 5,094 5,183 5,268 ---
   Mortgage-backed and collateralized
       mortgage obligations

20,946

35,295

64,748

77,883

43,285
Federal Home Loan Bank stock 3,958 4,481 4,159 2,570 2,197
Deposits 1,261,614 1,228,999 1,168,305 1,032,628 944,539
Borrowings 47,680 57,545 39,889 23,424 20,867
Equity 101,181 99,431 90,676 80,719 73,165

Year Ended December 31,
2005
2004
2003
2002
2001
(In Thousands)
Selected Operations Data :
Total interest income $ 64,421 $ 59,428 $ 61,466 $ 65,199 $ 63,037
Total interest expense 23,342
18,285
19,558
23,037
27,787
   Net interest income 41,079 41,143 41,908 42,162 35,250
Provision for loan losses 6,120
6,199
8,046
12,465
4,242
   Net interest income after provision
         for loan losses
34,959
34,944
33,862
29,697
31,008
Service charges and fees 20,359 21,693 16,939 11,759 10,280
Net gain (loss) on sales of loans 351 631 2,122 1,101 1,077
Brokerage fees 548 583 510 539 663
Gain on sale of membership interests 855 --- --- --- ---
Title premium income 524 466 1,120 730 422
Other noninterest income 1,848
1,349
1,473
5,395
5,396
   Total noninterest income 24,485 24,722 22,164 19,524 17,838
Total noninterest expense 56,720
50,650
46,083
41,699
37,506
   Net income (1) $  2,724
$  9,016
$  9,943
$  7,522
$ 11,340

22

NEXT PAGE



Year Ended December 31,
2005
2004
2003
2002
2001
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data :
Performance Ratios:
  Return on assets (ratio of net income to
     average total assets)

0.19%

0.67%

0.78%

0.67%

1.19%
  Return on assets tax effected 0.12% 0.42% 0.49% 0.42% 0.75%
  Return on equity (ratio of net income
    to average equity)

2.72%

9.49%

11.60%

9.78%
16.80%
  Return on equity tax effected 1.71% 5.98% 7.31% 6.16% 10.58%
  Interest rate spread information:
   Average during period 2.83% 3.06% 3.36% 3.75% 3.60%
   End of period 2.78% 2.95% 3.26% 3.68% 3.19%
  Net interest margin 3.13% 3.29% 3.59% 4.07% 4.07%
  Non-interest income to operating revenue 27.54% 29.38% 26.50% 23.04% 22.06%
  Operating expense to average total assets 4.00% 3.76% 3.61% 3.70% 3.92%
  Average interest-earning assets to
    average interest-bearing liabilities
117.04% 116.24% 114.11% 114.89% 114.92%
  Efficiency ratio 86.51% 76.90% 71.92% 67.60% 70.65%
 
Asset Quality Ratios:
  Non-performing assets to total assets at end
    of period

0.36%

0.61%

0.68%

0.66%

0.53%
  Non-performing loans to gross loans 0.43% 0.68% 0.73% 0.48% 0.43%
  Allowance for loan losses to non-performing
    loans

167.51%

112.55%

115.52%

208.18%
139.96%
  Allowance for loan losses to gross loans 0.71% 0.77% 0.84% 1.01% 0.60%
 
Capital Ratios:
Equity to total assets at end of period 7.09% 7.10% 6.91% 6.98% 6.89%
  Average equity to average assets 7.07% 7.06% 6.72% 6.83% 7.06%
 
Other Data:
  Number of full-service offices
        (including in-store locations)
34 34 32 30 28
  Number of full-service in-store locations 18 18 17 12 4
_____________

(1) Until its conversion to a federally chartered mutual savings bank on January 1, 2006, ViewPoint Bank was a credit union, generally exempt from federal and state income taxes. Had ViewPoint Bank been subject to federal and state income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, 2003, 2002 and 2001, income tax expense would have been approximately $1,008,000, $3,336,000, $3,679,000, $2,783,000 and $4,195,000, respectively, and net income would have been approximately $1,716,000, $5,680,000, $6,264,000, $4,739,000 and $7,145,000, respectively.

23

NEXT PAGE



VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP

             ViewPoint Financial Group will be incorporated under federal law to hold all of the stock of ViewPoint Bank. ViewPoint Financial Group has applied for the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision to become a savings and loan holding company and will be subject to regulation by that agency. After we complete the stock sale, ViewPoint Financial Group will be a unitary savings and loan holding company. See "How We are Regulated - ViewPoint Financial Group." ViewPoint Financial Group will have no significant assets other than all of the outstanding shares of common stock of ViewPoint Bank, the portion of the net proceeds it keeps and its loan to the ViewPoint Financial Group employee stock ownership plan. ViewPoint Financial Group will have no significant liabilities. See "How We Intend to Use the Proceeds." Initially, the management of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank will be substantially the same and ViewPoint Financial Group will use the offices of ViewPoint Bank. ViewPoint Financial Group intends to utilize the support staff of ViewPoint Bank from time to time and will pay ViewPoint Bank for this expense. If ViewPoint Financial Group expands or changes its business in the future, we may hire our own employees.

             We believe the proposed mutual holding company structure will give us more flexibility to change our business activities by forming new companies which we own, or by buying other companies, including other financial institutions and financial services companies. We do not have any current plans to do these things. ViewPoint Financial Group intends to pay for its business activities with the proceeds it keeps from the stock sale and the money we earn from investing the proceeds, as well as from dividends from ViewPoint Bank. See "Our Policy Regarding Dividends."

             The principal executive offices of ViewPoint Financial Group will be located at 1309 W. 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075, and its telephone number will be (972) 578-5000.

VIEWPOINT BANK

             ViewPoint Bank is a federally chartered and insured mutual savings institution with 34 full service offices, including 18 in-store locations. At December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank had total assets of $1.43 billion, total deposits of $1.26 billion and equity of $101.2 million. For more information regarding the business and operations of ViewPoint Bank, see "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business of ViewPoint Bank."

             ViewPoint Bank is examined and regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision, its primary federal regulator. ViewPoint Bank is also regulated by the FDIC. ViewPoint Bank is required to have certain reserves set by the Federal Reserve Board and is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, which is one of the 12 regional banks in the Federal Home Loan Bank System.

             The executive offices of ViewPoint Bank are located at 1309 W. 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075, and its telephone number is (972) 578-5000.

VIEWPOINT MHC

             As part of the restructuring of ViewPoint Bank pursuant to the plan of reorganization and stock issuance, ViewPoint Bank will organize ViewPoint MHC as a federal mutual holding company. Persons with membership or liquidation rights in ViewPoint Bank as of the date of the reorganization will continue to have these rights in ViewPoint MHC after the reorganization as long as they remain depositors of ViewPoint Bank. Members of ViewPoint MHC, consisting solely of depositors of ViewPoint Bank, will have the authority to elect the board of directors of ViewPoint MHC.

24

NEXT PAGE



             ViewPoint MHC's principal assets will be the shares of common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group received in the reorganization and $250,000 contributed by ViewPoint Bank as its initial capitalization. Initially, ViewPoint MHC does not intend to conduct any business except to own a majority of the common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group and invest any money it has. ViewPoint MHC will be a mutual corporation chartered under federal law and regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision. ViewPoint MHC will be subject to the limitations and restrictions imposed on savings and loan holding companies by the Home Owners' Loan Act. See "How We are Regulated -ViewPoint MHC."

             The executive offices of ViewPoint MHC will be located at 1309 W. 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075, and its telephone number will be (972) 578-5000.

HOW WE INTEND TO USE THE PROCEEDS

             Although the actual net proceeds from the sale of the shares of common stock cannot be determined until the reorganization is completed, we presently anticipate that the net proceeds from this offering will be between $68.4 million and $93.1 million and up to $107.4 million assuming an increase in the estimated value of the common stock sold in the reorganization by 15%. See "Pro Forma Data" and "The Reorganization and Stock Offering - How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to be Issued in the Stock Offering" as to the assumptions used to arrive at such amounts.

             We intend to use the net proceeds received from the stock offering as follows:

Minimum
Maximum
Maximum,
as adjusted

(In Thousands)
Retained by ViewPoint Financial Group and initially
    placed in short-term investments for general
    corporate purposes

$28,531

$38,905

$44,870
Loan to employee stock ownership plan 5,661 7,659 8,808
Used to buy the stock of ViewPoint Bank 34,192
46,565
53,679
Net proceeds from stock offering $68,384
$93,129
$107,357

             ViewPoint Financial Group will retain 50% of the net offering proceeds and will purchase all of the capital stock of ViewPoint Bank to be issued in the reorganization in exchange for the remaining offering proceeds. ViewPoint Financial Group intends to use a portion of the retained net proceeds to make a loan directly to the employee stock ownership plan to enable the employee stock ownership plan to purchase up to a number of shares equal to 3.6% of the shares outstanding after the offering. Based upon the issuance to the employee stock ownership plan of 566,100 shares of common stock and 765,900 shares of common stock at the minimum and maximum of the estimated offering range, respectively, the loan to the employee stock ownership plan would be $5.7 million and $7.7 million, respectively. See "Management - Benefits -- Employee Stock Ownership Plan." The remaining net proceeds retained by ViewPoint Financial Group initially may be used to invest in U.S. Government and federal agency securities of various maturities, mortgage-backed or other securities, deposits in either ViewPoint Bank or other financial institutions, or a combination thereof. The net proceeds may ultimately be used to:

  • support ViewPoint Bank's lending activities;

  • repay borrowings in the ordinary course of business;

25

NEXT PAGE



  • support the future expansion of operations through the establishment of additional banking offices, loan production offices or other customer facilities or through acquisitions of other financial institutions or branch offices, although no such acquisition transactions are specifically being considered at this time; or

  • support general corporate purposes.

  •              The net proceeds from the offering may also be used for other business and investment purposes, including the payment of regular or special cash dividends, possible repurchases of the common stock, or returns of capital. ViewPoint MHC and ViewPoint Bank have committed, however, not to take any action to further the payment of any return of capital on the common stock during the one-year period subsequent to completion of the offering. In addition, the Office of Thrift Supervision generally will not permit us to repurchase shares of common stock for one year after completion of this offering, except to cover share awards under the stock-based incentive plan approved by stockholders and tax qualified employee stock benefit plans. Management may consider expanding or diversifying its activities, as such opportunities become available.

                 Following the completion of the reorganization, to the extent permitted by the Office of Thrift Supervision, which generally prohibits repurchases for one year, and based upon then existing facts and circumstances, our board of directors may determine to repurchase shares of common stock, subject to any applicable statutory and regulatory requirements. These facts and circumstances may include but not be limited to:

    • market and economic factors, including the price at which the stock is trading in the market, the volume of trading, the attractiveness of other investment alternatives in terms of the rate of return and risk involved in the investment, the ability to increase the book value and/or earnings per share of the remaining outstanding shares, and an improvement in our return on equity;

    • the avoidance of dilution to stockholders by not having to issue additional shares to cover the exercise of stock options or to fund employee stock benefit plans; and

    • any other circumstances in which repurchases would be in the best interests of ViewPoint Financial Group and its stockholders.

    Any stock repurchases will be subject to the determination of our board of directors that ViewPoint Bank will be capitalized in excess of all applicable regulatory requirements after any such repurchases.

                 The portion of the net proceeds used by ViewPoint Financial Group to purchase the capital stock of ViewPoint Bank will be added to ViewPoint Bank's general funds to be used for general corporate purposes, including increased lending activities. The amount of net proceeds received by ViewPoint Bank will further strengthen ViewPoint Bank's capital position, which already exceeds all regulatory requirements. After the reorganization, based upon the maximum of the estimated offering range, ViewPoint Bank's tangible capital ratio will be approximately 9.35%. As a result, ViewPoint Bank will continue to be a well-capitalized institution.

                 The net proceeds may vary because total expenses of the offering may be more or less than those estimated. The net proceeds will also vary if the number of shares to be issued in the offering is adjusted to reflect a change in the estimated pro forma market value of ViewPoint Financial Group. In addition, payments for shares made through withdrawals from existing deposit accounts at ViewPoint Bank will not result in the receipt of new funds for investment by ViewPoint Bank but will result in a reduction of ViewPoint Bank's interest expense and liabilities as funds are transferred from interest-bearing certificates or other deposit accounts.

    26

    NEXT PAGE



    MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK

                 Because this is our first offering of shares in a public offering, there is no established market for our common stock. We have applied to have our common stock listed for trading on The NASDAQ National Market under the symbol "VPFG." Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has advised us that it intends to make a market in our common stock following the offering, but it is under no obligation to do so. Although we will attempt before completion of the offering to obtain commitments from at least two other broker-dealers to make a market in our common stock, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining these commitments.

                 The development of a public market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends on the existence of willing buyers and sellers, the presence of which is not within our control or the control of any market maker. Accordingly, the number of active buyers and sellers of our common stock at any particular time may be limited. Although we intend to meet the requirements for listing on The NASDAQ National Market, you could have difficulty selling your shares of common stock. We cannot assure you that an active and liquid trading market for our common stock will develop or, if developed, will be maintained. Nor can we assure you that, if you purchase shares of common stock in the offering, you will be able to sell them at a price equal to or above $10.00 per share.

    OUR POLICY REGARDING DIVIDENDS

                 Our board of directors currently intends to pay quarterly cash dividends on the common stock, beginning after the first full quarter following completion of the offering. The initial annual dividend rate to be paid on our common stock will be at an annualized rate of $0.20 per share. The continued payment of dividends will depend upon a number of factors, including capital requirements, ViewPoint Financial Group's and ViewPoint Bank's financial condition and results of operations, tax considerations, statutory and regulatory limitations and general economic conditions. Based upon anticipated offering expenses and other assumptions described in "Pro Forma Data," including the contribution of 50% of the net proceeds to ViewPoint Bank, we expect to have between $28.5 million and $44.9 million from the retained net proceeds at the minimum and maximum of the offering, respectively, that could be used to pay dividends, subject to our annual earnings and expenses. Future dividends are not guaranteed and will depend on our ability to pay them.

                 If we pay dividends to our stockholders, we also will be required to pay dividends to ViewPoint MHC unless ViewPoint MHC elects to waive the receipt of dividends. We anticipate that ViewPoint MHC will waive any dividends paid by us. Any decision to waive dividends will be subject to regulatory approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under applicable federal regulations, public stockholders would not be diluted for any dividends waived by ViewPoint MHC in the event ViewPoint MHC converts to stock form. See "How We are Regulated - Holding Company Regulation."

                 Our future payment of dividends will depend, in large part, upon receipt of dividends from ViewPoint Bank. We initially will have no source of income other than dividends from ViewPoint Bank, earnings from the investment of existing capital and proceeds of this offering retained by us, and interest payments on our loan to the employee stock ownership plan. A regulation of the Office of Thrift Supervision imposes limitations on "capital distributions" by savings institutions. See "How We Are Regulated - Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions."

    27

    NEXT PAGE



                 No assurances can be given that any dividends will be paid or that, if paid, will not be reduced or eliminated in future periods. If ViewPoint MHC does not waive the receipt of any dividends we pay, the amount of dividends payable by us to public stockholders may be reduced. Special cash dividends, stock dividends or returns of capital may be paid in addition to, or in lieu of, regular cash dividends, to the extent permitted by Office of Thrift Supervision policy and regulations. We have no intention to initiate any action that leads to a return of capital (as distinguished from a dividend) to stockholders

    PRO FORMA DATA

                 The actual net proceeds from the sale of common stock in the offering cannot be determined until the offering is completed. However, the net proceeds in the offering are currently estimated to be between $68.4 million and $93.1 million, or up to $107.4 million at the maximum, as adjusted, in the event the offering range is increased by 15%, based on the following assumptions:

    • all shares of common stock will be sold in the subscription offering;

    • the employee stock ownership plan will purchase an amount equal to 3.6% of the shares of common stock outstanding after the offering. The employee stock ownership plan is assumed to be funded internally with a loan from ViewPoint Financial Group;

    • expenses of the offering, other than the fees to be paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods are estimated to be $1.75 million;

    • Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a fee equal to 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price of the shares of stock sold in the offering, excluding any shares purchased by any employee benefit plans, our directors, officers or employees, or members of their immediate families;

    • pro forma earnings have been calculated for the year ended December 31, 2005 assuming the stock had been sold at the beginning of the period and the net proceeds had been invested at an average yield of 4.38%, which approximates the yield on a one-year U.S. Treasury bill adjusted to a constant maturity on December 31, 2005;

    • the pro forma after-tax yield on the net proceeds from the offering is assumed to be 2.76% for the year ended December 31, 2005, based on a combined federal and state estimated effective tax rate of 37.0%;

    • no withdrawals are made from ViewPoint Bank's deposit accounts for the purchase of shares in the offering;

    • ViewPoint Financial Group will grant options under the stock-based incentive plan to acquire common stock equal to 4.5% of the shares of common stock outstanding after the offering, and will grant restricted stock awards in an amount equal to 1.8% of such shares. ViewPoint Financial Group will acquire these option and award shares through open market purchases. The estimated fair value of the options, estimated using an application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model, is recognized as an expense over the vesting term of the options;

    • historical and pro forma per share amounts have been calculated by dividing historical and pro forma amounts by the indicated number of shares of stock issued in the offering, as adjusted in the pro forma net income per share to give effect to the purchase of shares by the employee stock ownership plan;

    • pro forma stockholders' equity amounts have been calculated as if the common stock had been sold in the offering on December 31, 2005, and, accordingly, no effect has been given to the assumed earnings effect of the transactions.

    28

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following pro forma information may not be representative of the financial effects of the offering at the date on which the offering actually occurs and should not be taken as indicative of future results of operations.

                 Pro forma stockholders' equity represents the difference between the stated amount of ViewPoint Financial Group assets and liabilities computed in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Stockholders' equity does not give effect to intangible assets in the event of a liquidation. The pro forma stockholders' equity is not intended to represent the fair market value of the common stock and may be different than amounts that would be available for distribution to stockholders in the event of liquidation.

                 The following table presents historical data of ViewPoint Bank's and ViewPoint Financial Group's pro forma data at or for the date and period indicated based on the assumptions set forth above and in the tables and should not be used as a basis for projection of the market value of the common stock following the offering.

    29

    NEXT PAGE




      At or for the year ended December 31, 2005
    (Based upon a price of $10.00 per share)
      7,076,250
    shares
    (Minimum
    of Offering
    Range)
    8,325,000
    shares
    (Midpoint
    of Offering
    Range)
    9,573,750
    shares
    (Maximum
    of Offering
    Range)
    11,009,813
    shares
    (Maximum,
    as adjusted, of
    Offering Range) (1)
      (In thousands, except share and per share data)
    Pro forma market capitalization:
      Gross proceeds of public offering $70,763   $83,250   $95,738   $110,098
      Less: offering expenses (2,379 ) (2,494 ) (2,609 ) (2,741 )
      Estimated net proceeds 68,384   80,756   93,129   107,357
      Less: common stock acquired by employee
                stock ownership plan(2)

    (5,661

    )

    (6,660

    )

    (7,659

    )

    (8,808

    )
      Less: common stock acquired for restricted stock
                awards(3)

    (2,831

    )

    (3,330

    )

    (3,830

    )

    (4,404

    )
      Estimated net proceeds, as adjusted $59,892   $70,766   $81,640   $94,145
    Pro forma consolidated net income:
      Historical $2,724   $2,724   $2,724   $2,724
      Pro forma income on net proceeds 1,653   1,953   2,253   2,598
      Less: pro forma employee stock ownership plan
                adjustment(2)

    (357

    )

    (420

    )

    (483

    )

    (555

    )
      Less: pro forma restricted stock adjustment(3) (357 ) (420 ) (483 ) (555 )
      Less: pro forma stock option adjustment(4) (323 ) (380 ) (437 ) (503 )
      Pro forma net income $3,340   $3,457   $3,574   $3,709
    Per share net income:
       Historical $0.18   $0.15   $0.13   $0.12
       Pro forma income on net proceeds 0.11   0.11   0.11   0.11
      Less: pro forma employee stock ownership plan
                adjustment(2)

    (0.02

    )

    (0.02

    )

    (0.02

    )

    (0.02

    )
      Less: pro forma restricted stock adjustment(3) (0.02 ) (0.02 ) (0.02 ) (0.02 )
      Less: pro forma stock option adjustment(4) (0.02 ) (0.02 ) (0.02 ) (0.02 )
      Pro forma net income per share $0.23   $0.20   $0.18   $0.17
      Shares used for calculating pro forma earnings per share 15,215,510   17,900,600   20,585,690   23,673,543
      Stock price as a multiple of pro forma earnings per share 45.5 x 52.6 x 58.8 x 62.5x
    Pro forma stockholders' equity:
      Historical $101,181   $101,181   $101,181   $101,181
       Estimated net proceeds 68,384   80,756   93,129   107,357
      Capitalization of MHC (250 ) (250 ) (250 ) (250 )
      Less: common stock acquired by employee
                stock ownership plan(2)

    (5,661

    )

    (6,660

    )

    (7,659

    )

    (8,808

    )
      Less: common stock acquired for restricted stock
                awards(3)

    (2,831

    )

    (3,330

    )

    (3,830

    )

    (4,404

    )
      Pro forma stockholders' equity $160,824   $171,697   $182,572   $195,076
    Stockholders' equity per share:
      Historical $6.43   $5.47   $4.76   $4.14
      Estimated net proceeds 4.35   4.37   4.38   4.39
      Less: common stock acquired by employee
                stock ownership plan(2)

    (0.02

    )

    (0.01

    )

    (0.01

    )

    (0.01

    )
      Capitalization of MHC (0.36 ) (0.36 ) (0.36 ) (0.36 )
      Less: common stock acquired for restricted stock
                awards(3)

    (0.18

    )

    (0.18

    )

    (0.18

    )

    (0.18

    )
      Pro forma stockholders' equity per share $10.22   $9.29   $8.59   $7.98
                 
      Shares used for pro forma stockholders' equity per share 15,725,000   18,500,000   21,275,000   24,466,250
                   
      Stock price as a percentage of pro forma stockholders'
                equity per share

    97.8

    %

    107.8

    %

    116.6

    %

    125.5

    %
                   


    Footnotes on following page

    30

    NEXT PAGE



    ________________

    (1) As adjusted to give effect to an increase in the number of shares which could occur due to an increase in the estimated offering range of up to 15% as a result of regulatory considerations, demand for the shares, or changes in market or general financial and economic conditions following the commencement of the offering.

    (2) It is assumed that the employee stock ownership plan will purchase a number of shares equal to 3.6% of the shares outstanding after the offering. The employee stock ownership plan is assumed to be funded internally with a loan from ViewPoint Financial Group. ViewPoint Bank intends to make annual contributions to the employee stock ownership plan in an amount at least equal to the principal and the interest requirement of the debt. ViewPoint Bank's total annual payments on the employee stock ownership plan debt is based upon a 10 year loan. The pro forma adjustments assume the employee stock ownership plan shares are allocated in equal installments based on the number of loan repayment installments assumed to be paid by ViewPoint Bank, the fair value of the common stock remains at the subscription price and the employee stock ownership plan expense reflects an estimated combined federal and state effective tax rate of 37.0%. The unallocated employee stock ownership plan shares are reflected as a reduction of stockholders' equity. No reinvestment rate is assumed on the proceeds contributed to fund the employee stock ownership plan. The pro forma net income further assumes that (i) 56,610, 66,600, 76,590 and 88,079 shares were committed to be released during the period at the minimum, midpoint, maximum and the adjusted maximum of the offering range, respectively, and (ii) only the employee stock ownership plan shares committed to be released during the period were considered outstanding for purposes of net income per share calculations.

    (3) If the stock-based incentive plan is approved by ViewPoint Financial Group's stockholders, ViewPoint Financial Group may purchase an aggregate number of shares of common stock equal to 1.8% of the shares outstanding after the offering (or possibly a greater number of shares if the plan is implemented more than one year after completion of the offering, although the plan, including the amount awarded under the plan, may remain subject to supervisory restrictions), to be awarded as restricted stock to officers and directors under the stock-based incentive plan. Stockholder approval of the stock-based incentive plan and purchases of stock for grant under the plan may not occur earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. The shares may be issued directly by ViewPoint Financial Group or acquired through open market purchases. The funds to be used to purchase the shares to be awarded by the stock-based incentive plan will be provided by ViewPoint Financial Group. The table assumes that (i) the shares to be awarded under the stock-based incentive plan are acquired through open market purchases at $10.00 per share, (ii) 20.0% of the amount contributed for restricted stock awards is expensed during the year ended December 31, 2005 (based on a five-year vesting period), and (iii) the stock-based incentive plan expense reflects an estimated combined federal and state effective tax rate of 37.0%. Assuming stockholder approval of the stock-based incentive plan and that shares of common stock (equal to 1.8% of the shares outstanding after the offering) are awarded through the use of authorized but unissued shares of common stock, stockholders would have their ownership and voting interests diluted by approximately 1.77%.

    (4) Gives effect to the options we expect to grant under the stock-based incentive plan, which is expected to be adopted by ViewPoint Financial Group following the offering and presented for stockholder approval not earlier than six months after the completion of the offering. We have assumed that options will be granted to acquire a number of shares equal to 4.5% of the shares outstanding after offering. In calculating the pro forma effect of the stock options, it is assumed that the exercise price of the stock options and the trading price of the stock at the date of grant were $10.00 per share, the estimated grant-date fair value pursuant to the application of the Black-Scholes option pricing model was $2.57 for each option, the aggregate grant-date fair value of the stock options was amortized to expense on a straight line basis over a five-year vesting period of options with a ten-year term, and an estimated combined federal and state effective tax rate of 37.0%. Under the above assumptions, the granting of options under the stock-based incentive plan will result in no additional shares under the treasury stock method for purposes of calculating earnings per share. There can be no assurance that the actual exercise price of the stock options will be equal to the $10.00 price per share. If a portion of the shares to satisfy the exercise options under the stock-based incentive plan are obtained from the issuance of authorized but unissued shares, our net income per share and stockholders' equity per share will decrease. This will also have a dilutive effect of up to 4.31% on the ownership interest of persons who purchase common stock in the offering.

    31

    NEXT PAGE



    CAPITALIZATION

                 The following table presents the historical deposits, borrowings and consolidated capitalization of ViewPoint Bank at December 31, 2005, and the approximate pro forma consolidated capitalization of ViewPoint Financial Group after giving effect to the reorganization, excluding assumed earnings on the net proceeds. The pro forma capitalization gives effect to the assumptions listed under "Pro Forma Data" based on the sale of the number of shares of common stock indicated below.

    ViewPoint Financial Group – Pro Forma
    (Based upon a price of $10.00 per share)
    ViewPoint
    Bank -
    Historical
    Capitalization
    7,076,250
    shares
    (Minimum
    of Offering
    Range)
    8,325,000
    shares
    (Midpoint
    of Offering
    Range)
    9,573,750
    shares
    (Maximum
    of Offering
    Range)
    11,009,813
    shares
    (Maximum,
    as adjusted,
    of Offering
    Range)
    (In thousands except share and per share data)

    Deposits (1) $1,261,614 $1,261,614 $1,261,614 $1,261,614 $1,261,614
    Borrowings 47,680
    47,680
    47,680
    47,680
    47,680
    Total deposits and borrowed funds $1,309,294
    $1,309,294
    $1,309,294
    $1,309,294
    $1,309,294
    Stockholders' equity
      Preferred stock, $0.01 par value,
        25,000,000 shares authorized;
        none issued


    ---


    ---


    ---


    ---


    ---
      Common stock, $0.01 par value,
        75,000,000 shares authorized;
        shares to be issued as reflected (2)
    ---  $         157 $          185 $          213 $          245
      Additional paid-in capital (2) --- 68,227 80,571 92,916 107,112
      Retained earnings (3) $102,413 102,163 102,163 102,163 102,163
      Accumulated comprehensive
          income/(loss)
    (1,232 ) (1,232 ) (1,232 ) (1,232 ) (1,232 )
    Less:
      Common stock acquired by
         employee stock ownership plan (4)

    ---

    (5,661

    )

    (6,660

    )

    (7,659

    )

    (8,808

    )
      Common stock acquired for
         restricted stock awards (5)

    ---


    (2,831

    )

    (3,330

    )

    (3,830

    )

    (4,404

    )
    Total stockholders' equity $101,181

    $160,823

    $171,697

    $182,571

    $195,076

    ________________

    (1) Does not reflect withdrawals from deposit accounts for the purchase of common stock in the offering. Such withdrawals would reduce pro forma deposits by the amount of such withdrawals.
    (2) Reflects the issuance of the shares of common stock to be sold in the offering. No effect has been given to the issuance of additional common stock pursuant to the proposed stock-based incentive plan.
    (3) Pro forma retained earnings reduced by $250,000 to fund capitalization of ViewPoint MHC.
    (4) Assumes that a number of shares equal to 3.60% of the shares outstanding after the offering will be acquired by the employee stock ownership plan with funds borrowed from ViewPoint Financial Group and will represent unearned compensation, reflected as a reduction of capital.
    (5) Assumes that a number of shares equal to 1.8% of the shares outstanding after the offering are purchased in the open market by the stock-based incentive plan subsequent to the offering at the purchase price of $10.00 per share.

    32

    NEXT PAGE



    WE EXCEED ALL REGULATORY CAPITAL REQUIREMENTS

                 At December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank exceeded all of its regulatory capital requirements. On that date, we were a credit union subject to capital requirements imposed by the National Credit Union Administration and the Texas Credit Union Department. Upon our conversion to a federal savings bank on January 1, 2006, ViewPoint Bank became subject to the capital requirements imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

                 The following table sets forth the regulatory capital of ViewPoint Bank under regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision (as if it were subject to those regulations on that date) and the pro forma regulatory capital of ViewPoint Bank under these regulations after giving effect to the offering, based on the assumptions set forth in the table on page __ as to net offering proceeds and the cash cost of the employee stock ownership plan loan. The pro forma regulatory capital amounts reflect the receipt by ViewPoint Bank of 50% of the net proceeds, after expenses. The pro forma risk-based capital amounts assume the investment of the net proceeds received by ViewPoint Bank in assets which have a risk-weight of 20% under applicable regulations, as if the net proceeds had been received and so applied at December 31, 2005.

    33

    NEXT PAGE



    Pro Forma at December 31, 2005
    Historical at
    December 31, 2005
    7,076,250 Shares Sold
    at $10.00 per share
    8,325,000 Shares Sold
    at $10.00 per share
    9,573,750 Shares Sold
    at $10.00 per share
    11,009,813 Shares Sold
    at $10.00 per share
    Amount
    Percent of
    Assets (1)
    Amount
    Percent of
    Assets (1)
    Amount
    Percent of
    Assets (1)
    Amount
    Percent of
    Assets (1)
    Amount
    Percent of
    Assets (1)
    (Dollars in Thousands)

    GAAP capital $101,181
    7.09
    % $126,632
    8.71
    % $131,319
    9.01
    % $136,007
    9.30
    % $141,398
    9.63
    %
     
    Tangible capital 102,413 7.15 % 127,864 8.77 % 132,551 9.06 % 137,239 9.35 % 142,630 9.69 %
    Tangible requirement 57,298
    4.00
    58,316
    4.00
    58,504
    4.00
    58,691
    4.00
    58,907
    4.00
    Excess capital $45,115
    3.15
    % $69,547
    4.77
    % $74,047
    5.06
    % $78,548
    5.35
    % $83,723
    5.69
    %
     
    Core capital 102,413 9.57 % 127,864 11.90 % 132,551 12.32 % 137,239 12.75 % 142,630 13.23 %
    Core requirement 42,786
    4.00
    42,990
    4.00
    43,027
    4.00
    43,065
    4.00
    43,108
    4.00
    Excess capital $59,627
    4.16
    % $84,874
    5.82
    % $89,524
    6.12
    % $94,174
    6.42
    % $99,522
    6.76
    %
     
    Risk-based capital 110,110 10.29 % 135,561 12.61 % 140,248 13.04 % 144,936 13.46 % 150,327 13.95 %
    Risk-based requirement 85,572
    8.00
    85,979
    8.00
    86,054
    8.00
    86,129
    8.00
    86,215
    8.00
    Excess capital $24,538
    2.29
    % $49,581
    4.61
    % $54,194
    5.04
    % $58,807
    5.46
    % $64,111
    5.95
    %
     
    ________________
    (1) Based on adjusted total assets or adjusted risk-weighted assets, as appropriate.

    34

    NEXT PAGE



    THE REORGANIZATION AND STOCK OFFERING

                 The board of directors of ViewPoint Bank and the Office of Thrift Supervision have approved the plan of reorganization and stock issuance. Office of Thrift Supervision approval is subject to approval of the plan of reorganization and stock issuance by our members and the satisfaction of certain other conditions imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Office of Thrift Supervision approval does not constitute recommendation or endorsement of the plan.

                 The following is a summary of material aspects of the plan of reorganization and stock issuance. The summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the provisions of the plan of reorganization and stock issuance. Copies of the plan of reorganization and stock issuance are available for inspection at any office of ViewPoint Bank and at the Office of Thrift Supervision. The plan of reorganization and stock issuance is also filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement of which this prospectus is a part, copies of which may be obtained from the SEC. See "Additional Information."

    General

                 The board of directors of ViewPoint Bank adopted the plan of reorganization and stock issuance. Under this plan, ViewPoint Bank will reorganize into the federal mutual holding company structure as a wholly owned subsidiary of ViewPoint Financial Group, which in turn will be a majority-owned subsidiary of ViewPoint MHC. Following receipt of all required regulatory approvals, the approval of the members of ViewPoint Bank entitled to vote on the plan of reorganization and stock issuance, and the satisfaction of all other conditions precedent to the reorganization, ViewPoint Bank will complete the reorganization. ViewPoint Bank, in its stock form, will continue to conduct its business and operations from the same offices with the same personnel as ViewPoint Bank conducted prior to the reorganization. The reorganization will not affect the balances, interest rates or other terms of ViewPoint Bank's loans or deposit accounts, and the deposit accounts will continue to be insured by the FDIC. ViewPoint MHC initially will be capitalized with $250,000. When the reorganization is completed, this capital will be used for general corporate purposes.

                 Pursuant to the plan of reorganization and stock issuance, we will accomplish our corporate change as follows or in any other manner that is consistent with applicable federal law and regulations and the intent of the plan:

    (1) ViewPoint Bank will organize an interim stock savings bank as a wholly owned subsidiary ("Interim One");

    (2) Interim One will organize an interim stock savings bank as a wholly owned subsidiary ("Interim Two");

    (3) Interim One will organize ViewPoint Financial Group as a wholly owned subsidiary;

    (4) ViewPoint Bank will convert to a federal stock savings bank by exchanging its charter for a federal stock savings bank charter to become ViewPoint Bank and Interim One will become a federal mutual holding company by exchanging its charter for a federal mutual holding company charter to become ViewPoint MHC;

    (5) simultaneously with step (4), Interim Two will merge with and into ViewPoint Bank with ViewPoint Bank as the resulting institution;

    35

    NEXT PAGE



    (6) all of the initially issued stock of ViewPoint Bank will be transferred to ViewPoint MHC in exchange for mutual membership interests in ViewPoint MHC;

    (7) ViewPoint MHC will contribute the capital stock of ViewPoint Bank to ViewPoint Financial Group, and ViewPoint Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of ViewPoint Financial Group; and

    (8) contemporaneously with the reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group will offer for sale in the offering shares of common stock based on the pro forma market value of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank.

                 ViewPoint Financial Group expects to receive the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision to become a savings and loan holding company and to own all of the common stock of ViewPoint Bank. ViewPoint Financial Group intends to retain 50% of the net proceeds of the offering. The reorganization will be effected only upon completion of the sale of all of the shares of common stock to be issued pursuant to the plan of reorganization and stock issuance.

    Our Reasons for the Corporate Change

                 As a mutual institution, ViewPoint Bank has no authority to issue shares of capital stock and consequently has no access to market sources of equity capital. Only by generating and retaining earnings from year to year is ViewPoint Bank able to increase its equity capital position.

                 As a stock corporation upon completion of the reorganization, ViewPoint Bank will be organized in the form used by commercial banks, most major corporations and a majority of savings institutions. The ability to raise new equity capital through the issuance and sale of ViewPoint Bank's or ViewPoint Financial Group's capital stock will allow ViewPoint Bank the flexibility to increase its equity capital position more rapidly than by accumulating earnings, and at times deemed advantageous by the board of directors of ViewPoint Bank. It also will support future growth and expanded operations, including increased lending and investment activities, as business and regulatory needs require. The ability to attract new capital also will help ViewPoint Bank address the needs of the communities it serves and enhance its ability to make acquisitions or expand into new businesses. The acquisition alternatives available to ViewPoint Bank are quite limited as a mutual institution because of a requirement in Office of Thrift Supervision regulations that the surviving institution in a merger involving a mutual institution generally must be in mutual form. After the reorganization, ViewPoint Bank will have an increased ability to merge with other mutual and stock institutions and ViewPoint Financial Group may acquire control of other mutual or stock savings associations and retain the acquired institution as a separate subsidiary of ViewPoint Financial Group. Finally, ViewPoint Bank is expected to benefit from its directors and employees having a stock ownership in its business, since that is viewed as an effective performance incentive and a means of attracting, retaining and compensating directors and employees. For a description of the proposed stock-based incentive plan, see "Management."

                 Although ViewPoint Bank's ability to raise capital and general business flexibility will be improved by this reorganization, these advantages will be limited by the requirement in applicable laws and regulations that a mutual holding company maintain a majority ownership interest in its savings bank holding company subsidiary. These advantages also will be limited by ViewPoint Financial Group's offering of 45.0% of its to-be-outstanding common stock, which will affect ViewPoint Financial Group's ability to issue additional shares of common stock in the future without additional issuances of stock to ViewPoint MHC.

    36

    NEXT PAGE



                 The advantages of the reorganization also could be achieved if ViewPoint Bank were to reorganize into a wholly owned subsidiary of a stock holding company, known as a standard conversion, rather than as a second-tier subsidiary of a mutual holding company. A standard conversion would free ViewPoint Bank from the restrictions on its ability to raise capital which result from the requirement that its mutual holding company maintain a majority ownership interest in ViewPoint Financial Group.

                 Office of Thrift Supervision regulations require that savings institutions converting to stock form in a standard conversion sell all of their to-be-outstanding capital stock rather than a minority interest. The amount of equity capital that would be raised in a standard conversion would be substantially more than the amount raised in a minority stock offering by a subsidiary of a mutual holding company. A standard conversion would make it more difficult for ViewPoint Bank to maximize the return on its equity. A standard conversion also would eliminate all aspects of the mutual form of organization. Completion of the reorganization does not eliminate the possibility of ViewPoint MHC converting from mutual to stock form in the future; however, a full conversion is not contemplated at this time.

                 After considering the advantages and disadvantages of the reorganization, as well as applicable fiduciary duties and alternative transactions, including a reorganization into a wholly owned subsidiary of a stock holding company rather than as a second-tier subsidiary of a mutual holding company, the board of directors of ViewPoint Bank unanimously approved the reorganization as being in the best interests of ViewPoint Bank and equitable to its account holders.

    Effects of the Corporate Change

                 General. The reorganization will have no effect on ViewPoint Bank's present business of accepting deposits and investing its funds in loans and other investments permitted by law. The reorganization will not result in any change in the existing services provided to depositors and borrowers, or in existing offices, management and staff. ViewPoint Bank will continue to be subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the FDIC.

                  Deposits and Loans. Each holder of a deposit account in ViewPoint Bank at the time of the reorganization will continue as an account holder in ViewPoint Bank after the reorganization, and the reorganization will not affect the deposit balance, interest rate or other terms of these accounts. Each account will be insured by the FDIC to the same extent as before the reorganization. Depositors in ViewPoint Bank will continue to hold their existing certificates, statements and other evidence of their accounts. The reorganization will not affect the loan terms of any borrower from ViewPoint Bank. The amount, interest rate, maturity, security for and obligations under each loan will remain as they existed prior to the reorganization. See "-- Voting Rights" and "-- Depositors Rights if We Liquidate" below for a discussion of the effects of the reorganization on the voting and liquidation rights of the depositors of ViewPoint Bank.

                  Continuity. During the reorganization and stock issuance process, the normal business of ViewPoint Bank of accepting deposits and making loans will continue without interruption. Following completion of the reorganization and stock issuance, ViewPoint Bank will continue to be subject to regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision, and FDIC insurance of accounts will continue without interruption. After the reorganization and stock issuance, ViewPoint Bank will continue to provide services for depositors and borrowers under current policies and by its present management and staff.

                 The board of directors presently serving ViewPoint Bank will serve as the board of directors of ViewPoint Bank after the reorganization and stock issuance. The initial members of the board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC will consist of the individuals currently serving on the board of directors of ViewPoint Bank. After the reorganization, the voting stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group will elect approximately one-third of ViewPoint Financial Group's directors annually, and approximately one-third of the directors of ViewPoint MHC will be elected annually by the members of ViewPoint MHC, who will consist of the former members of ViewPoint Bank who maintain deposits with ViewPoint Bank, and all persons who become depositors of ViewPoint Bank after the reorganization. All current officers of ViewPoint Bank will retain their positions with ViewPoint Bank after the reorganization and stock issuance.

    37

    NEXT PAGE



                  Voting Rights. After completion of the reorganization and stock issuance, members will have no voting rights in ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint Financial Group and, therefore, will not be able to elect directors of ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint Financial Group or to control their affairs. Currently these rights are held by depositors of ViewPoint Bank. After the reorganization and stock issuance, voting rights for ViewPoint Financial Group will be vested exclusively in the stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group, which will own all of the stock of ViewPoint Bank. Each holder of common stock will be entitled to vote on any matter to be considered by the stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group, subject to the provisions of ViewPoint Financial Group's charter.

                 As a federally chartered mutual holding company, ViewPoint MHC will have no authorized capital stock and no stockholders. ViewPoint MHC will be controlled by members of ViewPoint Bank. These members may have signed proxies giving their voting rights to ViewPoint Bank's board of directors. The revocable proxies that members of ViewPoint Bank have granted to the board of directors of ViewPoint Bank give the board of directors of ViewPoint Bank general authority to cast a member's vote on any and all matters presented to the members. These proxies are deemed to cover the member's votes as members of ViewPoint MHC, and this authority is given to the board of directors of ViewPoint MHC. The plan of reorganization also provides for the transfer of proxy rights to the board of directors of ViewPoint MHC. As a result, the board of directors of ViewPoint MHC may be able to govern the operations of ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint Financial Group, notwithstanding objections raised by members of ViewPoint MHC or stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group, respectively, if the board of directors has been appointed proxy for a majority of the outstanding votes of members of ViewPoint MHC and these proxies have not been revoked. In addition, all persons who become depositors of ViewPoint Bank following the reorganization will have membership rights with respect to ViewPoint MHC.

                  Depositors' Rights if We Liquidate. In the event of a voluntary liquidation of ViewPoint Bank prior to the reorganization, holders of deposit accounts in ViewPoint Bank would be entitled to distribution of any assets of ViewPoint Bank remaining after the claims of depositors and all other creditors are satisfied. Following the reorganization, the holder of ViewPoint Bank's common stock, which will be ViewPoint Financial Group, would be entitled to any assets remaining upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of ViewPoint Bank and, except through their liquidation interests in ViewPoint MHC, discussed below, holders of deposit accounts in ViewPoint Bank would not have any interest in these assets.

                 In the event of a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of ViewPoint MHC following completion of the reorganization, holders of deposit accounts in ViewPoint Bank would be entitled, pro rata to the value of their accounts, to distribution of any assets of ViewPoint MHC remaining after the claims of all creditors of ViewPoint MHC are satisfied. Stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group will have no liquidation or other rights with respect to ViewPoint MHC solely as stockholders.

    38

    NEXT PAGE



                 In the event of a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of ViewPoint Financial Group, each holder of shares of the common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment of all debts and liabilities of ViewPoint Financial Group, a pro rata portion of all assets of ViewPoint Financial Group available for distribution to holders of the common stock.

                 There currently are no plans to liquidate ViewPoint Bank, ViewPoint Financial Group or ViewPoint MHC in the future.

                  Tax Effects of Our Corporate Change and Stock Offering. ViewPoint Bank has received an opinion from its special counsel, Silver, Freedman & Taff L.L.P., Washington, D.C., as to the material federal income tax consequences of the reorganization and stock issuance to ViewPoint Bank, ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC, and as to the generally applicable material federal income tax consequences of the reorganization and stock issuance to ViewPoint Bank's account holders and to persons who purchase common stock in the offering.

                 The opinion provides that, among other things:

    • ViewPoint Bank's adoption of a charter in stock form, known as the bank conversion, will qualify as a tax-free reorganization under Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, Section 368(a)(1)(F);

    • no gain or loss will be recognized by ViewPoint Bank or the stock bank in the bank conversion;

    • no gain or loss will be recognized by the depositors of ViewPoint Bank on the receipt of equity interests with respect to ViewPoint MHC in exchange for their equity interests surrendered therefor;

    • the receipt of stock by depositors for equity interests in ViewPoint MHC will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely for voting "stock" pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 351;

    • the transfer by ViewPoint MHC of the stock bank's stock to ViewPoint Financial Group will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely for voting stock pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 351;

    • ViewPoint MHC will recognize no gain or loss upon the transfer of the stock bank stock to ViewPoint Financial Group in exchange for common stock pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Section 351;

    • ViewPoint Financial Group will recognize no gain or loss upon its receipt of stock bank stock from ViewPoint MHC in exchange for common stock;

    • ViewPoint Financial Group will recognize no gain or loss upon the receipt of money in exchange for shares of common stock;

    • no gain or loss will be recognized by ViewPoint Bank's account holders upon the issuance to them of accounts in the stock bank in stock form immediately after the reorganization and stock issuance, in the same dollar amounts and on the same terms and conditions as their accounts at ViewPoint Bank immediately prior to the reorganization and stock issuance; and

    39

    NEXT PAGE




    • it is more likely than not that no gain or loss will be recognized to account holders upon the receipt or exercise of subscription rights in the reorganization and stock issuance, as discussed below.

                 The opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. is based in part upon, and subject to the continuing validity in all material respects through the date of the reorganization and stock issuance of, various representations of ViewPoint Bank and upon certain assumptions and qualifications, including that the reorganization and stock issuance are completed in the manner and according to the terms provided in the plan of reorganization and stock issuance. This opinion is also based upon the Internal Revenue Code, regulations now in effect, current administrative rulings and practice and judicial authority, all of which are subject to change and any change may be made with retroactive effect. Unlike private letter rulings received from the IRS, an opinion is not binding upon the IRS and there can be no assurance that the IRS will not take a position contrary to the positions reflected in this opinion, or that this opinion will be upheld by the courts if challenged by the IRS.

                 ViewPoint Bank also has obtained an opinion from Crowe Chizek and Company LLC that the income tax effects of the reorganization and stock issuance under Texas tax laws will be substantially the same as described above with respect to federal income tax laws.

                 ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank have received a letter from Feldman Financial Advisors, stating its belief that the subscription rights do not have any value, based on the fact that these rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and give the recipients the right only to purchase the common stock at a price equal to its estimated fair market value, which will be the same price as the purchase price for the unsubscribed shares of common stock. If the subscription rights granted to eligible subscribers are deemed to have an ascertainable value, receipt of these rights would be taxable probably only to those eligible subscribers who exercise the subscription rights, either as a capital gain or ordinary income, in an amount equal to such value, and ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank could recognize gain on any distribution. Eligible subscribers are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisor as to the tax consequences in the event that subscription rights are deemed to have an ascertainable value. Unlike private rulings, the letter of Feldman Financial Advisors is not binding on the IRS, and the IRS could disagree with conclusions reached in the letter. In the event of any disagreement, there can be no assurance that the IRS would not prevail in a judicial or administrative proceeding.

    How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to be Issued in the Stock Offering

                 The plan of reorganization and stock issuance requires that the purchase price of the common stock must be based on the appraised pro forma market value of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank, as determined on the basis of an independent valuation. ViewPoint Bank has retained Feldman Financial Advisors to make this valuation. For its services in making this appraisal, Feldman Financial Advisors' fees and out-of-pocket expenses are estimated to be $65,000. ViewPoint Bank has agreed to indemnify Feldman Financial Advisors and any employees of Feldman Financial Advisors who act for or on behalf of Feldman Financial Advisors in connection with the appraisal against any and all loss, cost, damage, claim, liability or expense of any kind, including claims under federal and state securities laws, arising out of any misstatement or untrue statement of a material fact or an omission to state a material fact in the information supplied by ViewPoint Bank to Feldman Financial Advisors, unless Feldman Financial Advisors is determined to be negligent or otherwise at fault.

                 An appraisal has been made by Feldman Financial Advisors in reliance upon the information contained in this prospectus, including the financial statements. Feldman Financial Advisors also considered the following factors, among others:

    40

    NEXT PAGE



    • the present and projected operating results and financial condition of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank, which were prepared by ViewPoint Bank then adjusted by Feldman Financial Advisors to reflect the net proceeds of this offering and the economic and demographic conditions in ViewPoint Bank's existing market areas as prepared by ViewPoint Bank;

    • certain historical, financial and other information relating to ViewPoint Bank, which were prepared by ViewPoint Bank;

    • the impact of the reorganization on ViewPoint Bank's net worth and earnings potential as calculated by Feldman Financial Advisors; and

    • the proposed dividend policy of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank.

                 The appraisal also incorporated an analysis of a peer group of publicly traded thrift mutual holding companies that Feldman Financial Advisors considered to be comparable to ViewPoint Financial Group. The peer group analysis conducted by Feldman Financial Advisors included a total of 11 publicly traded thrift holding companies. The analysis of comparable publicly traded mutual holding companies included an evaluation of the average and median price-to-earnings and price-to-book value ratios indicated by the market prices of the peer companies. Feldman Financial Advisors applied the peer group's pricing ratios as adjusted for certain qualitative valuation factors to account for differences between ViewPoint Financial Group and the peer group, to ViewPoint Financial Group's pro forma earnings and book value to derive the estimated pro forma market value of ViewPoint Financial Group on a fully converted basis.

                 In its review of the appraisal provided by Feldman Financial Advisors, the board of directors reviewed the methodologies and the appropriateness of the assumptions used by Feldman Financial Advisors in addition to the factors listed above, and the board of directors believes that these assumptions were reasonable.

                 On the the basis of the foregoing, Feldman Financial Advisors has advised ViewPoint Financial Group that, in its opinion dated March 31, 2006, the estimated pro forma market value of the common stock on a fully converted basis, ranged from a minimum of $157.3 million to a maximum of $212.8 million with a midpoint of $185.0 million. The board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group determined that the common stock should be sold at $10.00 per share. Based on the estimated pro forma market value and the purchase price, the number of shares of common stock that ViewPoint Financial Group will issue will range from between 15,725,000 shares and 21,275,000 shares, with a midpoint of 18,500,000 shares. The board determined to offer 45.0% of these shares, or between 7,076,250 shares and 9,573,750 shares with a midpoint of 8,325,000 shares, the "estimated offering range," to depositors and the public pursuant to this prospectus. After the offering, purchasers in the offering will own 45.0% and ViewPoint MHC will own 55.0% of ViewPoint Financial Group's outstanding shares of common stock. The estimated offering range may be amended with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision or if necessitated by subsequent developments in the financial condition of ViewPoint Financial Group or market conditions generally. In the event the estimated market value is updated to amend the value of the ViewPoint Financial Group on a fully converted basis below $157.3 million or above $244.7 million, which is the maximum of the estimated valuation range, as adjusted by 15%, a new appraisal will be filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision.

                 Based upon current market and financial conditions and recent practices and policies of the Office of Thrift Supervision, in the event ViewPoint Financial Group receives orders for common stock in excess of $95.7 million, the maximum of the estimated offering range, and up to $110.1 million, the maximum of the estimated offering range, as adjusted by 15%, ViewPoint Financial Group may be required by the Office of Thrift Supervision to accept all such orders. No assurances, however, can be made that ViewPoint Financial Group will receive orders for common stock in excess of the maximum of the estimated offering range or that, if these orders are received, that all these orders will be accepted because ViewPoint Financial Group's final valuation and number of shares to be issued are subject to the receipt of an updated appraisal from Feldman Financial Advisors, which reflects the increase in the valuation and the approval of the increase by the Office of Thrift Supervision. In addition, an increase in the number of shares above 9,573,750 shares, will first be used, if necessary, to fill the order of the employee stock ownership plan. There is no obligation or understanding on the part of management to take and/or pay for any shares in order to complete the offering.

    41

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and for ViewPoint Financial Group on a non-fully converted basis as of and for the year ended December 31, 2005. The peer group, which consists of 11 publicly traded thrift holding companies, which are all in mutual holding company form, includes companies that range in asset size from $543.8 million to $2.1 billion and have market capitalizations ranging from $76.9 million to $996.3 million. Compared to the average pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 44.4% on a price-to-earnings basis and a discount of 41.1% on a price-to-book basis. The estimated appraised value and the resulting discounts took into consideration the potential financial impact of the offering. Since not all mutual holding companies retained 55% of the total shares issued, and some have repurchased shares, a distortion of the price to earnings multiples and price to book value ratios may be present.

                 The financial impact of the offering includes the gross proceeds of the offering, less offering expenses and the effects of the benefit plans we expect to implement. Earnings used in the calculation of the price-to-earnings ratio are defined as our earnings for the year ended December 31, 2005, plus the financial impact of the offering. The financial impact of the offering includes the pro forma after-tax income generated from the reinvestment of the net proceeds of the offering, less the expense related to the benefit plans.

    Non-Fully Converted
    Price to
    Earnings Multiple
    Non-Fully
    Converted
    Price to Book
    Value Ratio
    ViewPoint Financial Group
      Maximum 58.8x 116.6% 
      Minimum 45.5x 97.8%
     

    Valuation of peer group companies
    as of March 31, 2006
    (1)
      Averages 40.7x 199.0% 
      Medians 38.6x 194.2% 
    ____________
    (1) Reflects earnings and equity as of or for the most recent 12-month period.

                 The following table presents a summary of selected pricing ratios for the peer group companies and ViewPoint Financial Group with the ratios adjusted to the hypothetical case of being fully converted. Compared to the average fully converted pricing ratios of the peer group, our pro forma fully converted pricing ratios at the maximum of the offering range indicated a premium of 27.1% on a price-to-earnings basis and a discount of 22.5% on a price-to-book basis. Feldman Financial Advisors' calculations of the fully converted pricing multiples for the peer group companies assume the pro forma impact of selling the mutual holding company shares of each of the peer group companies at their respective trading prices as of March 31, 2006. Feldman Financial Advisors' calculation of our fully converted pricing ratios assumes the pro forma impact of selling 100% of the shares to be outstanding at $10.00 per share.

    42

    NEXT PAGE



    Fully Converted
    Price to
    Earnings Multiple
    Fully Converted
    Price to Book
    Value Ratio
    ViewPoint Financial Group
      Maximum 41.7x 74.7%
      Minimum 35.7x 66.5%
     

    Valuation of peer group
    companies as of March 31, 2006
    (1)
      Averages 32.8x 96.4%
      Medians 28.1x 95.7%
    ____________
    (1) Reflects earnings and equity as of or for the most recent 12-month period.

                  Feldman Financial Advisors' valuation is not intended, and must not be construed, as a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing these shares. Feldman Financial Advisors did not independently verify the consolidated financial statements and other information provided by ViewPoint Financial Group, nor did Feldman Financial Advisors value independently the assets or liabilities of ViewPoint Financial Group. The valuation considers ViewPoint Financial Group as a going concern and should not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of ViewPoint Financial Group. Moreover, because this valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, no assurance can be given that persons purchasing common stock in the offerings will thereafter be able to sell such shares at prices at or above the purchase price or in the range of the valuation described above.

                 Prior to completion of the offering, the maximum of the estimated offering range may be increased up to 15% and the number of shares of common stock offered may be increased to 11,009,813 shares to reflect changes in market and financial conditions or to fill the order of the employee stock ownership plan, without the resolicitation of subscribers. See "- Limitations on Stock Purchases" as to the method of distribution and allocation of additional shares that may be issued in the event of an increase in the estimated offering range to fill unfilled orders in the subscription offering.

                 No sale of shares of common stock in the offering may be completed unless, prior to the completion, Feldman Financial Advisors confirms that nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause it to conclude that the aggregate value of the common stock to be issued is materially incompatible with the estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of ViewPoint Financial Group. If this confirmation is not received, ViewPoint Financial Group may cancel the offering, extend the offering period and establish a new estimated offering range and/or estimated price range, extend, reopen or hold a new offering or take any other action the Office of Thrift Supervision may permit.

                 Depending upon market or financial conditions following the start of the subscription offering, the total number of shares of common stock may be increased or decreased without a resolicitation of subscribers, provided that the product of the total number of shares times the purchase price is not below the minimum or more than 15% above the maximum of the estimated offering range. In the event market or financial conditions change so as to cause the aggregate purchase price of the shares to be below the minimum of the estimated offering range or more than 15% above the maximum of such range, purchasers will be resolicited and be permitted to continue their orders, in which case they will need to reconfirm their subscriptions prior to the expiration of the resolicitation offering or their subscription funds will be promptly refunded with interest at ViewPoint Bank's statement savings rate of interest, or be permitted to modify or rescind their subscriptions. Any change in the estimated offering range must be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision.

    43

    NEXT PAGE



                 An increase in the number of shares of common stock as a result of an increase in the estimated pro forma market value would decrease both a subscriber's ownership interest and ViewPoint Financial Group's pro forma net income and stockholders' equity on a per share basis while increasing pro forma net income and stockholders' equity on an aggregate basis. A decrease in the number of shares of common stock would increase both a subscriber's ownership interest and ViewPoint Financial Group's pro forma net income and stockholders' equity on a per share basis while decreasing pro forma net income and stockholders' equity on an aggregate basis. See "Risk Factors – The implementation of stock-based incentive plans may dilute your ownership interest" and "Pro Forma Data."

                 Copies of the appraisal report of Feldman Financial Advisors, including any amendments, and the detailed report of the appraiser setting forth the method and assumptions for the appraisal are available for inspection at the main office of ViewPoint Bank and the other locations specified under "Additional Information."

    Subscription Offering and Subscription Rights

                 Under the plan of reorganization and stock issuance, rights to subscribe for the purchase of common stock have been granted to the following persons in the following order of descending priority:

    • depositors of ViewPoint Bank with account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on December 31, 2004 ("Eligible Account Holders");

    • tax-qualified employee plans ("Tax-Qualified Employee Plans");

    • depositors of ViewPoint Bank, other than directors and officers of ViewPoint Bank, with account balances of at least $50 as of the close of business on March 31, 2006 ("Supplemental Eligible Account Holders"); and

    • depositors of ViewPoint Bank as of the close of business on ________ __, 2006 ("Other Members").

    All subscriptions received will be subject to the availability of common stock after satisfaction of all subscriptions of all persons having prior rights in the subscription offering and to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations set forth in the plan of reorganization and stock issuance and as described below under "- Limitations on Stock Purchases."

                  Preference Category No. 1: Eligible Account Holders. Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive, without payment, first priority, nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in an amount equal to the greater of:

    (1) $400,000 or 40,000 shares of common stock;

    44

    NEXT PAGE



    (2) one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or

    (3) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Eligible Account Holders in ViewPoint Bank in each case as of the close of business on December 31, 2004 (the "Eligibility Record Date"), subject to the overall purchase limitations.

    See "- Limitations on Stock Purchases."

                 If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions, shares first will be allocated among subscribing Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation equal to the lesser of the number of shares subscribed for, or 100 shares. Thereafter, any shares remaining after each subscribing Eligible Account Holder has been allocated the lesser of the number of shares subscribed for or 100 shares will be allocated among the subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled pro rata in the proportion that the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits bear to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled. For example, if an Eligible Account Holder with an unfilled subscription has qualifying deposits totaling $100, and the total amount of qualifying deposits for Eligible Account Holders with unfilled subscriptions was $1,000, then the number of shares that may be allocated to fill this Eligible Account Holder's subscription would be 10% of the shares remaining available, up to the amount subscribed for. Subscription Rights of Eligible Account Holders will be subordinated to the priority rights of Tax-Qualified Employee Plans to purchase shares in excess of the maximum of the estimated offering range.

                 To ensure proper allocation of stock, each Eligible Account Holder must list on his subscription order form all accounts in which he has an ownership interest. Failure to list an account could result in fewer shares being allocated than if all accounts had been disclosed. The subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders who are also directors or officers of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank or their associates will be subordinated to the subscription rights of other Eligible Account Holders to the extent attributable to increased deposits in the year preceding December 31, 2004.

                  Preference Category No. 2: Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. Each Tax-Qualified Employee Plan, including the employee stock ownership plan, shall be entitled to receive, without payment, second priority, nontransferable subscription rights to purchase up to 10% of the common stock, provided that individually or in the aggregate such plans (other than that portion of such plans which is self-directed) shall not purchase more than 10% of the shares of common stock, including any increase in the number of shares of common stock after the date hereof as a result of an increase of up to 15% in the maximum of the estimated offering range. The employee stock ownership plan intends to purchase 3.6% of the shares of common stock to be outstanding following completion of the offering or 8.0% of the shares issued in the offering (excluding shares issued to ViewPoint MHC), or 765,000 shares and 957,375 shares based on the minimum and maximum of the estimated offering range, respectively. Subscriptions by any of the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will not be aggregated with shares of common stock purchased directly by or which are otherwise attributable to any other participants in the subscription and direct community offerings, including subscriptions of any of ViewPoint Bank's directors, officers, employees or associates thereof. Subscription rights received pursuant to this category shall be subordinated to all rights received by Eligible Account Holders to purchase shares pursuant to category No.1; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of the plan of reorganization and stock issuance to the contrary, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall have a first priority subscription right to the extent that the total number of shares of common stock sold in the offering exceeds the maximum of the estimated offering. In the event that the total number of shares offered in the offering is increased to an amount greater than the number of shares representing the maximum of the estimated offering range, each Tax-Qualified Employee Plan will have a priority right to purchase any such shares exceeding the maximum of the estimated offering range up to an aggregate of 10% of the common stock sold in the offering. See "Management - Benefits -- Employee Stock Ownership Plan."

                  Preference Category No. 3: Supplemental Eligible Account Holders. To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall be entitled to receive, without payment, third priority, nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of common stock in an amount equal to the greater of:

    (1) $400,000 or 40,000 shares of common stock;

    (2) one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or

    (3) 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator of which is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in ViewPoint Financial Group in each case on the close of business on March 31, 2006 (the "Supplemental Eligibility Record Date"), subject to the overall purchase limitations.

    See "- Limitations on Stock Purchases."

                 If there are not sufficient shares available to satisfy all subscriptions of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, available shares first will be allocated among subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders so as to permit each such Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation (including the number of shares, if any, allocated in accordance with Category No.1) equal to the lesser of the number of shares subscribed for or 100 shares. Thereafter, any shares remaining available will be allocated pro rata among the Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled in the proportion that the amounts of their respective qualifying deposits bear to the total amount of qualifying deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unfilled.

                  Preference Category No. 4: Other Members. To the extent that there are sufficient shares remaining after satisfaction of subscriptions by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, each Other Member shall receive, without payment, fourth priority, nontransferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock, up to the greater of $400,000 or 40,000 shares of common stock or one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock in the offerings, subject to the overall purchase limitations. See "-- Limitations on Stock Purchases."

                 In the event the Other Members subscribe for a number of shares which, when added to the shares subscribed for by Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, is in excess of the total number of shares of common stock offered in the Stock Offering, available shares will be allocated among the subscribing Other Members pro rata in the same proportion that the Other Member's number of votes on the voting record date for approval of the plan of reorganization and stock issuance bears to the total number of votes on the voting record date of all subscribing Other Members on that date.

    46

    NEXT PAGE



                  Expiration Date for the Subscription Offering. The subscription offering will expire at 12:00 noon, Plano, Texas time, on _________ __, 2006 (the "subscription expiration date"), unless extended for up to 45 days or for such additional periods by ViewPoint Financial Group as may be approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Subscription rights that have not been exercised prior to the subscription expiration date (unless extended) will become void.

                 We will not execute orders until at least the minimum number of shares of common stock, 7,076,250 shares, have been subscribed for or otherwise sold. If all shares have not been subscribed for or sold within 45 days after the subscription expiration date, unless this period is extended with the consent of the Office of Thrift Supervision, all funds delivered to us pursuant to the subscription offering will be returned promptly to the subscribers with interest and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled. If an extension beyond the 45-day period following the subscription expiration date is granted, we will notify subscribers of the extension of time and of any rights of subscribers to modify or rescind their subscriptions.

    Direct Community Offering

                 To the extent that shares remain available for purchase after satisfaction of all subscriptions of Eligible Account Holders, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members, we anticipate we will offer shares pursuant to the plan of reorganization to members of the general public who receive a prospectus, with a preference given to natural persons residing in Collin, Dallas, Denton, Grayson, Rockwall and Tarrant counties in Texas. These natural persons are referred to as preferred subscribers. Persons, together with an associate or group of persons acting in concert with such persons, may not subscribe for or purchase more than $400,000 of common stock in the direct community offering, if any. We may limit total subscriptions in the direct community offering so as to assure that the number of shares available for the public offering may be up to a specified percentage of the number of shares of common stock. Finally, we may reserve shares offered in the direct community offering for sales to institutional investors. The opportunity to subscribe for shares of common stock in any direct community offering will be subject to our right, in our sole discretion, to accept or reject any such orders in whole or in part from any person either at the time of receipt of an order or as soon as practicable following the subscription expiration date. The direct community offering, if any, shall commence concurrently with, during or promptly after the subscription offering and shall not be for more than 45 days after the end of the subscription offering.

                 In the event of an oversubscription for shares in the direct community offering, shares may be allocated, to the extent shares remain available, first to each preferred subscriber whose order is accepted by us. Thereafter, shares may be allocated to cover the orders of any other person subscribing for shares in the direct community offering so that each such person subscribing for shares may receive 1,000 shares, if available, and thereafter on a pro rata basis to such person based on the amount of their respective subscriptions.

    Public Offering

                 As a final step in the offering, the plan of reorganization and stock issuance provides that, if feasible, all shares of common stock not purchased in the subscription offering and direct community offering may be offered for sale to selected members of the general public in a public offering through our marketing agent, Keefe, Bruyette and Woods. We call this the public offering. It is expected that a public offering, if any, would commence as soon as practicable after termination of the subscription offering and the direct community offering. We, in our sole discretion, have the right to reject orders in whole or in part received in the public offering. Neither Keefe, Bruyette & Woods nor any registered broker-dealer shall have any obligation to take or purchase any shares of common stock in the public offering; however, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has agreed to use its best efforts in the sale of shares in the public offering.

    47

    NEXT PAGE



                 The price at which common stock is sold in the public offering will be the same price at which shares are offered and sold in the subscription offering and direct community offering. Subject to the overall purchase limitations, no person by himself or herself may purchase more than $400,000 or 40,000 shares of common stock in the public offering. See "- Limitations on Stock Purchases."

                 Keefe, Bruyette & Woods may enter into agreements with broker-dealers to assist in the sale of the shares in the public offering, although no such agreements exist as of the date of this prospectus. No orders may be placed or filled by or for a selected dealer during the subscription offering. After the close of the subscription offering, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will instruct selected dealers as to the number of shares to be allocated to each selected dealer. Only after the close of the subscription offering and upon allocation of shares to selected dealers may selected dealers take orders from their customers. During the subscription offering and direct community offering, selected dealers only may solicit indications of interest from their customers to place orders with us as of a certain order date for the purchase of shares of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock. When, and if, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods and we believe that enough indications of interest and orders have not been received in the subscription offering and direct community offering to consummate the reorganization, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will request, as of the order date, selected dealers to submit orders to purchase shares for which they have previously received indications of interest from their customers. Selected dealers will send confirmations of the orders to such customers on the next business day after the order date. Selected dealers will debit the accounts of their customers on the settlement date, which date will be three business days from the order date. Customers who authorize selected dealers to debit their brokerage accounts are required to have the funds for payment in their account on but not before the settlement date. On the settlement date, selected dealers will deposit funds to the account established at ViewPoint Bank for each selected dealer. Each customer's funds forwarded to one of these accounts, along with all other accounts held in the same title, will be insured by the FDIC up to $100,000 in accordance with applicable regulations. After payment has been received by us from selected dealers, funds will earn interest at ViewPoint Bank's statement savings rate until the completion or termination of the offering. Funds will be promptly returned, with interest, in the event the offering is not completed as described above.

                 The public offering will be completed within 45 days after the termination of the subscription offering, unless extended by us with the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. See "- How We Determined Our Price and the Number of Shares to be Issued in the Stock Offering" above for a discussion of rights of subscribers, if any, in the event an extension is granted.

    Persons Who are Not Permitted to Participate in the Stock Offering

                 We will make reasonable efforts to comply with the securities laws of all states in the United States in which persons entitled to subscribe for stock pursuant to the plan of reorganization and stock issuance reside. We are not required, however, to offer stock in the subscription offering to any person who resides in a foreign country or resides in a state of the United States with respect to which:

    • the number of persons otherwise eligible to subscribe for shares under the plan of reorganization and stock issuance who reside in such jurisdiction is small; or

    48

    NEXT PAGE



    • the granting of subscription rights or the offer or sale of shares of common stock to such persons would require us or any of our officers, directors or employees, under the laws of such jurisdiction, to register as a broker, dealer, salesman or selling agent or to register or otherwise qualify ViewPoint Financial Group securities for sale in such jurisdiction or to qualify as a foreign corporation or file a consent to service of process in such jurisdiction; and

    • such registration, qualification or filing in our judgment would be impracticable or unduly burdensome for reasons of cost or otherwise.

    Where the number of persons eligible to subscribe for shares in one state is small, we will base our decision as to whether or not to offer the common stock in that state on a number of factors, including but not limited to the size of accounts held by account holders in the state, the cost of registering or qualifying the shares, or the need for us, or our officers, directors or employees to register as brokers, dealers or salesmen.

    Limitations on Stock Purchases

                 The stock plan includes the following limitations on the number of shares of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock that may be purchased in the offering:

    (1) No fewer than 25 shares of common stock may be purchased, to the extent shares are available;

    (2) Each Eligible Account Holder may subscribe for and purchase in the subscription offering up to the greater of:
    • $400,000 or 40,000 shares of common stock;

    • one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or

    • 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Eligible Account Holders in ViewPoint Bank in each case as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, subject to the overall limitation in clause (7) below;

    (3) The Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, including an employee stock ownership plan, may purchase in the aggregate up to 10% of the shares of common stock issued in the offering, and including any additional shares issued in the event of an increase in the estimated offering range;

    (4) Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder may subscribe for and purchase in the subscription offering up to the greater of:
    • $400,000 or 40,000 shares of common stock;

    • one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock; or

    49

    NEXT PAGE



    • 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction, of which the numerator is the amount of the qualifying deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of qualifying deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in ViewPoint Bank in each case as of the close of business on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, subject to the overall limitation in clause (7) below;

    (5) Each Other Member may subscribe for and purchase in the subscription offering up to the greater of $400,000 or 40,000 shares of common stock or one-tenth of one percent of the total offering of shares of common stock, subject to overall limits in clause (7) below;

    (6) Persons purchasing shares of common stock in the direct community offering or public offering may purchase up to $400,000 or 40,000 shares of common stock in each of the direct community offering or public offering, subject to the overall limitation in clause (7) below;

    (7) Except for the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, and the Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscription rights are based upon the amount of their deposits, the maximum number of shares of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock subscribed for or purchased in all categories of the offerings by any person, together with associates of and groups of persons acting in concert with such persons, shall not exceed $700,000 or 70,000 shares of common stock; and

    (8) No more than 25% of the total number of shares offered for sale in the offering may be purchased by directors and officers of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank and their associates in the aggregate, excluding purchases by the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans.

                 Depending on the amount of shares subscribed for in this offering, and based upon market and financial conditions, we may increase or decrease these purchase limits, subject to regulatory approval, if required.

                 Subject to any required regulatory approval and the requirements of applicable laws and regulations, our board of directors may, in its sole discretion, increase the individual amount permitted to be subscribed for to a maximum of 9.99% of the number of shares sold in the offering, provided that orders for shares exceeding 5% of the shares being offered in the offering shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the shares being offered in the offering. Requests to purchase additional shares of common stock will be allocated by our board of directors on a pro rata basis giving priority in accordance with the preference categories set forth in this prospectus.

                 The term "associate" when used to indicate a relationship with any person means:

    • any corporation or organization (other than ViewPoint Financial Group, ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of them) of which the person is a director, officer or partner or is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities;

    • any trust or other estate in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which the person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity;

    50

    NEXT PAGE



    • any relative or spouse of the person, or any relative of the spouse, who has the same home as the person or who is a director or officer of ViewPoint Financial Group, ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint MHC or a subsidiary or affiliate of any of them; and

    • any person acting in concert with any of the persons or entities specified above;

    provided, however, that any employee plans (whether tax-qualified or not) shall not be deemed to be an associate of any director or officer of ViewPoint Financial Group, ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint MHC, to the extent provided in the plan of reorganization and stock issuance. When used to refer to a person other than an officer or director of ViewPoint Financial Group, ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint MHC, our board of directors, or officers delegated by our board of directors, in their sole discretion may determine the persons that are associates of other persons.

                 The term "acting in concert" is defined to mean knowing participation in a joint activity or interdependent conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangement, whether written or otherwise. A person or company that acts in concert with another person or company also shall be deemed to be acting in concert with any person or company who is also acting in concert with that other party, except that the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans will not be deemed to be acting in concert with their trustees or a person who serves in a similar capacity solely for the purpose of determining whether stock held by the trustee and stock held by each plan will be aggregated. The determination of whether a group is acting in concert shall be made solely by our board of directors, or officers delegated by our board of directors, and may be based on any evidence upon which such board or delegatee chooses to rely.

    Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements

                 We have retained Keefe, Bruyette & Woods to consult with and to advise and assist us, on a best efforts basis, in the distribution of our common stock in this offering. The services that Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will provide include, but are not limited to:

    • training our employees who will perform certain ministerial functions in the subscription offering and direct community offering regarding the mechanics and regulatory requirements of the stock offering process;

    • managing the stock information center by assisting interested stock subscribers and by keeping records of all stock orders; and

    • preparing marketing materials.

                 For its services, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will receive a management fee of $50,000 and a success fee of 1.0% of the aggregate purchase price, less any shares of common stock sold to our directors, officers, and employees and the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans. The success fee paid to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will be reduced by the amount of the management fee. In the event that selected dealers are used to assist in the sale of our common stock in the direct community offering, these dealers will be paid a fee of up to 5.5% of the total purchase price of the shares sold by such dealers. We have agreed to indemnify Keefe, Bruyette & Woods against certain claims or liabilities, including certain liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and will contribute to payments Keefe, Bruyette & Woods may be required to make in connection with any such claims or liabilities. In addition, Keefe, Bruyette & Woods will be reimbursed for the fees of its legal counsel in an amount not to exceed $45,000 and other reasonable out-of-pocket expenses not to exceed $50,000.

    51

    NEXT PAGE



                 Sales of shares of our common stock will be made by registered representatives affiliated with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, or by the broker-dealers managed by Keefe, Bruyette & Woods. Keefe, Bruyette & Woods has undertaken that our common stock will be sold in a manner that will ensure that the distribution standards of The NASDAQ National Market will be met. A stock information center will be established at ViewPoint Bank's branch office located at _________________________________. We will rely on Rule 3a4-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and sales of our common stock will be conducted within the requirements of this rule, so as to permit officers, directors and employees to participate in the sale of our common stock in those states where the law permits. No officer, director or employee of ours will be compensated directly or indirectly by the payment of commissions or other remuneration in connection with his or her participation in the sale of common stock.

    Procedure for Purchasing Shares in the Subscription Offering

                 To ensure that each purchaser receives a prospectus at least 48 hours before the subscription expiration date (unless extended) in accordance with Rule 15c2-8 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, no prospectus will be mailed any later than five days prior to such date or hand delivered any later than two days prior to such date. Execution of the order form will confirm receipt or delivery in accordance with Rule 15c2-8. Order forms only will be distributed with a prospectus.

                 To purchase shares in the subscription offering, an executed order form with the required payment for each share subscribed for, or with appropriate authorization for withdrawal from a deposit account at ViewPoint Bank, which may be given by completing the appropriate blanks in the order form, must be received by us by 12:00 noon, Plano, Texas time, on the subscription expiration date, unless extended. In addition, we will require a prospective purchaser to execute a certification in the form required by applicable Office of Thrift Supervision regulations in connection with any sale of common stock. Order forms that are not received by this time or are executed defectively or are received without full payment, or appropriate withdrawal instructions, are not required to be accepted. In addition, we will not accept orders submitted on photocopied or facsimiled order forms nor order forms on which the certification is not executed. We have the right to waive or permit the correction of incomplete or improperly executed forms, but do not represent that we will do so. Once received, an executed order form may not be modified, amended or rescinded without our consent unless the offering has not been completed within 45 days after the end of the subscription offering, or this period has been extended.

                 In order to ensure that Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members are properly identified as to their stock purchase priority, depositors as of the close of business on the Eligibility Record Date, December 31, 2004, the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, March 31, 2006 or the Other Member Record Date, _______ __, 2006, must list all accounts on the stock order form giving all names in each account and the account numbers. Failure to list all of your accounts may result in fewer shares being allocated to you than if all of your accounts had been disclosed.

                 Payment for subscriptions may be made:

    • by check or money order to ViewPoint Financial Group;

    • by authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts maintained with ViewPoint Bank (including a certificate of deposit); or

    52

    NEXT PAGE



    • in cash, if delivered in person at any full-service banking office of ViewPoint Bank, although we request that you exchange cash for a check with any of our tellers.

    No wire transfers will be accepted. Interest will be paid on payments made by cash, check or money order at our then-current statement savings rate from the date payment is received until completion of the offering. If payment is made by authorization of withdrawal from deposit accounts, the funds authorized to be withdrawn from a deposit account will continue to accrue interest at the contractual rate, but may not be used by the subscriber until all of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock being offered has been sold or the plan of reorganization and stock issuance is terminated, whichever is earlier.

                 If a subscriber authorizes us to withdraw the amount of the purchase price from his or her deposit account at ViewPoint Bank, we will do so as of the consummation date of the offering. ViewPoint Bank will waive any applicable penalties for early withdrawal from certificate accounts.

                 In the event of an unfilled amount of any subscription order, we will make an appropriate refund or cancel an appropriate portion of the related withdrawal authorization, after completion of the offering. If for any reason the offering is not consummated, purchasers will have refunded to them all payments made, with interest, and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled in the case of subscription payments authorized from accounts at ViewPoint Bank.

                 If any employee plans (whether tax-qualified or not) subscribe for shares during the subscription offering, these plans will not be required to pay for the shares subscribed for at the time they subscribe, but, rather, they may pay for shares of common stock subscribed for at the purchase price upon completion of the subscription offering and direct community offering, if all shares are sold, or upon completion of the public offering if shares remain to be sold in such offering. In the event that, after the completion of the subscription offering, the amount of shares to be issued is increased above the maximum of the estimated valuation range included in this prospectus, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans and non-tax-qualified employee plans will be entitled to increase their subscriptions by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in the amount of shares to be issued above the maximum of the estimated valuation range, provided that such subscription will continue to be subject to applicable purchase limits and stock allocation procedures.

                 Owners of self-directed IRAs may use the assets of such IRAs to purchase shares of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock in the subscription offering and direct community offering. ERISA provisions and IRS regulations require that officers, directors and 10% stockholders who use self-directed IRA funds to purchase shares of common stock in the offerings make such purchases for the exclusive benefit of the IRAs. IRAs maintained at ViewPoint Bank are not self-directed IRAs and any interested parties wishing to use these IRA funds for stock purchases may do so, but they must first have their accounts transferred to a self-directed IRA account with an unaffiliated trustee. The transfer of funds to a new trustee takes time, so please make arrangements as soon as possible.

                 The records of ViewPoint Bank will be deemed to control with respect to all matters related to the existence of subscription rights and/or one's ability to purchase shares of common stock in the subscription offering.

    Restrictions on Transfer of Subscription Rights and Shares

                 Pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, no person with subscription rights may transfer or enter into any agreement or understanding to transfer the legal or beneficial ownership of the subscription rights issued under the plan of reorganization and stock issuance or the shares of common stock to be issued upon their exercise. Such rights may be exercised only by the person to whom they are granted and only for such person's account. Each person exercising such subscription rights will be required to certify that the person is purchasing shares solely for the person's own account and that such person has no agreement or understanding regarding the sale or transfer of such shares. Federal regulations also prohibit any person from offering or making an announcement of an offer or intent to make an offer to purchase such subscription rights or shares of common stock prior to the completion of the offering.

    53

    NEXT PAGE



                 We will refer to the Office of Thrift Supervision any situations that we believe may involve a transfer of subscription rights. We will pursue any and all legal and equitable remedies in the event that we become aware of the transfer of subscription rights and will not honor orders that we believe involve the transfer of such rights.

    Delivery of Certificates

                 Certificates representing common stock issued in the offering will be mailed by ViewPoint Financial Group's transfer agent to the persons entitled thereto at the addresses of such persons appearing on the stock order form as soon as practicable following completion of the offering. Any certificates returned as undeliverable will be held by ViewPoint Financial Group until claimed by persons legally entitled to them or otherwise disposed of in accordance with applicable law. Until certificates for common stock are available and delivered to subscribers, they may not be able to sell the shares of common stock for which they have subscribed, even though trading of the common stock may have commenced.

    Required Approvals

                 Various approvals of the Office of Thrift Supervision are required in order to consummate the reorganization. The Office of Thrift Supervision has approved the plan of reorganization and stock issuance, subject to approval by our members and other standard conditions. ViewPoint Financial Group's holding company application has also been approved.

    Judicial Review

                 Any person hurt by a final action of the Office of Thrift Supervision, which approves, with or without conditions, or disapproves a plan of reorganization, may obtain review of this action by filing in the court of appeals of the United States for the circuit in which the principal office or residence of the person is located, or in the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, a written petition asking that the final action of the Office of Thrift Supervision be modified, terminated or set aside. This petition must be filed within 30 days after the publication of notice of final action in the Federal Register, or 30 days after the mailing by the applicant of the notice to members as provided for in 12 C.F.R. §563b.6(c), whichever is later. The further procedure for review is as follows: A copy of the petition is promptly transmitted to the Office of Thrift Supervision by the clerk of the court and then the Office of Thrift Supervision files in the court the record in the proceeding, as provided in Section 2112 of Title 28 of the United States Code. Upon the filing of the petition, the court has jurisdiction, which upon the filing of the record is exclusive, to affirm, modify, terminate, or set aside in whole or in part, the final action of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Review of these proceedings is as provided in Chapter 7 of Title 5 of the United States Code. The judgment and decree of the court is final, except that they are subject to review by the Supreme Court upon certiorari as provided in Section 1254 of Title 28 of the United States Code.

    Restrictions on Purchase or Transfer of Shares After the Corporate Change

                 All shares of common stock purchased in connection with the reorganization by a director or an executive officer of ViewPoint Financial Group or ViewPoint Bank will be subject to a restriction that the shares not be sold for a period of one year following the reorganization except in the event of the death of the director or officer or pursuant to a merger or similar transaction approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Each certificate for restricted shares will bear a legend giving notice of this restriction on transfer, and instructions will be issued to the effect that any transfer within such time period of any certificate or record ownership of the shares other than as provided above is a violation of the restriction. Any shares of common stock issued at a later date within this one year period as a stock dividend, stock split or otherwise with respect to the restricted stock will be subject to the same restrictions.

    54

    NEXT PAGE



                 Purchases of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock by our directors, executive officers and their associates during the three-year period following completion of the reorganization may be made only through a broker or dealer registered with the SEC, except with the prior written approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. This restriction does not apply, however, to negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of ViewPoint Financial Group's outstanding common stock or to certain purchases of stock pursuant to an employee stock benefit plan.

                 Pursuant to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations, ViewPoint Financial Group may not, for a period of one year following completion of this offering, repurchase shares of the common stock except on a pro rata basis, pursuant to an offer approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision and made to all stockholders, or through open market purchases of up to five percent of the outstanding stock where extraordinary circumstances exist.

    55

    NEXT PAGE



    PROPOSED PURCHASES BY MANAGEMENT

                 The following table sets forth, for each of our directors and executive officers and for all of the directors and executive officers as a group, their proposed purchases of common stock in the offering, assuming sufficient shares are available to satisfy their subscriptions. The amounts include shares that may be purchased through IRAs and by associates.

    At the Minimum
    of the Estimated
    Offering Range
    At the Maximum
    of the Estimated
    Offering Range
    Name
    Amount
    Number of
    Shares
    As a Percent
    of Shares
    Offered
    As a Percent
    of Shares
    Offered
    Directors :
    Garold R. Base $300,000 30,000 0.43 % 0.31 %
    Gary D. Basham 250,000 25,000 0.35 0.26
    Jack D. Ersman 250,000 25,000 0.35 0.26
    James B. McCarley 275,000 27,500 0.39 0.29
    Karen H. O'Shea 200,000 20,000 0.28 0.21
    V. Keith Sockwell 160,000 16,000 0.23 0.17
    Rosario (Rosie) G. Vela 100,000 10,000 0.14 0.10
    Kenneth R. Yarbrough 200,000 20,000 0.28 0.21
     
    Named Executive Officers who are
    not also directors
    :
    Mark E. Hord 75,000 7,500 0.11 0.08
    Patti E. McKee 50,000 5,000 0.07 0.05
    Patrick J. Ramsier 20,000 2,000 0.03 0.02
    Donna K. Neal 15,000 1,500 0.02 0.02
     
    Other executive officers (1
    individual)

    100,000

    10,000

    0.14

    0.10
    All directors and executive
    officers as a group (13 persons)

    $1,995,000

    199,500

    2.82

    %

    2.08

    %

    56

    NEXT PAGE



    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
    AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

    General

                 On January 1, 2006, ViewPoint Bank converted its charter from a state-chartered credit union to a federally chartered savings bank. On that date the name was changed from Community Credit Union to ViewPoint Bank, and we became a taxable organization.

                 Our principal business has historically consisted of attracting deposits from the general public and the business community and making loans secured by various types of collateral, including real estate, automobiles and general business assets. ViewPoint Bank is significantly affected by prevailing economic conditions as well as government policies and regulations concerning, among other things, monetary and fiscal affairs, housing and financial institutions. Deposit flows are influenced by a number of factors, including interest rates paid on competing investments, account maturities, fee structures, and level of personal income and savings. Lending activities are influenced by the demand for funds, the number and quality of lenders, and regional economic cycles. Sources of funds for lending activities of ViewPoint Bank include deposits, borrowings, payments on loans, maturities of securities and income provided from operations. ViewPoint Bank's earnings are primarily dependent upon our net interest income, the difference between interest income and interest expense.

                 Interest income is a function of the balances of loans and investments outstanding during a given period and the yield earned on these loans and investments. Interest expense is a function of the amount of deposits and borrowings outstanding during the same period and interest rates paid on these deposits and borrowings. ViewPoint Bank's earnings are also affected by our provision for loan losses, service charges and fees, gains from sales of loans, commission income, other income, operating expenses and income taxes.

                 In connection with the audit of our 2003, 2004 and 2005 financial statements, our independent auditing firm issued a letter to our audit committee identifying four material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting. These weaknesses related to (i) our classification of collateral-in-process loans as foreclosed assets and charging off the difference between the carrying value of the loan and the estimated value of the foreclosed asset, (ii) the need to update our historical charge-off experience to reflect current conditions in connection with our allowance for loan loss estimates, (iii) our timing for recording charge-offs against the allowance for loan losses, and (iv) our system for providing access to our FedLine controls. We have addressed the weaknesses identified in (i), (ii) and (iii) above, by having made adjustments to our allowance for loan loss calculations and the timing of our charge-offs in connection with the 2005 audit, and are in the process of instituting monitoring systems to ensure that all FedLine wire controls and access are appropriately limited. We believe that the steps we have taken adequately address the material weaknesses identified by our independent registered public accountants. The effectiveness of the steps we have taken and are in the process of taking to correct the material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting is subject to continued management review and supported by confirmation and testing as well as audit committee oversight.

    Critical Accounting Policies

                 Certain of our accounting policies are important to the portrayal of our financial condition, since they require management to make difficult, complex or subjective judgments, some of which may relate to matters that are inherently uncertain. Estimates associated with these policies are susceptible to material changes as a result of changes in facts and circumstances. Facts and circumstances which could affect these judgments include, but are not limited to, changes in interest rates, changes in the performance of the economy and changes in the financial condition of borrowers. Management believes that its critical accounting policies include determining the allowance for loan losses, accounting for mortgage servicing rights and accounting for deferred income taxes. Our accounting policies are discussed in detail in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                  Allowance for Loan Loss. We believe that the allowance for loan losses and related provision expense are particularly susceptible to change in the near term, as a result of changes in our credit quality, which are evidenced by charge-offs and nonperforming loan trends. Our loan mix is also changing as we increase our emphasis on real estate and commercial business lending. Generally, one- to four-family residential real estate lending has a lower credit risk profile compared to consumer lending such as automobile loans. Commercial real estate and business lending, however, has a higher credit risk profile due to these loans being larger in amount and non-homogenous. In addition, due to changes in the bankruptcy laws during the fourth quarter of 2005, ViewPoint Bank has experienced an increase in bankruptcy filings. The increase in filings impacted the allowance for loan loss and provision expense for 2005, and may continue to do so in 2006, as these cases work their way through the court process. Changes in economic conditions, the mix and size of the loan portfolio and individual borrower conditions can dramatically impact our level of allowance for loan losses in relatively short periods of time. Management believes that the allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level that represents our best estimate of probable losses in the loan portfolio. While management uses available information to recognize losses on loans, future additions to the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review our allowance for loan losses. These agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance for loan losses based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.

    57

    NEXT PAGE



                 Management evaluates current information and events regarding a borrower's ability to repay its obligations and considers a loan to be impaired when the ultimate collectibility of amounts due, according the contractual terms of the loan agreement, is in doubt. If the loan is collateral-dependent, the fair value of the collateral is used to determine the amount of impairment. Impairment losses are included in the allowance for loan losses through a charge to the provision for loan losses.

                 Subsequent recoveries are credited to the allowance for loan losses. Cash receipts for accruing loans are applied to principal and interest under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Cash receipts on impaired loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued are applied first to principal and then to interest income.

                  Mortgage Servicing Rights. We record mortgage servicing rights on loans sold with servicing retained. ViewPoint Bank stratifies its mortgage servicing rights that are capitalized based on one or more of the predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. Impairment is recognized through a valuation allowance for each impaired stratum. ViewPoint Bank assesses the carrying value of its mortgage servicing rights periodically in order to determine if its rights are impaired. Any impairment would be required to be recorded during the period identified. ViewPoint Bank's mortgage servicing rights totaled $2.1 million as of December 31, 2005. If our mortgage servicing rights were determined to be impaired, our financial results could be impacted.

                  Deferred Income Taxes. After converting to a federally chartered savings association, effective January 1, 2006, ViewPoint Bank became a taxable organization. The Internal Revenue Code and applicable regulations are subject to interpretation with respect to the determination of the tax basis of assets and liabilities for credit unions that convert charters and become a taxable organization. Since our transition to a federally chartered thrift, ViewPoint Bank has recorded income tax expense based upon management's interpretation of the applicable tax regulations. On January 1, 2006, a net deferred tax asset of $6.7 million was established as a result of timing differences for certain items, including depreciation of premises and equipment, bad debt deductions, and mortgage servicing rights. Positions taken by ViewPoint Bank in preparing our federal and state tax returns are subject to the review of taxing authorities, and the review of the positions we have taken by taxing authorities could result in a material adjustment to our financial statements.

    Business Strategy

                 Historically, we were a Texas-chartered, community credit union. We concentrated our lending efforts on the origination of direct and indirect automobile lending and other general consumer lending. In recent years, we have expanded our one- to four-family and commercial real estate mortgage lending and commercial business lending while de-emphasizing our indirect automobile lending. We recently converted to a federal mutual savings bank, and adopted a plan of reorganization and stock issuance, primarily to increase our capital to support our expanded lending strategy.

    58

    NEXT PAGE



                 Our primary objective is to remain an independent, community oriented financial institution serving customers in our primary market area. Our board of directors has sought to accomplish this objective through the adoption of a strategy designed to maintain profitability, a strong capital position and high asset quality. This strategy primarily involves:

    • controlling operating expenses while continuing to provide quality personal service to our customers;

    • growing and diversifying our loan portfolio by emphasizing the origination of one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate loans and secured business loans, and de-emphasizing indirect automobile lending, which will also allow us to meet our qualified thrift lending requirements;

    • selectively emphasizing products and services to provide diversification of revenue sources and to capture our customer's full relationship. We intend to continue to expand our business by cross selling our loan and deposit products and services to our customers;

    • expanding our banking network by opening loan production offices and de novo branches, and by selectively acquiring branch offices and other financial institutions;

    • enhancing our focus on core deposits, including savings and checking accounts;

    • borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas for interest rate risk management purposes; and

    • maintaining a high level of asset quality.

    Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004

                 General. Total assets increased by $28.0 million, or 2.0%, to $1.43 billion at December 31, 2005 from $1.40 billion at December 31, 2004. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in securities of $54.2 million, partially offset by a decrease in the loan portfolio of $13.3 million, as further discussed below. The increase in total assets was funded by an increase in customer deposits of $32.6 million during 2005.

                  Loans. Our loan portfolio decreased $13.3 million, or 1.2%, from $1.09 billion to $1.07 billion from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2005. This decrease was primarily attributable to our lending strategy to diversify the loan portfolio. We are currently emphasizing the origination of residential mortgage loans and decreasing originations of consumer loans, particularly indirect automobile loans. In addition, we are focused on commercial lending, primarily commercial real estate lending. We have been successful over the past few years in diversifying our loan portfolio. See "Business of ViewPoint Bank – Lending Activities" for a presentation of our loan portfolio composition.

                  Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is maintained to cover losses that are probable and can be estimated on the date of the evaluation in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. It is our estimate of probable incurred credit losses in our loan portfolio.

                 Our methodology for analyzing the allowance for loan losses consists of specific and general components. We stratify the loan portfolio into homogeneous groups of loans that possess similar loss-potential characteristics and apply an appropriate loss ratio to the homogeneous pools of loans to estimate the incurred losses in the loan portfolio. The amount of loan losses incurred in our consumer portfolio is estimated by using historical loss ratios for major loan collateral types adjusted for current factors. We use historical peer group averages for commercial loans, due to the less-seasoned nature of this portion of our loan portfolio. The historical loss experience is generally defined as an average percentage of net loan losses to loans outstanding. A separate valuation of known losses for individual classified large-balance, non-homogeneous loans is also conducted in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 114. The allowance for loan losses on individually analyzed loans includes commercial business loans and one- to four-family and commercial real estate loans, where management has concerns about the borrower's ability to repay. Loss estimates include the difference between the current fair value of the collateral and the loan amount due.

    59

    NEXT PAGE



                 Our allowance for loan losses at December 31, 2005 was $7.7 million or 0.71% of loans, compared to $8.4 million or 0.77% of loans at December 31, 2004. The decline in the allowance for loan losses was due primarily to the improvement in asset quality. Nonperforming loans totaled approximately $4.6 million and $7.5 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004. The decline in nonperforming loans was primarily due to the reduction in indirect automobile lending and improved underwriting standards. Additional factors included improved market conditions as discussed below.

                 Our loan quality has improved over the past two years. We saw an increase in net charge offs and delinquencies during 2001 and continuing through 2003 as a result of the economic downturn associated with the terrorist events and technology company failures. Since that time, changes in underwriting guidelines and portfolio diversification, as well as improved economic conditions, has improved our overall delinquent loans to total loans ratio from a high of 0.79% at December 31, 2003 to 0.39% as of December 31, 2005. As we increase the number of our larger average balance real estate and commercial business loans, it is anticipated that increases in delinquencies and net charge offs could occur.

                 Securities. For liquidity management purposes, we have begun to designate a higher percentage of the securities we purchase as available for sale. As a result, securities available for sale increased $75.6 million, or 288.5%, to $101.9 million at December 31, 2005 from $26.2 million at December 31, 2004.

                  Deposits. Total deposits increased by $32.6 million, or 2.7%, to $1.26 billion at December 31, 2005 from $1.23 billion at December 31, 2004. Time deposits increased $4.4 million, demand deposits increased $16.4 million and savings and money market accounts increased $11.9 million during 2005. The increase in deposits was a result of organic growth within the existing branch infrastructure and expanded business banking efforts.

                  Borrowings. Federal Home Loan Bank advances decreased $9.9 million, or 17.1%, to $47.7 million at December 31, 2005 from $57.5 million at December 31, 2004. We have established borrowing agreements with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas that are secured by real estate loans. These Federal Home Loan Bank advances, which are non-callable, serve as an asset/liability management tool to match long-term real estate loans. We also use a Federal Home Loan Bank line of credit when cash flows tend to fluctuate. We were able to reduce our outstanding Federal Home Loan Bank advances due to our increase in deposits during 2005.

                  Equity . Total equity increased $1.8 million, or 1.8%, to $101.2 million at December 31, 2005 from $99.4 million at December 31, 2004. The increase in equity was primarily due to net income of $2.7 million, partially offset by a reduction in accumulated other comprehensive loss resulting from a decline in the fair value of our available for sale securities of $974,000, due to the increase in market rates of interest during 2005.

    60

    NEXT PAGE



    Average Balances, Net Interest Income, Yields Earned and Rates Paid

                 The following table presents, for the periods indicated, the total dollar amount of interest income from average interest-earning assets and the resultant yields, as well as the interest expense on average interest-bearing liabilities, expressed both in dollars and rates. Also presented is the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, rates paid on interest-bearing liabilities and the resultant spread at December 31, 2005. All average balances are monthly average balances. Non-accruing loans have been included in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. Management does not believe that the use of monthly average balances rather than daily average balances has caused any material difference in the information presented.

    At
    December 31,
    2005
    Year Ended December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    Yield/
    Rate
    Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned/Paid
    Yield/
    Rate
    Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned/Paid
    Yield/
    Rate
    Average
    Outstanding
    Balance
    Interest
    Earned/Paid
    Yield/
    Rate
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    Interest-earning assets
       Loans receivable (1) 5.35 % $1,090,906 $ 57,520 5.27 % $1,053,740 $ 56,027 5.32 % $  940,802 $ 57,409 6.10 %
       Mortgage-backed securities 0.76 2,512 78 3.11 --- --- 0.00 --- --- 0.00
       Collateralized mortgage obligations 3.27 70,284 2,652 3.77 48,424 1,006 2.08 52,805 980 1.86
       Investment securities 2.76 48,996 1,454 2.97 40,849 1,057 2.59 73,193 1,874 2.56
       FHLB stock 4.04 4,435 160 3.61 4,337 80 1.84 3,291 73 2.22
       Interest-earning deposit accounts 2.55 91,598 2,393 2.61 97,580 1,200 1.23 92,906 1,098 1.18
       Other earnings assets 33.81
    2,324
    164
    7.06 3,990
    58
    1.45 3,381
    32
    0.95
          Total interest-earning assets 4.89 1,311,055 64,421
    4.91 1,248,920 59,428
    4.76 1,166,378 61,466
    5.27
    Noninterest-earning assets 107,068
    98,148
    109,525
    Total assets 1,418,123
    1,347,068
    1,275,903
    Interest-bearing liabilities
       Interest-bearing demand 0.23 109,424 239 0.22 113,820 219 0.19 114,029 434 0.38
       Savings and money market 1.95 775,906 14,792 1.91 745,513 11,396 1.53 726,968 13,528 1.86
       Time 3.04 182,724 5,931 3.25 169,815 4,456 2.62 145,903 3,934 2.70
       Borrowings 4.99
    52,149
    2,380
    4.56 45,289
    2,214
    4.89 35,215
    1,662
    4.72
         Total interest-bearing liabilities 2.11 1,120,203 23,342
    2.08 1,074,437 18,285
    1.70 1,022,115 19,558
    1.91
    Noninterest-bearing liabilities 197,614
    177,577
    168,090
    Total liabilities 1,317,817
    1,252,014
    1,190,205
    Total Capital 100,306
    95,054
    85,698
    Total liabilities and capital 1,418,123
    1,347,068
    1,275,903
    Net interest income $ 41,079
    $ 41,143
    $ 41,908
    Net interest rate spread 2.78
    % 2.83
    % 3.06
    % 3.36
    %
    Net earnings assets $1,311,055
    $1,248,920
    $1,166,378
    Net interest margin 3.13
    % 3.29
    % 3.59
    %
    Average interest-earning assets to
     average interest-bearing liabilities

    117.04

    %

    116.24

    %

    114.11

    %
    __________________
    (1)  Calculated net of deferred fees, loan discounts, loans in process and loss reserves.

    61

    NEXT PAGE



    Rate/Volume Analysis

                 The following schedule presents the dollar amount of changes in interest income and interest expense for major components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. It distinguishes between the changes related to outstanding balances and that due to changes in interest rates. The change in interest attributable to rate has been determined by applying the change in rate between years to average balances outstanding in the later year. The change in interest due to volume has been determined by applying the rate from the earlier year to the change in average balances outstanding between years. Changes attributable to both rate and volume which cannot be segregated have been allocated proportionately based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.

    Year Ended December 31,
    2005 vs. 2004
    2004 vs. 2003
    Increase
    (Decrease)
    Due to
    Increase
    (Decrease)
    Due to
    Volume
    Rate
    Total
    Increase
    (Decrease)
    Volume
    Rate
    Total
    Increase
    (Decrease)
    (In Thousands)
    Interest-earning assets
       Loans receivable $ 1,963 $  (470 ) $ 1,493 $ 6,464 $ (7,846 ) $ (1,382 )
       Mortgage-backed securities 78 --- 78 --- --- ---
       Collateralized mortgage obligations 586 1,060 1,646 (85 ) 111 26
       Investment securities 229 168 397 (837 ) 20 (817 )
       FHLB stock 2 78 80 21 (14 ) 7
       Interest earning deposit accounts (78 ) 1,271 1,193 56 46 102
       Other earning assets (33
    ) 139
    106
    7
    19
    26
         Total interest-earning assets $ 2,747
    $ 2,247
    $ 4,993
    $ 5,626
    $ (7,664
    ) $ (2,038
    )
     
    Interest-bearing liabilities
        Savings and money market $    481 $ 2,915 $ 3,396 $    337 $ (2,470 ) $ (2,133 )
        Interest-bearing demand (9 ) 30 21 (1 ) (214 ) (215 )
        Time 358 1,117 1,475 629 (107 ) 522
        Borrowings 320
    (155
    ) 165
    491
    62
    553
         Total interest-bearing liabilities $ 1,150
    $ 3,907
    $ 5,057
    $ 1,456
    $(2,729
    ) $(1,273
    )
     
    Net interest income $     (64
    ) $   (765
    )

    62

    NEXT PAGE



    Comparison of Results of Operation for the Years Ended December 31, 2005 and 2004

                 General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2005 was $2.7 million, a decrease of $6.3 million, or 69.8%, from $9.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease in net income resulted primarily from a $6.1 million, or 12.0%, increase in non-interest expense.

                  Interest Income. Interest income increased by $5.0 million, or 8.4%, to $64.4 million for 2005 from $59.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The primary reason for the increase in interest income was related to an increase in the average loan portfolio of $37.2 million and an increase in rates in the securities portfolio.

                 The weighted average yield on loans decreased from 5.32% for the year ended December 31, 2004 to 5.27% for the year ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was due to loans with higher rates maturing and the proceeds being reinvested at lower rates in 2005. The weighted average yield on collateralized mortgage obligations and other investment securities increased from 2.08% and 2.59% for 2004 to 3.77% and 2.97% for 2005, respectively. The increase was due to the securities portfolio being short in duration and increasing with the rising interest rate environment in 2005. Total average interest-earning assets increased $62.1 million from December 31, 2004 to December 31, 2005, and the weighted average yield on interest earning assets increased 15 basis points from 4.76% to 4.91% during the same period. We anticipate this trend to continue as we increase our emphasis on residential and commercial real estate and commercial business lending.

                  Interest Expense. Interest expense increased $5.1 million, or 27.7%, to $23.3 million for fiscal 2005 from $18.3 million for 2004. The increase in interest expense was primarily due to the rising interest rate environment during 2005 and the repricing of deposit accounts to those higher interest rates. Our weighted average cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 2.08% for 2005 compared to 1.70% for 2004.

                 Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $166,000, or 7.5%, to $2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase resulted from an increase in average Federal Home Loan Bank advances of $6.9 million to $52.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $45.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. This increase was partially offset by a 33 basis point decrease in the cost of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, from 4.89% for 2004 to 4.56% for 2005.

                  Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $64,000, or 0.16%, to $41.1 million during the year ended December 31, 2005 from $41.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The decrease in net interest income was primarily the result of the overall growth in our balance sheet and an increase in the cost of funds resulting from the continued rising interest rate environment. Our net interest margin was 3.13% for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to 3.29% for the year ended December 31, 2004.

                  Provision For Loan Losses. We establish provisions for loan losses, which are charged to earnings, at a level required to reflect probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers historical loss experience, the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, adverse situations that may affect borrowers' ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, peer group data, prevailing economic conditions, and current factors. Large groups of smaller balance homogenous loans, such as residential real estate, small commercial real estate, home equity and consumer loans, are evaluated in the aggregate using historical loss factors adjusted for current economic conditions and other relevant data. Larger non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial loans for which management has concerns about the borrowers' ability to repay, are evaluated individually, and specific loss allocations are provided for these loans when necessary.

    63

    NEXT PAGE



                 Based on management's evaluation of these factors, provisions of $6.1 million and $6.2 million were made during the year ended December 31, 2005 and the year ended December 31, 2004, respectively. The decline in provision for loan losses was primarily attributable to a continued decline in the amount of indirect automobile loans associated with the diversification of our loan portfolio and improved underwriting standards, and the resulting decrease in non-performing indirect automobile loans. At December 31, 2005, the ratio of net charge-offs to average loans increased one basis point to 0.62% from 0.61% at December 31, 2004. The ratio of non-performing loans to gross loans decreased from 0.68% from December 31, 2004 to 0.43% at December 31, 2005.

                  Noninterest Income. Noninterest income declined $237,000 to $24.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 from $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004, a decreases of 1.0%. The overall decrease in noninterest income was primarily due to a decrease of $1.3 million in checking fee income associated with a decline in insufficient fund fees assessed on checking accounts due to reduced check writing as more customers use their debit cards for purchases, consistent with the nationwide trend. This decrease was partially offset by a gain on sale of membership interests. This consisted of $755,000 from Pulse EFT Association, resulting from its sale to Discover, and $100,000 from the sale of our membership interest in a limited liability company.

                  Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $6.1 million, or 12.0%, to $56.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005 compared to $50.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. The increase in noninterest expense was primarily due to an increase of $2.8 million in compensation and benefits, as well as expenses connected with our charter conversion from a credit union to a mutual savings bank and our core data processing system conversion of $1.1 million and $600,000, respectively. The increase in compensation and benefits was primarily related to our overall growth and expansion, including an increase in personnel in our accounting, compliance and lending areas, as well as merit increases.

                  Income Tax Expense. For the periods ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, there was no material income tax expense, due to our not-for profit status as a credit union during these periods. Effective January 1, 2006, we became subject to income taxes. On January 1, 2006, a deferred tax asset was recorded in the amount of $6.6 million, as well as a corresponding tax benefit of an equal amount. The deferred tax asset is a result of timing differences associated with depreciation of premises and equipment, bad debt deduction and mortgage servicing rights. Beginning in 2006, our earnings will be subject to a combined federal and state rate of approximately 37.0%. If we had been subject to income taxes for 2005 and 2004, our income tax expense would have been $1.0 million and $3.3 million, respectively. As a result, our net income for 2005 and 2004 would have been $1.7 million and $5.7 million, respectively.

    Comparison of Results of Operation for the Years Ended December 31, 2004 and 2003

                 General. Net income for the year ended December 31, 2004 was $9.0 million, a decrease of $927,000 or 9.3%, from $9.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in net income was primarily due to increases in noninterest expenses, partially offset by a decline in the provision for loan losses.

                  Interest Income. Interest income decreased by $2.0 million, or 3.3%, to $59.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $61.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The primary reason for the decrease in interest income was lower rates earned on loans and other earning assets as a result of the significant decrease in rates experienced during 2004. The decrease in interest income related to rates was partially offset by a $111.6 million increase in the average balance of our loans. The yield on loans decreased from 6.10% for fiscal 2003 to 5.32% for fiscal 2004. The yield on securities decreased from 2.59% for the year ended December 31, 2004 to 2.56% for 2003. Total average interest-earning assets increased $82.5 million, or 7.1%, from 2004 to 2003, and the yield on interest-earning assets declined 51 basis points from 5.27% to 4.76%.

    64

    NEXT PAGE



                  Interest Expense. Interest expense decreased $1.3 million, or 6.5%, to $18.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $19.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to a decrease in our cost of funds during 2004, resulting from the significant decreases in interest rates during the year ended December 31, 2004 and the resulting repricing of deposit accounts to lower interest rates. Our average cost of interest-bearing liabilities was 1.70% for 2004 compared to 1.91% for 2003. Interest expense on deposits decreased $1.8 million to $16.1 million for 2004 from $17.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in interest expense is attributable to declines in interest rates paid on deposit accounts was partially offset by additional interest expense incurred due to the increase in average interest-bearing deposits of $42.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 compared to the year ended December 31, 2003.

                 Interest expense on Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased $552,000, to $2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The increase resulted primarily from an increase in average Federal Home Loan Bank advances of $10.1 million to $45.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $35.2 million for 2003 as well as an increase in the cost of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, from 4.72% for 2003 to 4.89% for 2004. Our Federal Home Loan Bank advances increased in order to help fund the increase in loans.

                  Net Interest Income. Net interest income decreased $765,000, or 1.8%, to $41.1 million during 2004 from $41.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. The decrease in net interest income was primarily the result of the decrease in interest rates occurring in the year ended December 31, 2004. Our net interest margin decreased 30 basis points to 3.29% for 2004 compared to 3.59% for the year ended December 31, 2003.

                  Provision For Loan Losses. Based upon management's analysis of the allowance for loan losses, provisions for loan losses of $6.2 million and $8.0 million were made during the year ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The decrease in provision for losses was primarily attributable to improved asset quality and a decrease in the level of net charge-offs for 2004 compared to 2003. Net charge-offs totaled approximately $6.4 million and $8.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2004 and 2003, respectively. The ratio of net charge-offs to average loans decreased during 2004 to 0.61% from 0.86% during 2003. The ratio of non-performing loans to total loans decreased from 0.73% at December 31, 2003 to 0.68% at December 31, 2004.

                  Noninterest Income. Noninterest income increased $2.6 million, or 11.5%, to $24.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $22.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2003, primarily as a result of an increase in service charges and fees of $4.8 million. The growth in service charges and fees was primarily due to an increase in insufficient funds fees and debit card interchanges associated with the growth in deposit products. This increase was partially offset by a decline of $1.5 million in the gains on sale of real estate loans. Gains on sale of real estate loans for 2004 were $631,000 compared to $2.1 million for the previous year. The reduction in the gains on sale was primarily due to rates beginning to move up in the second half of 2004, which reduced the number of loans originated and sold.

                  Noninterest Expense. Noninterest expense increased $4.6 million, or 9.9%, to $50.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2004 from $46.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2003. This increase was primarily the result of a $3.0 million increase in salaries and employee benefits and a $494,000 increase in occupancy and equipment expenses. The increase in compensation and benefits and other noninterest expenses was primarily related to our overall growth and expansion, including the building of a new branch location and expenses associated with additional personnel needed to operate the expanded branch. Advertising expense increased by $627,000, or 28.3%, in 2004 as compared to 2003 due to an increase in radio advertising and various promotions. Data processing expenses also increased by $461,000, or 13.6%, in 2004 as compared to 2003 due to an increase in the cost of our web hosting and costs related to our data processing conversion.

    65

    NEXT PAGE



                  Income Tax Expense. We were generally not subject to income taxes during 2004 or 2003. Had we been subject to federal and state income taxes during 2004 and 2003, our income tax expense would have been $3.3 million and $3.7 million, respectively. As a result, our net income for 2004 and 2003 would have been $5.7 million and $6.3 million, respectively.

    Asset/Liability Management

                 Our Risk When Interest Rates Change. The rates of interest we earn on assets and pay on liabilities generally are established contractually for a period of time. Market rates change over time. Like other financial institutions, our results of operations are impacted by changes in interest rates and the interest rate sensitivity of our assets and liabilities. The risk associated with changes in interest rates and our ability to adapt to these changes is known as interest rate risk and is our most significant market risk.

                  How We Measure Our Risk of Interest Rate Changes. As part of our attempt to manage our exposure to changes in interest rates and comply with applicable regulations, we monitor our interest rate risk. In doing so, we analyze and manage assets and liabilities based on their interest rates and payment streams, timing of maturities, repricing opportunities, and sensitivity to actual or potential changes in market interest rates.

                 ViewPoint Bank is subject to interest rate risk to the extent that its interest-bearing liabilities, primarily deposits and Federal Home Loan Bank advances, reprice more rapidly or at different rates than its interest-earning assets. In order to minimize the potential for adverse effects of material prolonged increases or decreases in interest rates on our results of operations, we have adopted an asset and liability management policy. The board of directors sets the asset and liability policy for ViewPoint Bank, which is implemented by the asset/liability committee.

                 The purpose of the asset/liability committee is to communicate, coordinate, and control asset/liability management consistent with our business plan and board-approved policies. The committee establishes and monitors the volume and mix of assets and funding sources, taking into account relative costs and spreads, interest rate sensitivity and liquidity needs. The objectives are to manage assets and funding sources to produce results that are consistent with liquidity, capital adequacy, growth, risk and profitability goals.

                 The committee generally meets on a bimonthly basis to, among other things, protect capital through earnings stability over the interest rate cycle; maintain our well capitalized status; and provide a reasonable return on investment. The committee recommends appropriate strategy changes based on this review. The committee is responsible for reviewing and reporting the effects of the policy implementations and strategies to the board of directors at least quarterly. Senior managers oversee the process on a daily basis.

                 A key element of ViewPoint Bank's asset/liability management plan is to protect net earnings by managing the maturity or repricing mismatch between its interest-earning assets and rate-sensitive liabilities. We seek to reduce exposure to earnings by extending funding maturities through the use of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, through the use of adjustable rate loans and through the sale of certain fixed rate loans in the secondary market.

    66

    NEXT PAGE



                 As part of its efforts to monitor and manage interest rate risk, ViewPoint Bank uses the net portfolio value ("NPV") methodology adopted by the Office of Thrift Supervision as part of its capital regulations. In essence, this approach calculates the difference between the present value of expected cash flows from assets and liabilities. Management and the board of directors review NPV measurements on a quarterly basis to determine whether ViewPoint Bank's interest rate exposure is within the limits established by the board of directors.

                 ViewPoint Bank's asset/liability management strategy dictates acceptable limits on the amounts of change in given changes in interest rates. For interest rate increases of 100, 200, and 300 basis points, our policy dictates that our NPV ratio should not fall below 6.25%, 5.50%, and 4.75%, respectively. As illustrated in the table below, we are in compliance with this aspect of our asset/liability management policy.

                 The table presented below, as of December 31, 2005, is an internal analysis of our interest rate risk as measured by changes in NPV for instantaneous and sustained parallel shifts in the yield curve, in 100 basis point increments, up and down 300 basis points.

                 As illustrated in the table below, ViewPoint Bank would benefit from a decrease in market rates of interest. Our NPV would be negatively impacted by an increase in interest rates. An increase in rates would negatively impact our NPV as a result of deposit accounts and Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings repricing more rapidly than loans and securities due to the fixed rate nature of a large portion of our loan and security portfolios. As rates rise, the market value of fixed rate assets declines due to both the rate increases and slowing prepayments.

    December 31, 2005
    Change in
    Interest
    Rates in
    Basis Points
    Net Portfolio Value
    NPV
    Ratio %
    Amount
    $ Change
    % Change
    (Dollars in Thousands)

    300 93,848 (14,671) (13.52) 6.87%
    200 98,530 (9,989) (9.21) 7.10   
    100 103,376 (5,143) (4.74) 7.33   
    0 108,519 ---  ---  7.58   
    (100) 117,336 8,817  8.12  8.08   
    (200) 124,667 16,148  14.88  8.49   
    (300) 134,633 26,114  24.06  9.07   

                 Specifically, the table above indicates that ViewPoint Bank's NPV was $108.5 million or 7.58% of the market value of portfolio assets as of December 31, 2005. Based upon the assumptions utilized, an immediate 200 basis point increase in market interest rates would result in a $10.0 million decrease in our NPV and would result in a 48 basis point decrease in our NPV ratio to 7.10%. An immediate 200 basis point decrease in market interest rates would result in a $16.1 million increase in our NPV ratio and a 91 basis point increase in our NPV ratio to 8.49%.

                 In addition to monitoring selected measures of NPV, management also monitors effects on net interest income resulting from increases or decrease in rates. This process is used in conjunction with NPV measures to identify excessive interest rate risk. In managing our assets/liability mix, depending on the relationship between long and short term interest rates, market conditions and consumer preference, we may place somewhat greater emphasis on maximizing its net interest margin than on strictly matching the interest rate sensitivity of its assets and liabilities. Management also believes that the increased net income which may result from an acceptable mismatch in the actual maturity or repricing of its asset and liability portfolios can, during periods of declining or stable interest rates, provide sufficient returns to justify the increased exposure to sudden and unexpected increases in interest rates which may result from such a mismatch. Management believes that ViewPoint Bank's level of interest rate risk is acceptable under this approach.

    67

    NEXT PAGE



                 In evaluating ViewPoint Bank's exposure to interest rate movements, certain shortcomings inherent in the method of analysis presented in the foregoing table must be considered. For example, although certain assets and liabilities may have similar maturities or repricing periods, they may react in different degrees to changes in market interest rates. Also, the interest rates on certain types of assets and liabilities may fluctuate in advance of changes in market interest rates, while interest rates on other types may lag behind changes in interest rates. Additionally, certain assets, such as adjustable rate mortgages, have features which restrict changes in interest rates on a short-term basis and over the life of the asset. Further, in the event of a significant change in interest rates, prepayment and early withdrawal levels would likely deviate significantly from those assumed above. Finally, the ability of many borrowers to service their debt may decrease in the event of an interest rate increase. ViewPoint Bank considers all of these factors in monitoring its exposure to interest rate risk.

                 The board of directors and management of ViewPoint Bank believe that certain factors afford ViewPoint Bank the ability to operate successfully despite its exposure to interest rate risk. ViewPoint Bank manages its interest rate risk by originating and retaining adjustable rate loans in its portfolio, by borrowing from the Federal Home Loan Bank to match the duration of our funding to the duration of originated fixed rated one- to four-family real estate loans held in portfolio and by selling on an ongoing basis certain currently originated fixed rate one- to four-family real estate loans.

    Liquidity

                 Management maintains a liquidity position that it believes will adequately provide funding for loan demand and deposit run-off that may occur in the normal course of business. ViewPoint Bank relies on a number of different sources in order to meet its potential liquidity demands. The primary sources are increases in deposit accounts and cash flows from loan payments and the securities portfolio.

                 In addition to these primary sources of funds, management has several secondary sources available to meet potential funding requirements. As of December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank had an additional borrowing capacity of $180 million with the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas. Additionally, ViewPoint Bank has classified 70.8% of its securities portfolio as available for sale, providing an additional source of liquidity. Management believes that our security portfolio is of high quality and the securities would therefore be marketable. In addition, we have historically sold mortgage loans in the secondary market to reduce interest rate risk and to create still another source of liquidity.

                 Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Excess liquidity is generally invested in short-term investments, such as overnight deposits and federal funds. On a longer term basis, we maintain a strategy of investing in various lending products and investment securities, including mortgage-backed securities. ViewPoint Bank uses its sources of funds primarily to meet its ongoing commitments, pay maturing deposits and fund withdrawals, and to fund loan commitments. At December 31, 2005, the total approved loan commitments and unused lines of credit outstanding amounted to $13.0 million and $69.4 million, respectively. Certificates of deposit scheduled to mature in one year or less at December 31, 2005, totaled $120.4 million. It is management's policy to manage deposit rates that are competitive with other local financial institutions. Based on this management strategy, we believe that a majority of maturing deposits will remain with ViewPoint Bank.

    68

    NEXT PAGE



                 During 2005, cash and cash equivalents decreased $4.1 million, or 3.2%, from $129.6 million as of December 31, 2004 to $125.5 million as of December 31, 2005. Cash from operating activities of $22.9 million and cash from financing activities of $22.8 million were more than offset by cash used for investing activities of $49.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2005. Primary sources of cash for 2005 included net income from operations of $2.7 million, proceeds from sales of loans of $22.2 million, net participations sold of $45.0 million, proceeds from payments and maturities of available for sale securities totaling $18.8 million, and increases in deposits of $32.6 million. Primary uses of cash included net originations of portfolio loans and originations of loans held for sale totaling $53.3 million, purchases of loans from other financial institutions totaling $8.8 million, purchases of securities available for sale of $95.9 million, and repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances of $9.9 million.

                 During 2004, cash and cash equivalents increased $51.8 million, or 66.6%, from $77.8 million as of December 31, 2003 to $129.6 million as of December 31, 2004. Cash from operating activities of $26.8 million and cash from financing activities of $78.4 million were less than cash used for investing activities of $53.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2004. Primary sources of cash for 2004 included net income from operations of $9.0 million, proceeds from sales of loans of $44.7 million, payments, maturities and calls on held-to-maturity securities totaling $53.0 million, and increases in deposits of $60.7 million. Primary uses of cash included net originations of portfolio loans and loans held for sale totaling $106.1 million, purchases of loans from other financial institutions totaling $7.1 million, purchases of securities available for sale of $25.2 million and repayment of Federal Home Loan Bank advances of $7.7 million.

                 Management is not aware of any trends, events, or uncertainties that will have, or that are reasonably likely to have a material impact on liquidity, capital resources or operations. Further, management is not aware of any current recommendations by regulatory agencies which, if they were to be implemented, would have this effect.

    69

    NEXT PAGE



    Contractual Obligations and Commitments

                 The following table presents our longer term, non-deposit related, contractual obligations and commitments to extend credit to our borrowers, in aggregate and by payment due dates.

    December 31, 2005
    Less than
    One
    Year
    One
    Through
    Three
    Years
    Four
    Through
    Five Years
    After Five
    Years
    Total
    (In Thousands)
    Contractual obligations :
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances $8,452 $23,662 $9,192 $6,374 $47,680
    Operating leases (premises) 827
    1,999
    875
    432
    4,133
    Total borrowings and operating leases 9,279
    25,661
    10,067
    6,806
    51,813
     
    Off-balance sheet loan
    commitments
    :
    Undisbursed portion of loans closed --- --- --- --- 12,977
    Unused lines of credit ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
    69,398
    Total loan commitments ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
    82,375
    Total contractual obligations and loan commitments $134,188

                 

    Capital Resources

                 Effective January 1, 2006, ViewPoint Bank became subject to minimum capital requirements imposed by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Based on its capital levels at December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank exceeded these requirements as of that date and continue to exceed them as of the date of this prospectus. Consistent with our goals to operate a sound and profitable organization, our policy is for ViewPoint Bank to maintain a "well-capitalized" status under the capital categories of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Based on capital levels at December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank was considered to be well-capitalized. See "How We Are Regulated – Regulatory Capital Requirements."

                 At December 31, 2005, equity totaled $101.2 million. Management monitors the capital levels of ViewPoint Bank to provide for current and future business opportunities and to meet regulatory guidelines for "well capitalized" institutions. The total capital ratio for December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 was 10.29% and 9.86%, respectively. The tier one capital ratio for December 31, 2005 and December 31, 2004 was 9.57% and 9.09%, respectively.

                 Prior to its conversion to a federal savings bank, ViewPoint Bank was subject to and in compliance with capital requirements imposed by the NCUA and the Texas Credit Union Department. As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the NCUA and the Texas Credit Union Department categorized us as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action.

                 To be well capitalized as a credit union, the ratio of retained earnings to assets had to be 7% or greater. A credit union's only way to raise capital is through earnings. Therefore, when our assets grew it diluted the capital ratio. Previously, as a credit union we had to intentionally restrain growth to maintain the well capitalized status. This impacted our decision to close popular money market accounts to new depositors, and slow branch expansion. In addition, credit unions are limited on the amount of real estate loans and business loans they can retain in their portfolio. As a credit union, we were limited to 12.25% of assets in business loans and 25% of assets in real estate loans. Additional risk-based capital would have been required to exceed the 25% limit in real estate loans. These are the primary reasons we changed our charter to match the strategic direction of the institution. The savings bank charter allows us to grow and offer products and services our customers demand. In addition, we are able to raise capital through this offering to support continued growth.

    70

    NEXT PAGE



                 The capital raised in this offering, with net proceeds estimated to be between $68.4 million and $93.1 million, will significantly increase our regulatory capital levels and ratios. Based upon our existing capital, and the capital to be raised in this offering, we believe that we will have sufficient capital to carry out our proposed business plan for at least the next year and to meet any applicable regulatory capital requirements during that period.

                 As a thrift, we must hold qualified thrift investments equal to at least 65% of portfolio assets. This allows us to continue to grow our real estate portfolio. We were at 62% of qualified thrift investments as of December 31, 2005 and, although we have received a waiver from OTS until 2008, we expect to meet this test during 2006.

    Impact of Inflation

                 The effects of price changes and inflation can vary substantially for most financial institutions. While management believes that inflation affects the growth of total assets, it believes that it is difficult to assess the overall impact. Management believes this to be the case due to the fact that generally neither the timing nor the magnitude of the inflationary changes in the consumer price index ("CPI") coincides with changes in interest rates. The price of one or more of the components of the CPI may fluctuate considerably and thereby influence the overall CPI without having a corresponding affect on interest rates or upon the cost of those good and services normally purchased by ViewPoint Bank. In years of high inflation and high interest rates, intermediate and long-term interest rates tend to increase, thereby adversely impacting the market values of investment securities, mortgage loans and other long-term fixed rate loans. In addition, higher short-term interest rates caused by inflation tend to increase the cost of funds. In other years, the opposite may occur.

    Recent Accounting Pronouncements

                 Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("FAS") No. 123, Revised, requires companies to record compensation cost for stock options provided to employees in return for employment service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employment service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options. This will apply to awards granted or modified in fiscal years beginning in 2006. Compensation cost will also be recorded for prior option grants that vest after the date of adoption. The effect on results of operations will depend on the level of future option grants and the calculation of the fair value of the options granted at such future date, as well as the vesting periods provided, and so cannot currently be predicted. Any income tax benefit for the exercise of stock options in excess of income tax expense for financial reporting purposes will be classified as a cash inflow for financing activities and a cash outflow for operating activities in the statement of cash flows. Presently, we do not have stock-based compensation programs. We do intend, however, to adopt a stock-based incentive plan following completion of this offering.

    71

    NEXT PAGE



                 FAS No. 156 "Accounting for Servicing of Financial Assets – an Amendment of FAS No. 140" The Statement requires a servicing asset or liability to be recorded whenever a servicing contract is entered into. All separately recognized servicing assets and liabilities are to be initially measured at fair value, instead of an allocation of cost as sometimes occurs now. Subsequent to initial measurement, an entity may choose either of two methods for subsequent measurement for any class of servicing assets or liabilities. One method would amortize the class in proportion to income or loss over the estimated life of the class, with periodic assessment at each reporting date for impairment or increased obligation. The other method would adjust the class to fair value at each reporting date with changes flowing through earnings. This statement is to be adopted as of the beginning of the first fiscal year that begins after September 15, 2006. Existing servicing assets or liabilities may, on transition, be remeasured at fair value. ViewPoint Financial Group has not yet determined the impact of adopting this Statement.

    72

    NEXT PAGE



    BUSINESS OF VIEWPOINT BANK

                 

    General

                 We were originally chartered in 1952 as a credit union. Through the years, we evolved into a full-service, multi-branch community credit union serving primarily Collin and Dallas Counties and surrounding communities in North Texas, as well as businesses and other entities located in these areas. We completed the conversion from a Texas credit union charter to a federal mutual savings bank charter as of January 1, 2006. The objective of the charter conversion was to convert to a banking charter that was more appropriate to carry out our business strategy, which will in turn allow us to better serve customers and the local community.

                 Our principal business consists of attracting retail deposits from the general public and investing those funds along with borrowed funds in permanent loans secured by automobiles, first and second mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences and commercial real estate and commercial business assets. Our current emphasis is on the origination of one- to four-family residential and commercial real estate loans. We also offer brokerage services for the purchase and sale of non-deposit investment and insurance products through a third party brokerage arrangement.

                 Our operating revenues are derived principally from earnings on net interest-earning assets, service charges and fees. Our primary sources of funds are deposits and payments on loans and securities. We offer a variety of deposit accounts having a wide range of interest rates and terms, which generally include savings accounts, money market deposit and term certificate accounts and demand accounts.

    Market Areas

                 We intend to continue to be a community-oriented financial institution offering a variety of financial services to meet the needs of the communities we serve. We are headquartered in Plano, Texas, and have 34 retail offices, including 18 in-store locations, in our market area. Based on the most recent branch deposit data provided by the FDIC, our share of deposits was approximately 14.7% in Collin County and less than 1.0% in all other market area counties.

                 Our market area includes a diverse population of management, professional and sales personnel, office employees, manufacturing and transportation workers, service industry workers, government employees and self-employed individuals. The population has a skilled work force with a wide range of education levels and ethnic backgrounds. Major employment sectors include financial services, manufacturing, education, health and social services, retail trades, transportation and professional services. The largest employers headquartered in our market area include J.C. Penney, Brinker International, Texas Instruments, American Airlines, Dean Foods and Blockbuster.

                 Median household income and per capita income for our market area are above the state and national averages, reflecting strong job growth in the market area during 2005. For the month of November 2005, our market area reported an unemployment rate of 5.0%, as compared to the national average of 5.1%.

    73

    NEXT PAGE



    Lending Activities

                 The following table presents information concerning the composition of ViewPoint Bank's loan portfolio in dollar amounts and in percentages (before deductions for loans in process, deferred fees and discounts and allowances for losses) as of the dates indicated.

    December 31,
      2005
    2004
    2003
    2002
    2001
      Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
      (Dollars in Thousands)
    Real Estate Loans :
      One- to four-family $ 274,230 25.51 % $ 225,170 20.72 % $ 201,063 19.53 % $160,480 18.43 % $ 137,608 17.37 %
      Commercial 99,334 9.24 45,667 4.20 27,037 2.63 14,490 1.66 8,887 1.12
      Home equity 85,365
    7.94
    79,548
    7.32
    65,002
    6.31
    53,689
    6.17
    53,980
    6.82
        Total real estate loans 458,929
    42.69
    350,385
    32.24
    293,102
    28.47
    228,659
    26.26
    200,475
    25.31
     
    Other Loans :
      Consumer loans:
        Automobile indirect 364,046 33.86 450,971 41.54 435,598 42.31 336,568 38.66 269,661 34.04
        Automobile direct 196,254 18.25 224,021 20.61 242,718 23.57 245,835 28.23 253,828 32.04
        Other secured 18,263 1.70 21,242 1.95 17,620 1.71 19,141 2.20 23,345 2.95
        Lines of credit/unsecured 28,804
    2.68
    34,722
    3.20
    36,749
    3.57
    39,181
    4.50
    44,538
    5.62
          Total consumer loans 607,367
    56.49
    730,956
    67.26
    732,685
    71.16
    640,725
    73.59
    591,372
    74.65
     
      Commercial business loans 8,813
    0.82
    5,446
    0.50
    3,762
    0.37
    1,269
    0.15
    309
    0.04
          Total loans 1,075,109 100.00
    % 1,086,787 100.00
    % 1,029,549 100.00
    % 870,653 100.00
    % 792,156 100.00
    %
     
    Less :
      Deferred fees and discounts 8,061   11,323   11,835   10,738   8,600
      Loans held for sale (2,306 )   (3,238 )   (8,477 )   ---   ---
      Allowance for losses (7,697
    )   (8,424
    )   (8,655
    )   (8,858
    )   (4,774
    )  
      Total loans receivable, net $1,073,167
      $1,086,448
      $1,024,252
      $872,533
      $795,982

    74

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following table shows the composition of ViewPoint Bank's loan portfolio by fixed- and adjustable-rate at the dates indicated.

    December 31,
      2005
    2004
    2003
    2002
    2001
      Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
    Amount
    Percent
      (Dollars in Thousands)
    Fixed-Rate Loans
    Real Estate:
      One- to four-family $  230,003 21.40 % $  176,562 16.25 % $  158,036 15.35 % $146,207 16.79 % $131,948 16.66 %
      Commercial 99,334 9.24 45,667 4.20 27,037 2.63 14,490 1.66 8,887 1.12
      Home equity 68,050
    6.33
    65,208
    6.00
    62,851
    6.10
    53,689
    6.17
    53,980
    6.82
        Total real estate loans 397,387
    36.97
    287,437
    26.45
    247,924
    24.08
    214,386
    24.62
    194,815
    24.60
    Consumer:
      Automobile indirect 364,046 33.86 450,971 41.50 435,598 42.31 336,568 38.66 269,661 34.04
      Automobile direct 196,254 18.25 224,020 20.61 242,715 23.57 245,819 28.23 253,767 32.03
      Other secured 8,999 0.84 12,512 1.15 10,003 0.97 12,612 1.45 16,734 2.11
      Lines of credit/unsecured 11,158
    1.04
    13,026
    1.20
    13,556
    1.32
    13,031
    1.50
    15,531
    1.96
        Total consumer 580,457
    53.99
    700,529
    64.46
    701,872
    68.17
    608,030
    69.84
    555,693
    70.14
    Commercial business 5,004
    0.47
    3,720
    0.34
    3,610
    0.35
    1,269
    0.15
    309
    0.04
        Total fixed-rate loans 982,848
    91.43
    991,686
    91.25
    953,406
    92.60
    823,685
    94.61
    750,817
    94.78
     
    Adjustable-Rate Loans:
    Real Estate:
      One-to four-family 44,227 4.11 48,608 4.47 43,027 4.18 14,273 1.64 5,660 0.71
      Commercial --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
    Home equity 17,315
    1.61
    14,340
    1.32
    2,151
    0.21
    ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
        Total real estate loans 61,542
    5.72
    62,948
    5.79
    45,178
    4.39
    14,273
    1.64
    5,660
    0.71
    Consumer:
      Automobile indirect --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- --- ---
      Automobile direct --- --- 1 --- 3 --- 16 --- 61 0.01
      Other secured 9,264 0.86 8,730 0.80 7,617 0.74 6,529 0.75 6,611 0.84
      Lines of credit/unsecured 17,646
    1.64
    21,696
    2.00
    23,193
    2.25
    26,150
    3.00
    29,007
    3.66
        Total consumer 26,910 2.50 30,427 2.80 30,813 2.99 32,695 3.75 35,679 4.51
    Commercial business 3,809
    0.35
    1,726
    0.16
    152
    0.02
    ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
        Total adjustable-rate loans 92,261
    8.57
    95,101
    8.75
    76,143
    7.40
    46,968
    5.39
    41,339
    5.22
        Total loans 1,075,109 100.00
    % 1,086,787 100.00
    % 1,029,549 100.00
    % 870,653 100.00
    % 792,156 100.00
    %
     
    Less:
      Deferred fees and discounts 8,061   11,323   11,835   10,738   8,600  
      Loans held for sale (2,306 )   (3,238 )   (8,477 )   ---   ---  
      Allowance for losses (7,697
    )   (8,424
    )   (8,655
    )   (8,858
    )   (4,774
    )  
      Total loans receivable, net $1,073,167
      $1,086,448
      $1,024,252
      $872,533
      $795,982
     

    75

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following schedule illustrates the contractual maturity of ViewPoint Bank's loan portfolio at December 31, 2005. Mortgages which have adjustable or renegotiable interest rates are shown as maturing in the period during which the contract is due. The schedule does not reflect the effects of possible prepayments or enforcement of due-on-sale clauses.

    Real Estate
      Mortgage
    Consumer
    Commercial Business
    Total
      Amount
    Weighted
    Average
    Rate
    Amount
    Weighted
    Average
    Rate
    Amount
    Weighted
    Average
    Rate
    Amount
    Weighted
    Average
    Rate
    Due During Years
      Ending December 31,
     
    2006(1) $ 2,286 6.53% % $ 39,805 9.34 % $3,933 9.06 % $ 46,024 9.23 %
    2007 2,087 6.37 67,037 6.44 361 5.51 69,485 6.45
    2008 10,365 5.07 143,125 5.51 1,108 4.82 154,598 5.49
    2009 to 2010 52,879 5.66 313,862 5.58 2,936 5.27 369,677 5.62
    2011 to 2015 89,211 5.97 43,031 6.97 475 5.66 132,717 6.36
    2016 to 2020 96,057 5.58 345 8.43 --- --- 96,402 5.61
    2021 and following 206,044
    5.68 162
    6.21 ---
    --- 206,206
    5.69
          Total $458,929
      $607,367
      $8,813
      $1,075,109
    _____________
    (1) Includes demand loans, loans having no stated maturity, overdraft loans and loans held for sale.

                 The total amount of loans due after December 31, 2006 which have predetermined interest rates is $964,127, while the total amount of loans due after such dates which have floating or adjustable interest rates is $64,957.

                  Lending Authority. Loans up to $600,000 may be approved by senior loan officers. Our chief executive officer may approve loans up to $2.0 million. The management loan committee may approve loans up to $5.0 million. Loans over these amounts must be approved by the loan committee of the board of directors. Loans outside our general underwriting guidelines must be approved by the board of directors.

                 At December 31, 2005, the maximum amount under federal law that we could lend to any one borrower and the borrower's related entities was approximately $15.2 million. Our five largest lending relationships are with commercial borrowers and totaled $30.4 million in the aggregate, or 2.8% of our $1.08 billion loan portfolio, at December 31, 2005. The largest relationship consists of $9.7 million in loans on office buildings. The next four largest lending relationships at December 31, 2005, were $7.5 million secured by retail strip centers, $4.9 million secured by an office building and warehouse, $4.3 million secured by an office building and a three office building complex and $4.0 million secured by an office building. At December 31, 2005, we had seven other lending relationships that exceeded $2.0 million. All of these loans were current as of December 31, 2005.

                  One- to Four-Family Real Estate Lending. We originate loans secured by first mortgages on owner-occupied, one- to four-family residences primarily in our market area. We originate one- to four-family residential mortgage loans primarily through referrals from real estate agents, builders and from existing customers. Walk-in customers are also important sources of loan originations. As a result of our conversion from a credit union to a federal mutual savings bank, we are now able to expand our target market to include individuals who were not members of the credit union, with an emphasis on increasing the number and amount of residential and commercial real estate loan originations.

                 Some of the one- to four-family loans we originate are funded by us and retained in our portfolio and others are originated and sold into the secondary market. From 2001 to 2003, this type of lending increased because of increased demand for refinancings and our decision, in 2003, to originate more fixed-rate residential loans for our portfolio and for resale in the secondary market. In 2004 and 2005, this loan demand decreased primarily due to a decrease in refinancing activity. We also reduced the amount of mortgage loans originated for our portfolio due to our limitations as a credit union, though we have continued to originate loans for resale in order to generate fees and to maintain our contacts in the market. We are currently selling a portion of our residential mortgage loan originations, including most non-conforming loans, on a servicing released basis in order to help fund our residential mortgage expansion efforts. See "- Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Repayments and Servicing." At December 31, 2005, one- to four-family residential mortgage loans (including loans held for sale), which also include a limited amount of home improvement and residential construction loans, totaled $274.2 million, or 25.5% of our gross loan portfolio, of which $230.0 million were fixed-rate loans and $44.2 million were adjustable rate loans.

    76

    NEXT PAGE



                 As part of our efforts to expand residential mortgage lending, we intend to open three new loan production offices in the Oak Cliff section of Dallas, Grapevine and Wylie, Texas during the first half of 2006, and to increase our loan origination staff throughout our branch network.

                 We generally underwrite our one- to four-family owner occupied loans based on the applicant's employment and credit history and the appraised value of the subject property. Presently, we lend up to 100% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price for one- to four-family residential loans, and up to 80% for non-owner occupied residential loans. For loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 80%, we generally require private mortgage insurance in order to reduce our exposure below 80%. Properties securing our one- to four-family loans are appraised by independent fee appraisers approved by the board of directors. We require our borrowers to obtain title and hazard insurance, and flood insurance, if necessary.

                 We currently originate one- to four-family mortgage loans on a fixed-rate basis and, to a lesser extent, an adjustable-rate basis, as consumer demand dictates. Our pricing strategy for mortgage loans includes setting interest rates that are competitive with other local financial institutions and consistent with our asset/liability management objectives. Fixed-rate loans secured by one- to four-family residences have contractual maturities of up to 30 years and are generally fully amortizing, with payments due monthly.

                 During the year ended December 31, 2005, we originated $123.7 million of one- to four-family fixed-rate mortgage loans and $10.7 million of one- to four-family adjustable-rate mortgage, or ARM loans. All ARM loans are offered with annual adjustments and life time rate caps that vary based on the product, generally with a maximum annual rate change of 1.0% and a maximum overall rate change of 6.0%. We use a variety of indices to reprice our ARM loans. As a consequence of using caps, the interest rates on these loans may not be as rate sensitive as is our cost of funds.

                 ARM loans generally pose different credit risks than fixed-rate loans, primarily because as interest rates rise, the borrower's payment rises, increasing the potential for default. We have not experienced significant delinquencies in our one- to four-family loan portfolio, including our ARM loans. However, the majority of these loans have been originated within the past several years, when rates were historically low. See "- Asset Quality -- Non-performing Assets" and "-- Classified Assets."

                 Our one- to- four-family loans may be assumable, subject to our approval, and may contain prepayment penalties. Most of our loans are written using generally accepted underwriting guidelines, and are readily saleable to Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae, or other private investors. Our real estate loans generally contain a "due on sale" clause allowing us to declare the unpaid principal balance due and payable upon the sale of the security property. The average size of our one- to four-family residential loans was approximately $118,000 at December 31, 2005.

    77

    NEXT PAGE



                 We also offer home improvement loans with a fixed rate of interest. We generally lend up to 90% of the appraised value of the subject property for home improvement loans, and require private mortgage insurance for the excess over 90%. These loans may have terms for up to 20 years and are fully amortizing. At December 31, 2005, our fixed-rate home improvement loans totaled $16.6 million, or 1.5% of our gross loan portfolio.

                 We originate a limited amount of construction loans, primarily to individuals and contractors for the construction and acquisition of personal residences. At December 31, 2005, residential construction loans amounted to $1.0 million, or 0.10%, of our gross loan portfolio. At December 31, 2005, the unadvanced portion of these construction loans totaled $1.4 million.

                 Our construction mortgage loans generally provide for the payment of interest only during the construction phase, which is typically up to 12 months. At the end of the construction phase, the construction loan generally either converts to a longer term mortgage loan or is paid off through a permanent loan from another lender. Construction loans can be made with a maximum loan-to-value ratio of 90%, provided that the borrower obtains private mortgage insurance on the loan if the loan balance exceeds 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or sales price of the secured property. At December 31, 2005, our largest residential construction mortgage loan commitment was for $375,000, $169,000 of which had been disbursed. This loan was performing according to its terms. The average outstanding construction loan balance was approximately $129,000 at December 31, 2005.

                 Before making a commitment to fund a residential construction loan, we require an appraisal of the property by an independent licensed appraiser. We also review and inspect each property before disbursement of funds during the term of the construction loan. Loan proceeds are disbursed after inspection based on the percentage of completion method.

                 Construction financing is generally considered to involve a higher degree of credit risk than longer-term financing on improved, owner-occupied real estate. Risk of loss on a construction loan depends largely upon the accuracy of the initial estimate of the value of the property at completion of construction compared to the estimated cost (including interest) of construction and other assumptions. If the estimate of construction costs is inaccurate, we may be required to advance funds beyond the amount originally committed in order to protect the value of the property. Additionally, if the estimate of value is inaccurate, we may be confronted with a project that, when completed, has a value that is insufficient to generate full payment.

                  Commercial Real Estate Lending. We offer a variety of commercial real estate loans. Most of these loans are secured by retail strip shopping centers, warehouses and office buildings located in our market areas. At December 31, 2005, commercial real estate loans totaled $99.3 million or 9.2% of our gross loan portfolio, including loans held for sale.

                 Our loans secured by commercial real estate are generally originated with a fixed interest rate for terms between five and 10 years, a balloon payment and a 25-30 year amortization period. Loan-to-value ratios on our commercial real estate loans typically do not exceed 80% of the appraised value of the property securing the loan. These loans are generally originated without recourse to the borrower, except in cases of breach of representation, warranty or covenant.

                 Loans secured by commercial real estate are generally underwritten based on the net operating income of the property and the financial strength of the borrower. The net operating income, which is the income derived from the operation of the property less all operating expenses, must be sufficient to cover the payments related to the outstanding debt plus an additional coverage requirement. We generally require an assignment of rents or leases in order to be assured that the cash flow from the project will be used to repay the debt. Appraisals on properties securing commercial real estate loans are performed by independent state certified or licensed fee appraisers. See "- Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales and Repayments."

    78

    NEXT PAGE



                 We do not generally maintain an insurance or a tax escrow for loans secured by commercial real estate; however, we do require them in some instances. In order to monitor the adequacy of cash flows on income-producing properties, the borrower is generally required to provide periodic financial information.

                 Loans secured by commercial real estate properties generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. These loans typically involve large balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Because payments on loans secured by commercial real estate properties are often dependent on the successful operation or management of the properties, repayment of these loans may be subject to adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy. If the cash flow from the project is reduced, or if leases are not obtained or renewed, the borrower's ability to repay the loan may be impaired. See "- Asset Quality -- Non-performing Loans." The largest commercial real estate lending relationship at December 31, 2005 totaled $9.7 million and is secured by office buildings. At December 31, 2005, this relationship was performing in accordance with the terms of the notes.

                  Home Equity Lending. Our home equity lines of credit totaled $85.4 million and comprised 7.9% of our gross loan portfolio, including loans held for sale, at December 31, 2005. These loans may be originated in amounts, together with the amount of the existing first mortgage, of up to 80% of the value of the property securing the loan. The amount of the line of credit may also not exceed 50% of the value of the property securing the loan. Home equity lines of credit are originated with an adjustable rate of interest, based on the prime rate of interest plus a margin or with a fixed rate of interest. Home equity lines of credit have up to a 10 year draw period and amounts may be reborrowed after payment at any time during the draw period. Once the draw period has lapsed, the payment is amortized over a ten year period based on the loan balance at that time. At December 31, 2005, unfunded commitments on these lines of credit totaled $14.2 million.

                  Consumer Lending . We offer a variety of secured consumer loans, including new and used automobile loans, recreational vehicle loans, student loans and loans secured by savings deposits. We also offer unsecured loans. We originate our consumer loans primarily in our market areas. Historically, most of our loans were secured by automobiles. Currently, we are reducing our emphasis on indirect automobile lending. At December 31, 2005, our consumer loan portfolio totaled $607.4 million, or 56.5% of our gross loan portfolio, including loans held for sale.

                 We originate automobile loans on a direct and indirect basis. Automobile loans totaled $563.0 million at December 31, 2005, or 52.1% of our gross loan portfolio, with $196.3 million in direct loans and $364.0 million in indirect loans. The bulk of our indirect lending comes from relationships with approximately 50 car dealerships under an arrangement providing a premium for the amount over our interest rate to the referring dealer, with approximately half of these loans originated through five dealerships located in our market area. This indirect lending is highly competitive, however, our ability to provide same day funding makes our product competitive. Automobile loans may be written for a term of up to six years and have fixed rates of interest. Loan-to-value ratios are up to 110% of the manufacturer's suggested retail price for new direct auto loans and 125% of the manufacturer's invoice for new indirect auto loans. For used car loans we use the same loan-to-value ratios based on National Automobile Dealers Association ("NADA") retail value for direct loans and NADA trade-in value for indirect loans.

    79

    NEXT PAGE



                 We follow our internal underwriting guidelines in evaluating direct automobile loans, including credit scoring. Indirect automobile loans are underwritten by a third party on our behalf, using substantially similar guidelines to our internal guidelines.

                 We also originate unsecured consumer loans. At December 31, 2005, our unsecured consumer loans totaled $28.8 million, or 2.7% of our gross loan portfolio. These loans have either a fixed rate of interest for a maximum term of 48 months, or are revolving lines of credit with an adjustable rate of interest tied to the prime rate of interest. At December 31, 2005, unfunded commitments on our unsecured lines of credit totaled $48.7 million, and the average outstanding balance on our lines was approximately $1,700.

                 Consumer loans generally have shorter terms to maturity, which reduces our exposure to changes in interest rates. In addition, management believes that offering consumer loan products helps to expand and create stronger ties to our existing customer base by increasing the number of customer relationships and providing cross-marketing opportunities.

                 Consumer and other loans generally entail greater risk than do one- to four-family residential mortgage loans, particularly in the case of consumer loans that are secured by rapidly depreciable assets, such as automobiles. In these cases, any repossessed collateral for a defaulted loan may not provide an adequate source of repayment of the outstanding loan balance. As a result, consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower's continuing financial stability and, thus, are more likely to be adversely affected by job loss, divorce, illness or personal bankruptcy.

                  Commercial Business Lending. At December 31, 2005, commercial business loans totaled $8.8 million, or 0.8% of our gross loan portfolio. Our commercial business lending activities encompass loans with a variety of purposes and security, including loans to finance commercial vehicles and equipment. Approximately $3.8 million of our commercial business loans are unsecured. Our commercial business lending policy includes credit file documentation and analysis of the borrower's background, capacity to repay the loan, the adequacy of the borrower's capital and collateral, as well as an evaluation of other conditions affecting the borrower. Analysis of the borrower's past, present and future cash flows is also an important aspect of our credit analysis. We generally obtain personal guarantees on our secured commercial business loans. Nonetheless, commercial business loans are believed to carry higher credit risk than more traditional residential mortgage loans.

                 Unlike residential mortgage loans, commercial business loans are typically made on the basis of the borrower's ability to make repayment from the cash flow of the borrower's business and, therefore, are of higher risk. Commercial business loans are generally secured by business assets, such as equipment and commercial vehicles. This collateral depreciates over time, may be difficult to appraise and may fluctuate in value based on the success of the business. As a result, the availability of funds for the repayment of commercial business loans may be substantially dependent on the success of the business itself (which, in turn, is often dependent in part upon general economic conditions).

                 The majority of our commercial business loans have been to borrowers in our market area. We intend to continue our commercial business lending in this geographic area.

    Loan Originations, Purchases, Sales, Repayments and Servicing

                 We originate both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans. Our ability to originate loans, however, is dependent upon customer demand for loans in our market areas. Demand is affected by competition and the interest rate environment. Loans purchased must conform to our underwriting guidelines or guidelines acceptable to the management loan committee. During the past few years, we, like many other financial institutions, have experienced significant prepayments on loans due to the low interest rate environment prevailing in the United States. In periods of economic uncertainty, the ability of financial institutions, including us, to originate or purchase large dollar volumes of real estate loans may be substantially reduced or restricted, with a resultant decrease in interest income.

    80

    NEXT PAGE



                 In addition to interest earned on loans and loan origination fees, we receive fees for loan commitments, late payments and other miscellaneous services. The fees vary from time to time, generally depending on the supply of funds and other competitive conditions in the market. Fees for late payments and other miscellaneous services totaled $1.7 million, $1.7 million and $1.5 million for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

                 We also may purchase whole loans and loan participations (generally without recourse, except in cases of breach of representation, warranty or covenant) from other banks and thrifts, credit unions and life insurance companies (originators). The purchase transaction is governed by a participation agreement entered into by the originator and participant (ViewPoint Bank) containing guidelines as to ownership, control and servicing rights, among others. The originator may retain all rights with respect to enforcement, collection and administration of the loan. This may limit our ability to control our credit risk when we purchase participations in these loans. For instance, we may not have direct access to the borrower, and the institution administering the loan may have some discretion in the administration of performing loans and the collection of non-performing loans. To date, we have only purchased commercial real estate loans and loan participations. At December 31, 2005, approximately $20.2 million, or 1.9% of our total loan portfolio, consisted of purchased loans or loan participations.

                 From time to time we sell non-residential loan participations to private investors such as other banks, thrifts and credit unions (participants). The sales transaction is governed by a participation agreement entered into by the originator (ViewPoint Bank) and participant containing guidelines as to ownership, control and servicing rights, among others. We retain servicing rights for these participations sold. These participations are generally sold without recourse, except in cases of breach of representation, warranty or covenant.

                 We also sell whole residential real estate loans without recourse to Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae, as well as private investors, such as other banks and thrifts, mortgage companies and credit unions subject to a provision for repurchase upon breach of representation, warranty or covenant. These loans are generally sold for cash in amounts equal to the unpaid principal amount of the loans determined using present value yields to the buyer. The sale amounts generally produce gains to us and allow for a servicing fee on loans when the servicing is retained by us. However, residential real estate loans are currently being sold with ViewPoint Bank releasing control of the servicing of the loans.

                 We sold one- to four-family whole real estate loans and commercial real estate loan participations in aggregate amounts of $39.7 million, $45.0 million and $159.0 million during fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Sales of whole real estate loans and participations in real estate loans can be beneficial to us since these sales generally generate income at the time of sale, produce future servicing income on loans where servicing is retained, provide funds for additional lending and other investments, and increase liquidity. The volume of loans sold in 2005 and 2004 decreased as interest rates began to increase in 2004, reducing the volume of refinancing activity.

                 Gains, losses and transfer fees on sales of loans and loan participations are recognized at the time of the sale. Net gains and transfer fees on sales of loans for fiscal 2005, 2004 and 2003 were $351,000 , $631,000 and $2.1 million, respectively.

    81

    NEXT PAGE



                 Beginning in 2006, a majority of the loans we sell are expected to be sold with servicing released. We have historically sold most of our loans with servicing retained. We had the servicing rights for approximately $2.1 million and $2.3 million at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, of loans owned by others. The servicing of these loans generated net servicing fees to us for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2004, of $370,000 and $191,000 , respectively.

                 The following table shows the loan origination, purchase, sale and repayment activities of ViewPoint Bank for the periods indicated.

    Year Ended December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    (In Thousands)
    Originations by type:
    Adjustable rate:
       Real estate
           One- to four-family $10,705 $19,319 $ 28,544
           Commercial 11,494 8,753 5,878
           Home equity 10,994 22,167 4,582
    Consumer
           Automobile indirect --- --- ---
           Automobile direct --- --- ---
           Other secured 8,571 7,384 7,477
           Lines of credit/unsecured 2,475 4,843 8,351
    Commercial business 6,473
    2,041
    1,479
       Total adjustable-rate 50,712
    64,507
    56,311
    Fixed rate:
       Real estate
           One- to four-family 123,687 120,330 270,037
           Commercial 70,342 19,993 15,370
           Home equity 24,280 25,477 38,917
    Consumer
           Automobile indirect 111,782 224,206 277,847
           Automobile direct 98,038 121,771 156,755
           Other secured 3,856 8,582 12,973
           Lines of credit/unsecured 6,698 6,795 5,403
    Commercial business 3,832 3,149 3,307
            Total fixed-rate 442,515
    530,303
    780,609
               Total loans originated 493,227
    594,810
    836,920
    Purchases:
       Real estate - commercial 8,825
    7,075
    6,300
           Total loans purchased 8,825
    7,075
    6,300
    Sales and Repayments:
       Real estate
           One-to four-family 21,244 43,950 159,024
           Commercial 18,430
    1,000
    ---
       Total loans sold 39,674
    44,950
    159,024
    Principal repayments 473,124
    494,458
    533,777
       Total reductions 512,798 539,408 692,801
    Increase (decrease) in other items, net 2,535
    (281
    ) 1,300
       Net increase (decrease) $ (13,281
    ) $ 62,196
    $151,719

    82

    NEXT PAGE



    Asset Quality

                 When a borrower fails to make a required payment on a residential real estate loan, we attempt to cause the delinquency to be cured by contacting the borrower. In the case of loans secured by residential real estate, a late notice is sent ten and 20 days after the due date, and the borrower is contacted by phone beginning 16 days after the due date. When the loan is 31 days past due, a delinquency letter is mailed to the borrower. All delinquent accounts are reviewed by a collector who attempts to cure the delinquency by contacting the borrower once the loan is 30 days past due. If the account becomes 60 days delinquent and an acceptable repayment plan has not been agreed upon, a collection officer will generally refer the account to legal counsel with instructions to prepare a notice of intent to foreclose. The notice of intent to foreclose allows the borrower up to 30 days to bring the account current. If foreclosed, we take title to the property and sell it directly through a real estate broker.

                 Delinquent consumer loans are handled in a similar manner, except that appropriate action may be taken to collect any loan payment that is delinquent for more than 15 days. Follow-up contacts are generally on an accelerated basis compared to the mortgage loan procedure. Our procedures for repossession and sale of consumer collateral are subject to various requirements under the applicable consumer protection laws as well as other applicable laws and the determination by us that it would be beneficial from a cost basis.

                 Delinquent commercial business loans and loans secured by commercial real estate are initially handled by the loan officer in charge of the loan, who is responsible for contacting the borrower. The collection department also works with the commercial loan officers to see that the necessary steps are taken to collect delinquent loans. In addition, we have a management loan committee that meets as needed and reviews past due and criticized loans, as well as other loans that management feels may present possible collection problems. If an acceptable workout of a delinquent commercial loan cannot be agreed upon, we generally initiate foreclosure or repossession proceedings on any collateral securing the loan.

    83

    NEXT PAGE



                  Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type, by amount and by percentage of type at December 31, 2005.

    Loans Delinquent For:
    60-89 Days
    90 Days and Over
    Total Loans Delinquent
    60 Days or More
    Number
    Amount
    Percent
    of Loan
    Category
    Number
    Amount
    Percent
    of Loan
    Category
    Number
    Amount
    Percent
    of Loan
    Category
    (Dollars in Thousands)
     
    Real Estate Loans :
       One- to four-family 13 $   317 20.27 % 8 $   139 5.36 % 21 $   456 10.97 %
       Commercial 1 464 29.66 --- --- --- 1 464 11.16
       Home equity 1
    5
    0.31
    2
    77
    2.97
    3
    82
    1.97
       Total real estate loans 15
    786
    50.24
    10
    216
    8.33
    25
    1,002
    24.10
    Other Loans :
       Consumer Loans:
          Automobile indirect 28 291 18.61 80 1,084 41.82 108 1,375 33.09
          Automobile direct 29 148 9.46 39 223 8.60 68 371 8.93
          Other secured 13 124 7.93 95 903 34.84 108 1,027 24.71
          Lines of credit/unsecured 48
    215
    13.76
    49
    136
    5.25
    97
    351
    8.45
          Total consumer loans 118
    778
    49.76
    263
    2,346
    90.51
    381
    3,124
    75.18
       Commercial business loans ---
    ---
    ---
    1
    30
    1.16
    1
    30
    0.72
     
          Total loans 133
    $1,564
    100.00
    % 274
    $2,592
    100.00
    % 407
    $4,156
    100.00
    %

    84

    NEXT PAGE



                  Non-performing Assets. The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of non-performing assets in our loan portfolio. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when the collection of principal and/or interest become doubtful. Troubled debt restructurings involve forgiving a portion of interest or principal on a loan or making a loan at a rate materially less than that of market rates. Foreclosed assets include assets acquired in settlement of loans.

    December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    2002
    2001
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    Non-accruing loans :
    One-to four-family $   139 $   16 $   --- $    17 $   ---
    Commercial --- --- --- --- ---
    Home equity 77 5 2 71 ---
    Automobile indirect 1,084 2,827 3,681 358 242
    Automobile direct 223 1,464 1,951 613 684
    Other secured 903 20 48 2,681 1,919
    Lines of credit/unsecured 136 105 109 399 538
    Commercial business 30
    ---
    ---
    ---
    28
         Total 2,592
    4,437
    5,791
    4,139
    3,411
     
    Accruing loans delinquent more than 90 days :
    One- to four-family --- 301 470 --- ---
    Commercial --- 68 --- --- ---
    Home equity --- 25 --- --- ---
    Automobile indirect --- --- --- --- ---
    Automobile direct --- --- --- --- ---
    Other secured --- --- --- --- ---
    Lines of credit/unsecured --- --- --- --- ---
    Commercial business ---
    50
    ---
    ---
    ---
         Total ---
    444
    470
    ---
    ---
     
    Troubled debt restructurings :
    One- to four-family --- --- --- --- ---
    Commercial --- --- --- --- ---
    Home equity --- --- --- --- ---
    Automobile indirect --- 413 309 28 ---
    Automobile direct 1,659 1,651 748 88 ---
    Other secured 86 294 36 --- ---
    Lines of credit/unsecured 248 246 138 --- ---
    Commercial business ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
         Total 2,003
    2,604
    1,231
    116
    ---
     
    Foreclosed assets :
    One- to four-family 50 113 633 --- ---
    Automobile indirect 309 662 525 2,208 1,452
    Automobile direct 159
    341
    270
    1,138
    748
         Total 519
    1,116
    1,428
    3,346
    2,200
     
    Total non-performing assets $5,114
    $8,601
    $8,920
    $7,601
    $5,611
    Total as a percentage of total assets 0.36
    % 0.61
    % 0.68
    % 0.66
    % 0.53
    %

                 For the year ended December 31, 2005, gross interest income which would have been recorded had the non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $217,000. The amounts that were included in interest income on such loans were $427,000 for the year-ended December 31, 2005.

    85

    NEXT PAGE



                  Other Loans of Concern. In addition to the non-performing assets set forth in the table above, as of December 31, 2005, there was an aggregate of $2.2 million of loans with respect to which known information about the possible credit problems of the borrowers have caused management to have doubts as to the ability of the borrowers to comply with present loan repayment terms and which may result in the future inclusion of such items in the non-performing asset categories. These loans have been considered in management's determination of our allowance for loan losses.

                  Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide for the classification of loans and other assets, such as debt and equity securities considered by the Office of Thrift Supervision to be of lesser quality, as "substandard," "doubtful" or "loss." An asset is considered "substandard" if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. "Substandard" assets include those characterized by the "distinct possibility" that the insured institution will sustain "some loss" if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as "doubtful" have all of the weaknesses in those classified "substandard," with the added characteristic that the weaknesses present make "collection or liquidation in full," on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions and values, "highly questionable and improbable." Assets classified as "loss" are those considered "uncollectible" and of such little value that their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted.

                 When an insured institution classifies problem assets as either substandard or doubtful, it may establish general allowances for loan losses in an amount deemed prudent by management and approved by the board of directors. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the risk associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When an insured institution classifies problem assets as "loss," it is required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of that portion of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. An institution's determination as to the classification of its assets and the amount of its valuation allowances is subject to review by the Office of Thrift Supervision and the FDIC, which may order the establishment of additional general or specific loss allowances.

                 We regularly review the problem assets in our portfolio to determine whether any assets require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. On the basis of management's review of our assets, at December 31, 2005, we had classified $2.6 million of our loans as substandard, all of which was included in non-performing assets, none as doubtful and none as loss. The total amount classified represented 2.5% of our equity capital and 0.18% of our assets at December 31, 2005.

                  Allowance for Loan Losses . We maintain an allowance for loan losses to absorb probable incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio. The allowance is based on ongoing, monthly assessments of the estimated probable incurred losses in the loan portfolio. In evaluating the level of the allowance for loan losses, management considers the types of loans and the amount of loans in the loan portfolio, peer group information, historical loss experience, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral, and prevailing economic conditions. Large groups of smaller balance homogeneous loans, such as residential real estate, small commercial real estate, home equity and consumer loans, are evaluated in the aggregate using historical loss factors and peer group data adjusted for current economic conditions. Geographic peer group data is obtained by general loan type and adjusted to reflect known differences between peers and ViewPoint Bank, such as loan seasoning, underwriting experience, local economic conditions and customer characteristics. More complex loans, such as commercial real estate loans and commercial business loans, are evaluated individually for impairment, primarily through the evaluation of collateral values.

    86

    NEXT PAGE



                 At December 31, 2005, our allowance for loan losses was $7.7 million or 0.72% of the total loan portfolio. Assessing the allowance for loan losses is inherently subjective as it requires making material estimates, including the amount and timing of future cash flows expected to be received on impaired loans that may be susceptible to significant change. In the opinion of management, the allowance, when taken as a whole, reflects estimated probable loan losses in our loan portfolio. See Notes 1 and 4 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

    87

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following table sets forth an analysis of our allowance for loan losses.

    Year Ended December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    2002
    2001
    (Dollars in Thousands)
     
    Balance at beginning of period $8,424 $8,655 $8,858 $4,774 $2,729
    Charge-offs:
       One- to four-family 127 205 --- --- ---
       Commercial --- --- --- --- ---
       Home equity 43
    52
    ---
    ---
    ---
            Total real estate loans 170
    257
    ---
    ---
    ---
    Consumer:
       Automobile indirect 4,575 4,617 5,493 3,009 469
       Automobile direct 678 374 1,299 1,273 42
       Other secured 869 795 663 2,034 845
       Lines of credit/unsecured 754
    791
    1,026
    2,230
    998
            Total consumer 6,876
    6,525
    8,481
    8,546
    2,354
    Commercial business 204
    52
    ---
    ---
    ---
            Total charge-offs 7,250
    6,886
    8,481
    8,546
    2,354
     
    Recoveries:
       One- to four-family --- --- --- --- ---
       Commercial --- --- --- --- ---
       Home equity ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
            Total real estate loans ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
     
    Consumer:
       Automobile indirect 102 161 95 33 37
       Automobile direct 72 91 43 36 7
       Other secured 102 113 56 51 61
       Lines of credit/unsecured 127
    91
    38
    45
    52
            Total consumer 403
    456
    232
    165
    157
    Commercial business ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
            Total recoveries 403
    456
    232
    165
    157
     
    Net charge-offs 6,847 6,430 8,249 8,381 2,197
    Additions charged to operations 6,120
    6,199
    8,046
    12,465
    4,242
    Balance at end of period $7,697
    $8,424
    $8,655
    $8,858
    $4,774
     
    Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
          average loans outstanding during the period 0.62 % 0.61 % 0.86 % 0.99 % 0.30 %
    Ratio of net charge-offs during the period to
          average non-performing assets 99.84 % 73.40 % 99.86 % 126.87 % N/A (1)
    Allowance as a percentage on non-
          performing loans 167.51 % 112.55 % 115.52 % 208.18 % 139.96 %
    Allowance as a percentage of gross loans
          (end of period) 0.71 % 0.77 % 0.84 % 1.01 % 0.60 %
    _____________

    (1) Information for 2001 not available.

    88

    NEXT PAGE



                 The distribution of our allowance for losses on loans at the dates indicated is summarized as follows:

    December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    2002
    2001
    Amount
    Percent of
    Loans in
    Each
    Category to
    Total Loans
    Amount
    Percent of
    Loans in
    Each
    Category to
    Total Loans
    Amount
    Percent of
    Loans in
    Each
    Category to
    Total Loans
    Amount
    Percent of
    Loans in
    Each
    Category to
    Total Loans
    Amount
    Percent of
    Loans in
    Each
    Category to
    Total Loans
    (In Thousands)
    Real Estate:
        One- to four-family $     311 25.51 % $     349 20.72 % $   479 19.53 % $    151 18.43 % $   229 17.37 %
        Commercial real estate 659 9.24 98 4.20 22 2.63 12 1.66 34 1.12
        Home equity 86 7.94 80 7.32 63 6.31 191 6.17 157 6.81
    Consumer:
        Automobile indirect 3,608 33.86 4,610 41.50 4,092 42.31 4,055 38.66 2,930 34.04
        Automobile direct 1,848 18.25 2,086 20.61 2,387 23.58 2,639 28.24 892 32.04
        Other secured 364 1.70 119 1.95 100 1.71 381 2.20 102 2.95
        Lines of credit/unsecured 592 2.68 1,049 3.19 1,466 3.57 1,421 4.50 430 5.62
    Commercial Business 229
    0.82
    33
    0.50
    46
    0.37
    8
    0.15
    ---
    0.04
     
          Total $7,697
    100.00
    % $8,424
    100.00
    % $8,655
    100.00
    % $8,858
    100.00
    % $4,774
    100.00
    %

    89

    NEXT PAGE



    Investment Activities

                 Federally chartered savings institutions have the authority to invest in various types of liquid assets, including United States Treasury obligations, securities of various federal agencies, including callable agency securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured banks and savings institutions, certain bankers' acceptances, repurchase agreements and federal funds. Subject to various restrictions, federally chartered savings institutions may also invest their assets in investment grade commercial paper and corporate debt securities and mutual funds whose assets conform to the investments that a federally chartered savings institution is otherwise authorized to make directly. See "How We Are Regulated - ViewPoint Bank" and "- Qualified Thrift Lender Test" for a discussion of additional restrictions on our investment activities.

                 The executive vice president/chief financial officer has the basic responsibility for the management of our investment portfolio, subject to the direction and guidance of the asset/liability management committee. The executive vice president/chief financial officer considers various factors when making decisions, including the marketability, maturity and tax consequences of the proposed investment. The maturity structure of investments will be affected by various market conditions, including the current and anticipated slope of the yield curve, the level of interest rates, the trend of new deposit inflows, and the anticipated demand for funds via deposit withdrawals and loan originations and purchases.

                 The general objectives of our investment portfolio are to provide liquidity when loan demand is high, to assist in maintaining earnings when loan demand is low and to maximize earnings while satisfactorily managing risk, including credit risk, reinvestment risk, liquidity risk and interest rate risk. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Asset and Liability Management and Market Risk."

                 Our investment securities have historically consisted of primarily collateralized mortgage obligations, mortgage-backed securities, U.S. agency notes and bonds from government sponsored enterprises, such as Freddie Mac, Fannie Mae and Ginnie Mae. These securities are high quality securities that possess little, if any, credit risk. To a lesser degree we have invested in corporate bonds that are rated no lower than either AA by Standard and Poors or Aa2 by Moody's, and have remaining maturities at the time of purchase that do not exceed four years. See Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                 As a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas, we had $4.0 million in stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas at December 31, 2005. For the year ended December 31, 2005, we received $159,000 in dividends from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas.

    90

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following table sets forth the composition of our securities portfolio and other investments at the dates indicated. At December 31, 2005, our securities portfolio did not contain securities of any issuer with an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity capital, excluding those issued by the United States Government or its agencies.

    December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    Amortized
    Cost
    Fair
    Value
    Amortized
    Cost
    Fair
    Value
    Amortized
    Cost
    Fair
    Value
    (In Thousands)
     
    Available for Sale:
    Investment securities:
      US Government and agency $ 22,605 $ 21,892 $ 25,176 $ 24,917 $        --- $        ---
    Collateralized mortgage obligations 60,617 60,059 1,304 1,305 2,132 2,135
    Mortgage-backed securities 19,870
    19,909
    ---
    ---
    ---
    ---
         Total available for sale 103,092
    101,860
    26,480
    26,222
    2,132
    2,135
     
    Held to maturity:
    Investment securities:
      US Government and agency 18,007 17,736 23,040 22,717 47,110 47,050
      Corporate bonds 3,009 3,010 5,094 5,165 5,183 5,443
    Collateralized mortgage obligations 20,946
    20,750
    35,295
    35,107
    64,748
    64,470
         Total held to maturity 41,962
    41,496
    63,429
    62,989
    117,041
    116,963
     
    Total investment securities 145,054 143,356 89,909 89,211 119,173 119,095
     
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock 3,958
    3,958
    4,481
    4,481
    4,159
    4,159
     
    Total $149,012
    $147,314
    $94,390
    $93,692
    $123,332
    $123,257

    91

    NEXT PAGE



                 The composition and maturities of the investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2005, excluding Federal Home Loan Bank stock, are indicated in the following table.


    1 year or less
    Over 1 to 5 years
    Over 5 to 10 years
    Over 10 years
    Total Securities
    Amortized
    Cost
    Weighted
    Average
    Yield
    Amortized
    Cost
    Weighted
    Average
    Yield
    Amortized
    Cost
    Weighted
    Average
    Yield
    Amortized
    Cost
    Weighted
    Average
    Yield
    Amortized
    Cost
    Weighted
    Average
    Yield
    Fair Value
    (Dollars in Thousands)
     
    Securities available for sale:
      US Government and agency $        --- --- $22,605 3.45 % $     --- --- $        --- --- $22,605 3.45 % $21,892
      Mortgage-backed and collateralized
         mortgage obligations

    ---

    ---

    ---

    ---

    ---

    ---

    80,487

    4.71

    %

    80,487

    4.71

    %

    79,968
         Total securities available for sale ---
    --- 22,605
    3.45 % ---
    --- 80,487
    4.71 % 103,092
    4.43 % 101,860
     
    Held to maturity:
      US Government and agency 18,007 2.16 % --- --- --- --- --- --- 18,007 2.16 % 17,736
      Mortgage-backed and collateralized
           mortgage obligations

    ---

    ---

    ---

    ---

    ---

    ---

    20,946

    3.82

    %

    20,946

    3.82

    20,750
      Corporate bonds 3,009
    4.73 % ---
    --- ---
    --- ---
    --- 3,009
    4.73 % 3,009
         Total securities held to maturity 21,016
    2.53 % ---
    --- ---
    --- 20,946
    3.82 % 41,962
    3.17 % 41,496
              Total investment securities $21,016
    2.53 % $22,605
    3.45 % $     ---
    --- $101,433
    4.53 % $ 145,054
    4.07 % $143,148

    92

    NEXT PAGE



    Sources of Funds

                 General. Our sources of funds are deposits, borrowings, payment of principal and interest on loans, interest earned on or maturation of other investment securities and funds provided from operations.

                  Deposits . We offer a variety of deposit accounts to both consumers and businesses having a wide range of interest rates and terms. Our deposits consist of savings accounts, money market deposit accounts and demand accounts and certificates of deposit. We solicit deposits primarily in our market areas. Of our 34 full service branches as of December 31, 2005, 18 are in-store locations with total deposits of $147.9 million, or 11.7% of our total deposit base. At December 31, 2005, we had no brokered deposits. We primarily rely on competitive pricing policies, marketing and customer service to attract and retain these deposits.

                 The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts we offer has allowed us to be competitive in obtaining funds and to respond with flexibility to changes in consumer demand. We have become more susceptible to short-term fluctuations in deposit flows as customers have become more interest rate conscious. We try to manage the pricing of our deposits in keeping with our asset/liability management, liquidity and profitability objectives, subject to competitive factors. Based on our experience, we believe that our deposits are relatively stable sources of funds. Despite this stability, our ability to attract and maintain these deposits and the rates paid on them has been and will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.

                 The following table sets forth our deposit flows during the periods indicated.

    Year Ended December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    (Dollars in Thousands)
     
    Opening balance $1,228,999 $1,168,305 $1,032,628
    Net of deposits and withdrawals 11,653 44,623 117,781
    Interest credited 20,962
    16,071
    17,896
     
    Ending balance $1,261,614
    $1,228,999
    $1,168,305
     
    Net increase $    32,615
    $    60,694
    $   135,677
     
     
    Percent increase 2.65
    % 5.20
    % 13.14
    %

    93

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following table sets forth the dollar amount of savings deposits in the various types of deposit programs by ViewPoint Bank for the periods indicated.

    December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    Amount
    Percent
    of Total
    Amount
    Percent
    of Total
    Amount
    Percent
    of Total
     
    Transactions and Savings Deposits :
     
    Non interest-bearing demand $199,264 15.79 % $174,183 14.17 % $152,479 13.05 %
    Interest bearing demand 106,604 8.45 115,332 9.38 117,230 10.03
    Savings 277,006 21.96 279,230 22.72 275,491 23.58
    Money market 469,399 37.21 452,704 36.84 443,380 37.95
    IRA 14,037
    1.11
    16,639
    1.35
    16,886
    1.45
    Total non-certificates 1,066,310
    84.52
    1,038,088
    84.47
    1,005,466
    86.06
     
    Certificates :
     
        0.00 - 1.99% 2,476 0.20 40,681 3.31 51,375 4.40
        2.00 - 3.99% 123,818 9.81 117,123 9.53 97,568 8.35
        4.00 - 5.99% 68,830 5.46 31,562 2.57 11,998 1.03
        6.00% and over 182
    0.01
    1,545
    0.13
    1,898
    0.16
     
    Total certificates 195,304
    15.48
    190,911
    15.53
    162,839
    13.94
     
         Total deposits $1,261,614
    100.00
    % $1,228,999
    100.00
    % $1,168,305
    100.00
    %

    94

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following table shows rate and maturity information for the ViewPoint Bank's certificates of deposit at December 31, 2005.

    0.00-
    1.99%
    2.00-
    3.99%
    4.00-
    5.99%
    6.00-
    7.99%
    Total
    Percent
    of Total
    (Dollars in Thousands)
    Certificate accounts maturing
    in quarter ending:
     
    March 31, 2006 $1,856 $19,925 $23,355 $182 $45,318 23.20 %
    June 30, 2006 601 24,136 391 --- 25,128 12.87
    September 30, 2006 11 14,559 826 --- 15,396 7.88
    December 31, 2006 2 33,431 1,109 --- 34,542 17.69
    March 31, 2007 --- 6,536 502 --- 7,038 3.60
    June 30, 2007 --- 5,298 1,011 --- 6,309 3.23
    September 30, 2007 --- 1,782 1,228 --- 3,010 1.54
    December 31, 2007 --- 1,468 3,566 --- 5,034 2.58
    March 31, 2008 5 3,241 1,895 --- 5,141 2.63
    June 30, 2008 --- 4,603 3,271 --- 7,874 4.03
    September 30, 2008 --- 3,449 472 --- 3,921 2.01
    December 31, 2008 --- 2,778 1,042 --- 3,820 1.96
    Thereafter 1
    2,612
    30,160
    ---
    32,773
    16.78
     
       Total $2,476
    $123,818
    $68,828
    $182
    $195,304
    100.00
    %
     
      Percent of Total 1.27
    % 63.40
    % 35.24
    % 0.09
    %

                 The following table indicates the amount of our certificates of deposit and other deposits by time remaining until maturity as of December 31, 2005.

    Maturity
    3 Months
    or Less
    Over 3 to
    6 Months
    Over 6 to
    12 Months
    Over 12
    Months
    Total
    (In Thousands)
     
    Certificates of deposit less than $100,000 $19,243 $18,711 $24,420 $43,241 $105,615
    Certificates of deposit of $100,000 or more 3,272 2,284 4,712 27,439 37,707
    Public funds 1 22,802
    4,134
    20,806
    4,240
    51,982
    Total certificates of deposit $45,317
    $25,129
    $49,938
    $74,920
    $195,304
    ____________

    1 Deposits from governmental and other public entities.

                 

    Borrowings . Although deposits are our primary source of funds, we may utilize borrowings as a cost-effective source of funds when they can be invested at a positive interest rate spread, for additional capacity to fund loan demand or to meet our asset/liability management goals. Our borrowings consist of advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas. See Note 9 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

                 We may obtain advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas upon the security of certain of our mortgage loans and mortgage-backed and other securities. These advances may be made pursuant to several different credit programs, each of which has its own interest rate, range of maturities and call features, and all long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. At December 31, 2005, we had $47.7 million in Federal Home Loan Bank advances outstanding and the ability to borrow an additional $180.1 million.

    95

    NEXT PAGE



                 ViewPoint Bank is authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas' "discount window" after it has exhausted other reasonable alternative sources of funds, including Federal Home Loan Bank borrowings. We have never borrowed from the Federal Reserve Bank.

                 The following table sets forth the maximum month-end balance and average balance of borrowings, which consists solely of Federal Home Loan Bank advances, for the periods indicated.

    Year Ended December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    (In Thousands)
    Maximum Balance:
      FHLB advances $227,790 $216,032 $191,650
     
    Average Balance:
      FHLB advances $ 52,149 $ 45,289 $ 35,215

                 The following table sets forth certain information as to ViewPoint Bank's borrowings at the dates indicated.

    December 31,
    2005
    2004
    2003
    (Dollars in Thousands)
     
    FHLB advances $47,680 $57,545 $39,889
     
    Weighted average interest rate of FHLB advances during the period 4.58% 4.52% 4.72%
     
    Weighted average interest rate of FHLB advances at end of period 4.58% 4.52% 4.70%

    Subsidiary and Other Activities

                 As a federally chartered savings bank, we are permitted by Office of Thrift Supervision regulations to invest up to 2% of our assets, or $28.6 million at December 31, 2005, in the stock of, or unsecured loans to, service corporation subsidiaries. We may invest an additional 1% of our assets in service corporations where such additional funds are used for inner-city or community development purposes.

                 ViewPoint Bank has two active subsidiaries, Community Financial Services, Inc. and Community Title, L.L.C. Community Financial Services is a wholly owned subsidiary of ViewPoint Bank that began operations in 1999, and currently services mortgage loans for other financial institutions and Dallas Habitat for Humanity. Community Financial Services also administers certain of ViewPoint Bank's insurance programs. Beginning in 2006, Community Financial Services anticipates offering fixed annuities to customers of ViewPoint Bank. During 2005, Community Financial Services had net income of $157,000. Our capital investment in Community Financial Services as of December 31, 2005 was $500,000.

                 Community Title also began operations in 1999 and is 75% owned by ViewPoint Bank and 25% owned by Chicago Title Insurance Company. Community Title provides commercial and residential title policies and closing services. All policies are underwritten by Chicago Title. During 2005, Community Title had net income of $13,000. Our capital investment in Community Title as of December 31, 2005 was $45,000.

    96

    NEXT PAGE



    Competition

                 We face strong competition in originating real estate and other loans and in attracting deposits. Competition in originating real estate loans comes primarily from other savings institutions, commercial banks, credit unions, life insurance companies and mortgage bankers. Other savings institutions, commercial banks, credit unions and finance companies provide vigorous competition in consumer lending. Commercial business competition is primarily from local commercial banks.

                 We attract our deposits through our branch office system. Competition for those deposits is principally from other savings institutions, commercial banks and credit unions located in the same community, as well as mutual funds and other alternative investments. We compete for these deposits by offering superior service and a variety of deposit accounts at competitive rates. Based on the most recent branch deposit data provided by the FDIC, ViewPoint Bank's share of deposits was approximately 14.7% in Collin County and less than 1.0% in all other market area counties.

    Employees

                 At December 31, 2005, we had a total of 592 full-time employees and 77 part-time employees. Our employees are not represented by any collective bargaining group. Management considers its employee relations to be good.

    Properties

                 At December 31, 2005, we had 34 full service offices, 18 of which are in-store locations. We own the space in which our administrative offices are located. At December 31, 2005, we owned 15 of our branch offices, and leased the remaining facilities. The net book value of our investment in premises, equipment and leaseholds, excluding computer equipment, was approximately $39.1 million at December 31, 2005. As part of our efforts to expand residential mortgage lending, we intend to open three new loan production offices over the next few months, and to increase our loan origination staff throughout our branch network. We also intend to open several new branches within our existing market area over the next few years, although no specific locations have been identified.

                 The following table provides information about ViewPoint Bank's main and branch offices and indicates whether the properties are owned or leased.

    Location
    Square
    Foot

    Owned or
    Leased

    Lease
    Expiration
    Date

    Net Book
    Value at
    12/31/05

     
    ADMINISTRATIVE OFFICES:
    Pitman West (Main Office)
    1309 W. 15th Street
    Plano, TX 75075
    53,022 Owned N/A 2,376,000
     
    Pitman East
    1201 W 15th St.
    Plano, TX 75075
    54,409 Owned N/A 4,847,000

    97

    NEXT PAGE



    Location
    Square
    Foot

    Owned or
    Leased

    Lease
    Expiration
    Date

    Net Book
    Value at
    12/31/05

    Richardson Annex
    700 E. Arapaho
    Richardson, TX 75081
    3,400 Owned N/A 90,000
     
    BRANCH OFFICES:
     
    Addison
    4560 Beltline Suite 100
    Addison, TX 75001
    6,730 Leased 05/01/08 N/A
     
    Call Center
    2101 Custer Rd.
    Plano, TX 75075
    31,762 Owned N/A 3,173,000
     
    Allen
    321 East McDermott
    Allen, TX 75002
    4,500 Owned N/A 443,000
     
    Carrollton
    1801 Keller Springs
    Carrollton, TX 75006
    5,693 Owned N/A 1,284,000
     
    Coppell
    687 Denton Tap Rd
    Coppell, TX 75019
    5,674 Owned N/A 1,810,000
     
    East Plano
    2501 East Plano Pkwy Plano, TX 75074
    5,900 Owned N/A 1,598,000
     
    Flower Mound Albertsons *
    2101 Justin Road
    Flower Mound, TX 75028
    459 Leased 09/10/13 N/A
     
    Forest Lane Albertsons*
    3630 Forest Lane Dallas, TX 75229
    471 Leased 06/24/13 N/A
     
    Frisco
    3833 Preston Frisco, TX 75034
    4,800 Owned N/A 1,154,000
     
    Garland
    2218 N. Jupiter
    Garland, TX 75044
    4,800 Owned N/A 892,000
     
    Garland Tom Thumb*
    2645 Arapaho Rd
    Garland, TX 75044
    550 Leased 06/30/07 N/A
     
    Grand Prairie Albertsons*
    215 N. Carrier Pkwy
    Grand Prairie, TX 75050
    452 Leased 08/08/12 N/A
     
    Grapevine Albertsons*
    2100 W. Northwest Hwy Ste. 223
    Grapevine, TX 76051
    553 Leased 03/19/12 N/A

    98

    NEXT PAGE



    Location
    Square
    Foot

    Owned or
    Leased

    Lease
    Expiration
    Date

    Net Book
    Value at
    12/31/05

    Lake Highlands Albertsons*
    10203 East Northwest Hwy
    Dallas, TX 75238
    391 Leased 11/14/11 N/A
     
    Lewisville Albertsons*
    2150 S. Hwy 121
    Lewisville, TX 75067
    483 Leased 06/28/10 N/A
     
    Los Rios Kroger*
    4017 14th Street
    Plano, Tx 75074
    473 Leased 04/20/09 N/A
     
    McKinney
    2500 W. Virginia Pkwy
    McKinney, TX 75070
    4,500 Owned N/A 735,000
     
    McKinney Albertsons*
    6800 W. Virginia Pkwy
    McKinney, Tx 75070
    425 Leased 08/29/12 N/A
     
    McKinney Mini
    231 N. Chesnut
    McKinney, TX 75069
    1,800 Owned N/A 78,000
     
    Midway Albertsons*
    4349 W. Northwest Hwy
    Dallas, TX 75220
    325 Leased 12/29/14 N/A
     
    North Dallas Tom Thumb*
    18212 Preston Road
    Dallas, TX 75252
    550 Leased 04/30/07 N/A
     
    NW Frisco Albertsons*
    309 Main Street
    Frisco, TX 75034
    470 Leased 07/14/13 N/A
     
    Plano Albertsons*
    1301 Custer Road Ste 200
    Plano, TX 75075
    331 Leased 06/19/11 N/A
     
    Richardson
    720 E. Arapaho
    Richardson, TX 75081
    22,000 Owned N/A 1,054,000
     
    Richardson Mini
    1775 North Plano Rd
    Richardson, TX 75081
    2,500 Owned N/A 210,000
     
    Roanoke Albertsons*
    1108 N. Hwy 377
    Roanoke, TX 76262
    442 Leased 09/18/13 N/A
     
    Spring Valley Albertsons*
    14211 Coit Rd
    Dallas, TX 75254
    452 Leased 08/29/12 N/A

    99

    NEXT PAGE



    Location
    Square
    Foot

    Owned or
    Leased

    Lease
    Expiration
    Date

    Net Book
    Value at
    12/31/05

     
    Stonebriar Albertsons*
    4268 Legacy Drive
    Frisco, TX 75034
    470 Leased 05/19/13 N/A
     
    Tollroad Express 5900 West Park Blvd. Plano, TX 75093 2,000 Owned N/A 558,000
     
    West Allen
    225 S. Custer Rd.
    Allen, TX 75013
    4,800 Owned N/A 941,000
     
    West Plano
    5400 Independence Pkwy
    Plano, TX 75023
    22,800 Owned N/A 2,128,000
     
    West Richardson
    1280 West Campbell Rd.
    Richardson, TX 75080
    4,500 Owned N/A 644,000
     
    Westcliff Albertsons*
    2225 W. Ledbetter Rd.
    Dallas, TX 75224
    715 Leased 06/19/11 N/A
     
    Wylie Albertsons*
    921 Westgate Way
    Wylie, TX 75098
    425 Leased 08/29/12 N/A
     
    _________________
    *Represents in-store location.

                 We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet the present and immediately foreseeable needs of ViewPoint Bank and View Point Financial Group. We intend to expand our banking network, however, through the addition of loan production offices and new branches, as discussed above.

                 We currently utilize IBM and FiServ CBS, in-house data processing systems. The net book value of all of our data processing and computer equipment at December 31, 2005 was $5.6 million.

    Legal Proceedings

                 From time to time we are involved as plaintiff or defendant in various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. We do not anticipate incurring any material legal fees or other liability as a result of such litigation.

    100

    NEXT PAGE



    MANAGEMENT

                 

    Management of ViewPoint Financial Group

                 The board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group consists of the same individuals who serve as directors of ViewPoint Bank. The board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group is divided into three classes, each of which contains approximately one-third of the board. The directors will be elected by the stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group for three year terms, or until their successors are elected. One class of directors, consisting of Gary D. Basham, Rosie G. Vela and Kenneth R. Yarbrough, has a term of office expiring at the first annual meeting of stockholders. A second class of directors, consisting of Jack D. Ersman, James B. McCarley and Karen H. O'Shea, has a term of office expiring at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The third class of directors, consisting of Garold R. Base and V. Keith Sockwell, has a term of office expiring at the third annual meeting of stockholders. The board of directors is actively seeking an additional board member at each corporate level who would qualify as an audit committee financial expert to serve on the board of directors and on the audit committee.

                 The following individuals are executive officers of ViewPoint Financial Group and hold the offices set forth below opposite their names.

    Executive Position Held with ViewPoint Financial Group
     
    Garold R. Base Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
    Mark E. Hord Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary
    Patti E. McKee Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

                 The executive officers of ViewPoint Financial Group are elected annually and hold office until their respective successors have been elected or until death, resignation or removal by the board of directors.

                 Information concerning the principal occupations, employment and compensation of the directors and executive officers of ViewPoint Financial Group is set forth under "- Management of ViewPoint Bank" and "- Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors." Directors of ViewPoint Financial Group initially will not be compensated by ViewPoint Financial Group but will serve and be compensated by ViewPoint Bank. It is not anticipated that separate compensation will be paid to directors of ViewPoint Financial Group until such time as these persons devote significant time to the separate management of ViewPoint Financial Group's affairs, which is not expected to occur until ViewPoint Financial Group becomes actively engaged in additional businesses other than holding the stock of ViewPoint Bank. ViewPoint Financial Group may determine that such compensation is appropriate in the future.

    Management of ViewPoint Bank

                 Upon completion of the reorganization, the directors of ViewPoint Bank immediately prior to the reorganization will continue to serve as directors of ViewPoint Bank in stock form. The board of directors of ViewPoint Bank in stock form will consist of nine directors divided into three classes, with approximately one-third of the directors elected at each annual meeting of stockholders. Because ViewPoint Financial Group will own all the issued and outstanding capital stock of ViewPoint Bank following the reorganization, the board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group will elect the directors of ViewPoint Bank.

    101

    NEXT PAGE



                 The following table sets forth certain information regarding the board of directors of ViewPoint Bank.

    Name
    Age (1)
    Positions Held With ViewPoint Bank
    Director
    Since
    Term of
    Office
    Expires
     
    James B. McCarley 62 Chairman of the Board 1992 2008
    Gary D. Basham 62 Vice Chairman of the Board 1988 2007
    Kenneth R. Yarbrough 62 Director 1976 2007
    V. Keith Sockwell 63 Director 1987 2009
    Jack D. Ersman 63 Director 1989 2008
    Karen H. O'Shea 55 Director 1998 2008
    Rosario (Rosie) G. Vela 58 Director 2003 2007
    Garold R. Base 58 Director, President and Chief Executive Officer 2006 2009
    _________________________
    (1) As of December 31, 2005.

                 The business experience of each director for at least the past five years is set forth below.

                  James B. McCarley. Mr. McCarley joined the board of directors of Community Credit Union in 1992 and was named Chairman of the Board in 1999, a position he continues to hold with ViewPoint Bank, the credit union's successor entity. Since January 1996, Mr. McCarley has served as President of James McCarley Consultants, a governmental affairs consulting company, and as Executive Director of the Dallas Regional Mobility Coalition, a voluntary coalition of five counties and 27 cities in the Texas Department of Transportation Dallas District that promotes mobility issues, projects and programs for transportation improvements. From February 1987 through January 1996, Mr. McCarley served as the Assistant City Manager-Director of Public Safety for the City of Plano, Texas. Prior to 1987, Mr. McCarley spent 23 years in law enforcement, including serving nearly 11 years as the Chief of Police for the City of Plano, Texas.

                  Gary D. Basham. Mr. Basham joined the board of directors of Community Credit Union in 1988 and was named Vice Chairman of the Board in May, 2005, a position he continues to hold with ViewPoint Bank, the credit union's successor entity. Mr. Basham, prior to his retirement in April 2005, served as the Director of Sales for the Western United States and Mexico for OSRAM Opto Semiconductor, a division of OSRAM Sylvania and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Siemens AG, one of the world's three largest lamp manufacturers. From November 1990 until November 2002, Mr. Basham served as the Director of Sales for the Southeastern/South Central regions of the United States for Infineon Technologies AG (formerly Siemens Semiconductors). He has served as President of the Plano Rotary Club and on the board of directors of the Plano YMCA.

                  Kenneth R. Yarbrough. Mr. Yarbrough is currently retired. Prior to retiring in June, 2002, Mr. Yarbrough served as Chief of Police for the City of Richardson, Texas for more than 27 years. He has been a member of the Board of Directors of Community Credit Union since 1976 and served as Chairman of the Board from 1987 to 1999. Mr. Yarbrough has served on the Texas Municipal League Board of Directors, the Board of Managers of Community Title, as past President of Texas Police Chiefs Association and the Texas Police Association, the Board of Southwestern Law Enforcement Institute of the Southwestern Legal Foundation and as a consultant for PSA of Chicago, Illinois.

                  V. Keith Sockwell. Mr. Sockwell is the Vice President of Educational Services/Governmental Relations with the SHW Group, LLP. He retired after 40 years in public education where he served as Deputy Superintendent of the Plano Independent School District and Superintendent of the Northwest Independent School District. He is past president of the Plano Rotary Club and a member of the Texas Association of School Administrators' Legislative Committee. He served on the Executive Committees for the Texas School Coalition and the Fast Growth Coalition of Texas Public Schools.

    102

    NEXT PAGE



                  Jack D. Ersman. Mr. Ersman has been an automobile dealer doing business as Village Motors, located in Sachse, Texas, since 1983. Mr. Ersman also served as a Senior Vice President and Loan Manager of Community Credit Union from 1970 to 1989.

                  Karen H. O'Shea. Ms. O'Shea is the Vice President of Communications and Public Relations for Lennox International Inc., where she has worked for more than 22 years. She began her career with Lennox in 1983 and served as the Director for the Marketing Education Group and Director of Human Resource Development. Prior to her career at Lennox, she was a teacher, an owner and manager of a retail business, and an editor for a major Texas metropolitan newspaper. Currently, she serves as board vice chairman of Richardson Regional Medical Center and as a board member of the Richardson Symphony.

                  San Juanita Rosario (Rosie) G. Vela. Since 1996, Ms. Vela has served as the Director of Finance for the City of Richardson, Texas. She served as Director of Finance and in various other financial positions for the City of Corpus Christi, Texas from 1985 to 1996. Ms. Vela is a past President of the Government Finance Officers Association of Texas. Ms. Vela is a certified public accountant and certified government finance officer. She is a former member of the board of directors for Network of Community Ministries and currently is a member of Altrusa International of Richardson and various committees of the Texas Municipal League, as well as numerous civic associations.

                  Garold (Gary) R. Base. Mr. Base has served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of Community Credit Union, now ViewPoint Bank, for the past 18 years.

    Executive Officers Who Are Not Directors

                 Each of the executive officers of ViewPoint Bank will retain his or her office following the reorganization. Executive officers are elected annually by the board of directors of ViewPoint Bank. The business experience for at least the past five years for each of the executive officers of ViewPoint Bank who do not serve as directors is set forth below.

                  Mark E. Hord . Mr. Hord, age 43, serves as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of ViewPoint Bank. He served as Executive Vice President and General Counsel of Community Credit Union from March 1999 until its charter conversion on January 1, 2006, when it became ViewPoint Bank. Mr. Hord's responsibilities include, among others, legal and compliance, business and commercial lending, human resources, training, facilities/real estate and retail investments matters. He also serves as the Chairman and President of Community Financial Services, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary of ViewPoint Bank that provides mortgage sub-servicing to other financial institutions and administers insurance product sales to our customers.

    103

    NEXT PAGE



                 Pathie (Patti) E. McKee. Ms. McKee, age 41, serves as Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer of ViewPoint Bank. She held the same positions with Community Credit Union from September 1997 until its charter conversion on January 1, 2006, when it became ViewPoint Bank. Ms. McKee oversees our finance, investment and marketing operations. Since 1983, prior to being appointed Chief Financial Officer, Ms. McKee has held various other positions with Community Credit Union, including Director of Internal Audit, Controller and accountant. Ms. McKee is a certified public accountant.

                  Donna K. Neal. Ms. Neal, age 46, serves as Senior Vice President/Chief Lending Officer of ViewPoint Bank. She held the same position with Community Credit Union from March 2002 until its charter conversion on January 1, 2006, when it became ViewPoint Bank. In March 2006, Ms. Neal was appointed President and Chair of Community Title. Ms. Neal joined Community Credit Union as a Mortgage Servicing Manager in March 1996. Ms. Neal has over 25 years experience in the lending and mortgage banking industry and over 15 years of management experience.

                  Patrick J. Ramsier. Mr. Ramsier, age 48, serves as Managing Director/Commercial Lending of ViewPoint Bank. He served in the same capacity at Community Credit Union from October 2003 until its charter conversion on January 1, 2006. Mr. Ramsier's responsibilities include all commercial lending and business lending production functions including origination and underwriting. Responsibilities also include all commercial lending and business lending administrative functions including loan closings, loan reviews and loan servicing. Prior to October 2003, Mr. Ramsier was a senior executive responsible for acquisitions and finance at two small development companies. From 1985 through 1992, he was with GE Capital Commercial Real Estate Finance in Dallas, Texas and Chicago, Illinois.

                 Rick M. Robertson. Mr. Robertson, age 53, joined ViewPoint Bank in February 2006 as Executive Vice President – Retail Banking. Prior to joining ViewPoint Bank, Mr. Robertson worked for KeyBank where he served as the Michigan District President from February 2002 until February 2006 and as a Senior Vice President – District Retail Leader in Cleveland, Ohio from October 1999 to February 2002.

    Meetings and Committees of the Board of Directors

                 Our board of directors meets monthly. During the year ended December 31, 2005, prior to our conversion to a mutual savings bank, the board of directors held 19 meetings. No director attended fewer than 75% of the total meetings of the board of directors and committees on which such board member served during this period.

                 We have standing Audit, Compensation and Elections (Nominating) Committees. During 2005, the Audit Committee was comprised of Directors Ersman (chair), Vela and a director who recently retired from the board; the Elections Committee was comprised of Directors Basham, Ersman and a director (chair) who recently retired from the board; and the Compensation Committee was comprised of Directors Sockwell, Ersman and O'Shea.

                 The Audit Committee's primary responsibilities were to meet with both the internal and external auditors on behalf of the board of directors to review and discuss their findings, and to make recommendations to the board regarding the selection of the external auditors. This committee met five times in 2005.

                 The Elections Committee is responsible for receiving applications from potential candidates, interviewing and recommending nominees to fill board vacancies, preparing for, directing and holding the election of directors at the Annual Meeting, and ensuring all election rules are followed according to the board's policies. This committee met twice in 2005.

    104

    NEXT PAGE



                 The Compensation Committee was responsible for the recommendation to the board of directors of the chief executive officer's annual compensation package. This committee met three times in 2005.

                 Upon completion of the reorganization, the board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group intends to adopt written charters governing the composition and responsibilities of the board's audit, nominating and compensation committees. These charters will also address other matters that may be required under The NASDAQ National Market listing standards or as the board of directors may determine from time to time to be good corporate governance practices. We expect that all of the directors serving on these committees will be independent, as defined in NASD Rule 4200, and are actively seeking a new director to serve on the Audit Committee as the audit committee financial expert. The board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group also intends to comply with the qualitative listing requirements necessary to maintain its listing on The NASDAQ National Market.

    Directors' Compensation

                 Directors who are also full time employees of ours receive no additional compensation for their services as directors. Non-employee members of our board of directors currently receive a fee of $400 for each board meeting attended and $100 for each committee meeting attended. These directors may elect to defer receipt of all or any part of their directors' fees pursuant to a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. Pursuant to this plan, deferred fees are invested in third party mutual funds. We also paid premiums totaling $792, in the aggregate, during 2005 for a life insurance policy and accidental death and dismemberment policy for the benefit of each non-employee director. If the director leaves the service of ViewPoint Bank for any reason other than death, all rights to any benefit cease.

                 Directors are provided or reimbursed for travel and lodging, and are reimbursed for other customary out-of-pocket expenses, incurred in attending out-of-town board and committee meetings, as well as industry conferences and continuing education seminars. We also pay the premiums on directors' and officers' liability insurance.

    Executive Compensation

                 The following table sets forth a summary of certain information concerning the compensation paid by ViewPoint Bank for services rendered in all capacities during the year ended December 31, 2005 to the President and Chief Executive Officer of ViewPoint Bank and the four other highest compensated executive officers of ViewPoint Bank whose salary and bonus exceeded $100,000 for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

    105

    NEXT PAGE



    Summary Compensation Table


    Annual Compensation
    Long Term
    Compensation Awards
    Name and
    Principal
    Position
    Fiscal
    Year
    Salary
    Bonus
    Other
    Annual
    Compensation
    ($)(1)
    Restricted
    Stock
    Award
    ($)(2)
    Options
    (#)(2)
    All
    Other
    Compensation
    (3)
     
    Garold R. Base
       Director, President and
       Chief Executive Officer
    2005 $424,038 $139,408 --- --- --- $60,539
     
    Mark E. Hord
       Executive Vice President,
       General Counsel and
       Corporate Secretary
    2005 $185,200 $19,970 (4) --- --- --- $20,036
     
     
    Patti E. McKee
       Executive Vice President,
       Chief Financial Officer and
       Treasurer
    2005 $165,000 $4,000 --- --- --- $38,860
     
    Patrick J. Ramsier
       Managing Director --
       Commercial Lending
    2005 $209,251 (5) $ --- --- --- --- $15,705
     
    Donna K. Neal
       Senior Vice President --
       Chief Lending Officer
    2005 $147,877 $4,000 --- --- --- $14,787
    ________________________________

    (1) This amount does not include personal benefits or perquisites which did not exceed the lesser of $50,000 or 10% of the named executive's salary and bonus.
    (2) As a mutual institution, ViewPoint Bank does not have any stock option or restricted stock plans. ViewPoint Bank does, however, intend to adopt such plans following the reorganization. See "- Benefits -- Other Stock Benefit Plans."
    (3) All Other Compensation generally includes ViewPoint Bank contributions to the 401(k) savings plan, the supplemental executive retirement plan and life insurance premiums. In addition, the amount reported above for Ms. McKee includes a $20,000 accrued benefit paid to her during 2005 under a split dollar life insurance agreement maintained for her benefit. Messrs. Base, Hord and Bock had similar split dollar arrangements with ViewPoint Bank, however, no payments were made to them under these arrangements during 2005. All of these arrangements were terminated in January 2006.

    Named
    Executive
    Officer
      401(k)
    Matching
      401(k)
    Profit Sharing
      Supplemental
    Executive
    Retirement
    Plan
      Life Insurance
    Premiums
                     
    Garold R. Base   $14,000   $6,300   $32,071   $8,168
    Mark E. Hord   14,000   6,036   ---   ---
    Patti E. McKee   13,202   5,658   ---   ---
    Patrick J. Ramsier   10,994   4,711   ---   ---
    Donna K. Neal   10,351   4,436   ---   ---
    ___________________________
    (1) Includes a bonus of $15,970 paid to Mr. Hord by Community Financial Services, a wholly owned subsidiary of ViewPoint Bank.
    (2) Includes commissions of $52,201 earned during the year.

    Benefits

                 General. ViewPoint Bank currently provides health and welfare benefits to its employees, including hospitalization, comprehensive medical insurance, life and long-term disability insurance, subject to certain deductibles and copayments by employees. ViewPoint Bank also provides certain retirement benefits. See Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

    106

    NEXT PAGE



                  Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. Effective January 1, 2001, we adopted a supplemental executive retirement plan for the purpose of retaining the services of Mr. Base as Chief Executive Officer. The supplemental executive retirement plan is intended to pay supplemental pension benefits to Mr. Base upon retirement. The supplemental executive retirement plan allows Mr. Base to defer all or part of his compensation until his separation from service from ViewPoint Bank. In addition, ViewPoint Bank makes a contribution to the supplemental executive retirement plan equal to seven percent of Mr. Base's annual compensation, payable in quarterly installments. All funds deferred by Mr. Base or contributed by ViewPoint Bank under the supplemental executive retirement plan are deposited into a brokerage account over which Mr. Base controls investment decisions. Mr. Base is always 100% vested in his deferrals and the earnings thereon. The extent to which he is vested in that portion of his supplemental executive retirement plan attributable to ViewPoint Bank contributions depends on the year in which he terminates service, with full vesting occurring on or after January 1, 2011. Mr. Base, however, will fully vest in that portion of the supplemental executive retirement plan attributable to ViewPoint Bank's contributions if he is actively employed by ViewPoint Bank and there occurs: a change in control involving ViewPoint Bank, his death or disability, his involuntary termination of employment, his attainment of age 63, or termination of the supplemental executive retirement plan. Payment of supplemental executive retirement plan benefits will be made in three installments over 18 months, except in the case of a change in control or Mr. Base's death, in which case payment will be made in a lump sum. Payments may also be made on account of hardship. As of December 31, 2005, Mr. Base was 50 percent vested in the contributions and earnings accrued under the supplemental executive retirement plan.

                 401(k) Plan . We offer a qualified, tax-exempt savings plan to our employees with a cash or deferred feature qualifying under Section 401(k) of the Code (the "401(k) Plan"). All employees who have attained age 18 are eligible to make 401(k) contributions. Eligible employees are also eligible to be allocated matching and profit sharing contributions, if any, after they have attained age 18 and completed 12 months of continuous employment, during which they worked at least 1,000 hours.

                 During 2005, participants were permitted to make salary reduction contributions to the 401(k) Plan of up to 100% of their annual salary, up to a maximum of $14,000. In addition, participants who have attained age 50 may defer an additional $5,000 annually as a 401(k) "catch-up" contribution. We currently match each 401(k) contribution (other than catch-up contributions) in an amount equal to 100% of the participant's 401(k) deferrals for the year up to 7% of their salary. It is currently proposed that this percentage will be reduced to 5% once the employee stock ownership plan has been implemented. We may also make a discretionary profit sharing contribution. This profit sharing contribution has historically been equal to 3% of salary, and is currently proposed to be eliminated upon implementation of the employee stock ownership plan. All contributions made by participants are before-tax contributions. All participant contributions and earnings are fully and immediately vested. All matching and profit sharing contributions and earnings vest at a rate of 20% per year, beginning with the second year of service and continuing through the sixth year of service. However, in the event of retirement at age 65 or older, permanent disability or death, a participant will automatically become 100% vested in the value of all matching and profit sharing contributions and earnings thereon, regardless of the number of years of service with ViewPoint Bank.

                 Participants may invest amounts contributed by them, as well as employer contributions (to the extent they are fully vested), to their 401(k) Plan accounts in one or more investment options available under the 401(k) Plan. Changes in investment directions among the funds are permitted on a periodic basis pursuant to procedures established by the Plan Administrator. Each participant receives a quarterly statement which provides information regarding, among other things, the market value of his investments and contributions made to the 401(k) Plan on his behalf. Participants are permitted to borrow against their account balance in the 401(k) Plan. For the year ended December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank's matching and profit sharing contributions to the 401(k) Plan on behalf of the following named executive officers were as follows: Mr. Base - $20,300; Mr. Hord - $20,036; Ms. McKee - $18,860; Mr. Ramsier - $15,705; and Ms. Neal - $14,787.

    107

    NEXT PAGE



                 Upon the effective date of the reorganization, we intend to amend and restate the 401(k) Plan to include an Employee Stock Ownership Plan, described below.

                  Employee Stock Ownership Plan . We intend to adopt an employee stock ownership plan for employees of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank, as part of the 401(k) Plan, to become effective upon the reorganization. (The following description pertains only to the employee stock ownership portion of the combined plan.) Employees of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank who have been credited with at least 1,000 hours of service during a twelve month period are eligible to participate in the employee stock ownership plan.

                 As part of the reorganization, it is anticipated that the employee stock ownership plan will borrow funds from ViewPoint Financial Group. The employee stock ownership plan will use these funds to purchase a number of shares of common stock equal to 8.0% of the amount of common stock sold in this offering. It is anticipated that this loan will equal 100% of the aggregate purchase price of the common stock acquired by the employee stock ownership plan. The loan to the employee stock ownership plan will be repaid primarily from ViewPoint Bank's contributions to the employee stock ownership plan over a period of ten years, and from dividends on common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan. Collateral for the loan will be the common stock purchased by the employee stock ownership plan. The interest rate for the loan is expected to be the minimum rate prescribed by the Internal Revenue Code that is considered reasonable. ViewPoint Financial Group may, in any plan year, make additional discretionary contributions for the benefit of plan participants. These contributions may be made either in cash or in shares of common stock, which may be acquired through the purchase of outstanding shares in the market or from individual stockholders, upon the original issuance of additional shares by ViewPoint Financial Group or upon the sale of treasury shares by ViewPoint Financial Group. The timing, amount and manner of future contributions to the employee stock ownership plan will be affected by various factors, including the terms of the employee stock ownership loan, prevailing regulatory policies, the requirements of applicable laws and regulations and market conditions.

                 Shares purchased by the employee stock ownership plan with the proceeds of the loan will be held in a suspense account and released to participants' accounts as debt service payments are made. Shares released from the employee stock ownership plan will be allocated to each eligible participant's employee stock ownership plan account based on the ratio of each such participant's eligible compensation to the total eligible compensation of all eligible employee stock ownership plan participants. An employee is eligible for an employee stock ownership allocation if he is credited with 1,000 or more hours of service during the plan year, and either is actually employed on the last day of the plan year or has attained age 65. Forfeitures will be reallocated among remaining participating employees in the same manner as an employee contribution. The account balances of participants within the employee stock ownership plan will become 100% vested after five years of service. Credit for eligibility and vesting is given for years of service with ViewPoint Bank and its predecessor, Community Credit Union, prior to adoption of the employee stock ownership plan. In the case of a "change in control," as defined in the employee stock ownership plan, which triggers a termination of the employee stock ownership plan, participants immediately will become fully vested in their account balances. Benefits are payable upon retirement or other separation from service, or upon termination of the plan. ViewPoint Financial Group's contributions to the employee stock ownership plan are not fixed and the value of the common stock cannot be determined in advance, so benefits payable under the employee stock ownership plan cannot be estimated.

    108

    NEXT PAGE



                 First Bankers Trust, Quincy, Illinois, is expected to serve as trustee of the employee stock ownership plan. Under the employee stock ownership plan, the trustee must vote all allocated shares held in the employee stock ownership plan in accordance with the instructions of the participating employees, and unallocated shares will be voted in the same ratio on any matter as those allocated shares for which instructions are given.

                 Generally accepted accounting principles require that any third party borrowing by the employee stock ownership plan be reflected as a liability on ViewPoint Financial Group's statement of financial condition. Since the employee stock ownership plan is borrowing from ViewPoint Financial Group, such obligation is not treated as a liability, but will be excluded from stockholders' equity. If the employee stock ownership plan purchases newly issued shares from ViewPoint Financial Group, total stockholders' equity would neither increase nor decrease, but per share stockholders' equity and per share net earnings would decrease as the newly issued shares are allocated to the employee stock ownership plan participants.

                 The employee stock ownership plan will be subject to the requirements of ERISA, and the regulations of the IRS and the Department of Labor thereunder.

                  Other Stock Benefit Plans . In the future, we intend to adopt a stock option plan and a restricted stock plan for the benefit of selected directors, officers and employees. We anticipate that the stock option plan and restricted stock plan will have reserved a number of shares equal to 4.5% and 1.8%, respectively, of the common stock to be outstanding after this offering. Grants of common stock pursuant to the restricted stock plan will be issued without cost to the recipient. If a determination is made to implement a stock option plan or restricted stock plan, any such plans will be submitted to stockholders for their consideration at which time stockholders would be provided with detailed information regarding such plan. If such plans are approved, and effected, they will have a dilutive effect on ViewPoint Financial Group's stockholders as well as affect ViewPoint Financial Group's net income and stockholders' equity, although the actual results cannot be determined until such plans are implemented. Any such stock option plan or restricted stock plan will not be implemented less than six months after the date of the completion of the reorganization, subject to continuing Office of Thrift Supervision jurisdiction.

                  Employment and Severance Agreements for Certain Executive Officers. Upon completion of the reorganization, Mr. Base's existing employment agreement with ViewPoint Bank will be terminated, and ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint Financial Group will enter into new employment agreements with Mr. Base. These agreements will have a three-year term, with annual one-year extensions subject to approval by the board of directors. There will be no duplication of salary or benefits by ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint Financial Group. The initial annual base salary will be $460,000, Mr. Base's current annual salary. The amount of annual base salary is to be reviewed by the board of directors each year. Mr. Base will also be entitled under the employment agreements to: an annual incentive opportunity subject to performance goals approved by the board of directors, up to a maximum of 45% of his base salary; participation in any stock-based compensation plans; a term life insurance policy in an amount of $750,000; an executive benefits allowance of $20,000 per year; club membership dues and related fees and expenses for clubs approved by the board; a security system for his home and monthly service for the system; an annual medical examination; supplemental executive retirement plan approved by the board of directors; and participation in any other retirement plans, group insurance and other benefits provided to full time ViewPoint Bank employees generally and in which executive officers participate. Mr. Base also is entitled to expense reimbursement, professional and educational dues, expenses for programs related to ViewPoint Bank operations, including travel costs for himself and for his spouse if she accompanies him and, at the time his employment terminates for any reason, payment at the current rate of base salary for 90 days' accrued vacation.

    109

    NEXT PAGE



                 Under the employment agreements, if Mr. Base's employment is terminated for any reason other than cause, death, retirement, or disability, or if he resigns following certain events such as relocation or demotion, he will be entitled to liquidated damages during the term of the agreement then remaining. The liquidated damages consist of continued payments of base salary, continued insurance coverage, continued eligibility under benefit programs for former officers and employees, and payments equal to amounts that the employer would have contributed under qualified and non-qualified retirement plans if he had been employed for during the remainder of the term of the agreement. The liquidated damages would be subject to mitigation.

                 The employment agreements include an agreement not to compete with ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint Financial Group in the delivery of financial services for a period of 18 months following termination of employment. The value of compensation and benefits payable under the agreements is capped so as to prevent imposition of the golden parachute tax under Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code.

                 Upon completion of the reorganization, ViewPoint Bank will enter into severance agreements with Mark E. Hord, Patti E. McKee and Donna K. Neal, and three other officers. The severance agreements for Mr. Hord and Ms. McKee and Neal provide that ViewPoint Bank will pay to the employee an amount equal to 18 months of the employee's current salary (the agreements with the other four officers provide for between 12 and 18 months) if the employee suffers involuntary termination of employment in connection with or within 12 months after a change in control. For purposes of the severance agreement, "involuntary termination" means termination of employment without cause, a reduction in the amount of the employee's base salary, a material adverse change to the employee's benefits other than as part of a program applicable to all ViewPoint Bank senior executive officers, relocation of the employee's principal place of employment to a location more than 50 miles from Plano, Texas, or a material demotion of the employee; and the term "change in control" means any of the following events: (i) any third person becomes the owner of shares of ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint Financial Group with respect to which 25% or more of the total number of votes for election of the Board may be cast; (ii) persons who were a majority of the directors of ViewPoint Financial Group or ViewPoint Bank cease to constitute a majority as the result of or in connection with a tender offer, merger or sale, or similar event; and (iii) the stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group approve an agreement providing for a transaction in which ViewPoint Financial Group will cease to be an independent public company or for the sale of all or substantially all of ViewPoint Financial Group assets. The term of the severance agreement is 12 months.

    Loans and Other Transactions with Officers and Directors

                 ViewPoint Bank has followed a policy of granting loans to officers and directors, which fully complies with all applicable federal regulations. Loans to directors and executive officers are made in the ordinary course of business and on the same terms and conditions as those of comparable transactions with non-insider employees prevailing at the time, in accordance with our underwriting guidelines, and do not involve more than the normal risk of collectibility or present other unfavorable features.

                 All loans we make to our directors and executive officers are subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulations restricting loans and other transactions with affiliated persons of ViewPoint Bank. Loans to all directors and executive officers and their associates totaled approximately $2,0 million at December 31, 2005. All loans to directors and executive officers were performing in accordance with their terms at December 31, 2005.

                 Upon completion of the mutual holding company reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank will enter into a tax allocation agreement. Since ViewPoint Financial Group will own 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of ViewPoint Bank, ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank will be members of an affiliated group within the meaning of Section 1504(a) of the Internal Revenue Code, of which group ViewPoint Financial Group will be the common parent corporation. As a result of this affiliation, ViewPoint Bank may be included in the filing of a consolidated federal income tax return with ViewPoint Financial Group and, if a decision to file a consolidated tax return is made, the parties agree to compensate each other for their individual share of the consolidated tax liability and/or any tax benefits provided by them in the filing of the consolidated federal income tax return. In addition, ViewPoint Financial Group is willing to undertake the responsibilities regarding the preparation of, filing of and accounting with respect to such consolidated federal income tax return.

    110

    NEXT PAGE



                 ViewPoint MHC, ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank also intend to enter into an expense allocation agreement. Pursuant to this agreement, ViewPoint Financial Group will reimburse ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint MHC will reimburse ViewPoint Financial Group for expenses incurred by it that are attributable to the activities of ViewPoint Financial Group and/or ViewPoint MHC. ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC shall pay all fees and other expenses that are attributable solely to their respective operations and shall pay for the use of equipment and employees in such amounts as are mutually determined by them, but in any event, such amounts shall be no less than the fair market value of the goods and services received.

    HOW WE ARE REGULATED

                 Set forth below is a brief description of certain laws and regulations that are applicable to ViewPoint MHC, ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank. The description of these laws and regulations, as well as descriptions of laws and regulations contained elsewhere herein, does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the applicable laws and regulations.

                 Legislation is introduced from time to time in the United States Congress that may affect our operations. In addition, the regulations governing ViewPoint MHC, ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank may be amended from time to time by the FDIC, the Office of Thrift Supervision or the SEC, as appropriate. Any such legislative or regulatory changes in the future could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. No assurance can be given as to whether or in what form any such changes may occur.

                 The Office of Thrift Supervision has extensive enforcement authority over all savings associations and their holding companies, including ViewPoint MHC, ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint Financial Group. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease-and-desist or removal orders and to initiate injunctive actions. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated for violations of laws and regulations and unsafe or unsound practices. Other actions or inactions may provide the basis for enforcement action, including misleading or untimely reports filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision. Except under certain circumstances, public disclosure of final enforcement actions by the Office of Thrift Supervision is required by law.

    ViewPoint Bank

                 ViewPoint Bank, as a federally chartered savings bank, is subject to regulation and oversight by the Office of Thrift Supervision extending to all aspects of its operations. This regulation of ViewPoint Bank is intended for the protection of depositors and the insurance of accounts fund and not for the purpose of protecting shareholders. ViewPoint Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital and is subject to some limitations on the payment of dividends to ViewPoint Financial Group. See "- Regulatory Capital Requirements" and "- Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions." ViewPoint Bank also is subject to regulation and examination by the FDIC, which insures the deposits of ViewPoint Bank to the maximum extent permitted by law.

    111

    NEXT PAGE



                  Office of Thrift Supervision . The investment and lending authority of ViewPoint Bank is prescribed by federal laws and regulations and it is prohibited from engaging in any activities not permitted by such laws and regulations. This includes a 35% of total assets limit on consumer loans, commercial paper and corporate debt securities. The Office of Thrift Supervision granted ViewPoint Bank a waiver of that 35% limit for up to three years, with a possible one-year extension, because it exceeded this limit at the time it became a federal savings bank. We are required to comply with that investment limit at the earliest possible date in that time period without material loss to ViewPoint Bank. At December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank had 42.7% of its assets in consumer loans, commercial paper and corporate debt securities. We expect to comply with this limit within the stated time period through our de-emphasis on indirect automobile lending and our increased emphasis on commercial real estate and commercial business lending.

                 As a federal savings bank, ViewPoint Bank is required to meet a qualified thrift lender test. This test requires ViewPoint Bank to have at least 65% of its portfolio assets, as defined by regulation, in qualified thrift investments on a monthly average for nine out of every 12 months on a rolling basis. As an alternative, we may maintain 60% of its assets in those assets specified in Section 7701(a)(19) of the Internal Revenue Code. Under either test, we are required to maintain a significant portion of our assets in residential-housing-related loans and investments. Any institution that fails to meet the qualified thrift lender test becomes subject to certain restrictions on its operations and must convert to a national bank charter, unless it re-qualifies as, and thereafter remains, a qualified thrift lender. If such an institution has not requalified or converted to a national bank within three years after the failure, it must divest of all investments and cease all activities not permissible for a national bank. We were not subject to a similar requirement when we were a credit union and were not in compliance with this requirement at the time we became a federal savings bank. The Office of Thrift Supervision granted ViewPoint Bank a waiver of the qualified thrift lender test for no more than three years. At December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank's qualified thrift lender percentage was 62.0%. We expect to meet the percentage requirement during 2006.

                 Our relationship with our depositors and borrowers is regulated to a great extent by federal laws and regulations, especially in such matters as the ownership of savings accounts and the form and content of our mortgage requirements. In addition, the branching authority of ViewPoint Bank is regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision. ViewPoint Bank is generally authorized to branch nationwide.

                 ViewPoint Bank is subject to a statutory lending limit for aggregate loans to one person or a group of persons combined because of certain common interests. That limit is equal to 15% of our unimpaired capital and surplus, except for loans fully secured by good collateral or ample security, which includes real estate with an independent appraisal, in which case that limit is increased to 25%. At December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank's lending limit under this restriction was $15.2 million. We have no loans in excess of our lending limit.

                 The Office of Thrift Supervision's oversight of ViewPoint Bank includes reviewing its compliance with the customer privacy requirements imposed by the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act of 1999 and the anti-money laundering provisions of the USA Patriot Act. The Gramm-Leach-Bliley privacy requirements place limitations on the sharing of consumer financial information with unaffiliated third parties. They also require each financial institution offering financial products or services to retail customers to provide such customers with its privacy policy and with the opportunity to "opt out" of the sharing of their personal information with unaffiliated third parties. The USA Patriot Act significantly expands the responsibilities of financial institutions in preventing the use of the United States financial system to fund terrorist activities. Its anti-money laundering provisions require financial institutions operating in the United States to develop anti-money laundering compliance programs and due diligence policies and controls to ensure the detection and reporting of money laundering. These compliance programs are intended to supplement existing compliance requirements under the Bank Secrecy Act and the Office of Foreign Assets Control Regulations.

    112

    NEXT PAGE



                 We are subject to periodic examinations by the Office of Thrift Supervision. During these examinations, the examiners may require ViewPoint Bank to provide for higher general or specific loan loss reserves, which can impact our capital and earnings. As a federal savings bank, ViewPoint Bank is subject to a semi-annual assessment, based upon its total assets, to fund the operations of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

                 The Office of Thrift Supervision has adopted guidelines establishing safety and soundness standards on such matters as loan underwriting and documentation, asset quality, earnings standards, internal controls and audit systems, interest rate risk exposure and compensation and other employee benefits. Any institution regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision that fails to comply with these standards must submit a compliance plan.

                  Insurance of Accounts and Regulation by the FDIC . ViewPoint Bank's deposits are insured up to the applicable limits by the FDIC, and such insurance is backed by the full faith and credit of the United States Government. As insurer, the FDIC imposes deposit insurance premiums and is authorized to conduct examinations of and to require reporting by FDIC-insured institutions. It also may prohibit any FDIC-insured institution from engaging in any activity the FDIC determines by regulation or order to pose a serious risk to the deposit insurance fund. The FDIC also has the authority to initiate enforcement actions against ViewPoint Bank and may terminate our deposit insurance if it determines that we have engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition.

                  Transactions with Affiliates . Transactions between ViewPoint Bank and its affiliates generally are required to be on terms as favorable to the institution as transactions with non-affiliates, and certain of these transactions, such as loans to an affiliate, are restricted to a percentage of ViewPoint Bank's capital. In addition, ViewPoint Bank may not lend to any affiliate engaged in activities not permissible for a bank holding company or acquire the securities of most affiliates. ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC will be affiliates of ViewPoint Bank.

    ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC

                 As savings association holding companies, ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC are subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of Thrift Supervision. Under regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, ViewPoint MHC must own a majority of outstanding shares of ViewPoint Financial Group in order to qualify as a mutual holding company. Applicable federal law and regulations limit the activities of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC and require the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision for any acquisition or divestiture of a subsidiary, including another financial institution or holding company thereof.

                 If ViewPoint Bank fails the qualified thrift lender test after the end of its three-year waiver, as discussed above, ViewPoint Financial Group must obtain the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision prior to continuing after such failure, directly or through other subsidiaries, any business activity other than those approved for multiple thrift companies or their subsidiaries. In addition, within one year of such failure, ViewPoint Financial Group must register as, and will become subject to, the restrictions applicable to bank holding companies.

    113

    NEXT PAGE



                 Under regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, ViewPoint MHC may convert to the stock form of ownership, though it has no current intention to do so. In that stock conversion, the members of ViewPoint MHC would have a right to subscribe for shares of stock in a new company that would own ViewPoint MHC's shares in ViewPoint Financial Group. In addition, each share of stock in ViewPoint Financial Group not owned by ViewPoint MHC, would be converted into shares in that new company in an amount that preserves the holders percentage ownership.

    Regulatory Capital Requirements

                 Capital Requirements for ViewPoint Bank . ViewPoint Bank is required to maintain minimum levels of regulatory capital under regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision. It became subject to these capital requirements on January 1, 2006, when it became a federal savings bank. These regulations established three capital standards, a tangible capital requirement, a leverage or core capital requirement and a risk-based capital requirement. The Office of Thrift Supervision is also authorized to impose capital requirements in excess of these standards on a case-by-case basis.

                 The capital regulations require tangible capital of at least 1.5% of adjusted total assets, as defined by regulation. Tangible capital generally includes common stockholders' equity and retained earnings, and certain noncumulative perpetual preferred stock and related earnings and excludes most intangible assets, which also are deducted from assets for purposes calculating this capital ratio.

                 The capital standards require core or Tier 1 capital equal to at least 3.0% of adjusted total assets for the strongest institutions with the highest examination rating and 4.0% of adjusted total assets for all other institutions, unless the Office of Thrift Supervision requires a higher level based on the particular circumstances or risk profile of the institution. Core capital generally consists of tangible capital, plus certain intangibles. At December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank had $1.2 million of intangibles included in core capital.

                 The Office of Thrift Supervision also requires ViewPoint Bank to have total capital of at least 8.0% of risk-weighted assets. Total capital consists of core or Tier 1 capital, as defined above, and Tier 2 capital, which consists of certain permanent and maturing capital instruments that do not qualify as Tier 1 capital and of the allowance for possible loan and lease losses up to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets. Tier 2 capital may be used to satisfy this risk-based requirement only to the extent of Tier 1 capital. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, including certain off-balance sheet items, will be multiplied by a risk weight, ranging from 0% to 100%, based on the risk inherent in the type of asset. The Office of Thrift Supervision is authorized to require ViewPoint Bank to maintain an additional amount of total capital to account for concentration of credit risk, level of interest rate risk, equity investments in non-financial companies and the risk of non-traditional activities.

                 The Office of Thrift Supervision is authorized and, under certain circumstances, required to take certain actions against savings banks that fail to meet these capital requirements, or that fail to maintain an additional capital ratio of Tier 1 capital of at least 4.0% of risk weighted-assets. The Office of Thrift Supervision is generally required to take action to restrict the activities of an "undercapitalized institution," which is an institution with less than either a 4.0% core capital ratio, a 4.0% Tier 1 risked-based capital ratio or an 8.0% total risk-based capital ratio. Any such institution must submit a capital restoration plan and until such plan is approved by the Office of Thrift Supervision may not increase its assets, acquire another institution, establish a branch or engage in any new activities, and generally may not make capital distributions. The Office of Thrift Supervision is authorized to impose the additional restrictions on undercapitalized institutions.

    114

    NEXT PAGE



                 Any institution that fails to comply with its capital plan or has Tier 1 risk-based or core capital ratios of less than 3.0% or a total risk-based capital ratio of less than 6.0% is considered "significantly undercapitalized" and must be made subject to one or more additional specified actions and operating restrictions that may cover all aspects of its operations and may include a forced merger or acquisition of the institution. An institution with tangible equity to total assets of less than 2.0% is "critically undercapitalized" and becomes subject to further mandatory restrictions on its. The Office of Thrift Supervision generally is authorized to reclassify an institution into a lower capital category and impose the restrictions applicable to such category if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition. The imposition by the Office of Thrift Supervision of any of these measures on ViewPoint Bank may have a substantial adverse effect on its operations and profitability.

                 Institutions with at least a 4.0% core capital ratio, a 4.0% Tier 1 risked-based capital ratio and an 8.0% total risk-based capital ratio are considered "adequately-capitalized." An institution is deemed "well-capitalized" institution if it has at least a 5% leverage capital ratio, a 6.0% Tier 1 risked-based capital ratio and an 10.0% total risk-based capital ratio. At December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank was considered a "well-capitalized" institution.

                 The Office of Thrift Supervision is also generally authorized to reclassify an institution into a lower capital category and impose the restrictions applicable to such category if the institution is engaged in unsafe or unsound practices or is in an unsafe or unsound condition. The imposition by the Office of Thrift Supervision of any of these measures on ViewPoint Bank may have a substantial adverse effect on its operations and profitability.

                 Regulatory capital is discussed further in Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements contained herein.

                  Capital Requirements for ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC . ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC are not subject to any specific capital requirements. The Office of Thrift Supervision, however, expects ViewPoint Financial Group to support ViewPoint Bank, including providing additional capital to the bank when it does not meet its capital requirements. As a result of this expectation, the Office of Thrift Supervision regulates the ability of ViewPoint Bank to pay dividends to ViewPoint Financial Group.

    Limitations on Dividends and Other Capital Distributions

                 Office of Thrift Supervision regulations impose various restrictions on savings institutions with respect to the ability of ViewPoint Bank to make distributions of capital, which include dividends, stock redemptions or repurchases, cash-out mergers and other transactions charged to the capital account. ViewPoint Bank must file a notice or application with the Office of Thrift Supervision before making any capital distribution. ViewPoint Bank generally may make capital distributions during any calendar year in an amount up to 100% of net income for the year-to-date plus retained net income for the two preceding years, so long as it is well-capitalized after the distribution. If ViewPoint Bank, however, proposes to make a capital distribution when it does not meet its current minimum capital requirements (or will not following the proposed capital distribution) or that will exceed these net income limitations, it must obtain Office of Thrift Supervision approval prior to making such distribution. The Office of Thrift Supervision may always object to any distribution based on safety and soundness concerns.

                 ViewPoint Financial Group will not be subject to Office of Thrift Supervision regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends. Dividends from ViewPoint Financial Group, however, may depend, in part, upon its receipt of dividends from ViewPoint Bank. In addition, ViewPoint Bank may not make a distribution that would constitute a return of capital during the three-year term of the business plan submitted in connection with this mutual holding company reorganization and stock issuance. No insured depositary institution may make a capital distribution if, after making the distribution, the institution would be undercapitalized. See "Our Policy Regarding Dividends."

    115

    NEXT PAGE



                 ViewPoint MHC may elect to waive its pro rata portion of a dividend declared and paid by ViewPoint Financial Group after filing a notice with and receiving no objection from the Office of Thrift Supervision. We anticipate that ViewPoint MHC, subject to its own need for capital and funds, will waive dividends paid by ViewPoint Financial Group. The interests of other stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group who receive dividends are not diluted by any waiver of dividends by ViewPoint MHC in the event of a full stock conversion.

    Federal Securities Law

                 The stock of ViewPoint Financial Group is registered with the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. ViewPoint Financial Group will be subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements of the SEC under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

                 ViewPoint Financial Group stock held by persons who are affiliates of ViewPoint Financial Group may not be resold without registration unless sold in accordance with certain resale restrictions. Affiliates are generally considered to be officers, directors and principal stockholders. If ViewPoint Financial Group meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of ViewPoint Financial Group will be able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.

                 The SEC and the NASDAQ have adopted regulations and policies under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that will apply to ViewPoint Financial Group as a registered company under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and a NASDAQ traded company. The stated goals of these Sarbanes-Oxley requirements are to increase corporate responsibility, provide for enhanced penalties for accounting and auditing improprieties at publicly traded companies and to protect investors by improving the accuracy and reliability of corporate disclosures pursuant to the securities laws. The SEC and NASDAQ Sarbanes-Oxley-related regulations and policies include very specific additional disclosure requirements and new corporate governance rules. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act represents significant federal involvement in matters traditionally left to state regulatory systems, such as the regulation of the accounting profession, and to state corporate law, such as the relationship between a board of directors and management and between a board of directors and its committees.

    TAXATION

                 

    Federal Taxation

                 General . ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to ViewPoint Financial Group or ViewPoint Bank. Prior to January 2006, ViewPoint Bank was a Texas-chartered credit union and was not generally subject to corporate income tax and therefore has not filed any corporate income tax returns for periods before 2006.

    116

    NEXT PAGE



                  Method of Accounting . For federal income tax purposes, ViewPoint Bank currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a fiscal year ending on December 31, for filing its federal income tax return.

                  Minimum Tax . The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences, called alternative minimum taxable income. The alternative minimum tax is payable to the extent such alternative minimum taxable income is in excess of the regular tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of alternative minimum taxable income. Certain payments of alternative minimum tax may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. ViewPoint Bank has not been subject to the alternative minimum tax, nor do we have any such amounts available as credits for carryover.

                  Net Operating Loss Carryovers . A financial institution may carryback net operating losses to the preceding two taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. This provision applies to losses incurred in taxable years beginning after August 6, 1997. At December 31, 2005, ViewPoint Bank had no net operating loss carryforwards for federal income tax purposes.

                  Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction . If ViewPoint Financial Group elects to file a consolidated return with ViewPoint Bank, dividends it receives from ViewPoint Bank will not be included as income to ViewPoint Financial Group. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 100% or 80%, in the case of dividends received from corporations with which a corporate recipient does not file a consolidated tax return, depending on the level of stock ownership of the payer of the dividend.

    State Taxation

                 The State of Texas does not have a corporate income tax, but it does have a corporate franchise tax which is assessed at the rate of 4.5% of "net taxable earned surplus" or 0.25% of "net taxable capital" (whichever is higher). "Net taxable earned surplus" is net income for federal income tax purposes increased by the compensation of directors and executive officers and decreased by interest on obligations guaranteed by the U.S. government.

    RESTRICTIONS ON ACQUISITION OF
    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP AND VIEWPOINT BANK

                 The principal federal regulatory restrictions that affect the ability of any person, firm or entity to acquire ViewPoint Financial Group, ViewPoint Bank or a controlling interest in their respective capital stock are described below. Certain provisions in ViewPoint Financial Group's charter and bylaws that may be deemed to affect the ability of a person, firm or entity to acquire ViewPoint Financial Group also are described below. These descriptions are qualified by reference to the laws and regulations referred to and the provisions of the charter and bylaws of ViewPoint Financial Group.

    Federal Law

                 Viewpoint Bank is a federal savings bank. Acquisitions of control of Viewpoint Bank by an individual is governed by the Change in Bank Control Act and by another company are governed by Section 10 of the Home Owners' Loan Act. The Office of Thrift Supervision has promulgated regulations under these laws.

                 The Change in Bank Control Act provides that no person, acting directly or indirectly or through or in concert with one or more other individuals, may acquire control of a federal savings bank, unless the Office of Thrift Supervision has been given 60 days prior written notice. Similar notice is required to be provided to the Office of Thrift Supervision by an individual acquiring a similar ownership interest in savings association holding company. The Home Owners' Loan Act provides that no company may acquire "control" of a savings association without the prior approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision. Any company that acquires such control becomes a savings and loan holding company subject to registration, examination and regulation by the Office of Thrift Supervision. In addition, acquisitions of control of a savings association holding company by another company are subject to the approval of the Office of Thrift Supervision.

    117

    NEXT PAGE



                 Pursuant to the acquisition of control regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision, control of a savings institution is conclusively deemed to have been acquired by, among other things, the acquisition of more than 25% of any class of voting stock of the institution or the ability to control the election of a majority of the directors of an institution. Moreover, control is presumed to have been acquired, subject to rebuttal, upon the acquisition of more than 10% of any class of voting stock, or of more than 25% of any class of stock of a savings institution, where certain enumerated "control factors" are also present in the acquisition. The Office of Thrift Supervision may prohibit an acquisition of control if:

    • it would result in a monopoly or substantially lessen competition;

    • the financial condition of the acquiring person might jeopardize the financial stability of the institution; or

    • the competence, experience or integrity of the acquiring person indicates that it would not be in the interest of the depositors or of the public to permit the acquisition of control by such person.

    These restrictions do not apply to the acquisition of a savings institution's capital stock by one or more tax-qualified employee stock benefit plans, provided that the plans do not have beneficial ownership of more than 25% of any class of equity security of the savings institution.

                 For a period of three years following completion of the reorganization, Office of Thrift Supervision regulations generally prohibit any person from acquiring or making an offer to acquire beneficial ownership of more than 10% of the stock of ViewPoint Financial Group or ViewPoint Bank without Office of Thrift Supervision approval.

    Charter and Bylaws of ViewPoint Financial Group

                 The following discussion is a summary of certain provisions of the charter and bylaws of ViewPoint Financial Group that relate to corporate governance.

                 Board of Directors . Certain provisions of ViewPoint Financial Group's charter and bylaws will impede changes in majority control of the board of directors. ViewPoint Financial Group's charter provides that the board of directors will be divided into three classes, with directors in each class elected for three-year staggered terms except for the initial directors. Thus, assuming a board of three directors or more, it would take two annual elections to replace a majority of ViewPoint Financial Group's board. The bylaws of ViewPoint Financial Group provide that any vacancy occurring in the board of directors, including a vacancy created by an increase in the number of directors, shall be filled by a majority vote of the remaining directors until the next election of directors by shareholders.

                 Authorized But Unissued Shares of Capital Stock . Following the stock offering, ViewPoint Financial Group will have authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock and common stock. See "Description of Capital Stock of ViewPoint Financial Group." Although these shares could be used by the board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group to make it more difficult or to discourage an attempt to obtain control of ViewPoint Financial Group through a merger, tender offer, proxy contest or otherwise, it is unlikely that we would use or need to use shares for these purposes since ViewPoint MHC owns a majority of the common stock.

    118

    NEXT PAGE



                 How Shares Are Voted . ViewPoint Financial Group's charter provides that there will not be cumulative voting by stockholders for the election of ViewPoint Financial Group's directors. No cumulative voting rights means that ViewPoint MHC, as the holder of a majority of the shares eligible to be voted at a meeting of shareholders, may elect all directors of ViewPoint Financial Group to be elected at that meeting. This could prevent minority stockholder representation on ViewPoint Financial Group's board of directors.

                 Restrictions on Acquisitions of Shares . ViewPoint Bank's charter provides that for a period of five years from the closing of the stock issuance, no person other than ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint MHC, may offer directly or indirectly to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10% of any class of equity security of ViewPoint Financial Group. This provision does not apply to any tax-qualified employee benefit plan of ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint Financial Group or to an underwriter or member of an underwriting or selling group involving the public sale or resale of securities of ViewPoint Financial Group or any of its subsidiaries so long as after the sale or resale, no underwriter or member of the selling group is a beneficial owner of more than 10% of any class of equity securities of ViewPoint Financial Group. In addition, during this five-year period, all shares owned over the 10% limit may not be voted in any matter submitted to stockholders for a vote. The inclusion of this provision in ViewPoint Bank's charter is deemed to restrict the acquisition and voting of shares of ViewPoint Financial Group.

                 Procedures for Stockholder Nominations . ViewPoint Financial Group's bylaws provide that any stockholder wanting to make a nomination for the election of directors or a proposal for new business at a meeting of stockholders must send written notice to the Secretary of ViewPoint Financial Group at least five days before the date of the annual meeting. The bylaws further provide that if a stockholder wanting to make a nomination or a proposal for new business does not follow the prescribed procedures, the proposal will not be considered until an adjourned, special, or annual meeting of the stockholders taking place 30 days or more thereafter. Management believes that it is in the best interests of ViewPoint Financial Group and its stockholders to provide enough time for management to disclose to stockholders information about a dissident slate of nominations for directors. This advance notice requirement may also give management time to solicit its own proxies in an attempt to defeat any dissident slate of nominations if management thinks it is in the best interest of stockholders generally. Similarly, adequate advance notice of stockholder proposals will give management time to study such proposals and to determine whether to recommend to the stockholders that such proposals be adopted. It is unlikely that any stockholder nomination or proposal that is not supported by management would be approved since ViewPoint MHC owns a majority of the common stock.

    Benefit Plans

                 In addition to the provisions of ViewPoint Financial Group's charter and bylaws described above, benefit plans of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank intended to be adopted after completion of this offering contain provisions that also may discourage hostile takeover attempts that the board of directors might conclude are not in the best interests of ViewPoint Financial Group, ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint Financial Group's stockholders. For a description of the benefit plans and the provisions of these plans relating to changes in control of ViewPoint Financial Group or ViewPoint Bank, see "Management - Benefits."

    119

    NEXT PAGE



    DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK OF
    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP

    General

                 ViewPoint Financial Group is authorized to issue 75 million shares of common stock having a par value of $0.01 per share and 25 million shares of preferred stock having a par value of $0.01 per share. ViewPoint Financial Group currently expects to issue up to a maximum of 21,275,000 shares of common stock, or 24,466,250 shares in the event that the maximum of the estimated offering range is increased by 15%, and no shares of preferred stock in the reorganization. Each share of ViewPoint Financial Group's common stock will have the same relative rights as, and will be identical in all respects with, each other share of common stock. Upon payment of the purchase price for the common stock in accordance with the plan of reorganization, all of the stock will be duly authorized, fully paid and nonassessable. Presented below is a description of all aspects of ViewPoint Financial Group's capital stock that are deemed material to an investment decision with respect to the reorganization.

                 The common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group will represent nonwithdrawable capital, will not be an account of an insurable type, and will not be insured by the FDIC.

    Common Stock

                  Distributions . ViewPoint Financial Group can pay dividends if, as and when declared by its board of directors, subject to compliance with limitations which are imposed by law. The holders of common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group will be entitled to receive and share equally in these dividends as they may be declared by the board of directors of ViewPoint Financial Group out of funds legally available for such purpose. If ViewPoint Financial Group issues preferred stock, the holders of such preferred stock may have a priority over the holders of the common stock with respect to dividends. See "Our Policy Regarding Dividends."

                 Voting Rights . Upon the effective date of the reorganization, the holders of common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group will possess exclusive voting rights in ViewPoint Financial Group. Each holder of common stock will be entitled to one vote per share and will not have any right to cumulate votes in the election of directors, therefore, directors will be elected by a plurality of the shares actually voting on the matter. Under certain circumstances, shares in excess of 10% of the issued and outstanding shares of common stock may be considered "excess shares" and, accordingly, not be entitled to vote. See "Restrictions on Acquisition of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank." If ViewPoint Financial Group issues preferred stock, holders of the preferred stock may also possess voting rights.

                 Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of ViewPoint Bank, ViewPoint Financial Group, as holder of ViewPoint Bank's capital stock, would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all debts and liabilities of ViewPoint Bank, including all deposit accounts and accrued interest thereon and the liquidation account established as part of this offering, all assets of ViewPoint Bank available for distribution. In the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of ViewPoint Financial Group, the holders of its common stock would be entitled to receive, after payment or provision for payment of all its debts and liabilities, all of the assets of ViewPoint Financial Group available for distribution. If preferred stock is issued, the holders thereof may have a priority over the holders of the common stock in the event of liquidation or dissolution.

                 Rights to Buy Additional Shares . Holders of the common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group will not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares which may be issued. Preemptive rights are the priority right to buy additional shares if ViewPoint Financial Group issues more shares in the future. Therefore, if additional shares are issued by ViewPoint Financial Group without the opportunity for existing stockholders to purchase more shares, a stockholder's ownership interest in the Company may be subject to dilution. The common stock is not subject to redemption.

    120

    NEXT PAGE



    Preferred Stock

                 None of the shares of ViewPoint Financial Group's authorized preferred stock will be issued in this offering. This stock may be issued with preferences and designations as the board of directors may from time to time determine. The board of directors can, without shareholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting, dividend, liquidation and reorganization rights that could dilute the voting strength of the holders of the common stock and may assist management in impeding an unfriendly takeover or attempted change in control. ViewPoint Financial Group has no present plans to issue preferred stock. If preferred stock is issued in the future, ViewPoint Financial Group will not offer preferred stock to promoters except on the same terms as it is offered to all other existing stockholders or to new stockholders; or the issuance will be approved by a majority of ViewPoint Financial Group's independent directors who do not have an interest in the transaction and who have access, at ViewPoint Financial Group's expense, to its or independent legal counsel.

    TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

                 The transfer agent and registrar for ViewPoint Financial Group common stock will be __________________________.

    EXPERTS

                 Our consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 included in this prospectus have been audited by Crowe Chizek and Company LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, as set forth in its report thereon appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and is included in reliance upon the report of this firm given upon the authority as experts in accounting and auditing

                 Feldman Financial Advisors has consented to the publication herein of the summary of its report to ViewPoint Bank setting forth its opinion as to the estimated pro forma market value of the ViewPoint Financial Group common stock upon conversion and its letter with respect to subscription rights.

    LEGAL AND TAX OPINIONS

                 The legality of the common stock issued in the offering and the federal income tax consequences of the reorganization have been passed upon for ViewPoint Bank by Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., Washington, D.C., special counsel to ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint Financial Group. The Texas income tax consequences of the reorganization have been passed upon for ViewPoint Bank by Crowe Chizek and Company LLC. Certain legal matters will be passed upon for Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. by Patton Boggs LLP.

    ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

                 ViewPoint Financial Group has filed with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933 with respect to the common stock offered hereby. As permitted by the rules and regulations of the SEC, this prospectus does not contain all the information set forth in the registration statement. This information, including the plan of reorganization and stock issuance and the appraisal report which are exhibits to the registration statement, may be examined without charge at the Public Reference Room of the SEC located at 450 Fifth Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20549, and copies of this material may be obtained from the SEC at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a web site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC, including ViewPoint Financial Group. The statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are, of necessity, brief descriptions thereof and are not necessarily complete; each statement is qualified by reference to the contract or document. ViewPoint Bank also maintains a website (http://www.viewpointbank.com), which contains certain information about ViewPoint Bank.

    121

    NEXT PAGE



                 ViewPoint Bank has filed a Mutual Holding Company Application on Form MHC-1 and a Holding Company Application on Form H-(e)1s with the Office of Thrift Supervision with respect to the reorganization. This prospectus omits certain information contained in those applications. The applications may be examined at the principal office of the Office of Thrift Supervision, 1700 G Street, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20552, and at the Midwest Regional Office of the Office of Thrift Supervision located at 122 W. John Carpenter Freeway, Suite 600, Irving, Texas 75039.

                 In connection with the offering, ViewPoint Financial Group has registered its common stock with the SEC under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and, upon such registration, ViewPoint Financial Group and the holders of its stock will become subject to the proxy solicitation rules, reporting requirements and restrictions on stock purchases and sales by directors, officers and greater than 10% stockholders, the annual and periodic reporting and certain other requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. Under the plan of reorganization and stock issuance, ViewPoint Financial Group has undertaken that it will not terminate this registration for a period of at least three years following the offering.

                 A copy of the plan of reorganization and stock issuance, the charter and bylaws of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank are available without charge from ViewPoint Bank. Requests for such information should be directed to: Mark E. Hord, ViewPoint Bank, 1309 W. 15th Street, Suite 400, Plano, Texas 75075.

    122

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES





    INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

    F-2
    CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

            CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

    F-3
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

    F-4
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY

    F-5
            CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

    F-6
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

    F-8

    All schedules are omitted because the required information is not applicable or is included in the consolidated financial statements and related notes.

    The financial statements of ViewPoint Financial Group have been omitted because ViewPoint Financial Group has not yet issued any stock, has no assets or liabilities, and has not conducted any business other than that of an organizational nature.






    F-1

    NEXT PAGE








    REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM




    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank and Subsidiaries
    Plano, Texas

    We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of ViewPoint Bank and Subsidiaries ("the Company," formerly known as Community Credit Union) as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in members' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

    We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

    In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of ViewPoint Bank and Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2005 in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.




    Crowe Chizek and Company LLC



    Oak Brook, Illinois
    March 31, 2006



    F-2

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
    December 31, 2005 and 2004
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)



    2005
    2004
    ASSETS
    Cash and due from financial institutions $    42,590 $    35,135
    Short-term interest-bearing deposits in other
       financial institutions

    82,923

    94,464
          Total cash and cash equivalents 125,513 129,599
    Certificates of deposit with other financial institutions 11,000 16,000
    Securities available for sale 101,860 26,222
    Securities held to maturity (fair value 2005 - $41,496,
       2004 - $62,989)

    41,962

    63,429
    Loans held for sale 2,306 3,238
    Loans, net of allowance of $7,697 - 2005 and
       $8,424 - 2004

    1,073,167

    1,086,448
    Federal Home Loan Bank stock 3,958 4,481
    Mortgage servicing rights 2,068 2,254
    Foreclosed assets, net 519 1,116
    Premises and equipment, net 44,687 46,822
    National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund
       ("NCUSIF") deposit

    10,424

    9,783
    Membership capital account at corporate credit union 1,000 1,000
    Accrued interest receivable 5,010 4,033
    Other assets 4,588
    5,596
    $ 1,428,062
    $ 1,400,021


    LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS' EQUITY
    Deposits
       Non-interest-bearing demand $  199,264 $  174,183
       Interest-bearing demand 106,604 115,332
       Savings and money market 760,442 748,573
       Time 195,304
    190,911
          Total deposits 1,261,614 1,228,999
    Federal Home Loan Bank advances 47,680 57,545
    Other liabilities 17,587
    14,046
          Total liabilities 1,326,881 1,300,590


    Members' equity
       Regular reserve 35,786 35,786
       Retained earnings 66,627 63,903
    Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (1,232
    ) (258
    )
          Total members' equity 101,181
    99,431
    Total liabilities and members' equity $1,428,062
    $1,400,021




    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

    F-3

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
    Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)




    2005
    2004
    2003
    Interest and dividend income
       Loans, including fees $ 57,573 $ 56,077 $ 57,441
       Securities 4,184 2,063 2,854
       Interest-bearing deposits in other
          financial institutions
    2,393 1,200 1,098
       Other 271
    88
    73
          Total interest income 64,421 59,428 61,466
     
    Interest expense
       Deposits 20,962 16,071 17,896
       Federal Home Loan Bank advances 2,380
    2,214
    1,662
          Total interest expense 23,342
    18,285
    19,558
    Net interest income 41,079 41,143 41,908
     
    Provision for loan losses 6,120
    6,199
    8,046
    Net interest income after provision for
      loan losses
    34,959 34,944 33,862
     
    Noninterest income
       Service charges and fees 20,359 21,693 16,939
       Brokerage fees 548 583 510
       Gain on sale of membership interests 855 - -
       Net gains on sales of loans 351 631 2,122
       Title fee income 524 466 1,120
       Other 1,848
    1,349
    1,473
    Total noninterest income 24,485 24,722 22,164
     
    Noninterest expense
       Salaries and employee benefits 31,654 28,870 25,845
       Advertising and marketing 2,517 2,844 2,217
       Occupancy and equipment 5,402 5,194 4,700
       Outside professional services 322 255 354
       Data processing 4,453 3,845 3,384
       Office operations 6,540 6,251 6,342
       Charter conversion costs 1,137 149 -
       Deposit processing charges 1,207 904 625
       Other 3,488
    2,338
    2,616
          Total noninterest expense 56,720
    50,650
    46,083
    Net income $   2,724
    $   9,016
    $   9,943




    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

    F-4

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN MEMBERS' EQUITY
    Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)

    Accumulated
    Other
    Compre-
    hensive Total
    Regular Retained Income Members'
    Reserve
    Earnings
    (Loss)
    Equity
    Balance at January 1, 2003 $ 35,786 $ 44,944 $   (11 ) $ 80,719
    Comprehensive income:
       Net income - 9,943 - 9,943
       Change in net unrealized gains
        on securities available for sale -
    -
    14
    14
           Total comprehensive income 9,957
     
    Balance at December 31, 2003 35,786 54,887 3 90,676
    Comprehensive income:
       Net income - 9,016 - 9,016
       Change in net unrealized losses
         on securities available for sale -
    -
    (261
    ) (261
    )
           Total comprehensive income 8,755
     
    Balance at December 31, 2004 35,786 63,903 (258 ) 99,431
    Comprehensive income:
       Net income - 2,724 - 2,724
       Change in net unrealized losses
        on securities available for sale -
    -
    (974
    ) (974
    )
           Total comprehensive income 1,750
     
    Balance at December 31, 2005 $ 35,786
    $ 66,627
    $ (1,232
    ) $ 101,181




    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

    F-5

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    2005
    2004
    2003
    Cash flows from operating activities
       Net income $ 2,724 $ 9,016 $ 9,943
       Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash
         from operating activities
         Depreciation and amortization 5,043 4,800 4,473
         Provision for loan losses 6,120 6,199 8,046
         Net premium amortization of securities 662 611 1,289
         Amortization of mortgage servicing rights 467 533 421
         Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividends (159 ) (322 ) (73 )
         Net gain on sale of loans held for sale (351 ) (631 ) (2,122 )
         Loans originated for sale (20,902 ) (38,813 ) (167,726 )
         Proceeds from sale of loans held for sale 22,185 44,683 161,371
         Net (gain) loss on disposition of property
          and equipment (3 ) 54 15
         Net gain on sales of other real estate owned (6 ) (64 ) -
         Net change in deferred loan costs 3,262 512 (1,097 )
         Net change in accrued interest receivable (977 ) 317 (182 )
         Net change in other assets 1,273 (111 ) 984
         Net change in other liabilities 3,541
    10
    (4,828
    )
            Net cash from operating activities 22,879 26,794 10,514
     
    Cash flows from investing activities
       Net change in certificates of deposit with other
         financial institutions 5,000 (5,000 ) (4,990 )
       Securities available for sale:
         Maturities, prepayments, and calls 18,805 829 1,476
         Purchases (95,851 ) (25,189 ) (1,009 )
       Securities held to maturity:
        Maturities, prepayments, and calls 21,239 53,013 57,105
         Purchases - - (74,141 )
       Loans purchased (8,825 ) (7,075 ) (7,300 )
       Participation loans sold 44,999 1,769 3,517
       Net change in loans (32,375 ) (67,240 ) (155,211 )
       Net change in the NCUSIF deposit (641 ) 344 (1,179 )
       Redemption (purchase) of Federal Home
         Loan Bank stock 682 - (1,516 )
       Purchase of premises and equipment (2,905 ) (5,365 ) (7,405 )
       Proceeds on sale of other real estate owned 157
    569
    -
        Net cash from investing activities (49,715 ) (53,345 ) (190,653 )




    (Continued)

    F-6

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES

    CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
    Years ended December 31, 2005, 2004, and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)

    2005
    2004
    2003
    Cash flows from financing activities
       Net change in deposits $   32,615 $   60,694 $ 135,677
       Proceeds from Federal Home Loan Bank advances - 25,400 22,000
       Repayments on Federal Home Loan Bank advances (9,865
    ) (7,744
    ) (5,535
    )
         Net cash from financing activities 22,750
    78,350
    152,142
    Net change in cash and cash equivalents (4,086 ) 51,799 (27,997 )
    Beginning cash and cash equivalents 129,599
    77,800
    105,797
    Ending cash and cash equivalents $ 125,513
    $ 129,599
    $   77,800
    Supplemental cash flow information:
       Interest paid $   23,372 $   18,062 $   19,587
    Supplemental noncash disclosures:
       Transfers from loans to other real estate owned $        100 $        113 $        633




    See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

    F-7

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

    Organization : On January 1, 2006, Community Credit Union ("the Credit Union") converted its regulatory charter from a state chartered credit union to a federally chartered thrift. On that date, the name was changed from Community Credit Union to ViewPoint Bank. The conversion changed the regulatory oversight body from the state of Texas Credit Union Division and the National Credit Union Administration to the Office of Thrift Supervision. There were no significant changes in personal or business operations at the time of the conversion; however, the new charter allows the Company enhanced ability to operate in its markets. Another significant impact on the date of the charter change was becoming a taxable organization, which resulted in the recording of a beginning net deferred tax asset of $6,679 because of temporary differences between the financial statement basis of assets and liabilities compared to their tax basis.

    Prior to January 1, 2006, Community Credit Union was a state chartered credit union organized under the provisions of the Texas Credit Union Act. Participation in the Credit Union was limited to those individuals who qualify for membership. A large percentage of the members worked or resided in the Richardson, Plano, and surrounding areas in Texas.

    Nature of Operations and Principles of Consolidation : The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of ViewPoint Bank and its wholly owned subsidiary, Community Financial Services, Inc. ("CFS") and its majority owned (75%) subsidiary, Community Title, L.L.C. ("CT"), together referred to as "the Company." All significant intercompany transactions and balances are eliminated in consolidation.

    The Company provides financial services through 34 full-service office locations. Its primary deposit products are checking, savings, and term certificate accounts, and its primary lending products are residential mortgage, commercial, and consumer loans. Substantially all loans are secured by specific items of collateral, including business assets, consumer assets, and commercial and residential real estate. Commercial loans are expected to be repaid from cash flow from operations of businesses. There are no significant concentrations of loans to any one industry or customer. However, the customers' ability to repay their loans is dependent on the real estate and general economic conditions in the Company's geographic market.

    CFS provides mortgage servicing operations for other financial institutions, primarily credit unions. In addition, CFS provides accidental death and dismemberment insurance and guaranteed auto protection insurance. CT provides title services for residential and commercial real estate.





    (Continued)

    F-8

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Use of Estimates : To prepare financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions based on available information. These estimates and assumptions affect the amounts reported in the financial statements and the disclosures provided, and actual results could differ. The allowance for loan losses, mortgage servicing rights, realization of deferred tax assets, and fair values of financial instruments are particularly subject to change.

    Cash Flows : Cash and cash equivalents includes cash, demand deposits with other financial institutions, and short-term interest-bearing deposits with other financial institutions. Net cash flows are reported for loan and deposit transactions, certificates of deposit with other financial institutions, corporate credit union membership capital account, and the NCUSIF deposit.

    Certificates of Deposits With Other Financial Institutions : At December 31, 2005, certificates of deposits with other financial institutions mature in one year or less.

    Securities : Securities that the Company has both the positive intent and ability to hold to maturity are classified as held to maturity and are carried at amortized cost. Securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity, are classified as available for sale and are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains and losses on securities classified as available for sale have been accounted for as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).

    Gains and losses on the sale of securities available for sale are recorded on trade date determined using the specific-identification method. Amortization of premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income over the period to maturity. Premiums and discounts on securities are amortized on the level-yield method without anticipating prepayment, except for mortgage-backed securities where prepayments are anticipated.

    Declines in the fair value of securities below their cost that are other than temporary are reflected as realized losses. In estimating other-than-temporary losses, management considers (1) the length of time and extent that fair value has been less than cost, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and (3) the Company's ability and intent to hold the security for a period sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

    Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") Stock : The Company is a member of the FHLB system. Members are required to own a certain amount of stock based on the level of borrowings and other factors and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security, and periodically evaluated for impairment. Because this stock is viewed as long-term investment, impairment is based on ultimate recovery of par value. Both cash and stock dividends are reported as income.





    (Continued)

    F-9

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Loans Held for Sale : Mortgage loans originated and intended for sale in the secondary market are carried at the lower of aggregate cost or market, as determined by outstanding commitments from investors. Sales in the secondary market are recognized when full acceptance and funding has been received. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recorded as a valuation allowance and charged to earnings. All sales are made without recourse.

    Mortgage loans held for sale are generally sold with servicing rights retained. The carrying value of mortgage loans sold is reduced by the cost allocated to the servicing right. Gains and losses on sales of mortgage loans are based on the difference between the selling price and the carrying value of the related loan sold.

    Loans : Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at the principal balance outstanding, net of deferred loan fees and costs, and an allowance for loan losses. Interest income accrued on the unpaid principal balance is calculated using the simple-interest method. Loan origination fees, net of certain direct origination costs, are deferred and recognized in interest income using the level-yield method without anticipating prepayments.

    Accrual of interest on loans is discontinued at the time the loan is 90 days delinquent unless well secured and in the process of collection. The Company's policy is to stop accruing interest when the loan becomes 90 days delinquent. All interest accrued but not collected for loans that are placed on nonaccrual status or subsequently charged off is reversed against interest income. In all cases, loans are placed on nonaccrual or charged off at an earlier date if collection of principal or interest is considered doubtful. Income is subsequently recognized on the cash basis until, in management's judgment, the borrower's ability to make periodic interest and principal payments is back to normal and future payments are reasonably assured, in which case the loan is returned to accrual status.

    Allowance for Loan Losses : The allowance for loan losses is a valuation allowance for probable incurred credit losses, increased by the provision for loan losses and decreased by charge-offs less recoveries. Management estimates the allowance balance required using past loan loss experience; the nature and volume of the portfolio; information about specific borrower situations; and estimated collateral values, economic conditions, peer data, and other factors. Allocations of the allowance may be made for specific loans, but the entire allowance is available for any loan that, in management's judgment, should be charged off. Loan losses are charged against the allowance when management believes the uncollectibility of a loan balance is confirmed.





    (Continued)

    F-10

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are individually classified as impaired or loans otherwise classified as substandard or doubtful. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for current factors.

    A loan is impaired when it is probable, based on current information and events, the Company will be unable to collect all contractual principal and interest payments due in accordance with the terms of the loan agreement. Impaired loans are measured on an individual basis for individually significant loans based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate or, as a practical expedient, at the loan's observable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent. The amount of impairment, if any, and any subsequent changes are included in the allowance for loan losses. Large groups of smaller-balance homogenous loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. Accordingly, the Company does not separately identify individual consumer and residential loans for impairment disclosures.

    Servicing Rights : The Company generally retains the right to service mortgage loans sold to others. The cost allocated to the mortgage servicing rights retained has been recognized as a separate asset and is being amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. The carrying value of mortgage loans sold is reduced by the cost allocated to the servicing right.

    Mortgage servicing rights are periodically evaluated for impairment based on the fair value of those rights. Fair values are estimated using discounted cash flows based on current market rates of interest and current expected future prepayment rates. For purposes of measuring impairment; the rights must be stratified by one or more predominant risk characteristics of the underlying loans. The Company stratifies its capitalized mortgage servicing rights based on the type of loan, interest rate, term, and balances of the underlying loans. The amount of impairment recognized is the amount, if any, by which the amortized cost of the rights for each stratum exceed their fair value.

    Servicing fee income is recorded for fees earned for servicing loans. The fees are based on a contractual percentage of the outstanding principal or a fixed amount per loan and are recorded as income when earned. The amortization of mortgage servicing rights is netted against loan servicing fee income.





    (Continued)

    F-11

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Transfers of Financial Assets : Transfers of financial assets are accounted for as sales, when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

    Foreclosed Assets : Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosure are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. Revenue and expenses from operations and changes in the valuation allowance are included in operating expenses. Costs after acquisition are expensed.

    Premises and Equipment : Land is carried at cost. Buildings, leasehold improvements, and furniture and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Buildings are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 10 to 30 years. Furniture and equipment are depreciated using the straight-line method with useful lives ranging from 3 to 5 years. The cost of leasehold improvements is amortized over the shorter of the lease term or useful life using the straight-line method.

    Long-Term Assets : Premises and equipment and other long-term assets are reviewed for impairment when events indicate their carrying amount may not be recoverable from future undiscounted cash flows. If impaired, the assets are recorded at fair value.

    Membership Capital Account at Corporate Credit Union : The Company has a membership capital account at a corporate credit union which is an uninsured deposit that may be redeemed with a three-year notice. The Company provided a notice of withdrawal to the holder of the membership capital account on May 23, 2005 due to the Company's conversion to a federally-chartered thrift as of January 1, 2006.

    National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund Deposit : The deposit in the National Credit Union Share Insurance Fund ("NCUSIF") is in accordance with National Credit Union Administration ("NCUA") regulations, which require the maintenance of a deposit by each federally insured credit union in an amount equal to 1% of its insured deposits. The deposit would be refunded to the Company if its insurance coverage is terminated, if it converts its insurance coverage to another source, or if management of the fund is transferred from the NCUA Board. Upon conversion to a federally chartered thrift, the Company received its NCUSIF deposit in January 2006.





    (Continued)

    F-12

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Members' Equity : As a credit union, the Company was required by regulation to maintain a statutory reserve (regular reserve). This reserve, which represents a regulatory restriction of members' equity, is not available for the payment of interests to members. Effective January 1, 2006, upon completion of the charter conversion, the regular reserve will be transferred to retained earnings.

    Income Taxes : Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company was exempt, by statute, from federal and state taxes on income related to the exempt purpose of the Credit Union. The Company was subject to taxes on certain "unrelated business income"; however, no amounts were due for all periods presented. The subsidiaries are not exempt from income taxes and file federal income tax returns.

    The Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and certain state taxing authorities are currently revisiting what, if any, products and services provided by state chartered credit unions are subject to unrelated business income tax ("UBIT"). There is currently very little guidance in the IRS code on what activities should be subject to UBIT. The IRS has indicated that they are studying the issue and may issue additional guidance. As a result, at this time there is uncertainty regarding whether state chartered credit unions should pay income tax on certain types of net taxable income from activities that may be considered by taxing authorities as unrelated to the purpose for which the Company was granted non-taxable status. The Company has determined certain activities to be unrelated to the exempt purpose of its charter and has filed federal tax returns in the past for those potential taxable activities. The taxing authorities have the ability to assess taxes, penalties, and interest for any years for which no tax return was filed. In the opinion of management, any liability resulting from taxing authorities imposing income taxes on the net taxable income from activities deemed unrelated to the Company's non-taxable status is not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations. As of January 1, 2006, the Company is no longer subject to UBIT due to its charter conversion.

    Effective January 1, 2006, income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due or refundable and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are the expected future tax amounts for the temporary differences between carrying amounts and tax bases of assets and liabilities, computed using enacted tax rates. A valuation allowance, if needed, reduces deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

    Benefit Plans : The 401(k) plan expense is the amount contributed as determined by formula. Deferred compensation plan expense is allocated over years of service.

    Brokerage Fee Income : Acting as an agent, the Company earns brokerage income by buying and selling securities on behalf of its customers through an independent third party and earning fees on the transactions. These fees are recorded on the settlement date, which is not materially different than the trade date.





    (Continued)

    F-13

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Title Fee Income : Acting as an agent, the Company earns title fee income upon the closing of mortgage loans on behalf of its customers through an independent third party and by earning fees on the transactions. These fees are recorded upon closing of the mortgage loan.

    Mortgage Servicing Revenue : The Company performs mortgage servicing operations for other financial institutions. These servicing activities include payment processing and recordkeeping for mortgage loans funded by these other financial institutions. The Company records servicing fee income based upon a stated percentage of the unpaid principal balance outstanding. These fees are recorded as the services are performed.

    Start-Up Costs : Start-up costs are expensed as incurred. During 2005 and 2004, the Company incurred costs associated with its regulatory charter conversion totaling $1,137 and $149. Such costs include printing, postage, and legal fees.

    Advertising Expense : The Company expenses all advertising costs as they are incurred.

    Loan Commitments and Related Financial Instruments : Financial instruments include off-balance sheet credit instruments, such as commitments to make loans and commercial letters of credit, issued to meet customer financing needs. The face amount for these items represents the exposure to loss, before considering customer collateral or ability to repay. Such financial instruments are recorded when they are funded.

    Comprehensive Income : Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. Other comprehensive income includes unrealized gains and losses on securities available for sale which are also recognized as a separate component of equity. For all periods presented, other comprehensive income includes no reclassification adjustments.

    Loss Contingencies : Loss contingencies, including claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business, are recorded as liabilities when the likelihood of loss is probable and an amount or range of loss can be reasonably estimated. Management does not believe that there now are such matters that will have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.





    (Continued)

    F-14

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 1 - SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Continued)

    Fair Value of Financial Instruments : Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed in a separate note. Fair value estimates involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment regarding interest rates, credit risk, prepayments, and other factors, especially in the absence of broad markets for particular items. Changes in assumptions or in market conditions could significantly affect the estimates. The use of different assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

    Operating Segments : While the chief decision makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, the identifiable segments are not material and operations are managed and financial performance is evaluated on a company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one reportable operating segment.

    Restrictions on Cash : Cash on hand or on deposit with the Federal Reserve Bank of $8,931 was required to meet regulatory reserve and clearing requirements at year-end 2005. These balances do not earn interest.

    Reclassifications : Some items in the prior year financial statements were reclassified to conform to the current presentation.

    Effect of Newly Issued But Not Yet Effective Accounting Standards : Statement of Financial Accounting Standard ("FAS") No. 123, Revised, requires companies to record compensation cost for stock options provided to employees in return for employment service. The cost is measured at the fair value of the options when granted, and this cost is expensed over the employment service period, which is normally the vesting period of the options. This will apply to awards granted or modified in fiscal years beginning in 2006. Compensation cost will also be recorded for prior option grants that vest after the date of adoption. The effect on results of operations will depend on the level of future option grants and the calculation of the fair value of the options granted at such future date, as well as the vesting periods provided, and so cannot currently be predicted. Any income tax benefit for the exercise of stock options in excess of income tax expense for financial reporting purposes will be classified as a cash inflow for financing activities and a cash outflow for operating activities in the statement of cash flows. Presently, the Company does not have stock-based compensation programs. However, such programs may be adopted in the future.





    (Continued)

    F-15

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 2 - CONCENTRATION OF FUNDS

    At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company had the following balances on deposits at other financial institutions:

    2005
    2004
    Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas $   8,344 $   6,185
    Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas 72,999 9
    Southwest Corporate Federal Credit Union 11,039 101,145
    Texas Capital Bank 10,885 10,309

    Of these balances, only $100 at each institution is insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") or NCUSIF.

    At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company maintains a compensating balance for official check processing of $1,511 and $1,841. These balances are included in the other assets on the consolidated balance sheets.

    NOTE 3 - SECURITIES

    The amortized cost and fair value of securities available for sale and the related gross unrealized gains and losses recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) at year end were as follows:

    Gross Gross
    Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
    Cost
    Gains
    Losses
    Value
    2005
         U.S. government and
           federal agency

    $   22,605


    $      -


    $   (713

    )

    $   21,892
         Mortgage-backed and
           collateralized mortgage
           obligations


    80,487


    97


    (616


    )


    79,968
             Total debt securities $  103,092
    $    97
    $ (1,329
    ) $ 101,860
    2004
         U.S. government and
           federal agency

    $    25,176

    $      -

    $    (259

    )

    $   24,917
         Mortgage-backed and
           collateralized mortgage
           obligations


    1,304


    1


    -


    1,305
             Total debt securities $    26,480
    $      1
    $    (259
    ) $   26,222




    (Continued)

    F-16

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 3 - SECURITIES (Continued)

    The amortized cost, unrecognized gains and losses, and fair value of securities held to maturity at year end were as follows:

    Gross Gross
    Amortized Unrealized Unrealized Fair
    Cost
    Gains
    Losses
    Value
    2005
         U.S. government and
           federal agency

    $ 18,007

    $     -

    $ (271
    )
    $ 17,736
         Corporate bonds 3,009 1 - 3,010
         Mortgage-backed and
           collateralized mortgage
           obligations


    20,946


    28


    (224


    )


    20,750
              Total $ 41,962
    $   29
    $ (495
    ) $ 41,496
    2004
         U.S. government and
           federal agency

    $ 23,040

    $     -

    $ (323
    )
    $ 22,717
         Corporate bonds 5,094 71 - 5,165
         Mortgage-backed and
           collateralized mortgage
           obligations


    35,295


    29


    (217


    )


    35,107
              Total $ 63,429
    $ 100
    $ (540
    ) $ 62,989

    Mortgage-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations consist of Federal National Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae" or "FNMA"), Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac"), and Government National Mortgage Association ("Ginnie Mae").

    At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no holdings of securities of any one issuer, other than U.S. agency and U. S. government-sponsored entities, in an amount greater than 10% of equity.

    There were no sales of securities for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003.





    (Continued)

    F-17

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 3 - SECURITIES (Continued)

    The fair value of debt securities and amortized cost, if different, at year-end 2005 by contractual maturity were as follows. Securities not due at a single maturity date, primarily mortgage-backed securities, are shown separately.

    Held to Maturity
    Available for Sale
    Amortized Fair Amortized Fair
    Cost
    Value
    Cost
    Value
         Due in one year or less $ 21,016 $ 20,746 $           - $           -
         Due after one through five years - - 22,605 21,892
         Due after five through ten years - - - -
         Due after ten years - - - -
         Mortgage-backed 20,946
    20,750
    80,487
    79,968
         Total $ 41,962
    $ 41,496
    $ 103,092
    $ 101,860

    Securities with unrealized losses at year-end 2005 and 2004, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position, are as follows:

    Less Than 12 Months
    12 Months or More
    Total
    Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized Fair Unrealized
    Description of Securities Value
    Loss
    Value
    Loss
    Value
    Loss
    2005
         U.S. government and federal
           agency

    $   2,438

    $   (39

    )

    $ 37,190

    $   (945

    )

    $   39,628

    $   (984

    )
         Mortgage-backed and
           collateralized mortgage
           obligations


    56,270


    (618


    )


    9,250


    (222


    )


    65,520


    (840


    )
              Total temporarily impaired $ 58,708
    $ (657
    ) $ 46,440
    $ (1,167
    ) $ 105,148
    $ (1,824
    )
    2004
         U.S. government and federal
           agency

    $ 39,780

    $ (426

    )

    $   7,854

    $   (156

    )

    $   47,634

    $   (582

    )
         Mortgage-backed and
           collateralized mortgage
           obligations


    7,596


    (79


    )


    11,379


    (138


    )


    18,975


    (217


    )
              Total temporarily impaired $ 47,376
    $ (505
    ) $ 19,233
    $   (294
    ) $   66,609
    $   (799
    )




    (Continued)

    F-18

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 3 - SECURITIES (Continued)

    The Company evaluates securities for other-than-temporary impairment at least on a quarterly basis and more frequently when economic or market concerns warrant such evaluation. Consideration is given to the length of time and the extent to which the fair value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value. In analyzing an issuer's financial condition, the Company may consider whether the securities are issued by the federal government or its agencies, whether downgrades by bond rating agencies have occurred, and the results of reviews of the issuer's financial condition. The unrealized losses on our securities were caused by interest rate increases. Because the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality and because we have the ability to hold these securities until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, we do not consider these securities to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2005 and 2004.

    Securities totaling approximately $0 and $15,499 have been pledged as collateral to secure the Southwest Corporate Federal Credit Union line of credit as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, obligations of U. S. government agencies and mortgage-backed securities having an estimated carrying value of $52,980 and $59,776 were pledged to secure public deposits and treasury tax and loan deposits.

    NOTE 4 - LOANS

    Loans consist of the following:

    2005
    2004
         Mortgage loans:
              One-to-four family $   271,924 $   221,932
              Commercial 99,334 45,667
              Home equity 85,365
    79,548
    456,623 347,147
     
         Automobile indirect loans 364,046 450,971
         Automobile direct loans 196,254 224,021
         Government-guaranteed student loans 5,751 5,193
         Commercial - non-mortgage 8,813 5,446
         Other consumer loans, unsecured 28,804 34,722
         Other consumer loans, secured 12,512
    16,049
              Total gross loans 1,072,803 1,083,549
         Deferred net loan origination costs 8,061 11,323
         Allowance for loan losses (7,697
    ) (8,424
    )
    $ 1,073,167
    $ 1,086,448




    (Continued)

    F-19

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 4 - LOANS (Continued)

    Activity in the allowance for loan losses was as follows.

    2005
    2004
    2003
         Beginning balance $ 8,424 $ 8,655 $ 8,858
         Provision for loan losses 6,120 6,199 8,046
         Loans charged-off (7,250 ) (6,886 ) (8,481 )
         Recoveries 403
    456
    232
         Ending balance $ 7,697
    $ 8,424
    $ 8,655

    Impaired loans were as follows.

    2005
    2004
         Year-end loans with no allocated allowance
           for loan losses

    $   234

    $   389
         Year-end loans with allocated allowance
           for loan losses

    3,920

    2,896
              Total $ 4,154
    $ 3,285
         Amount of the allowance for loan losses allocated
           to impaired loans at year end

    $    509

    $    568


    2005
    2004
    2003
         Average of individually impaired
           loans during the year

    $ 3,935

    $ 2,446

    $ 1,003
         Interest income recognized during
           impairment

    284

    213

    86
         Cash-basis interest income recognized 280 213 86

    Nonperforming loans were as follows:

    2005
    2004
         Loans past due over 90 days still on accrual $           - $       444
         Nonaccrual loans $    2,592 $    4,437

    Nonperforming loans includes both smaller balance homogeneous loans that are collectively evaluated for impairment and individually classified impaired loans.

    If interest income had been accrued on nonaccrual loans during the periods presented, such income would have approximated $217, $427, and $493 for 2005, 2004, and 2003.





    (Continued)

    F-20

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 5 - LOANS SERVICING

    Mortgage loans serviced for others are not reported as assets. The principal balances of these loans at year end are as follows:

    2005
    2004
         Mortgage loan portfolios serviced for:
              FNMA $ 240,370 $ 259,243
              Other investors 134,842 89,811

    The Company has recorded a mortgage servicing asset related to the loans sold to FNMA. The Company also has a subsidiary, CFS, which provides mortgage servicing operations. The portfolio of loans serviced for other investors represents loans serviced by CFS for third parties. There is no mortgage servicing asset recorded related to those loans as CFS does not own such rights.

    Custodial escrow balances maintained in connection with serviced loans and included in deposits were $1,973 and $1,407 at year end 2005 and 2004.

    Activity for capitalized mortgage servicing rights and the related valuation allowance follows:

    2005
    2004
    2003
         Servicing rights:
              Beginning of year $ 2,254 $ 2,375 $ 1,241
              Additions 281 412 1,555
              Amortized to expense (467 ) (533 ) (421 )
              Provision for loss in fair value -
    -
    -
              End of year $ 2,068
    $ 2,254
    $ 2,375

    At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there was no valuation allowance for capitalized mortgage servicing rights.

    Management periodically evaluates servicing assets for impairment. At December 31, 2005, the fair value of servicing assets was determined using a weighted-average discount rate of 9.6% and an average prepayment speed of 12.8%. At December 31, 2004, the fair value of servicing assets was determined using a weighted-average discount rate of 8.6% and an average prepayment speed of 13.4%. For purposes of measuring impairment, servicing assets are stratified by loan type. An impairment is recognized if the carrying value of servicing assets exceeds the fair value of the stratum. The fair values of servicing assets were approximately $2,939 and $2,581 at December 31, 2005 and 2004, respectively, on serviced loans totaling $240,370 and $259,243 at December 31, 2005 and 2004.





    (Continued)

    F-21

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 5 - LOANS SERVICING (Continued)

    The weighted average amortization period is approximately six years. Estimated amortization expense for each of the next five years:

    2006 $ 346  
    2007 292
    2008 247
    2009 208
    2010 172

    NOTE 6 - ACCRUED INTEREST RECEIVABLE

    Accrued interest consists of the following at year end:

    2005
    2004
         Loans $ 4,297 $ 3,575
         Securities 690 415
         Certificates of deposit with other
           financial institutions
    23
    43
    $ 5,010
    $ 4,033

    NOTE 7 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET

    Year-end premises and equipment, net, were as follows.

    2005
    2004
         Land $ 9,740 $ 9,740
         Buildings 35,129 35,311
         Furniture and equipment 30,916 29,662
         Leasehold improvements 3,184
    3,308
    78,969 78,021
         Less: accumulated depreciation 34,282
    31,199
         Premises and equipment, net $ 44,687
    $ 46,822

    Depreciation expense was $5,043, $4,800, and $4,473 for 2005, 2004, and 2003.





    (Continued)

    F-22

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 7 - PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT, NET (Continued)

    The Company leases 19 branch offices. The operating leases contain renewal options and provisions requiring the Company to pay property taxes and operating expenses over base period amounts. All rental payments are dependent only upon the lapse of time. Minimum rental payments under operating leases with initial or remaining terms of one year or more at December 31, 2005 are as follows:

    2006 $   827    
    2007 792
    2008 672
    2009 535
    2010 460
    Thereafter 847
    Total $ 4,133      

    Rental expense for 2005, 2004, and 2003 for all facilities leased under operating leases totaled approximately $801, $769, and $659.

    At December 31, 2005, the Company has committed to opening an in-store branch location with an expected cost of $270.

    At December 31, 2005, the Company wrote-off the net book value of the Company's signage of $165 due to the name change that occurred on January 1, 2006.

    NOTE 8 - DEPOSITS

    Time deposits in excess of $100 or more were $89,689 and $90,632 at year-end 2005 and 2004. Deposit balances over $100 are not federally insured.

    At December 31, 2005, scheduled maturities of time deposits for the next five years and thereafter were as follows.

    2006 $ 120,384       
    2007 21,391  
    2008 20,756  
    2009 26,792  
    2010 5,981
    $ 195,304       




    (Continued)

    F-23

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 8 - DEPOSITS (Continued)

    At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company's deposits included public funds totaling $51,986 and $55,060.

    Interest expense on deposits for the years ended December 31 is summarized as follows:

    2005
    2004
    2003
         Interest-bearing demand $ 239 $ 219 $ 434
         Savings and money market 14,792 11,396 13,528
         Time 5,931
    4,456
    3,934
    $ 20,962
    $ 16,071
    $ 17,896

    NOTE 9 - BORROWINGS

    At December 31, 2005, advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") of Dallas totaled $47,680 and had fixed interest rates ranging from 2.94% to 7.35% with a weighted average rate of 4.58%. At December 31, 2004, advances from the FHLB of Dallas totaled $57,545 and had fixed interest rates ranging from 2.29% to 7.35% with a weighted average rate of 4.52%.

    Each advance is payable at its maturity date, with a prepayment penalty. The advances were collateralized by $156,273 and $210,939 of first mortgage loans under a blanket lien arrangement at year-end 2005 and 2004. Based on this collateral, the Company is eligible to borrow an additional $180,003 at year-end 2005. In addition, FHLB stock also secures debts to the FHLB. The current agreement provides for a maximum borrowing amount of approximately $227,808.

    The advances mature as follows:

    2006 $ 8,452  
    2007 8,616
    2008 7,893
    2009 7,153
    2010 6,056
    Thereafter 9,510
    $ 47,680   




    (Continued)

    F-24

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 9 - BORROWINGS (Continued)

    The Company utilizes a demand loan agreement with a corporate credit union. The terms of this agreement call for the pledging of all investments safekept with that institution as security for any and all obligations taken by the Company under this agreement. The agreement provides for a credit limit of $7,600, with interest charged at a rate determined by the lender on a periodic basis. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no borrowings under this agreement. The agreement is reviewed for continuation by the lender and the Company annually. As a result of the charter conversion, the line of credit was cancelled in December 2005.

    In addition, the Company may borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank of Dallas. The borrowing limit is $3,542. The Company must secure any borrowings with securities. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, there were no borrowings outstanding. At December 31, 2005, there was $4,558 of securities pledged.

    NOTE 10 - SALE OF MEMBERSHIP INTERESTS

    The Company was a member of the PULSE EFT Association, Inc. ("PULSE"). On January 12, 2005, PULSE completed its merger with a subsidiary of Discover Financial Services, Inc. to become a wholly owned subsidiary of Discover. As a former member of PULSE, the Company was entitled to a distribution of the consideration in the merger. The allocation formula was determined by the Board of Directors of PULSE. The Company was allocated and received $755. Since the Company did not incur any cost for its membership, the entire proceeds of $755 are recorded as income in 2005.

    The Company had a membership interest in a limited liability company that provided commercial real estate management services to credit unions. The Company originally acquired the membership at a cost of $100. The membership interest was recorded on the cost method and was included in other assets on the balance sheets. On December 1, 2005, the Company sold its membership interest in the limited liability company and realized a gain of $100.

    NOTE 11 - LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES

    Some financial instruments, such as loan commitments, credit lines, letters of credit, and overdraft protection, are issued to meet customer financing needs. These are agreements to provide credit or to support the credit of others, as long as conditions established in the contract are met, and usually have expiration dates. Commitments may expire without being used. Off-balance-sheet risk to credit loss exists up to the face amount of these instruments,





    (Continued)

    F-25

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 11 - LOAN COMMITMENTS AND OTHER RELATED ACTIVITIES (Continued)

    although material losses are not anticipated. The same credit policies are used to make such commitments as are used for loans, including obtaining collateral at exercise of the commitment.

    The contractual amount of financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risk was as follows at year end.

    2 0 0 5
    2 0 0 4
    Fixed Variable Fixed Variable
    Rate
    Rate
    Rate
    Rate
         Commitments to make loans
           (including undisbursed
           portions of loans closed)


    $ 12,977


    $          -


    $ 2,278


    $          -
         Unused lines of credit - 69,398 - 63,917

    In addition to the commitments above, the Company has overdraft protection available in the amounts of $29,573 and $29,348 as of December 31, 2005 and 2004. Commitments to make loans are generally made for periods of 60 days or less. At December 31, 2005, the fixed rate loan commitments have interest rates ranging from 3.50% to 16.99% and maturities ranging from 1 year to 20 years. At December 31, 2004, the fixed rate loan commitments had interest rates ranging from 5.25% to 6.25% and maturities within one year. At December 31, 2005 and 2004, the Company also had standby letters of credit for $428 and $50. These commitments are not reflected in the financial statements.

    In May 2005, the Company entered into an agreement with FNMA to deliver $25,000 of residential real estate loans by April 30, 2006. At December 31, 2005, the Company has delivered approximately $13,500 of loans related to this agreement.

    NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

    The Company has a 401(k) plan for the benefit of its employees. Participation is limited to all employees who meet specific length of service and age limitations. The Company provides 3% of eligible salaries for all participants. In addition, the Company matches participant contributions that exceed 3% of eligible salaries up to 7% of eligible salaries. The total 401(k) plan expense for 2005, 2004, and 2003 was $1,312, $1,238, and $1,200.





    (Continued)

    F-26

    NEXT PAGE



    NOTE 12 - EMPLOYEE BENEFITS (Continued)

    The Company has entered into deferred compensation agreements with members of the executive management team. For certain agreements, a portion of the benefits is subject to forfeiture if the employee willfully leaves employment or employment is terminated for cause as defined in the agreement. The estimated liability under the agreements is being accrued on a straight-line basis over the remaining years specified in the agreements. The accrued liability as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 is approximately $793 and $625. The expense for these deferred compensation agreements was $328, $248, and $329 for 2005, 2004, and 2003.

    The Company entered into deferred compensation agreements with members of the executive management team, directors, and employees that provide benefits payable based on specified terms of the agreements. These agreements relate to voluntary deferral of compensation received and does not have an employer contribution. The accrued liability as of December 31, 2005 and 2004 is approximately $707 and $612.

    Included in other assets are variable life insurance policies and variable and fixed annuity contracts totaling $1,907 and $1,652 at December 31, 2005 and 2004. The Company is the owner and beneficiary of these policies. These policies provide for investments in various unit investment trusts administered by Equitable Insurance Company and ING. The life insurance is recorded at its cash surrender value, or the amount that can be realized. Annuity contracts are reported at fair value. All gains and losses on the underlying investments are included in the statements of income.

    Employees are currently eligible to receive, during retirement, specified company-paid medical benefits. Upon retirement, the Company will provide $175 per month toward the eligible participant's group medical coverage. Eligibility is determined by age and length of service. Employees are eligible for this benefit when they reach the age of 55 with 10 years of service. If the employee's age plus their number of years of service equals 75 or more, then he or she will be eligible for the retiree medical benefit. This benefit would be provided only until the participant becomes eligible for Medicare. The Company's benefit expense under this program was $13, $27, and $26 for 2005, 2004, and 2003. The discount rate used to measure the projected benefit obligation was 5.5%, 6.0%, and 6.5% for 2005, 2004, and 2003. The expected rate of increase in future health insurance premiums is 9.5% (decreasing to 7.5% after five years to an ultimate rate of 5.5% after 10 years). Accrued postretirement benefit obligations for the retiree health plan at December 31, 2005 and 2004 were approximately $132 and $119.

    In December 2005, certain directors of the Company accepted the Director's Retirement Plan Agreement. The plan provides a lump-sum distribution shortly after retirement. At December 31, 2005, the accrued liability was $350 and the expense for 2005 was $350. The liability was paid in January 2006 and no further liability will be incurred under the plan.





    (Continued)

    F-27

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 13 - INCOME TAXES

    Prior to January 1, 2006, the Company was a credit union and not subject to income taxes. Therefore, the financial statements through December 31, 2005 do not include income tax expense nor any current or deferred income tax liabilities. The Company's subsidiaries were subject to incomes taxes; however, income tax expense and related tax liabilities were not material for presentation purposes.

    As a credit union, the Company was not subject to federal or state income taxes for 2005, 2004, and 2003. Effective January 1, 2006, the Company became a taxable entity in conjunction with its charter conversion. The Company's pre-tax income will be subject to federal and state income taxes at a combined rate of 37%. Had the Company been subject to federal and state income taxes at the combined rate of 37% for 2005, 2004, and 2003, income tax expense would have been $1,008, $3,336, and $3,679, while net income would have been $1,716, $5,680, and $6,264. As a result of the change in tax status and in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards No. 109, Accounting for Income Taxes , the Company recorded a net deferred tax asset on January 1, 2006 in the amount of $6,679. The recording of this net deferred tax asset was reflected as an income tax benefit in the statement of income.

    At January 1, 2006, deferred tax assets and liabilities were due to the following:

         Deferred tax assets:
              Allowance for loan losses $ 2,846
              Depreciation 3,554
              Deferred compensation arrangements 274
              Self-funded health insurance 314
              Other 456
    7,444
     
         Deferred tax liabilities:
              Mortgage servicing assets (765
    )
                   Net deferred tax asset $ 6,679

    No valuation allowance was provided on deferred tax assets as of January 1, 2006.





    (Continued)

    F-28

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 14 - REGULATORY MATTERS

    The Company, as a credit union, was subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the National Credit Union Administration ("NCUA") and the Texas Credit Union Department ("TCUD"). Failure to meet minimum capital requirements could have initiated certain mandatory - and possibly additional discretionary - actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of the Company's assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under generally accepted accounting principles. The Company's capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.

    Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth in the following table) of net worth (as defined) to total assets (as defined). Further, in performing its calculation of total assets, the Company used the average of the quarter-end balances of the four most recent quarters option, as permitted by regulation. The Company was also required to calculate a Risk-Based Net Worth ("RBNW") requirement, which establishes whether or not the Company was considered "complex" under the regulatory framework. The Company's RBNW requirement was below 6% for December 31, 2005 and 2004. The minimum ratio to be considered "complex" under the regulatory framework is 6%, therefore, the RBNW requirement was not applicable for 2005 and 2004. Management believes, as of December 31, 2005 and 2004, that the Company met all capital adequacy requirements to which it was subject.

    As of December 31, 2005 and 2004, the NCUA and the TCUD categorized the Company as "well capitalized" under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as "well capitalized," the Company must maintain a minimum net worth ratio of 7% of assets.

    Actual and required capital amounts and ratios are presented below at year-end 2005 and 2004.

    Minimum
    Required To Be
    Actual
    Well Capitalized
    Amount
    Ratio
    Amount
    Ratio
    2005
         Net worth to total assets $ 102,413 7.17% $ 99,964 7.00%
     
    2004
         Net worth to total assets $ 99,689 7.12% $ 98,001 7.00%




    (Continued)

    F-29

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 14 - REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

    As of January 1, 2006, the Company converted its charter to a federal charter under the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS") and, as of the same date, obtained deposit insurance from the FDIC. The approval to convert charters required the Company to have beginning paid-in capital funds of not less than $102,160. At December 31, 2005, the Company's paid-in capital funds were $102,413.

    Banks and bank holding companies are subject to regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Capital adequacy guidelines and, additionally for banks, prompt corrective action regulations involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities, and certain off-balance-sheet items calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classifications are also subject to qualitative judgments by regulators. Failure to meet capital requirements can initiate regulatory action.

    Prompt corrective action regulations provide five classifications: well capitalized, adequately capitalized, undercapitalized, significantly undercapitalized, and critically undercapitalized, although these terms are not used to represent overall financial condition. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If undercapitalized, capital distributions are limited, as is asset growth and expansion, and capital restoration plans are required.

    Had the Company been subject to OTS and FDIC capital regulations at December 31, 2005 and 2004, the actual and required capital levels and ratios would have been:

    To Be Well
    Capitalized Under
    For Capital Prompt Corrective
    Actual
    Adequacy Purposes
    Action Provisions
    Amount
    Ratio
    Amount
    Ratio
    Amount
    Ratio
    As of December 31, 2005
         Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 110,110 10.29 % $ 85,572 8.00 % $ 106,965 10.00 %
         Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk weighted
           assets)

    102,413

    9.57

    42,786

    4.00

    64,179

    6.00
         Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total
           assets)

    102,413

    7.15

    57,298

    4.00

    71,623

    5.00
     
    As of December 31, 2004
         Total capital (to risk weighted assets) $ 108,113 9.86 % $ 87,693 8.00 % $ 109,616 10.00 %
         Tier 1 (core) capital (to risk weighted
           assets)

    99,689

    9.09

    43,846

    4.00

    65,769

    6.00
         Tier 1 (core) capital (to adjusted total
           assets)

    99,689

    7.26

    54,926

    4.00

    68,658

    5.00




    (Continued)

    F-30

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 14 - REGULATORY MATTERS (Continued)

    The Qualified Thrift Lender ("QTL") test requires that at least 65% of assets be maintained in housing-related finance and other specified areas. The OTS requires the Company to initially meet the QTL test by December 2008. If this test is not met, limits are placed on growth, branching, new investments, and FHLB advances and dividends or the Company must convert to a commercial bank charter. At December 31, 2005, the Company determined the QTL to be 62%.

    The following is a reconciliation of the Company's equity under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America to regulatory capital (as defined by the OTS and FDIC) as of the dates indicated:

    December 31,
    2005
    2004
         GAAP equity $ 101,181 $ 99,431
         Unrealized loss (gain) on securities
           available for sale
    1,232
    258
             Tier I capital 102,413 99,689
         General allowance for loan losses 7,697
    8,424
             Total capital $ 110,110
    $ 108,113

    NOTE 15 - RELATED-PARTY TRANSACTIONS

    Loans to executive officers, directors, and their affiliates in 2005 were as follows.

         Beginning balance, January 1, 2005 $ 2,264
         New loans 201
         Repayments (441
    )
     
         Ending balance, December 31, 2005 $ 2,024

    Deposits from executive officers, directors, and their affiliates at year-end 2005 and 2004 were $2,425 and $2,254.





    (Continued)

    F-31

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 16 - FAIR VALUES OF FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

    Carrying amount and estimated fair values of financial instruments were as follows at year end:

    2 0 0 5
    2 0 0 4
    Carrying Fair Carrying Fair
    Amount
    Value
    Amount
    Value
    Financial assets
         Cash and cash equivalents $ 125,513 $ 125,513 $ 129,599 $ 129,599
         Certificates of deposit with other
           financial institutions
    11,000 11,000 16,000 16,000
         Securities available for sale 101,860 101,860 26,222 26,222
         Securities held to maturity 41,962 41,496 63,429 62,989
         Loans held for sale 2,306 2,306 3,238 3,238
         Loans, net 1,073,167 1,075,696 1,086,448 1,099,249
         Federal Home Loan Bank stock 3,958 3,958 4,481 4,481
         NCUSIF deposit 10,424 10,424 9,783 9,783
         Membership capital account at
           corporate credit union
    1,000 1,000 1,000 1,000
         Accrued interest receivable 5,010 5,010 4,033 4,033
    Financial liabilities
         Deposits (1,261,614 ) (1,260,477 ) (1,228,999 ) (1,229,024 )
         Federal Home Loan Bank
           advances
    (47,680 ) (45,142) ) (57,545) ) (59,905 )
         Accrued interest payable (105 ) (105 ) (15 ) (15 )

    The methods and assumptions used to estimate fair value are described as follows.

    Carrying amount is the estimated fair value for cash and cash equivalents, certificates of deposit with other financial institutions, NCUSIF deposit, membership capital account at corporate credit union, Federal Home Loan Bank stock, accrued interest receivable and payable, demand and savings deposits, and variable rate loans or deposits that reprice frequently and fully. Security fair values are based on quoted market prices where available. When quoted market prices are not available, estimated fair values are based on quoted market prices of comparable instruments. For fixed rate loans or deposits and for variable rate loans or deposits with infrequent repricing or repricing limits, fair value is based on discounted cash flows using current market rates applied to the estimated life and credit risk. Fair values for impaired loans are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis or underlying collateral values. Fair value of loans held for sale is based on market quotes. Fair value of debt is based on discounting the estimated cash flows using the current rate at which similar borrowings would be made with similar ratings and maturities. The fair value of off-balance-sheet items is based on the current fees or cost that would be charged to enter into or terminate such arrangements and are not considered significant to this presentation.





    (Continued)

    F-32

    NEXT PAGE



    NOTE 17 - QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA (UNAUDITED)

    Interest Net Interest Net
    Income
    Income
    Income
    2005
         First quarter $ 15,364 $ 10,132 $ 1,946
         Second quarter 15,901 10,242 1,702
         Third quarter 16,548 10,573 560
         Fourth quarter 16,608 10,132 (1,484 )*
     
    2004
         First quarter $ 14,705 $ 10,191 $ 2,802
         Second quarter 14,491 10,263 2,184
        Third quarter 15,033 10,508 2,285
        Fourth quarter 15,199 10,181 1,745

    * The fourth quarter of 2005 included a provision for loan losses of $3.2 million. This provision was partially related to increased bankruptcy filings due to the change in bankruptcy laws occurring October 18, 2005. The changes in the law made bankruptcy filings more stringent after October 18, 2005.

    NOTE 18 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT - ADOPTION OF PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
      AND STOCK ISSUANCE

    The Board of Directors of the ViewPoint Bank unanimously adopted a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance ("the Plan of Reorganization"). Pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization, the Bank will (i) convert to a stock savings bank as the successor to the Bank in its current mutual form; (ii) organize a Stock Holding Company as a federally chartered corporation, which will own 100% of the common stock of the Stock Bank; and (iii) organize a Mutual Holding Company as a federally chartered mutual holding company, which will own at least 51% of the common stock of the Stock Holding Company so long as the Mutual Holding Company remains in existence. The Stock Bank will succeed to the business and operations of the Bank in its mutual form and the Stock Holding Company will sell a minority interest in its common stock in a public stock offering. The common stock will be offered on a priority basis to eligible depositors, qualified tax-exempt employee plans, other depositors and other voting members of the Bank, with any remaining shares offered to the public in a community offering or a syndicated community offering or a combination thereof. Upon completion of the stock offering, the Mutual Holding Company will continue to own at least a majority of the common stock.





    (Continued)

    F-33

    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK AND SUBSIDIARIES
    NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
    December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003
    (Dollar amounts in thousands)


    NOTE 18 - SUBSEQUENT EVENT - ADOPTION OF PLAN OF REORGANIZATION
      AND STOCK ISSUANCE
    (Continued)

    The Plan of Reorganization must be approved by the OTS and by the Bank's members.

    Following the completion of the reorganization, all members who had membership or liquidation rights with respect to the Bank as of the effective date of the reorganization will continue to have such rights solely with respect to the Mutual Holding Company so long as they continue to hold deposit accounts and/or loans with the Bank. In addition, all persons who become depositors of the Bank subsequent to the reorganization will have such membership and liquidation rights with respect to the Mutual Holding Company.

    The Stock Holding Company plans to offer to the public shares of common stock representing a minority ownership of the estimated pro forma market value of the Stock Bank as determined by an independent appraisal. The Mutual Holding Company will maintain the majority ownership of the Stock Holding Company. The Stock Holding Company will own 100% of the Bank. The Bank may not pay dividends to the Stock Holding Company if the dividends would cause the Bank to fall below the "well capitalized" capital threshold. In connection with the Plan of Reorganization, the Bank will apply to the OTS to have the Stock Holding Company retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the stock offering.

    Reorganization costs have been deferred and will be deducted from the proceeds of the shares sold in the reorganization. If the conversion is not completed, all costs will be charged to expense. At December 31, 2005, approximately $63 of reorganization costs had been incurred and deferred. No reorganization costs had been incurred as of December 31, 2004.





    F-34

    NEXT PAGE




    You should rely only on the information contained in this document or that to which we have referred you. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with information that is different. This document does not constitute an offer to sell, or the solicitation of an offer to buy, any of the securities offered hereby to any person in any jurisdiction in which such offer or solicitation would be unlawful. The affairs of ViewPoint Bank or ViewPoint Financial Group may change after the date of this prospectus. Delivery of this document and the sales of shares made hereunder does not mean otherwise.




    (Proposed Holding Company for ViewPoint Bank)



    9,573,750 SHARES OF COMMON STOCK
    (Subject to increase, to up to 11,009,813 shares)


    _____________

    PROSPECTUS
    _____________




    __________________________________

    K EEFE, B RUYETTE & W OODS
    __________________________________


    ____________ __, 2006











    Dealer Prospectus Delivery Obligation

    Until ________ __, 2006 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in the registered securities, whether or not participating in this distribution, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the obligation of dealers to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.


    PART II

    INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

    Item 13. Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

                  Set forth below is an estimate of the amount of fees and expenses (other than underwriting discounts and commissions) to be incurred in connection with the issuance of the shares.

    Counsel fees and expenses $425,000
    Accounting fees and expenses 250,000
    Appraisal preparation fees and expenses 78,500
    Business plan preparation fees and expenses 35,000
    Underwriting fees (1) (including financial advisory fee and expenses) 859,000
    Underwriter's counsel fees and expenses 45,000
    Printing, postage and mailing 740,000
    Registration and Filing Fees 19,400
    NASDAQ Listing Fee 100,000
    Stock transfer agent and certificates 50,000
    Other expenses (1) 7,100
         TOTAL $2,609,000

    __________________
    (1) Based on maximum of Estimated Valuation Range.

    Item 14. Indemnification of Directors and Officers

                 Section 545.121 of the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) regulations provides indemnification for directors and officers of ViewPoint Bank. Although there are no indemnification provisions in the charter and bylaws of the Registrant, all the directors and officers of the Registrant hold the same position with ViewPoint Bank and have indemnification under OTS Regulations as described below.

                 Generally, federal regulations define areas for indemnity coverage for federal savings associations as follows:

    (a) Any person against whom any action is brought or threatened because that person is or was a director or officer of the savings bank shall be indemnified by the savings bank for:
     
    (i) Any amount for which that person becomes liable under a judgment in such action; and

    (ii) Reasonable costs and expenses, including reasonable attorneys' fees, actually paid or incurred by that person in defending or settling such action, or in enforcing his or her rights under this section if he or she attains a favorable judgment in such enforcement action.

    II-1

    NEXT PAGE



    (b) Indemnification shall be made to such person under paragraph (b) of this Section only if:

    (i) Final judgment on the merits is in his or her favor; or

    (ii) In case of:

    a. Settlement,
    b. Final judgment against him or her, or
    c. Final judgment in his or her favor, other than on the merits, if a majority of the disinterested directors of the savings bank determine that he or she was acting in good faith within the scope of his or her employment or authority as he or she could reasonably have perceived it under the circumstances and for a purpose he or she could reasonably have believed under the circumstances was in the best interest of the savings bank or its members. However, no indemnification shall be made unless the savings bank gives the Office at least 60 days notice of its intention to make such indemnification. Such notice shall state the facts on which the action arose, the terms of any settlement, and any disposition of the action by a court. Such notice, a copy thereof, and a certified copy of the resolution containing the required determination by the board of directors shall be sent to the Regional Director, who shall promptly acknowledge receipt thereof. The notice period shall run from the date of such receipt. No such indemnification shall be made if the OTS advises the savings bank in writing, within such notice period, of its objection thereto.
    (c) As used in this paragraph:

    (i) "Action" means any judicial or administrative proceeding, or threatened proceeding, whether civil, criminal, or otherwise, including any appeal or other proceeding for review;

    (ii) "Court" includes, without limitation, any court to which or in which any appeal or any proceeding for review is brought;

    (iii) "Final Judgment" means a judgment, decree, or order which is not appealable or as to which the period for appeal has expired with no appeal taken;

    (iv) "Settlement" includes the entry of a judgment by consent or confession or a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere .

    II-2

    NEXT PAGE



    Item 15. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

                  The Registrant is newly incorporated, solely for the purpose of acting as the holding company of ViewPoint Bank, pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization and Stock issuance (filed as Exhibit 2 herein), and no sales of its securities have occurred to date.

    Item 16. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

                 See the Exhibit Index filed as part of this Registration Statement.

    Item 17. Undertakings

       (a)          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes:

    (1) To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this Registration Statement to:

    (i) Include any Prospectus required by Section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

    (ii) Reflect in the Prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the Registration Statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the Registration Statement; and

    (iii) Include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the Registration Statement or any material change to such information in the Registration Statement.

    (2) That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new Registration Statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

    (3) To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

    II-3

    NEXT PAGE



       (b)          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and it will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

    II-4

    NEXT PAGE



    SIGNATURES

                 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Plano, State of Texas, on April 18, 2006.

    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP

    By: /s/ Garold R. Base
    Garold R. Base, President and Chief Executive Officer
    ( Duly Authorized Representative )

                 KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS , that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Garold R. Base his true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of substitution and re-substitution, for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this Registration Statement, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and all other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all said attorney-in-fact and agent or his substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

                 Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed below by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

    /s/ Garold R. Base
    Garold R. Base, President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
    (Duly authorized representative and Principal Executive Officer)

    Date: April 18, 2006
    /s/ James B. McCarley
    James B. McCarley, Chairman of the Board and Director

    Date: April 18, 2006
    /s/ Gary D. Basham
    Gary D. Basham, Vice Chairman of the Board and Director

    Date: April 18, 2006
    /s/ Jack D. Ersman
    Jack D. Ersman, Director

    Date: April 18, 2006
    /s/ Karen H. O'Shea
    Karen H. O'Shea, Director

    Date: April 18, 2006
    /s/ V. Keith Sockwell
    V. Keith Sockwell, Director

    Date: April 18, 2006
    /s/ Rosario G. Vela
    Rosario G. Vela, Director

    Date: April 18, 2006
    /s/ Kenneth R. Yarbrough
    Kenneth R. Yarbrough, Director

    Date: April 18, 2006
    /s/ Pathie E. McKee
    Pathie E. McKee, Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer
       and Treasurer
        (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

    Date: April 18, 2006

    NEXT PAGE



    EXHIBIT INDEX

    Exhibits :
    1.1 Engagement Letter with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
    1.2 Form of Agency Agreement with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
    2.0 Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance
    3.1 Charter for ViewPoint Financial Group
    3.2 Bylaws of ViewPoint Financial Group
    4.0 Form of Stock Certificate of ViewPoint Financial Group
    5.0 Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff L.L.P. re: Legality
    8.1 Opinion of Silver, Freedman & Taff L.L.P. re: Federal Tax Matters
    8.2 Opinion of Crowe, Chizek and Company re: State Tax Matters
    8.3 Letter of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. re: Subscription Rights
    10.1 Form of Severance Agreement
    10.2 Employment Agreement between ViewPoint Bank and Garold R. Base
    10.3 Employment Agreement between ViewPoint Financial Group and Garold R. Base
    10.4 Letter Agreement regarding Appraisal Services
    10.5 Letter Agreement regarding Business Plan
    10.6 Summary of Director Board Fee Arrangements
    10.7 ViewPoint Bank Deferred Compensation Plan
    10.8 Amended and Restated ViewPoint Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan
    21.0 Subsidiaries of the Registrant
    23.1 Consent of Silver, Freedman & Taff L.L.P. re: Legality (included in Exhibit 5.0)
    23.2 Consent of Crowe, Chizek and Company
    23.3 Consent of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.
    24.0 Power of Attorney, included in signature pages
    99.1 Appraisal Report of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. (waiver requested)
    99.2 Subscription Order Form and Instructions
    99.3 Additional Solicitation Material

    _____________________________

    EXHIBIT 1.1

    K EEFE, B RUYETTE & W OODS


    October 27, 2005

    Mr. Mark E. Hord
    Executive Vice President/General Counsel
    Community Credit Union
    1309 W.15th Street
    Suite 400
    Plano, TX 75075

    Dear Mr. Hord:

    This proposal is in connection with Community Credit Union (the "Client" or "Bank") intention to issue public shares from its mutual holding company structure (the "Offering"). It is contemplated that the Client will offer and sell common shares from its mid-tier holding company ("Company") first to eligible persons (pursuant to your Plan of Stock Issuance) in a Subscription and Community Offering, Keefe, Bruyette and Woods, Inc. ("KBW") will act as the Bank's and the Company's financial advisor and marketing agent in connection with the Offering and stock issuance. This letter sets forth selected terms and conditions of our engagement.

    1.              Advisory/Offering Services. As the Bank's and Company's financial advisor and marketing agent, KBW will provide the Bank and the Company with a comprehensive program of services designed to promote an orderly, efficient, cost-effective and long-term stock distribution. KBW will provide financial and logistical advice to the Bank and the Company concerning the Offering and related issues. KBW will assist in providing Offering enhancement services intended to maximize stock sales in the Subscription Offering and to residents of the Bank's market area, if necessary, in the Community Offering.

    KBW shall provide financial advisory services to the Bank which are typical in connection with an equity offering and include, but are not limited to, overall financial analysis of the Client with a focus on identifying factors which impact the valuation of the common stock and provide the appropriate recommendations for the betterment of the equity valuation.

    Additionally, post Offering financial advisory services will include advice on shareholder relations, after-market trading, dividend policy (for both regular and special dividends), stock repurchase strategy and communication with market makers. Prior to the closing of the Offering, KBW shall furnish to client a Post-Offering reference manual, which will include specifics relative to these items. (The nature of the services to be provided by KBW as the Bank's and the Company's financial advisor and marketing agent is further described in Exhibit A attached hereto.)



                Keefe, Bruyette & Woods * 211 Bradenton Ave. * Dublin, 0H 43017
                614.766.8400 * Fax 614.766.8406


    Next Page



    Mr. Mark E. Hord
    October 27, 2005
    Page 2 of 5


    2.              Preparation of Offering Documents . The Bank, the Company and their counsel will draft the Registration Statement, Application for Offering, Prospectus and other documents to be used in connection with the Offering and minority stock issuance. KBW will attend meetings to review these documents and advise you on their form and content. KBW and its counsel will draft appropriate agency agreement and related documents as well as marketing materials other than the Prospectus.

    3.              Due Diligence Review . Prior to filing the Registration Statement, Application for Offering or any offering or other documents naming KBW as the Bank's and the Company's financial advisor and marketing agent, KBW and their representatives will undertake substantial investigations to learn about the Bank's business and operations ("due diligence review") in order to confirm information provided to us and to evaluate information to be contained in the Bank's and/or the Company's offering documents. The Bank agrees that it will make available to KBW all relevant information, whether or not publicly available, which KBW reasonably requests, and will permit KBW to discuss with management the operations and prospects of the Bank. KBW will treat all material non-public information as confidential. The Bank acknowledges that KBW will rely upon the accuracy and completeness of all information received from the Bank, its officers, directors, employees, agents and representatives, accountants and counsel including this letter to serve as the Bank's and the Company's financial advisor and marketing agent.

    4.              Regulatory Filings . The Bank and/or the Company will cause appropriate Offering and offering documents to be filed with all regulatory agencies including, the Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC"), the National Association of Securities Dealers ("NASD"), the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"), and such state securities commissioners as may be determined by the Bank.

    5.              Agency Agreement . The specific terms of KBW's services, including stock offering enhancement and syndicated offering services contemplated in this letter shall be set forth in a mutually agreed upon Agency Agreement between KBW and the Bank and the Company to be executed prior to commencement of the offering, and dated the date that the Company's Prospectus is declared effective and/or authorized to be disseminated by the appropriate regulatory agencies, the SEC, the NASD, the OTS and such state securities commissioners and other regulatory agencies as required by applicable law.

    6.              Representations, Warranties and Covenants . The Agency Agreement will provide for to be agreed upon representations, warranties and covenants by the Bank and KBW, and for the Company to indemnify KBW and their controlling persons (and, if applicable, the members of the selling group and their controlling persons), and for KBW to indemnify the Bank and the Company against certain liabilities, including, without limitation, liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933.



    Next Page



    Mr. Mark E. Hord
    October 27, 2005
    Page 3 of 5


    7.              Fees . For the services hereunder, the Bank and/or Company shall pay the following fees to KBW at closing unless stated otherwise:

                (a) Management Fee . A Management Fee of $50,040 payable in four consecutive monthly installments of $12,250 commencing with the adoption of the Plan of Stock Issuance. Such fees shall be deemed to have been earned when due. Should the Offering be terminated for any reason not attributable to the action or inaction of KBW, KBW shall have earned and be entitled to be paid fees accruing through the stage at which point the termination occurred.

                (b) Success Fee : A Success Fee of 1.40% shall be charged based on the aggregate Purchase Price of Common Stock sold in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering excluding shares purchased by the Bank's officers, directors, or employees (or members of their immediate family) plus any ESOP, charitable foundation, tax-qualified or stock based compensation plans (except IRA's) or similar plan created by the Bank for some or all of its directors or employees. The Management Fee described in 7(a) will be applied against the Success Fee.

                (c) Broker-Dealer Pass-Through . If any shares of the Company's stock remain available after the subscription offering, at the request of the Bank, KBW will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers to assist in the sale of such common stock on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the selected dealers agreement. KBW will endeavor to distribute the common stock among dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Bank and the Plan of Stock Issuance. KBW will be paid a fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the shares of common stock sold by them. From this fee, KBW will pass on to selected broker-dealers, who assist in the syndicated Community Offering, an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases affected with the assistance of a broker/dealer other than KBW shall be transmitted by KBW to such broker/dealer. The decision to utilize selected broker-dealers will be made by the Bank upon consultation with KBW. In the event, with respect to any stock purchases, fees are paid pursuant to this subparagraph 7(c}, such fees shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, payment pursuant to subparagraph 7(b).

    8.              Additional Services . KBW further agrees to provide financial advisory assistance to the Company and the Bank for a period of five years following completion of the Offering, without the payment by the Company and the Bank of any fees in addition to those set forth in Section 7 hereof, that will include:



    Next Page



    Mr. Mark E. Hord
    October 27, 2005
    Page 4 of 5


                *             General advice on mergers and acquisitions
                *             Formation of a dividend policy
                *             Formation of a share repurchase program
                *             Assistance with shareholder reporting and relations matters
                *             Periodic review / modeling with management and the board relative to strategicplanning
                *             Participation at planning retreats to provide a market overview and update and to discuss various shareholder enhancements
                *             Advice on additional capital raising alternatives

    Nothing in this Agreement shall require the Company and the Bank to obtain such services from KBW.

    9.              Expenses . The Bank will bear those expenses of the proposed offering customarily borne by issuers, including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, "Blue Sky," and NASD filing and registration fees; the fees of the Bank's accountants, attorneys, appraiser, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing and syndicate expenses associated with the Offering; the fees set forth in Section 7; and fees for "Blue Sky" legal work. If KBW incurs expenses on behalf of Client, Client will reimburse KBW for such expenses.

    KBW shall be reimbursed for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including costs of travel, meals and lodging, photocopying, telephone, facsimile and couriers, provided such expenses do not exceed $50,000 without prior approval of the Bank. The selection of KBW's counsel will be done by KBW, with the approval of the Bank. The Bank will reimburse KBW for the fees and expenses of its counsel which will not exceed $45,000.

    10.              Conditions . KBW's willingness and obligation to proceed hereunder shall be subject to, among other things, satisfaction of the following conditions in KBW's opinion, which opinion shall have been formed in good faith by KBW after reasonable determination and consideration of all relevant factors: (a) full and satisfactory disclosure of all relevant material, financial and other information in the disclosure documents and a determination by KBW, in its sole discretion, that the sale of stock on the terms proposed is reasonable given such disclosures; (b) no material adverse change in the condition or operations of the Bank subsequent to the execution of the agreement; and (c) no adverse market conditions at the time of offering which in KBW's opinion make the sale of the shares by the Company inadvisable.

    11.              Benefit . This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and to the parties indemnified pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Agency Agreement and their successors, and the obligations and liabilities assumed hereunder by the parties hereto shall be binding upon their respective successors provided, however, that this Agreement shall not be assignable by KBW.




    Next Page



    Mr. Mark E. Hord
    October 27, 2005
    Page 5 of 5


    12.              Definitive Agreement . This letter reflects KBW's present intention of proceeding to work with the Bank on its proposed Offering and minority stock issuance. It does not create a binding obligation on the part of the Bank, the Company or KBW except as to the agreement to maintain the confidentiality of non-public information set forth in Section 3, the payment of certain fees as set forth in Section 7(a) and the assumption of expenses as set forth in Section 9, all of which shall constitute the binding obligations of the parties hereto and which shall survive the termination of this Agreement or the completion of the services furnished hereunder and shall remain operative and in full force and effect. You further acknowledge that any report or analysis rendered by KBW pursuant to this engagement is rendered for use solely by the management of the Bank and its agents in connection with the Offering. Accordingly, you agree that you will not provide any such information to any other person without our prior written consent.

    KBW acknowledges that in offering the Company's stock no person will be authorized to give any information or to make any representation not contained in the offering prospectus and related offering materials filed as part of a registration statement to be declared effective in connection with the offering. Accordingly, KRW agrees that in connection with the offering it will not give any unauthorized information or make any unauthorized representation. We will be pleased to elaborate on any of the matters discussed in this letter at your convenience.

    If the foregoing correctly sets forth our mutual understanding, please so indicate by signing and returning the original copy of this letter to the undersigned.
    Sincerely,

    KEEFE, BRUYETTE & WOODS, INC.
     
     
    By: /s/ Harold T. Hanley III
    Harold T. Hanley III
    Managing Director

     
     
    Community Credit Union
     
     
    By: Mark E. Hord
    Mark E. Hord
    Executive Vice President/General Counsel
    Date:    November 9, 2005




    Next Page



    EXHIBIT A


    OFFERING SERVICES PROPOSAL
    TO COMMUNITY CREDIT UNION


    KBW provides thrift institutions converting from the mutual to stock form of ownership with a comprehensive program of stock issuance services designed to promote an orderly, efficient, cost-effective and long-term stock distribution. The following list is representative of the stock issuance services, if appropriate, we propose to perform on behalf of the Bank.

    General Services

    Assist management and legal counsel with the design of the transaction structure.

    Analyze and make recommendations on bids from printing, transfer agent, and appraisal firms.

    Assist officers and directors in obtaining bank loans to purchase stock, if requested. Assist in drafting and distribution of press releases as required or appropriate.

    Stock Offering Enhancement Services

    Establish and manage Stock Information Center at the Bank. Stock Information Center personnel will track prospective investors; record stock orders; mail order confirmations; provide the Bank's senior management with daily reports; answer customer inquiries; and handle special situations as they arise.

    Assign KBW's personnel to be at the Bank through completion of the Subscription and Community Offerings to manage the Stock Information Center, meet with prospective shareholders at individual and community information meetings (if applicable), solicit local investor interest through a tole-marketing campaign, answer inquiries, and otherwise assist in the sale of stock in the Subscription and Community Offerings. This effort will be lead by a Principal of KBW.

    Create target investor list based upon review of the Bank's depositor base.

    Provide intensive financial and marketing input for drafting of the prospectus.


    Next Page




    Stock Offering Enhancement Services- Continued

    Prepare other marketing materials, including prospecting letters and brochures, and media advertisements.

    Arrange logistics of community information meeting(s) as required.

    Prepare audio-visual presentation by senior management for community information meeting(s).

    Prepare management for question-and-answer period at community information meeting(s).

    Attend and address community information meeting(s) and be available to answer questions.

    Broker-Assisted Sales Services .

    Arrange for broker information meeting(s) as required.

    Prepare audio-visual presentation for broker information meeting(s).

    Prepare script for presentation by senior management at broker information meeting(s).

    Prepare management for question-and-answer period at broker information meeting(s).

    Attend and address broker information meeting(s) and be available to answer questions.

    Produce confidential broker memorandum to assist participating brokers in selling the Bank's common stock.


    End.

    Exhibit 1.2

    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP
    (a federal stock corporation)
    _____ Shares
    (subject to increase to ______ shares)

    COMMON SHARES ($0.01 Par Value)

    Subscription Price $10.00 Per Share

    AGENCY AGREEMENT

                                 , 2006

    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.
    211 Bradenton Drive
    Dublin, Ohio 43017-5034

    Ladies and Gentlemen:

                 ViewPoint MHC, a federal mutual holding company (the "MHC"), ViewPoint Financial Group, a federal corporation (the "Company"), and ViewPoint Bank, a federally chartered savings bank located in Plano, Texas (the "Bank") (references to the "Bank" include the Bank in the mutual or stock form, as indicated by the context), with its deposit accounts insured by the Savings Association Insurance Fund ("SAIF") administered by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), hereby confirm their agreement with Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc. (the "Agent") as follows:

                 SECTION 1. THE OFFERING. The Company, in accordance with its Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance adopted by its Board of Directors (the "Plan"), will offer and sell up to ______ shares (subject to increase to _______ shares) (the "Shares") of its common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the "Common Shares"), in a subscription offering (the "Subscription Offering") to (1) depositors of the Bank with Qualifying Deposits (as defined in the Plan) as of December 31, 2004 ("Eligible Account Holders"), (2) the tax-qualified employee plans of the Bank and (3) depositors of the Bank with Qualifying Deposits as of March 31, 2006 ("Supplemental Eligible Account Holders"). Subject to the prior subscription rights of the above-listed parties, the Company may offer for sale in a direct community offering (the "Community Offering" and when referred to together with or subsequent to the Subscription Offering, the "Subscription and Community Offering") conducted concurrently with the Subscription Offering, the Shares not subscribed for or ordered in the Subscription Offering to members of the general public to whom a copy of the Prospectus (as hereinafter defined) is delivered with a preference given first to people who are residents of Collin, Dallas, Denton, Grayson, Rockwall and Tarrant counties, Texas. It is anticipated that Shares not subscribed for in the Subscription and Community Offering may be offered to certain members of the general public on a best efforts basis through a selected dealers agreement (the "Public Offering") (the Subscription Offering, Community Offering and Public Offering are collectively referred to as the "Offering"). It is acknowledged that the purchase of Shares in the Offering is subject to the maximum and minimum purchase limitations as described in the Plan and that the Company and the Bank may reject, in whole or in part, any orders received in the Community Offering or Public Offering. The Common Shares offered for sale in the Offering will represent a minority ownership interest of 45% of the Company's total outstanding shares of Common Shares. The Company will issue the Shares at a purchase price of $10.00 per share (the "Purchase Price").



    Next Page

                 The Company has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on Form S-1 (File No. 333-_________) (the "Registration Statement") containing a prospectus relating to the Offering for the registration of the Shares under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the "1933 Act"), and has filed such amendments thereof and such amended prospectuses as may have been required to the date hereof. The term "Registration Statement" shall include any documents incorporated by reference therein and all financial schedules and exhibits thereto, as amended, including post-effective amendments. The prospectus, as amended, on file with the Commission at the time the Registration Statement initially became effective is hereinafter called the "Prospectus," except that if any Prospectus is filed by the Company pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) of the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act (the "1933 Act Regulations") differing from the prospectus on file at the time the Registration Statement initially becomes effective, the term "Prospectus" shall refer to the prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) or (c) of the 1933 Act Regulations from and after the time said prospectus is filed with the Commission.

                 The Plan provides for the reorganization of the Bank into a two-tier mutual holding company structure, the issuance of all of the Bank's outstanding common stock to the Company, and the issuance of a majority of the outstanding common stock of the Company to the MHC (the "Reorganization"). Upon completion of the Reorganization, the Bank will be a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company and the Company will be a majority owned subsidiary of the MHC. The Reorganization will be accomplished pursuant to federal law and the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "OTS"). In accordance with Title 12, Part 575 of the Code of Federal Regulations (the "MHC Regulations"), the Bank has filed with the OTS a Form MHC-2 Application for Approval of a Minority Stock Issuance by a Subsidiary of a Mutual Holding Company (the "MHC Application"), including the Prospectus and the Valuation Appraisal Report prepared by Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. (the "Appraisal") and has filed such amendments thereto as may have been required by the OTS. The MHC Application has been approved by the OTS and the related Prospectus has been authorized for use by the OTS.

                 SECTION 2. RETENTION OF AGENT; COMPENSATION; SALE AND DELIVERY OF THE SHARES. Subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Company and the Bank hereby appoint the Agent as their exclusive financial advisor and marketing agent (i) to utilize its best efforts to solicit subscriptions for the Shares and to advise and assist the Company and the Bank with respect to the Company's sale of the Shares in the Offering and (ii) to participate in the Offering in the areas of market making, research coverage and in syndicate formation (if necessary).

                 On the basis of the representations, warranties, and agreements herein contained, but subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Agent accepts such appointment and agrees to consult with and advise the Company and the Bank as to the matters set forth in the letter agreement, dated October 27, 2005, between the Bank and the Agent (a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A). It is acknowledged by the Company and the Bank that the Agent shall not be required to purchase any Shares or be obligated to take any action which is inconsistent with all applicable laws, regulations, decisions or orders.



    2
    Next Page

                 The obligations of the Agent pursuant to this Agreement (other than those set forth in Section 2(a) and (c) hereof) shall terminate upon the completion or termination or abandonment of the Plan by the Company or upon termination of the Offering, but in no event later than 45 days after the completion of the Subscription Offering (the "End Date"). All fees or expenses due to the Agent but unpaid will be payable to the Agent in next day funds at the earlier of the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) or the End Date. In the event the Offering is extended beyond the End Date, the Company, the Bank and the Agent may agree to renew this Agreement under mutually acceptable terms.

                 In the event that the Offering is not consummated for any reason, including but not limited to the inability of the Company to sell a minimum of ______ Shares within the period herein provided, this Agreement shall terminate and the Company shall refund to any persons who have subscribed for any of the Shares the full amount which it may have received from them plus accrued interest, as set forth in the Prospectus; and none of the parties to this Agreement shall have any obligation to the other parties hereunder, except as set forth in this Section 2 and in Sections 7, 9 and 10 hereof. In the event the Offering is terminated for any reason not attributable to a breach of a warranty, representation or covenant of the Agent contained herein, the Agent shall be paid the fees and expenses due to the date of such termination pursuant to subparagraphs (a) and (d) below.

                 If all conditions precedent to the consummation of the Offering, including, without limitation, the sale of all Shares required by the Plan to be sold, are satisfied, the Company agrees to issue, or have issued, the Shares sold in the Offering and to release for delivery certificates for such Shares on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) against payment to the Company by any means authorized by the Plan; provided, however, that no funds shall be released to the Company until the conditions specified in Section 8 hereof shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent and its counsel. The release of Shares against payment therefor shall be made on a date and at a place acceptable to the Company, the Bank and the Agent. Certificates for shares shall be delivered directly to the purchasers in accordance with their directions. The date upon which the Company shall release or deliver the Shares sold in the Offering, in accordance with the terms herein, is called the "Closing Date."

                 The Agent shall receive the following compensation for its services hereunder:

                 (a)             A management fee of $50,000 payable in four consecutive monthly installments of $12,250 commencing with the adoption of the Plan. This fee shall be due as it is earned and shall be non-refundable.

                 (b)             A success fee upon completion of the Offering of 1.00% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the Shares sold in the Subscription Offering and Community Offering, excluding shares purchased by the Bank's officers, directors, or employees (or members of their immediate family) plus any employee stock ownership plan ("ESOP"), tax-qualified or stock based compensation plans (except IRAs) or similar plan created by the Bank for some or all of its directors or employees. The management fee described in subparagraph 2(a) will be applied against this success fee.



    3
    Next Page

                 (c)             If any of the Shares remain available after the Subscription Offering, at the request of the Bank, the Agent will seek to form a syndicate of registered broker-dealers ("Selected Dealers") to assist in the sale of such Shares on a best efforts basis, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the selected dealers agreement. The Agent will endeavor to distribute the Shares among the Selected Dealers in a fashion which best meets the distribution objectives of the Bank and the Plan. The Agent will be paid a fee not to exceed 5.5% of the aggregate Purchase Price of the Shares sold by the Selected Dealers. The Agent will pass onto the Selected Dealers who assist in the Public Offering an amount competitive with gross underwriting discounts charged at such time for comparable amounts of stock sold at a comparable price per share in a similar market environment. Fees with respect to purchases effected with the assistance of Selected Dealers other than the Agent shall be transmitted by the Agent to such Selected Dealers. The decision to utilize Selected Dealers will be made by the Bank upon consultation with the Agent. In the event any fees are paid pursuant to this subparagraph 2(c), such fees shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any fees for the sale of Shares payable pursuant to subparagraph 2(b).

                 (d)             The Bank and Company shall reimburse the Agent for reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including costs of travel, meals and lodging, photocopying, telephone, facsimile and couriers, provided such expenses do not exceed $50,000 without prior approval of the Bank. The Bank and Company shall reimburse the Agent for the fees of its counsel (which do not include legal fees to complete the qualification of the Common Shares under the various state securities "Blue Sky" laws) up to $45,000. The Bank will bear the expenses of the Offering customarily borne by issuers including, without limitation, regulatory filing fees, SEC, "Blue Sky," and National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") filing and registration fees; the fees of the Bank's accountants, attorneys, appraiser, transfer agent and registrar, printing, mailing and marketing expenses associated with the reorganization; and the fees set forth under this Section 2. The Company or the Bank will reimburse the Agent for any such expenses incurred by the Agent on their behalf.

                 Full payment of Agent's actual and accountable expenses, advisory fees and compensation shall be made in next day funds on the earlier of the Closing Date or a determination by the Bank to terminate or abandon the Plan.

                 SECTION 3.             SALE AND DELIVERY OF SHARES. If all conditions precedent to the consummation of the Offering, including, without limitation, the sale of all Shares required by the Plan to be sold, are satisfied, the Company agrees to issue, or have issued, the Shares sold in the Offering and to release for delivery certificates for such Shares on the Closing Date (as hereinafter defined) against payment to the Company by any means authorized by the Plan; provided, however, that no funds shall be released to the Company until the conditions specified in Section 8 hereof shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent and its counsel. The release of Shares against payment therefor shall be made on a date and at a place acceptable to the MHC, the Company and the Bank and the Agent. Certificates for Shares shall be delivered directly to the purchasers thereof in accordance with their directions. The date upon which the Company shall release or deliver the Shares sold in the Offering, in accordance with the terms herein, is called the "Closing Date."



    4
    Next Page

                 SECTION 4. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE MHC, THE COMPANY AND THE BANK. The MHC, the Company and the Bank jointly and severally represent and warrant to and agree with the Agent as follows:

                 (a)             The Registration Statement which was prepared by the Company and the Bank and filed with the Commission has been declared effective by the Commission; the Company has complied to the Commission's satisfaction with all requests of the Commission for additional or supplemental information; and no stop order has been issued with respect thereto and no proceedings therefor have been initiated or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank and the MHC, threatened by the Commission. At the time the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus contained therein (including any amendment or supplement), became effective and at the closing time and at any Applicable Time (as such term is defined in Section 4(c) hereof), the Registration Statement complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and the Registration Statement, including the Prospectus contained therein (including any amendment or supplement thereto), and any information regarding the Company or the Bank contained in Sales Information (as such term is defined in Section 9 hereof) authorized by the Company or the Bank for use in connection with the Offering, did not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, and at the time any Rule 424(b) or (c) Prospectus is filed with the Commission and at the Closing Date referred to in Section 2, the Prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto) and any information regarding the Company or the Bank contained in Sales Information (as such term is defined in Section 9 hereof) authorized by the Company or the Bank for use in connection with the Offering will contain all statements that are required to be stated therein in accordance with the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this Section 4(a) shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the Bank by the Agent or its counsel expressly regarding the Agent for use in the Prospectus under the caption "The Reorganization and Stock Offering--Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements" or statements in or omissions from any Sales Information or information filed pursuant to state securities or Blue Sky laws or regulations regarding the Agent.

                 (b)             At the time of filing the Registration Statement relating to the offering of the Shares and at the date hereof, the Company was not, and is not, an ineligible issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Act Regulations. At the time of the filing of the Registration Statement and at the time of the use of any issuer free writing prospectus, as defined in Rule 433(h) of the 1933 Act Regulations, the Company met the conditions required by Rules 164 and 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations for the use of a free writing prospectus. If required to be filed, the Company has filed any issuer free writing prospectus related to the offered Shares at the time it is required to be filed under Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations and, if not required to be filed, will retain such free writing prospectus in the Company's records pursuant to Rule 433(g) of the 1933 Act Regulations and if any issuer free writing prospectus is used after the date hereof in connection with the offering of the Shares the Holding Company will file or retain such free writing prospectus as required by Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations.



    5
    Next Page

                 (c)             As of the Applicable Time, neither (i) the Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus(es) issued at or prior to the Applicable Time and the Statutory Prospectus, all considered together (collectively, the "General Disclosure Package"), nor (ii) any individual Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, when considered together with the General Disclosure Package, included any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. The preceding sentence does not apply to statements in or omissions from any Prospectus included in the Registration Statement relating to the offered Shares or any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Agent specifically for use therein. As used in this paragraph and elsewhere in this Agreement:

                 (i)             "Applicable Time" means each and every date when a potential purchaser submitted a subscription or otherwise committed to purchase Shares.

                 (ii)             "Statutory Prospectus", as of any time, means the Prospectus relating to the offered Shares that is included in the Registration Statement relating to the offered Shares immediately prior to that time, including any document incorporated by reference therein.

                 (iii)              "Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus" means any "issuer free writing prospectus," as defined in Rule 433(h) of the 1933 Act Regulations, relating to the offered Shares that is required to be filed with the Commission by the Company or required to be filed with the Commission. The term does not include any writing exempted from the definition of prospectus pursuant to clause (g) of Section 2(a)(10) of the 1933 Act, without regard to Rule 172 or Rule 173.

                 (iv)              "Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus" means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is intended for general distribution to prospective investors, as evidenced by its being specified in Schedule A to this Agreement.

                 (v)              Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus" means any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus that is not an Issuer-Represented General Free Writing Prospectus. The term Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus also includes any "bona fide electronic road show," as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Act Regulations, that is made available without restriction pursuant to Rule 433(d)(8)(ii) of the 1933 Act Regulations or otherwise, even though not required to be filed with the Commission.


    6
    Next Page

                 (d)             Each Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus, as of its date of first use and at all subsequent times through the completion of the Offering and sale of the offered Shares or until any earlier date that the Company notified or notifies the Agent (as described in the next sentence), did not, does not and will not include any information that conflicted, conflicts or will conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the offered Shares, including any document incorporated by reference therein that has not been superseded or modified. If at any time following the date of first use of an Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement relating to the offered Shares or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company has notified or will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer-Represented Free-Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission. The foregoing two sentences do not apply to statements in or omissions from any Issuer-Represented Free Writing Prospectus based upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company by the Agent specifically for use therein.

                 (e)             The MHC Application which was prepared by the Company and the Bank and filed with the OTS has been approved by the OTS and the related Prospectus has been authorized for use by the OTS and the MHC Application complied in all material respects with the MHC Regulations. No order has been issued by the OTS or the FDIC (hereinafter any reference to the FDIC shall include the SAIF) preventing or suspending the use of the Prospectus, and no action by or before any such government entity to revoke any approval, authorization or order of effectiveness related to the Offering is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened. At the time of the approval of the MHC Application, including the Prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto), by the OTS and at all times subsequent thereto until the Closing Date, the MHC Application, including the Prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto), will comply in all material respects with the MHC Regulations, except to the extent waived in writing by the OTS. The MHC Application, including the Prospectus (including any amendment or supplement thereto), does not include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this Section 4(b) shall not apply to statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Company or the Bank by the Agent or its counsel expressly regarding the Agent for use in the Prospectus contained in the MHC Application under the caption "The Reorganization and Stock Offering--Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements" or statements in or omissions from any sales information or information filed pursuant to state securities or Blue Sky laws or regulations regarding the Agent.

                 (f)             The Company and the MHC have registered with the OTS as savings and loan holding companies under the Home Owners Loan Act, as amended ("HOLA").

                 (g)             At the Closing Date, the Plan will have been adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company, and the offer and sale of the Shares will have been conducted in all material respects in accordance with the Plan, the MHC Regulations, the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Offering imposed upon the MHC, the Company or the Bank by the OTS, the Commission, or any other regulatory authority and in the manner described in the Prospectus. To the best knowledge of the MHC, the Company and the Bank, no person has sought to obtain review of the final action of the OTS in approving the Plan.



    7
    Next Page

                 (h)             The Bank has been duly organized and is a validly existing federally chartered savings bank in permanent capital stock form of organization, duly authorized to conduct its business and own its property as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus; the Bank has obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business, except those that individually or in the aggregate would not materially adversely effect the financial condition, results of operations, capital, properties, business affairs or prospects of the MHC, the Company and the Bank taken as a whole (a "Material Adverse Effect"); all such licenses, permits and governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and the Bank is in compliance with all material laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the operation of its business, except where failure to be in compliance would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Bank, the Bank is duly qualified as a foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in each jurisdiction in which its ownership of property or leasing of property or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, unless the failure to be so qualified in one or more of such jurisdictions would not have a material adverse effect on the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Bank. The Bank does not own equity securities or any equity interest in any other business enterprise except as described in the Prospectus or as would not be material to the operations of the Bank. Upon completion of the sale by the Company of the Shares contemplated by the Prospectus, (i) all of the authorized and outstanding capital stock of the Bank will be owned by the Company and (ii) the Company will have no direct subsidiaries other than the Bank. The Offering will be effected in all material respects in accordance with all applicable statutes, regulations, decisions and orders; and, except with respect to the filing of certain post-sale, post-Offering reports, and documents in compliance with the 1933 Act Regulations, the MHC Regulations or letters of approval at the time of the Closing, all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Offering imposed by the Commission, the OTS and the FDIC, if any, will have been complied with by the Company and the Bank in all material respects or appropriate waivers will have been obtained in writing and all material notice and waiting periods will have been satisfied, waived or elapsed.

                 (i)             The Company is, and as of the Closing Date, will continue to be duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation under the laws of the United States of America with corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and at the Closing Date the Company will be qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect. At the Closing Date the Company will have obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business except those that individually or in the aggregate would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company and the Bank, taken as a whole; all such licenses, permits and governmental authorizations will be in full force and effect, and the Company will be in all material respects complying with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the operation of its business.



    8
    Next Page

                 (j)             The MHC is and, as of the Closing Date will continue to be duly incorporated and validly existing as a corporation under the laws of the United States of America with corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and at the Closing Date the MHC will be qualified to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction in which the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a Material Adverse Effect. The MHC will have obtained all licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of its business except those that individually or in the aggregate would not materially adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company and the Bank, taken as a whole; all such licenses, permits and governmental authorizations will be in full force and effect, and the MHC will be in all material respects complying with all laws, rules, regulations and orders applicable to the operation of its business.

                 (k)             The MHC does not own any equity securities or any equity interest in any business enterprise except as described in the Prospectus.

                 (l)              The MHC is not authorized to issue any shares of its capital stock.

                 (m)            The Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank of Dallas ("FHLB-Dallas"). The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the applicable limits, and no proceedings for the termination or revocation of such insurance are pending or, to the best knowledge of the MHC, the Company or the Bank, threatened. The Bank is a "qualified thrift lender" within the meaning of 12 U.S.C. ss.1467(a)(m) or has received a written waiver from the OTS from being a "qualified thrift lender" and such waiver has not expired or been terminated.

                 (n)             The Bank, the Company and the MHC, have good and marketable title to all real property and good title to all other assets material to the business of the Company and the Bank, taken as a whole, and to those properties and assets described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus as owned by them, free and clear of all liens, charges, encumbrances or restrictions, except such as are described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, or are not material to the business of the Company and the Bank, taken as a whole; and all of the leases and subleases material to the business of the Company and the Bank, taken as a whole, under which the MHC, the Company or the Bank hold properties, including those described in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, are in full force and effect.

                 (o)             The Company and the Bank have received an opinion of their special counsel, Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., with respect to the federal income tax consequences of the Offering, and an opinion of Crowe Chizek and Company LLC with respect to the Texas income tax consequences of the Offering; all material aspects of such opinions are accurately summarized in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The MHC, the Company and the Bank represent and warrant that the facts upon which such opinions are based are truthful, accurate and complete. Neither the Company, the Bank nor the MHC will take any action inconsistent therewith.



    9
    Next Page

                 (p)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank have all such power, authority, authorizations, approvals and orders as may be required to enter into this Agreement, to carry out the provisions and conditions hereof and to issue and sell the Shares to be sold by the Company as provided herein and as described in the Prospectus, subject to approval or confirmation by the OTS of the final appraisal of the Company. The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company, the MHC and the Bank. This Agreement has been validly executed and delivered by the Company, the MHC and the Bank and is the valid, legal and binding agreement of the Company, the MHC and the Bank enforceable in accordance with its terms (except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization or similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or the rights of creditors of savings and loan holding companies, the accounts of whose subsidiaries are insured by the FDIC, or by general equity principles, regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and except to the extent, if any, that the provisions of Sections 9 and 10 hereof may be unenforceable as against public policy).

                 (q)             Neither the Bank, the Company nor the MHC is in violation of any directive received from the OTS, the FDIC, or any other federal, state, local or foreign court, arbitrator, regulatory authority or governmental agency or body (each a "Governmental Entity") to make any material change in the method of conducting their businesses so as to comply in all material respects with all applicable statutes and regulations (including, without limitation, regulations, decisions, directives and orders of the OTS and the FDIC) and, except as may be set forth in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there is no suit or proceeding or charge or action before or by any Governmental Entity pending or, to the knowledge of the MHC, the Company or the Bank, threatened, which might materially and adversely affect the Offering, the performance of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in the Plan and as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus or which might result in any Material Adverse Effect.

                 (r)             The consolidated financial statements, schedules and notes related thereto which are included in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus fairly present the balance sheet, income statement, statement of changes in equity capital and statement of cash flows of the Company at the respective dates indicated and for the respective periods covered thereby and comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations. Such financial statements, schedules and notes related thereto have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles ("GAAP") consistently applied through the periods involved, present fairly in all material respects the information required to be stated therein and are consistent with the most recent financial statements and other reports filed by the Bank with the OTS, except that accounting principles employed in such regulatory filings conform to the requirements of the OTS and not necessarily to GAAP. The other financial, statistical and pro forma information and related notes included in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus present fairly the information shown therein on a basis consistent with the audited and unaudited financial statements of the Bank included in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, and as to the pro forma adjustments, the adjustments made therein have been properly applied on the basis described therein.



    10
    Next Page

                 (s)             Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement including the Prospectus: (i) there has not been any material adverse change, financial or otherwise, in the condition of the MHC, the Company or the Bank and its subsidiaries, considered as one enterprise, or in the earnings, capital properties or business of the MHC, the Company or the Bank, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business; (ii) there has not been any material increase in the long-term debt of the Bank or in the principal amount of the Bank's assets which are classified by the Bank as substandard, doubtful or loss or in loans past due 90 days or more or real estate acquired by foreclosure, by deed-in-lieu of foreclosure or deemed in-substance foreclosure or any material decrease in equity capital or total assets of the Bank, nor has the MHC, the Company or the Bank issued any securities (other than in connection with the incorporation of the Company) or incurred any liability or obligation for borrowing other than in the ordinary course of business; (iii) there have not been any material transactions entered into by the MHC, the Company or the Bank; (iv) there has not been any material adverse change in the aggregate dollar amount of the Bank's deposits or its net worth; (v) there has been no material adverse change in the MHC's, the Company's or the Bank's relationship with its insurance carriers, including, without limitation, cancellation or other termination of the MHC's, the Company's or the Bank's fidelity bond or any other type of insurance coverage; (vi) except as disclosed in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there has been no material change in management of the MHC, the Company or the Bank; (vii) neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank has sustained any material loss or interference with its respective business or properties from fire, flood, windstorm, earthquake, accident or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance; (viii) neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank has defaulted in the payment of principal or interest on any outstanding debt obligations; (ix) the capitalization, liabilities, assets, properties and business of the MHC, the Company and the Bank conform in all material respects to the descriptions thereof contained in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus; and (x) neither of the MHC, the Company or the Bank have any material contingent liabilities, except as set forth in the Prospectus.

                 (t)             Neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank is or will be (i) in violation of its charter or articles of incorporation, as applicable, or bylaws and/or constitution, as applicable, or (ii) in default in the performance or observance of any material obligation, agreement, covenant, or condition contained in any material contract, lease, loan agreement, indenture or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or any of its property may be bound. The execution and delivery of the Agreement and the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated will not: (x) conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any of the assets of the MHC, the Company or the Bank pursuant to the Charter and Bylaws of the Company and the MHC or the Articles of Incorporation, Constitution and Bylaws of the Bank or any material contract, lease or other instrument in which the MHC, the Company or the Bank has a beneficial interest, or any applicable law, rule, regulation or order; (y) violate any authorization, approval, judgment, decree, order, statute, rule or regulation applicable to the MHC, the Company or the Bank, except for such violations which would not have a Material Adverse Effect; or (z) result in the creation of any material lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property of the MHC, the Company or the Bank.



    11
    Next Page

                 (u)             All documents made available to or delivered or to be made available to or delivered by the MHC, the Company and the Bank or their representatives in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares, including records of account holders, depositors and borrowers of the Bank, or in connection with the Agent's exercise of due diligence, except for those documents which were prepared by parties other than the MHC, the Company and the Bank or their representatives, to the best knowledge of the MHC, the Company and the Bank, were on the dates on which they were delivered, or will be on the dates on which they are to be delivered, true, complete and correct in all material respects.

                 (v)             No default exists, and no event has occurred which with notice or lapse of time, or both, would constitute a default on the part of the MHC, the Company or the Bank in the due performance and observance of any term, covenant or condition of any indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, note, bank loan or credit agreement or any other instrument or agreement to which the MHC, the Company or the Bank is a party or by which any of them or any of their property is bound or affected, except such defaults which would not have a Material Adverse Effect; such agreements are in full force and effect; and no other party to any such agreements has instituted or, to the best knowledge of the MHC, the Company and the Bank, threatened any action or proceeding wherein the MHC, the Company or the Bank would or might be alleged to be in default thereunder, where such action or proceeding, if determined adversely to the MHC, the Company or the Bank, would have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 (w)             Upon consummation of the Offering, the authorized, issued and outstanding equity capital of the Company will be within the range set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization," and no Common Shares have been or will be issued and outstanding prior to the Closing Date (other than Common Shares held by the MHC); the Common Shares (including shares to be issued to the MHC) will have been duly and validly authorized for issuance and, when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan and in the Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable, except for shares purchased by the ESOP with funds borrowed from the Company to the extent payment therefor in cash has not been received by the Company; except to the extent that subscription rights and priorities pursuant thereto exist pursuant to the Plan, no preemptive rights exist with respect to the Common Shares; and the terms and provisions of the Common Shares will conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. Upon the issuance of the Shares, good title to the Shares will be transferred from the Company to the purchasers thereof against payment therefor, subject to such claims as may be asserted against the purchasers thereof by third-party claimants.

                 (x)             No approval of any regulatory or supervisory or other public authority is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the issuance of the Shares, except for the approval of the Commission and the OTS, and any necessary qualification, notification, registration or exemption under the securities or Blue Sky laws of the various states in which the Shares are to be offered, and except as may be required under the rules and regulations of the NASD.

                 (y)             Crowe Chizek and Company LLC, which has certified the audited financial statements and schedules of the Bank included in the Prospectus, has advised the MHC, the Company and the Bank in writing that they are, with respect to the MHC, the Company and the Bank, independent public accountants within the meaning of 12 C.F.R. Section 563c.3 and under the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.



    12
    Next Page

                 (z)             Feldman Financial Advisors, which has prepared the Company's Valuation Appraisal Report (as amended or supplemented, if so amended or supplemented) (the "Appraisal"), has advised the Company in writing that it is independent of the MHC, the Company and the Bank within the meaning of the MHC Regulations.

                 (aa)           The Company, the MHC and the Bank have timely filed all required federal, state and local tax returns; the Company, the MHC and the Bank have paid all taxes that have become due and payable in respect of such returns, except where permitted to be extended, have made adequate reserves for similar future tax liabilities and no deficiency has been asserted with respect thereto by any taxing authority.

                 (bb)           The Bank, the Company and the MHC, is and will be, as the case may be in compliance in all material respects with the applicable financial record-keeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, and the regulations and rules thereunder.

                 (cc)           To the knowledge of the MHC, the Company and he Bank, neither the MHC, the Company, the Bank nor employees of the MHC, the Company or the Bank has made any payment of funds of the MHC, the Company or the Bank as a loan for the purchase of the Shares or made any other payment of funds prohibited by law, and no funds have been set aside to be used for any payment prohibited by law.

                 (dd)           Prior to the Offering, neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank has: (i) issued any securities within the last 18 months (except for notes to evidence bank loans, other liabilities in the ordinary course of business or as described in the Prospectus); (ii) had any material dealings within the 12 months prior to the date hereof with any member of the NASD, or any person related to or associated with such member, other than discussions and meetings relating to the proposed Offering and routine purchases and sales of United States government and agency and other securities in the ordinary course of business; (iii) entered into a financial or management consulting agreement except as contemplated hereunder; and (iv) engaged any intermediary between the Agent and the MHC, the Company and the Bank in connection with the offering of the Shares, and no person is being compensated in any manner for such service. Appropriate arrangements have been made for placing the funds received from subscriptions for Shares in a special interest-bearing account with the Bank until all Shares are sold and paid for, with provision for refund to the purchasers in the event that the Offering is not completed for whatever reason or for delivery to the Company if all Shares are sold.

                 (ee)           The Company, the MHC and the Bank have not relied upon the Agent or its legal counsel for any legal, tax or accounting advice in connection with the Offering.

                 (ff)           The records used by the MHC, the Company and the Bank to determine the identity of Eligible Account Holders and Supplemental Eligible Account Holders are accurate and complete in all material respects.



    13
    Next Page

                 (gg)           The Company and the MHC are not required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

                 (hh)           Neither the Company, the Bank nor the MHC nor any properties owned or operated by the Company, the Bank or the MHC, is in violation of or liable under any Environmental Law (as defined below), except for such violations or liabilities that, individually or in the aggregate, would not have a Material Adverse Effect. There are no actions, suits or proceedings, or demands, claims, notices or investigations (including, without limitation, notices, demand letters or requests for information from any environmental agency) instituted or pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, the Bank or the MHC, threatened relating to the liability of any property owned or operated by the Company, the Bank or the MHC under any Environmental Law. For purposes of this subsection, the term "Environmental Law" means any federal, state, local or foreign law, statute, ordinance, rule, regulation, code, license, permit, authorization, approval, consent, order, judgment, decree, injunction or agreement with any regulatory authority relating to (i) the protection, preservation or restoration of the environment (including, without limitation, air, water, vapor, surface water, groundwater, drinking water supply, surface soil, subsurface soil, plant and animal life or any other natural resource), and/or (ii) the use, storage, recycling, treatment, generation, transportation, processing, handling, labeling, production, release or disposal of any substance presently listed, defined, designated or classified as hazardous, toxic, radioactive or dangerous, or otherwise regulated, whether by type or by quantity, including any material containing any such substance as a component.

                 (ii)           The Company will file a registration statement for the Common Shares under Section 12(g) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act Registration Statement").

                 (jj)           The Company and its subsidiaries maintain a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurance that (i) transactions are executed in accordance with management's general or specific authorizations, (ii) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets, (iii) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with management's general or specific authorization, and (iv) the recorded accounts or assets is compared with the existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect thereto. The books, records and accounts and systems of internal accounting control of the Company and its subsidiaries comply in all material respects with the requirements of Section 13(b)(2) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "1934 Act").

                 (kk)           The Company has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 1934 Act. Such disclosure controls and procedures (i) are designed to ensure that material information relating to the Company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the Company's Chief Executive Officer and its Chief Financial Officer by others within those entities to allow timely decisions regarding disclosures, (ii) have been evaluated for effectiveness as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter and (iii) are effective to perform the functions for which they were established. The Company's auditors and the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company have been advised of (x) any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the Company's ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial data and (y) any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a role in the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Since the date of the most recent evaluation of such disclosure controls and procedures, there have been no changes in internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect the Company's internal control over financial reporting;



    14
    Next Page

                 (ll)             All of the loans represented as assets of the Bank in the Prospectus meet or are exempt from all requirements of federal, state and local law pertaining to lending, including, without limitation, truth in lending (including the requirements of Regulations Z and 12 C.F.R. Part 226), real estate settlement procedures, consumer credit protection, equal credit opportunity and all disclosure laws applicable to such loans, except for violations which, if asserted, would not have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 (mm)          The statistical and market related data contained in the Registration Statement, General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are based on or derived from sources which the Company and the Bank reasonably believes are reliable and accurate.

                 (nn)           To the Company's and the Bank's knowledge, there are no affiliations or associations between any member of the NASD and any of the Company's or the Bank's officers, directors or 5% or greater securityholders, except as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                 (oo)           The MHC, the Company and the Bank have taken all actions necessary to obtain at Closing a Blue Sky Memorandum from Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.

                 (pp)           Any certificates signed by an officer of the MHC, the Company or the Bank pursuant to the conditions of this Agreement and delivered to the Agent or their counsel that refers to this Agreement shall be deemed to be a representation and warranty by the MHC, the Company or the Bank to the Agent as to the matters covered thereby with the same effect as if such representation and warranty were set forth herein.

                 SECTION 5. REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE AGENT. The Agent represents and warrants to the MHC, Company and the Bank as follows:

                 (a)             The Agent is a corporation and is validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of New York with full power and authority to provide the services to be furnished to the Bank, the MHC and the Company hereunder.

                 (b)             The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Agent, and this Agreement has been duly and validly executed and delivered by the Agent and is a legal, valid and binding agreement of the Agent, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the legality, validity, binding nature and enforceability thereof may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization, conservatorship, receivership or other similar laws relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally, and (ii) general equity principles regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law.



    15
    Next Page

                 (c)             Each of the Agent and its employees, agents and representatives who shall perform any of the services hereunder shall be duly authorized and empowered, and shall have all licenses, approvals and permits necessary to perform such services; and the Agent is a registered selling agent in each of the jurisdictions in which the Shares are to be offered by the Company in reliance upon the Agent as a registered selling agent as set forth in the Blue Sky Memorandum prepared with respect to the Offering.

                 (d)             The execution and delivery of this Agreement by the Agent, the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and compliance with the terms and provisions hereof will not conflict with, or result in a breach of, any of the terms, provisions or conditions of, or constitute a default (or an event which with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default) under, the Articles of Incorporation or Bylaws of the Agent or any agreement, indenture or other instrument to which the Agent is a party or by which it or its property is bound.

                 (e)             No approval of any regulatory or supervisory or other public authority is required in connection with the Agent's execution and delivery of this Agreement, except as may have been received.

                 (f)             There is no suit or proceeding or charge or action before or by any Governmental Entity or, to the knowledge of the Agent, pending or threatened, which might materially adversely affect the Agent's performance under this Agreement.

                 SECTION 6. COVENANTS OF THE MHC, THE COMPANY AND THE BANK. The MHC, the Company and the Bank hereby jointly and severally covenant with the Agent as follows:

                 (a)             The Company will not, at any time after the date the Registration Statement is declared effective, file any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement without providing the Agent and its counsel an opportunity to review such amendment or supplement or file any amendment or supplement to which amendment or supplement the Agent or its counsel shall reasonably object.

                 (b)             If at any time following issuance of an Issuer Represented Free Writing Prospectus there occurred or occurs an event or development as a result of which such Issuer Represented Free Writing Prospectus conflicted or would conflict with the information contained in the Registration Statement or included or would include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or would omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances prevailing at that subsequent time, not misleading, the Company has notified or will notify promptly the Agent so that any use of such Issuer Represented Free Writing Prospectus may cease until it is amended or supplemented and the Company has promptly amended or will promptly amend or supplement such Issuer Represented Free Writing Prospectus to eliminate or correct such conflict, untrue statement or omission; provided, however, that this covenant shall not apply to any statements or omissions made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company by the Agent expressly for use therein.



    16
    Next Page

                 (c)             The Company and the Bank represent and agree that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Agent, and the Agent represents and agrees that, unless it obtains the prior consent of the Company or the Bank, it has not made and will not make any offer relating to the offered Shares that would constitute an "issuer free writing prospectus," as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Regulations, or that would constitute a "free writing prospectus," as defined in Rule 405 of the 1933 Regulations, required to be filed with the Commission. Any such free writing prospectus consented to by the Company, the Bank and the Agent is hereinafter referred to as a "Permitted Free Writing Prospectus." The Company and the Bank represent that it has treated or agrees that it will treat each Permitted Free Writing Prospectus as an "issuer free writing prospectus," as defined in Rule 433 of the 1933 Regulations, and has complied and will comply with the requirements of Rule 433 of the 1933 Regulations applicable to any Permitted Free Writing Prospectus, including timely Commission filing where required, legending and record keeping. The Company and the Bank need not treat any communication as a free writing prospectus if it is exempt from the definition of prospectus pursuant to Clause (a) of Section 2(a)(10) of the 1933 Act without regard to Rules 172 or 173 of the 1933 Regulations.

                 (d)             The MHC and the Bank will not, at any time after the MHC Application is approved by the OTS, file any amendment or supplement to such MHC Application without providing the Agent and its counsel an opportunity to review such amendment or supplement or file any amendment or supplement to which amendment or supplement the Agent or its counsel shall reasonably object.

                 (e)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank will use their best efforts to cause any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement to be declared effective by the Commission and any post-effective amendment to the MHC Application to be approved by the OTS and will immediately upon receipt of any information concerning the events listed below notify the Agent: (i) when the Registration Statement, as amended, has become effective; (ii) when the MHC Application, as amended, has been approved by the OTS; (iii) of any comments from the Commission, the OTS or any other governmental entity with respect to the Offering or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (iv) of the request by the Commission, the OTS or any other governmental entity for any amendment or supplement to the Registration Statement, the MHC Application or for additional information; (v) of the issuance by the Commission, the OTS or any other governmental entity of any order or other action suspending the Offering or the use of the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or any other filing of the Company or the Bank under the MHC Regulations, or other applicable law, or the threat of any such action; (vi) of the issuance by the Commission, the OTS or any authority of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of the initiation or threat of initiation or threat of any proceedings for that purpose; or (vii) of the occurrence of any event mentioned in paragraph (h) below. The Company, the MHC and the Bank will make every reasonable effort (i) to prevent the issuance by the Commission, the OTS or any other state authority of any such order and, (ii) if any such order shall at any time be issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible time.

                 (f)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank will deliver to the Agent and to its counsel two conformed copies of the Registration Statement, the MHC Application and as originally filed and of each amendment or supplement thereto, including all exhibits. Further, the Company and the Bank will deliver such additional copies of the foregoing documents to counsel to the Agent as may be required for any NASD filings.



    17
    Next Page

                 (g)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank will furnish to the Agent, from time to time during the period when the Prospectus (or any later prospectus related to this offering) is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, such number of copies of such Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as the Agent may reasonably request for the purposes contemplated by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations promulgated under the 1934 Act (the "1934 Act Regulations"). The Company authorizes the Agent to use the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented, if amended or supplemented) in any lawful manner contemplated by the Plan in connection with the sale of the Shares by the Agent.

                 (h)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank will comply with any and all material terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Offering and the transactions contemplated thereby imposed by the Commission, the OTS or the MHC Regulations, and by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations to be complied with prior to or subsequent to the Closing Date and when the Prospectus is required to be delivered, and during such time period the Company and the Bank will comply, at their own expense, with all material requirements imposed upon them by the Commission, the OTS or the MHC Regulations, and by the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations, including, without limitation, Rule 10b-5 under the 1934 Act, in each case as from time to time in force, so far as necessary to permit the continuance of sales or dealing in the Common Shares during such period in accordance with the provisions hereof and the Prospectus.

                 (i)             If any event relating to or affecting the MHC, the Company or the Bank shall occur, as a result of which it is necessary or appropriate, in the opinion of counsel for the MHC, the Company and the Bank or in the reasonable opinion of the Agent's counsel, to amend or supplement the Registration Statement or Prospectus in order to make the Registration Statement or Prospectus not misleading in light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, the MHC, the Company and the Bank will immediately so inform the Agent and prepare and file, at their own expense, with the Commission and the OTS, and furnish to the Agent a reasonable number of copies, of an amendment or amendments of, or a supplement or supplements to, the Registration Statement or Prospectus (in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent and its counsel after a reasonable time for review) which will amend or supplement the Registration Statement or Prospectus so that as amended or supplemented it will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances existing at the time the Prospectus is delivered to a purchaser, not misleading. For the purpose of this Agreement, the MHC, the Company and the Bank each will timely furnish to the Agent such information with respect to itself as the Agent may from time to time reasonably request.



    18
    Next Page

                 (j)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank will take all necessary actions in cooperating with the Agent and furnish to whomever the Agent may direct such information as may be required to qualify or register the Shares for offering and sale by the Company or to exempt such Shares from registration, or to exempt the Company as a broker-dealer and its officers, directors and employees as broker-dealers or agents under the applicable securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions in which the Shares are required under the MHC Regulations to be sold or as the Agent and the Company, the MHC and the Bank may reasonably agree upon; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process, to qualify to do business in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified, or to register its directors or officers as brokers, dealers, salesmen or agents in any jurisdiction. In each jurisdiction where any of the Shares shall have been qualified or registered as above provided, the Company will make and file such statements and reports in each fiscal period as are or may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction.

                 (k)             The Company and the Bank will not sell or issue, contract to sell or otherwise dispose of, for a period of 90 days after the Closing Date, without the Agent's prior written consent, any of their Common Shares, other than in connection with any plan or arrangement described in the Prospectus.

                 (l)             The Company will register its Common Shares under Section 12(g) of the 1934 Act. The Company shall maintain the effectiveness of such registration for not less than three years from the time of effectiveness or such shorter period as may be required by the OTS.

                 (m)             During the period during which the Common Shares are registered under the 1934 Act or for three years from the date hereof, whichever period is greater, the Company will furnish to its shareholders as soon as practicable after the end of each fiscal year an annual report of the Company (including a consolidated balance sheet and statements of consolidated income, shareholders' equity and cash flows of the Company and its subsidiaries as at the end of and for such year, certified by independent public accountants in accordance with Regulation S-X under the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act).

                 (n)             During the period of three years from the date hereof, the Company will furnish to the Agent: (i) as soon as practicable after such information is publicly available, a copy of each report of the Company furnished to or filed with the Commission under the 1934 Act or any national securities exchange or system on which any class of securities of the Company is listed or quoted (including, but not limited to, reports on Forms 10-K or 10-KSB, 10-Q or 10-QSB and 8-K and all proxy statements and annual reports to stockholders), (ii) a copy of each other non-confidential report of the Company mailed to its shareholders or filed with the Commission, the OTS or any other supervisory or regulatory authority or any national securities exchange or system on which any class of securities of the Company is listed or quoted, each press release and material news items and additional documents and information with respect to the Company or the Bank as the Agent may reasonably request; and (iii) from time to time, such other nonconfidential information concerning the MHC, the Company or the Bank as the Agent may reasonably request.

                 (o)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank will use the net proceeds from the sale of the Shares in the manner set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "How We Intend to Use the Proceeds."

                 (p)             Other than as permitted by the MHC Regulations, the HOLA, the 1933 Act, the 1933 Act Regulations and the rules and regulations and the laws of any state in which the Shares are registered or qualified for sale or exempt from registration, neither the Company nor the Bank will distribute any prospectus, offering circular or other offering material in connection with the offer and sale of the Shares.



    19
    Next Page

                 (q)             The Company will use its best efforts to maintain listing of the Shares on The Nasdaq Stock Market.

                 (r)             The Bank will maintain appropriate arrangements for depositing all funds received from persons mailing subscriptions for or orders to purchase Shares in the Offering on an interest-bearing basis at the rate described in the Prospectus until the Closing Date and satisfaction of all conditions precedent to the release of the Bank's obligation to refund payments received from persons subscribing for or ordering Shares in the Offering in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus or until refunds of such funds have been made to the persons entitled thereto or withdrawal authorizations canceled in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus. The Bank will maintain such records of all funds received to permit the funds of each subscriber to be separately insured by the FDIC (to the maximum extent allowable) and to enable the Bank to make the appropriate refunds of such funds in the event that such refunds are required to be made in accordance with the Plan and as described in the Prospectus.

                 (s)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank will take such actions and furnish such information as are reasonably requested by the Agent in order for the Agent to ensure compliance with the NASD Rule 2790.

                 (t)             Neither the Company, the MHC nor the Bank will amend the Plan without notifying the Agent and the Agent's counsel prior thereto.

                 (u)             The Company shall assist the Agent, if necessary, in connection with the allocation of the Shares in the event of an oversubscription and shall provide the Agent with any information necessary to assist the Company in allocating the Shares in such event and such information shall be accurate and reliable in all material respects.

                 (v)             Prior to the Closing Date, the Company, the MHC and the Bank will inform the Agent of any event or circumstances of which it is aware as a result of which the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and/or Prospectus, as then amended or supplemented, would contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading.

                 (w)             The Company will not deliver the Shares until the MHC, the Company and the Bank have satisfied or caused to be satisfied each condition set forth in Section 8 hereof, unless such condition is waived in writing by the Agent.

                 (x)             The Company and the Bank shall notify the Agent when funds shall have been received for the minimum number of Shares set forth in the Prospectus.

                 (y)             Subsequent to the date the Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission and prior to the Closing Date, except as otherwise may be indicated or contemplated therein or set forth in an amendment or supplement thereto, neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank will have: (i) issued any securities or incurred any liability or obligation, direct or contingent, for borrowed money, except borrowings from the same or similar sources indicated in the Prospectus in the ordinary course of its business, or (ii) entered into any transaction which is material in light of the business and properties of the MHC, the Company and the Bank, taken as a whole.



    20
    Next Page

                 (z)             Until the Closing Date, the MHC, the Company and the Bank will conduct their businesses in compliance in all material respects with all applicable federal and state laws, rules, regulations, decisions, directives and orders, including all decisions, directives and orders of the Commission, the FDIC and the OTS.

                 (aa)           The MHC, the Company and the Bank shall comply with any and all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions with respect to the Offering and the transactions contemplated thereby imposed by the OTS, the MHC Regulations, the Commission, the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations, the 1934 Act and the 1934 Act Regulations to be complied with subsequent to the Closing Date. The Company will comply with all provisions of all undertakings contained in the Registration Statement.

                 (bb)           The facts and representations provided to Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. by the Bank and the Company and upon which Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. will base its opinion under Section 8(c)(1) hereof are and will be truthful, accurate and complete.

                 (cc)           The Company is in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("Sarbanes-Oxley Act") and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder applicable to it and will comply with those provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act that will become effective in the future upon their effectiveness; and the Company is in compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of the Nasdaq National Market except, in either case, where the failure to so comply would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect.

                 SECTION 7. PAYMENT OF EXPENSES. Whether or not the Offering is completed or the sale of the Shares by the Company is consummated, the Company and the Bank jointly and severally agree to pay or reimburse the Agent for: (a) all filing fees in connection with all filings related to the Offering with the NASD; (b) any stock issue or transfer taxes which may be payable with respect to the sale of the Shares; (c) subject to subparagraph 2(d) hereof, all reasonable expenses of the Offering, including but not limited to the Agent's attorneys' fees and expenses, Blue Sky fees, transfer agent, registrar and other agent charges, fees relating to auditing and accounting or other advisors and costs of printing all documents necessary in connection with the Offering. In the event the Company is unable to sell the minimum number of shares necessary to complete the offering or the Offering is terminated or otherwise abandoned, the Company, the MHC and the Bank shall promptly reimburse the Agent in accordance with subparagraph 2(d) hereof.



    21
    Next Page

                 In the event that the Agent incurs any expenses on behalf of the MHC, the Company or the Bank, the MHC, the Company and the Bank will pay or reimburse the Agent for such expenses regardless of whether the Offering is successfully completed, and such reimbursements will not be included in the expense limitations set forth in subparagraph 2(d) hereof. The MHC, the Company and the Bank acknowledge, however, that such limitations may be increased by the mutual consent of the Bank and Agent in the event of delay in the Offering requiring the Agent to utilize a Public Offering, a delay as a result of circumstances requiring material additional work by Agent or its counsel or an update of the financial information in tabular form contained in the Prospectus for a period later than December 31, 2005. Not later than two days prior to the Closing Date, the Agent will provide the Bank with an accounting of all reimbursable expenses to be paid at the Closing in next day funds. In the event the Bank determines to abandon or terminate the Plan prior to Closing, payment of such expenses shall be made in next day funds on the date such determination is made.

                 SECTION 8. CONDITIONS TO THE AGENT'S OBLIGATIONS. The obligations of the Agent hereunder, as to the Shares to be delivered at the Closing Date, are subject, to the extent not waived in writing by the Agent, to the condition that all representations and warranties of the Company, the MHC and the Bank herein are, at and as of the commencement of the Offering and at and as of the Closing Date, true and correct in all material respects, the condition that the Company, the MHC and the Bank shall have performed all of their obligations hereunder to be performed on or before such dates, and to the following further conditions:

                 (a)             At the Closing Date, the Company, the MHC and the Bank shall have conducted the Offering in all material respects in accordance with the Plan, the MHC Regulations and all other applicable laws, regulations, decisions and orders, including all terms, conditions, requirements and provisions precedent to the Offering imposed upon them by the OTS.

                 (b)             The Registration Statement shall have been declared effective by the Commission and the MHC Application approved by the OTS not later than 5:30 p.m. on the date of this Agreement, or with the Agent's consent at a later time and date; and at the Closing Date, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefore initiated or threatened by the Commission or any state authority, and no order or other action suspending the authorization of the Prospectus or the consummation of the Offering shall have been issued or proceedings therefore initiated, pending or, to the Company's or the Bank's knowledge, threatened by the Commission, the OTS, the FDIC or any state authority.

                 (c)             At the Closing Date, the Agent shall have received:

                 (1)             The favorable opinion, dated as of the Closing Date and addressed to the Agent and for its benefit, of Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., special counsel for the Company, the MHC and the Bank, in form and substance to the effect that:

                 (i)             The Company and the MHC have been duly incorporated and are validly existing as corporations under the laws of the United States of America.

                 (ii)             The Company and the MHC have corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate their properties and to conduct their business as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus.





    22
    Next Page

                 (iii)             The Bank is a validly existing federally chartered savings bank in stock form, duly authorized to conduct its business and own its property as described in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The activities of the Bank as described in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus are permitted by the rules, regulations and practices of the OTS. All of the outstanding capital stock of the Bank upon completion of the Offering will be duly authorized and, upon payment therefor, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable and will be owned by the Company free and clear of any liens, encumbrances, claims or other restrictions.

                 (iv)             The Bank is a member of the FHLB-Dallas. The deposit accounts of the Bank are insured by the FDIC up to the maximum amount allowed under law and no proceedings for the termination or revocation of such insurance are pending, or to such counsel's knowledge, threatened;

                 (v)             Immediately following the consummation of the Offering, the authorized, issued and outstanding Common Shares of the Company will be within the range set forth in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus under the caption "Capitalization," and no Common Shares have been issued prior to the Closing Date (except to the MHC); at the time of the Offering, the Shares subscribed for pursuant to the Offering will have been duly and validly authorized for issuance, and when issued and delivered by the Company pursuant to the Plan against payment of the consideration calculated as set forth in the Plan and Prospectus, will be duly and validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, except for shares purchased by the ESOP with funds borrowed from the Company to the extent payment therefor in cash has not been received by the Company; except to the extent that subscription rights and priorities pursuant thereto exist pursuant to the Plan, the issuance of the Shares is not subject to preemptive rights and the terms and provisions of the Shares conform in all material respects to the description thereof contained in the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus. The Shares will not, when issued, be subject to any liens, charges, encumbrances or other claims created by the Company or the Bank.

                 (vi)             The Bank, the Company and the MHC have full corporate power and authority to enter into this Agreement and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby and by the Plan. The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Company, the MHC and the Bank; and this Agreement is a valid and binding obligation of the Company, the MHC and the Bank, enforceable against the Company, the MHC and the Bank in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may be limited by (i) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium, conservatorship, receivership or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights generally or the rights of creditors of federally chartered savings institutions, (ii) general equitable principles, (iii) laws relating to the safety and soundness of insured depository institutions, and (iv) applicable law or public policy with respect to the indemnification and/or contribution provisions contained herein, including without limitation the provisions of Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and except that no opinion need be expressed as to the effect or availability of equitable remedies or injunctive relief (regardless of whether such enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).





    23
    Next Page

                 (vii)             The MHC Application has been approved by the OTS and the Prospectus has been authorized for use by the OTS and no action has been taken, and none is pending or, to such counsel's knowledge, threatened to revoke any such authorization or approval.

                 (viii)             The Plan has been duly adopted by the required vote of the directors of the Company, the MHC and the Bank.

                 (ix)             Subject to the satisfaction of the conditions to the OTS's approval of the Offering, no further approval, registration, authorization, consent or other order of any federal regulatory agency is required in connection with the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the issuance of the Shares and the consummation of the Offering and the Reorganization, except as may be required under the securities or Blue Sky laws of various jurisdictions (as to which no opinion need be rendered) and except as may be required under the rules and regulations of the NASD (as to which no opinion need be rendered).

                 (x)             The Registration Statement is effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness has been issued under the 1933 Act or proceedings therefor initiated or, to such counsel's knowledge, threatened by the Commission.

                 (xi)             At the time the MHC Application, including the Prospectus contained therein, was approved by the OTS, the MHC Application, including the Prospectus contained therein, complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the MHC Regulations (other than the financial statements, the notes thereto, and other tabular, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered).

                 (xii)             At the time that the Registration Statement became effective, (A) the Registration Statement (as amended or supplemented, if so amended or supplemented) (other than the financial statements, the notes thereto, and other tabular, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered), complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations, and (B) the Prospectus (other than the financial statements, the notes thereto, and other tabular, statistical and appraisal data included therein, as to which no opinion need be rendered) complied as to form in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act and the 1933 Act Regulations.

                 (xiii)             The terms and provisions of the Shares of the Company conform, in all material respects, to the description thereof contained in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus, and the form of certificate used to evidence the Common Shares complies with applicable laws.





    24
    Next Page

                 (xiv)             There are no legal or governmental proceedings pending or, to such counsel's knowledge, threatened (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, (ii) seeking to prevent the offer, sale or issuance of the Shares, or (iii) which are required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement and Prospectus, other than those disclosed therein.

                 (xv)             Neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank are required to be registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

                 (xvi)             To such counsel's knowledge, neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank is in violation of any directive from the OTS or the FDIC to make any material change in the method of conducting its respective business.

                 (xvii)             To such counsel's knowledge, there are no material contracts, indentures, mortgages, loan agreements, notes, leases or other instruments required to be described or referred to in the MHC Application, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus or required to be filed as exhibits thereto other than those described or referred to therein or filed as exhibits thereto in the MHC Application, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or the Prospectus. The description in the MHC Application, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus of such documents and exhibits is accurate in all material respects and fairly presents the information required to be shown.

                 (xviii)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank have conducted the Offering and the Reorganization in accordance with the Plan and all applicable laws, except that no opinion is rendered with respect to (a) the MHC Application, the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package or Prospectus, which are covered by other clauses of this opinion, (b) the satisfaction of the post-Offering conditions in the MHC Regulations or in the OTS approval of the MHC Application, (c) the securities or "blue sky" laws of various jurisdictions, and (d) the rules and regulations of the NASD. The Plan complies in all material respects with all applicable federal law, rules, regulations, decisions and orders including, but not limited to, the MHC Regulations; no order has been issued by the OTS, the Commission, the FDIC, or any state authority to suspend the Offering or the use of the Prospectus, and no action for such purposes has been instituted or, to such counsel's knowledge, threatened by the OTS, the Commission, the FDIC, or any other state authority and, to such counsel's knowledge, no person has sought to obtain regulatory or judicial review of the final action of the OTS approving the Plan, the MHC Application or the Prospectus.

                 (xix)             To such counsel's knowledge, the Company, the MHC and the Bank have obtained all material licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations currently required for the conduct of their businesses as described in the Registration Statement, and all such licenses, permits and other governmental authorizations are in full force and effect, and the MHC and the Bank are in all material respects complying therewith.





    25
    Next Page

                 (xx)             Neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank is in violation of its Charter and Bylaws or, to such counsel's knowledge, in default or violation of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its property may be bound, except for such defaults or violations which would not have a Material Adverse Effect; to such counsel's knowledge, the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the incurrence of the obligations herein set forth and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein will not conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the MHC, the Company or the Bank pursuant to any material contract, indenture, mortgage, loan agreement, note, lease or other instrument to which the MHC, the Company or the Bank is a party or by which any of them may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the MHC, the Company or the Bank are subject; and such action will not result in any violation of the provisions of the Charter or Bylaws of the Company, Bank or MHC, or result in any violation of any applicable federal or state law, act, regulation (except that no opinion with respect to the securities and blue sky laws of various jurisdictions or the rules or regulations of the NASD need be rendered) or order or court order, writ, injunction or decree.

                 (xxi)             The Company's, Bank's and MHC's Charter and Bylaws each comply in all material respects with the laws of the United States of America.

                 (xxii)             The information in the Prospectus under the captions "How We Are Regulated," "Taxation," "The Reorganization and Stock Offering," "Restrictions on Acquisition of ViewPoint Financial Group and ViewPoint Bank" and "Description of Capital Stock of ViewPoint Financial Group," to the extent that such information constitutes matters of law, summaries of legal matters, documents or proceedings, or legal conclusions, has been reviewed by such counsel and is correct in all material respects. The descriptions in the Prospectus of statutes or regulations are accurate summaries and fairly present the information required to be shown. The information under the caption "Taxation" has been reviewed by such counsel and fairly describes the federal and state tax opinions rendered by such counsel and Crowe Chizek and Company LLC, respectively, to the Company, the MHC and the Bank with respect to such matters.







    26
    Next Page

                 In addition, such counsel shall state that during the preparation of the MHC Application, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, such counsel participated in conferences with certain officers of, the independent public and internal accountants for, and other representatives of, the Company, the MHC and the Bank, at which conferences the contents of the MHC Application, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus and related matters were discussed and, while such counsel have not confirmed the accuracy or completeness of or otherwise verified the information contained in the MHC Application, the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and do not assume any responsibility for such information, based upon such conferences and a review of documents deemed relevant for the purpose of rendering their opinion (relying as to materiality as to factual matters on certificates of officers and other factual representations by the Company, the MHC and the Bank), nothing has come to their attention that would lead them to believe that the MHC Application, the Registration Statement, the Prospectus, or any amendment or supplement thereto or the General Disclosure Package as of the Applicable Time (other than the financial statements, the notes thereto, and other tabular, statistical and appraisal data included therein as to which no view need be rendered) contained or contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

                 In giving such opinion, such counsel may rely as to all matters of fact on certificates of officers or directors of the Company, the MHC and the Bank and certificates of public officials. Such counsel's opinion shall be limited to matters governed by federal laws and by the laws of the State of Texas.

                 For purposes of such opinion, no proceedings shall be deemed to be pending, no order or stop order shall be deemed to be issued, and no action shall be deemed to be instituted unless, in each case, a director or executive officer of the Company, the MHC or the Bank shall have received a copy of such proceedings, order, stop order or action. In addition, such opinion may be limited to present statutes, regulations and judicial interpretations and to facts as they presently exist; in rendering such opinion, such counsel need assume no obligation to revise or supplement it should the present laws be changed by legislative or regulatory action, judicial decision or otherwise; and such counsel need express no view, opinion or belief with respect to whether any proposed or pending legislation, if enacted, or any proposed or pending regulations or policy statements issued by any regulatory agency, whether or not promulgated pursuant to any such legislation, would affect the validity of the Offering or any aspect thereof. Such counsel may assume that any agreement is the valid and binding obligation of any parties to such agreement other than the Company or the Bank.

                 (d)             A Blue Sky Memorandum from Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. relating to the Offering, including Agent's participation therein, and should be furnished to Agent with a copy thereof addressed to Agent or upon which Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. shall state Agent may rely. The Blue Sky Memorandum will relate to the necessity of obtaining or confirming exemptions, qualifications or the registration of the Shares under applicable state securities law.





    27
    Next Page

                 (e)             At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a certificate of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company, the MHC and the Bank in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent's Counsel, dated as of such Closing Date, to the effect that: (i) they have carefully examined the Prospectus and, in their opinion, at the time the Prospectus became authorized for final use, the Prospectus did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; (ii) since the date the Prospectus became authorized for final use, no event has occurred which should have been set forth in an amendment or supplement to the Prospectus which has not been so set forth, including specifically, but without limitation, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, capital, properties or business of the Company, the MHC or the Bank and the conditions set forth in this Section 8 have been satisfied; (iii) since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and the Prospectus, there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, capital or properties of the Company, the MHC or the Bank independently, or of the Company, the MHC and the Bank considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business; (iv) the representations and warranties in Section 4 hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date; (v) the Company, the MHC and the Bank have complied in all material respects with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date and will comply in all material respects with all obligations to be satisfied by them after the Offering; (vi) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been initiated or, to the best knowledge of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, threatened by the Commission or any state authority; (vii) no order suspending the Offering, the Reorganization or the effectiveness of the Prospectus has been issued and no proceedings for that purpose are pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, threatened by the OTS, the Commission, the FDIC, or any state authority; and (viii) to the best knowledge of the Company, MHC or the Bank, no person has sought to obtain review of the final action of the OTS approving the Plan or to enjoin the Reorganization.

                 (f)             Neither the MHC, the Company nor the Bank shall have sustained, since the date of the latest financial statements included in the Registration Statement, the General Disclosure Package and Prospectus, any material loss or interference with its business from fire, explosion, flood or other calamity, whether or not covered by insurance, or from any labor dispute or court or governmental action, order or decree, otherwise than as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, and since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, there shall not have been any Material Adverse Effect that is in the Agent's reasonable judgment sufficiently material and adverse as to make it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offerings or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Prospectus.

                 (g)             Prior to and at the Closing Date: (i) in the reasonable opinion of the Agent, there shall have been no material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company, the MHC and the Bank considered as one enterprise, from that as of the latest dates as of which such condition is set forth in the Prospectus, other than transactions referred to or contemplated therein; (ii) the Company, the MHC or the Bank shall not have received from the OTS or the FDIC any direction (oral or written) to make any material change in the method of conducting their business with which it has not complied (which direction, if any, shall have been disclosed to the Agent) or which materially and adversely would affect the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company, the MHC and the Bank taken as a whole; (iii) neither the Company nor the Bank shall have been in default (nor shall an event have occurred which, with notice or lapse of time or both, would constitute a default) under any provision of any agreement or instrument relating to any outstanding indebtedness; (iv) no action, suit or proceeding, at law or in equity or before or by any federal or state commission, board or other administrative agency, shall be pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, threatened against the Company, the MHC or the Bank or affecting any of their properties wherein an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding would materially and adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or business taken as a whole; and (v) the Shares shall have been qualified or registered for offering and sale or exempted therefrom under the securities or blue sky laws of the jurisdictions as the Agent shall have reasonably requested and as agreed to by the Company, the MHC and the Bank.





    28
    Next Page

                 (h)             Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, the Agent shall receive a letter from Crowe Chizek and Company LLC dated as of the date of the Prospectus and addressed to the Agent: (i) confirming that Crowe Chizek and Company LLC is a firm of independent public accountants within the meaning of Rule 101 of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the 1933 Act and applicable regulations of the OTS and stating in effect that in its opinion the financial statements, schedules and related notes of the Company and the Bank included in the Prospectus and covered by their opinion included therein, comply as to form in all material respects with the applicable accounting requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and related published rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder and the MHC Regulations and generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied; (ii) stating in effect that, on the basis of certain agreed upon procedures (but not an audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards) consisting of a reading of the latest available unaudited interim financial statements of the Bank prepared by the Bank, a reading of the minutes of the meetings of the Board of Directors, the Audit Committee and members of the Bank and consultations with officers of the Bank responsible for financial and accounting matters, nothing came to their attention which caused them to believe that: (A) the unaudited financial statements included in the Prospectus are not in conformity with the 1933 Act, applicable accounting requirements of the OTS and accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America applied on a basis substantially consistent with that of the audited financial statements included in the Prospectus; or (B) during the period from the date of the latest unaudited financial statements included in the Prospectus to a specified date not more than three business days prior to the date of the Prospectus, except as has been described in the Prospectus, there was any increase in non performing loans, special mention loans, borrowings, other than normal deposit fluctuations, by the Bank; or (C) there was any decrease in assets, deposits, loan losses allowances, retained earnings, net income, non-interest income, tax expense or net interest income of the Bank or any increase in non-interest expense for the number of full months commencing immediately after the "Recent Developments" period contained in the Prospectus and ended on the last month-end prior to the date of the Prospectus as compared to the corresponding period in the preceding year, which was material to the financial position or results of operations of the Company, the Bank and the MHC; and (iii) stating that, in addition to the audit referred to in their opinion included in the Prospectus and the performance of the procedures referred to in clause (ii) of this subsection (h), they have compared with the general accounting records of the Bank, which are subject to the internal controls of the Bank, the accounting system and other data prepared by the Bank, directly from such accounting records, to the extent specified in such letter, such amounts and/or percentages set forth in the Prospectus as the Agent may reasonably request; and they have reported on the results of such comparisons.





    29
    Next Page

                 (i)             At the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive a letter dated the Closing Date, addressed to the Agent, confirming the statements made by Crowe Chizek and Company LLC in the letter delivered by it pursuant to subsection (h) of this Section 8, the "specified date" referred to in clause (ii) of subsection (h) to be a date specified in the letter required by this subsection (i) which for purposes of such letter shall not be more than three business days prior to the Closing Date.

                 (j)             At the Closing Date, the Bank shall receive a letter from Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc., dated the Closing Date (i) confirming that said firm is independent of the Company, the MHC and the Bank and is experienced and expert in the area of corporate appraisals within the meaning of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, Section 563b.200(b), (ii) stating in effect that the Appraisal prepared by such firm complies in all material respects with the applicable requirements of Title 12 of the Code of Federal Regulations, and (iii) further stating that its opinion of the aggregate pro forma market value of the Company and the Bank, as most recently updated, remains in effect.

                 (k)             At or prior to the Closing Date, the Agent shall receive: (i) a copy of the letters from the OTS approving the MHC Application and authorizing the use of the Prospectus; (ii) a copy of the orders from the Commission declaring the Registration Statement and the Exchange Act Registration Statement effective; (iii) a certificate from the OTS evidencing the valid existence of the Bank; (iv) a certificate from the FDIC evidencing the Bank's insurance of accounts; (v) a certificate from the FHLB-Dallas evidencing the Bank's membership therein; (vi) a certificate from the OTS evidencing the Company's and the MHC's standing as registered savings and loan holding companies; (vii) a copy of the Bank's federal stock charter; and (viii) a copy of the Company's federal charter; and (viii) a copy of the MHC's federal charter.

                 (l)             Subsequent to the date hereof, there shall not have occurred any of the following; (i) a suspension or limitation in trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange (the "NYSE") or in the over-the-counter market, or quotations halted generally on The Nasdaq Stock Market, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices for securities have been required by either of such exchanges or the NASD or by order of the Commission or any other governmental authority; (ii) a general moratorium on the operations of commercial banks, or federal savings and loan associations or a general moratorium on the withdrawal of deposits from commercial banks or federal savings and loan associations declared by federal or state authorities; (iii) the engagement by the United States in hostilities which have resulted in the declaration, on or after the date hereof, of a national emergency or war; or (iv) a material decline in the price of equity or debt securities if the effect of such a declaration or decline, in the Agent's reasonable judgment, makes it impracticable or inadvisable to proceed with the Offering or the delivery of the Shares on the terms and in the manner contemplated in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

                 (m)             At or prior to the Closing Date, counsel to the Agent shall have been furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the sale of the Shares as herein contemplated and related proceedings or in order to evidence the occurrence or completeness of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Company or the Bank in connection with the Offering and the sale of the Shares as herein contemplated shall be satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and its counsel.





    30
    Next Page

                 (n)             All such opinions, certificates, letters and documents will be in compliance with the provisions hereof only if they are reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and to counsel for the Agent. Any certificate signed by an officer of the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank and delivered to the Agent or to counsel for the Agent shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the MHC, the Holding Company or the Bank, as the case may be, to the Agent as to the statements made therein.

                 SECTION 9. INDEMNIFICATION.

                 (a)             The Company, the MHC and the Bank jointly and severally agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Agent, its respective officers and directors, employees and agents, and each person, if any, who controls the Agent within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including, but not limited to, settlement expenses), joint or several, that the Agent or any of them may suffer or to which the Agent and any such persons may become subject under all applicable federal or state laws or otherwise, and to promptly reimburse the Agent and any such persons upon written demand for any expense (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by the Agent or any of them in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any actions, proceedings or claims (whether commenced or threatened) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions: (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), preliminary or final Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, the MHC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any instrument or document executed by the Company, the MHC or the Bank or based upon written information supplied by the Company, the MHC or the Bank filed in any state or jurisdiction to register or qualify any or all of the Shares or to claim an exemption therefrom or provided to any state or jurisdiction to exempt the Company as a broker-dealer or its officers, directors and employees as broker-dealers or agent, under the securities laws thereof (collectively, the "Blue Sky Application"), or any document, advertisement, oral statement or communication ("Sales Information") prepared, made or executed by or on behalf of the Company, the MHC or the Bank with their consent or based upon written or oral information furnished by or on behalf of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, whether or not filed in any jurisdiction, in order to qualify or register the Shares or to claim an exemption therefrom under the securities laws thereof; (ii) arise out of or are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in any of the foregoing documents or information a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; or (iii) arise from any theory of liability whatsoever relating to or arising from or based upon the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), preliminary or final Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, the MHC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Blue Sky Application or Sales Information or other documentation distributed in connection with the Offering; provided, however, that no indemnification is required under this paragraph (a) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions arise out of or are based upon any untrue material statement or alleged untrue material statement in, or material omission or alleged material omission from, the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), preliminary or final Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, the MHC Application, any Blue Sky Application or Sales Information made in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company, the MHC or the Bank by the Agent or its counsel regarding the Agent, provided, that it is agreed and understood that the only information furnished in writing to the Company, the MHC or the Bank by the Agent regarding the Agent is set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Reorganization and Stock Offering--Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements"; and, provided further, that such indemnification shall be to the extent not prohibited by the Commission, the OTS, the FDIC and the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve.





    31
    Next Page

                 (b)             The Agent agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, the MHC and the Bank, their directors and officers and each person, if any, who controls the Company, the MHC or the Bank within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20(a) of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage or expense whatsoever (including but not limited to settlement expenses), joint or several, which they, or any of them, may suffer or to which they, or any of them may become subject under all applicable federal and state laws or otherwise, and to promptly reimburse the Company, the Bank, and any such persons upon written demand for any expenses (including reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel) incurred by them, or any of them, in connection with investigating, preparing or defending any actions, proceedings or claims (whether commenced or threatened) to the extent such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or actions: (i) arise out of or are based upon any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the MHC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the preliminary or final Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), General Disclosure Package, any Issuer-Represented Limited-Use Free Writing Prospectus, any Blue Sky Application or Sales Information, or (ii) are based upon the omission or alleged omission to state in any of the foregoing documents a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading; provided, however, that the Agent's obligations under this Section 9(b) shall exist only if and only to the extent that such untrue statement or alleged untrue statement was made in, or such material fact or alleged material fact was omitted from, the Registration Statement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the preliminary or final Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), the MHC Application (or any amendment or supplement thereto), any Blue Sky Application or Sales Information in reliance upon and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Company, the MHC or the Bank by the Agent or its counsel regarding the Agent, provided, that it is agreed and understood that the only information furnished in writing to the Company, the MHC or the Bank by the Agent regarding the Agent is set forth in the Prospectus under the caption "The Stock Offering--Plan of Distribution and Marketing Arrangements."

                 (c)             Each indemnified party shall give prompt written notice to each indemnifying party of any action, proceeding, claim (whether commenced or threatened), or suit instituted against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have on account of this Section 9 or otherwise. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of such action. In addition, if it so elects within a reasonable time after receipt of such notice, an indemnifying party, jointly with any other indemnifying parties receiving such notice, may assume defense of such action with counsel chosen by it and approved by the indemnified parties that are defendants in such action, unless such indemnified parties reasonably object to such assumption on the ground that there may be legal defenses available to them that are different from or in addition to those available to such indemnifying party. If an indemnifying party assumes the defense of such action, the indemnifying parties shall not be liable for any fees and expenses of counsel for the indemnified parties incurred thereafter in connection with such action, proceeding or claim, other than reasonable costs of investigation. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm of attorneys (and any special counsel that said firm may retain) for each indemnified party in connection with any one action, proceeding or claim or separate but similar or related actions, proceedings or claims in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or circumstances.





    32
    Next Page

                 SECTION 10. CONTRIBUTION. In order to provide for just and equitable contribution in circumstances in which the indemnification provided for in Section 9 is due in accordance with its terms but is for any reason held by a court to be unavailable from the Company, the Bank or the Agent, the Company, the MHC, the Bank and the Agent shall contribute to the aggregate losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including any investigation, legal and other expenses incurred in connection with, and any amount paid in settlement of, any action, suit or proceeding, but after deducting any contribution received by the Company, the MHC, the Bank or the Agent from persons other than the other parties thereto, who may also be liable for contribution) in such proportion so that the Agent is responsible for that portion represented by the percentage that the fees paid to the Agent pursuant to Section 2 of this Agreement (not including expenses) bears to the gross proceeds received by the Company from the sale of the Shares in the Offering, and the Company, the MHC and the Bank shall be responsible for the balance. If, however, the allocation provided above is not permitted by applicable law, then each indemnifying party shall contribute to such amount paid or payable by such indemnified party in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only such relative fault of the Company, the MHC and the Bank on the one hand and the Agent on the other in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions, proceedings or claims in respect thereto), but also the relative benefits received by the Company, the MHC and the Bank on the one hand and the Agent on the other from the Offering (before deducting expenses). The relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company, the MHC and/or the Bank on the one hand or the Agent on the other and the parties' relative intent, good faith, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission. The Company, the MHC, the Bank and the Agent agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 10 were determined by pro-rata allocation or by any other method of allocation which does not take into account the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 10. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages or liabilities (or actions, proceedings or claims in respect thereof) referred to above in this Section 10 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating or defending any such action, proceeding or claim. It is expressly agreed that the Agent shall not be liable for any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense or be required to contribute any amount pursuant to Section 9(b) or this Section 10 which in the aggregate exceeds the amount paid (excluding reimbursable expenses) to the Agent under this Agreement. It is understood that the above stated limitation on the Agent's liability is essential to the Agent and that the Agent would not have entered into this Agreement if such limitation had not been agreed to by the parties to this Agreement. No person found guilty of any fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not found guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The obligations of the Company, the Bank and the Agent under this Section 10 and under Section 9 shall be in addition to any liability which the Company, the Bank and the Agent may otherwise have. For purposes of this Section 10, each of the Agent's, the Company's or the Bank's officers and directors and each person, if any, who controls the Agent or the Company, the MHC or the Bank within the meaning of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Agent, or the MHC, the Company or the Bank. Any party entitled to contribution, promptly after receipt of notice of commencement of any action, suit, claim or proceeding against such party in respect of which a claim for contribution may be made against another party under this Section 10, will notify such party from whom contribution may be sought, but the omission to so notify such party shall not relieve the party from whom contribution may be sought from any other obligation it may have hereunder or otherwise than under this Section 10.





    33
    Next Page

                 SECTION 11. SURVIVAL OF AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND INDEMNITIES. The respective indemnities of the Company, the MHC, the Bank and the Agent, the representations and warranties and other statements of the Company, the MHC, the Bank and the Agent set forth in or made pursuant to this Agreement and the provisions relating to contribution shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of any termination or cancellation of this Agreement or any investigation made by or on behalf of the Agent, the Company, the MHC, the Bank or any controlling person referred to in Section 9 hereof, and shall survive the issuance of the Shares, and any successor or assign of the Agent, the Company, the MHC, the Bank, and any such controlling person shall be entitled to the benefit of the respective agreements, indemnities, warranties and representations.

                 SECTION 12. TERMINATION. The Agent may terminate this Agreement by giving the notice indicated below in this Section 12 at any time after this Agreement becomes effective as follows:

                 (a)             If any domestic or international event or act or occurrence has materially disrupted the United States securities markets such as to make it, in the Agent's reasonable opinion, impracticable to proceed with the offering of the Shares; or if trading on the NYSE shall have suspended (except that this shall not apply to the imposition of NYSE trading collars imposed on program trading); or if the United States shall have become involved in a war or major hostilities; or if a general banking moratorium has been declared by a state or federal authority which has a material effect on the Bank or the Offering; or if a moratorium in foreign exchange trading by major international banks or persons has been declared; or if there shall have been a material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Bank, or if the Bank shall have sustained a material or substantial loss by fire, flood, accident, hurricane, earthquake, theft, sabotage or other calamity or malicious act, whether or not said loss shall have been insured; or if there shall have been a material adverse change in the financial condition, results of operations or business of the Company, the MHC or the Bank.





    34
    Next Page

                 (b)             In the event the Company fails to sell the required minimum number of the Shares by ____________________, 2006, and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan or as required by the MHC Regulations, and applicable law, this Agreement shall terminate upon refund by the Company to each person who has subscribed for or ordered any of the Shares the full amount which it may have received from such person, together with interest as provided in the Prospectus, and no party to this Agreement shall have any obligation to the other hereunder, except as set forth in Sections 2, 7, 9 and 10 hereof.

                 (c)             If any of the conditions specified in Section 8 shall not have been fulfilled when and as required by this Agreement, unless waived in writing, or by the Closing Date, this Agreement and all of the Agent's obligations hereunder may be cancelled by the Agent by notifying the Company, the MHC and the Bank of such cancellation in writing or by telegram at any time at or prior to the Closing Date, and any such cancellation shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as otherwise provided in Sections 2, 7, 9 and 10 hereof.

                 (d)             If the Agent elects to terminate this Agreement as provided in this Section 12, the Company, the MHC and the Bank shall be notified promptly by telephone or telegram, confirmed by letter.

                 The Company, the MHC and the Bank may terminate this Agreement in the event the Agent is in material breach of the representations and warranties or covenants contained in Section 5 and such breach has not been cured after the Company and the Bank have provided the Agent with notice of such breach.

                 This Agreement may also be terminated by mutual written consent of the parties hereto.

                 SECTION 13. NOTICES. All communications hereunder, except as herein otherwise specifically provided, shall be mailed in writing and if sent to the Agent shall be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, 211 Bradenton Drive, Dublin, Ohio 43017-5034, Attention: Douglas L. Reidel (with a copy to Patton Boggs LLP, 2550 M Street, NW, Washington, DC 20037, Attention: Joseph G. Passaic) and if sent to the Company and the Bank, shall be mailed, delivered or telegraphed and confirmed to the Company and the Bank at 1309 W. 15 th Street, Plano, Texas 75075, Attention: Garold R. Base, President (with a copy to Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P., 1700 Wisconsin Avenue, N.W., Washington, D.C. 20007, Attention: Martin L. Meyrowitz, PC).

                 SECTION 14. PARTIES. The Company, the MHC and the Bank shall be entitled to act and rely on any request, notice, consent, waiver or agreement purportedly given on behalf of the Agent when the same shall have been given by the undersigned. The Agent shall be entitled to act and rely on any request, notice, consent, waiver or agreement purportedly given on behalf of the Company, the MHC or the Bank, when the same shall have been given by the undersigned or any other officer of the Company, the MHC or the Bank This Agreement shall inure solely to the benefit of, and shall be binding upon, the Agent, the Company, the MHC, the Bank, and their respective successors and assigns, and no other person shall have or be construed to have any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of or by virtue of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. It is understood and agreed that this Agreement is the exclusive agreement among the parties hereto, and supersedes any prior agreement among the parties and may not be varied except in writing signed by all the parties.





    35
    Next Page

                 SECTION 15. CLOSING. The closing for the sale of the Shares shall take place on the Closing Date at such location as mutually agreed upon by the Agent and the Company and the Bank. At the closing, the Company and the Bank shall deliver to the Agent in next day funds the commissions, fees and expenses due and owing to the Agent as set forth in Sections 2 and 7 hereof and the opinions and certificates required hereby and other documents deemed reasonably necessary by the Agent shall be executed and delivered to effect the sale of the Shares as contemplated hereby and pursuant to the terms of the Prospectus.

                 SECTION 16. PARTIAL INVALIDITY. In the event that any term, provision or covenant herein or the application thereof to any circumstance or situation shall be invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, the remainder hereof and the application of said term, provision or covenant to any other circumstances or situation shall not be affected thereby, and each term, provision or covenant herein shall be valid and enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

                 SECTION 17. CONSTRUCTION. This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

                 SECTION 18. COUNTERPARTS. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which so executed and delivered shall be an original, but all of which together shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

                 SECTION 19. ENTIRE AGREEMENT. This Agreement, including schedules and exhibits hereto, which are integral parts hereof and incorporated as though set forth in full, constitutes the entire agreement between the parties pertaining to the subject matter hereof superseding any and all prior or contemporaneous oral or prior written agreements, proposals, letters of intent and understandings, and cannot be modified, changed, waived or terminated except by a writing which expressly states that it is an amendment, modification or waiver, refers to this Agreement and is signed by the party to be charged. No course of conduct or dealing shall be construed to modify, amend or otherwise affect any of the provisions hereof.





    36
    Next Page

                 If the foregoing correctly sets forth the arrangement among the Company, the MHC, the Bank and the Agent, please indicate acceptance thereof in the space provided below for that purpose, whereupon this letter and the Agent's acceptance shall constitute a binding agreement.

    Very truly yours,

    VIEWPOINT BANK
    By Its Authorized Representative



    Garold R. Base, President
    and Chief Executive Officer


    VIEWPOINT MHC
    By Its Authorized Representative



    Garold R. Base, President




    ACCEPTED AS OF THE DATE
    FIRST WRITTEN ABOVE

    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.




    Douglas L. Reidel
    Managing Director
    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP
    By Its Authorized Representative



    Garold R. Base, President
    and Chief Executive Officer




    37
    Next Page

    SCHEDULE A

    Issuer Represented Free Writing Prospectus
















    38
    Next Page

    EXHIBIT 2.0













    PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

    AND STOCK ISSUANCE



    VIEWPOINT BANK

    PLANO, TEXAS





    as adopted on:

    February 21, 2006
















    NEXT PAGE



    VIEWPOINT BANK

    PLAN OF REORGANIZATION AND STOCK ISSUANCE


    TABLE OF CONTENTS

    PAGE
    I. Introduction

    1
    II. Definitions

    2
    III. Plan of Reorganization

    7
    A. Certain Effects of Reorganization 7
    1. Organization of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank 7
    2. Effect on Deposit Accounts and Borrowings 8
    3. The Stock Bank 8
    4. The Stock Holding Company 9
    5. The MHC

    9
    B. Conditions to Implementation of Reorganization

    10
    C. Special Meeting of Members

    11
    D. Rights of Members of the MHC

    11
    E. Conversion of MHC to Stock Form

    11
    IV. Stock Issuance 12
    A. Timing of the Reorganization and Sale of Capital Stock

    12
    B. Number of Shares to Be Offered

    13
    C. Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares

    13
    D. Stock Issuance Procedure

    14
    E. Subscription Rights 15
    1. Preference Category No. 1:  Eligible Account Holders 15
    2. Preference Category No. 2:  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans 15
    3. Preference Category No. 3:  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders 16
    4. Preference Category No. 4:  Other Members

    16
    F. Public Offering and Direct Community Offering

    17
    G. Additional Limitations Upon Purchases of Shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock

    18
    H. Restrictions and Other Characteristics of Stock Holding Company Common Stock Being Sold

    19
    I. Exercise of Subscription Rights; Order Forms

    20
    J. Method of Payment

    21
    K. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment

    22
    L. Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock 23


    ii
    NEXT PAGE



    M. Completion of the Stock Offering

    23
    V. Other Matters

    23
    A. Securities Registration and Market Making

    23
    B. Stock Purchases by Directors and Officers After the Offering

    23
    C. Stock Benefit Plans

    24
    D. Employment and Other Severance Agreements

    24
    E. Expenses of Reorganization

    24
    F. Interpretation

    24
    G. Amendment or Termination of the Plan

    24
    H. Attachments 26










    iii
    NEXT PAGE



    I. INTRODUCTION

              On February 21, 2006, the Board of Directors of ViewPoint Bank, Plano, Texas, (the "Bank") unanimously adopted this Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance (the "Plan") pursuant to which the Bank proposes to reorganize from a federally chartered mutual savings bank into a federally chartered mutual holding company structure (the "Reorganization") under the laws of the United States of America and the rules and regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("OTS"). The Mutual Holding Company ("MHC") will be owned by, and exclusive voting rights will be vested in, the members of the Bank. As part of the Reorganization and the Plan, the Bank will convert to a federal stock savings bank (the "Stock Bank") and will establish a federal stock holding company (the "Stock Holding Company") that will be a majority-owned subsidiary of the MHC at all times so long as the MHC structure is maintained. As part of the Reorganization and concurrently with it, the Stock Holding Company intends to undertake a stock issuance through the offering of up to 49% of its to be outstanding common stock (the "Common Stock") in the stock offering (the "Stock Offering"). The remaining common stock to be outstanding will be issued to the MHC. The corporate name of the MHC, Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank will be determined by the Board of Directors of the Bank and the principal office of each will be located in Plano, Texas.

              The Stock Offering provides that non-transferable subscription rights to purchase Stock Holding Company Common Stock will be offered first to Eligible Account Holders of record as of the Eligibility Record Date, then to the Bank's Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, then to Supplemental Eligible Account Holders of record as of the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, then to Other Members, and then to directors, officers and employees of the Bank. Concurrently with, at any time during, or promptly after the Subscription Offering, and on a lowest priority basis, an opportunity to subscribe may also be offered to the general public in a Direct Community Offering or a Public Offering. The price of the Stock Holding Company Common Stock will be based upon an independent appraisal of the Bank.

              The primary purpose of the Reorganization is to establish a holding company and stock savings bank charter, which will enable the Bank to expand and compete more effectively in the financial services industry. The primary purpose of the Stock Offering is to provide for the sale of shares of Common Stock by the Stock Holding Company in order to raise capital for the expansion of the Bank's business operations, including the acquisition of other financial institutions. Less than a majority of the Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Stock Offering.

              The Reorganization will structure the Bank in the stock form used by commercial banks, most major business corporations and a majority of savings institutions. In addition, the use of the holding company structure will provide greater organizational and operating flexibility to the Bank. Moreover, the formation of a mutual holding company will allow the MHC and/or the Stock Holding Company to borrow funds, on a secured or unsecured basis, and to issue debt to the public or in a private placement. The proceeds of such borrowings or debt offering could be contributed to the Stock Bank to increase its capital or could be used by the MHC and/or the Stock Holding Company for other purposes. There are currently no plans to issue debt or borrow funds by the MHC or the Stock Holding Company.

    NEXT PAGE



              The Bank also is expected to benefit from its management and other personnel having a stock ownership in its business, since stock ownership is viewed as an effective performance incentive and a means of attracting, retaining and compensating management and other personnel. No change will be made in the Board of Directors or management as a result of the Reorganization.

              The Reorganization is subject to the approval of the OTS and the affirmative vote of a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast by Voting Members of the Bank.

    II. DEFINITIONS

              As used in this Plan, the terms set forth below have the following meanings:

               Account(s):   Withdrawable deposit(s) in the Bank, including certificates of deposit.

               Acting in Concert:   The term "acting in concert" shall have the same meaning given it in Section 574.2(c) of the Regulations. The determination under the Plan of whether a group is acting in concert shall be made solely by the Board of Directors of the Bank or officers delegated by such Board of Directors and may be based on any evidence upon which such board or delegatee chooses to rely.

               Affiliate:   An "affiliate" of, or a Person "affiliated" with, a specified Person, is a Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls, or is controlled by or is under common control with, the Person specified.

               Associate:   The term "associate," when used to indicate a relationship with any Person, means: (i) any corporation or organization (other than the Bank, the Stock Holding Company, the MHC or a majority-owned subsidiary of any of them) of which such Person is a director, officer or partner or is, directly or indirectly, the beneficial owner of ten percent or more of any class of equity securities; (ii) any trust or other estate in which such Person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such Person serves as trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity; (iii) any relative or spouse of such Person, or any relative of such spouse, who has the same home as such Person or who is a Director or Officer of the Bank, the MHC, the Stock Holding Company or any subsidiary of the MHC or the Stock Holding Company or any affiliate thereof; and (iv) any person acting in concert with any of the persons or entities specified in clauses (i) through (iii) above; provided, however, that any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan shall not be deemed to be an associate of any Director or Officer of the Bank, the MHC or the Stock Holding Company, to the extent provided herein. When used to refer to a Person other than an Officer or Director of the Bank, the Bank in its sole discretion may determine the Persons that are Associates of other Persons.

               Bank:   ViewPoint Bank, in its current mutual form of organization.

               Capital Stock:   Any and all authorized stock of the Stock Holding Company or the Stock Bank.

    2
    NEXT PAGE



               Common Stock:   Common stock, par value $.01 per share, issued by the Stock Holding Company simultaneously with the Reorganization, pursuant to its stock charter.

               Deposit Account:   Any withdrawable or repurchasable account or deposit in the Bank including savings accounts and demand accounts.

               Depositor:   Any person holding an Account in the Bank.

               Direct Community Offering:   The offering to the general public of any unsubscribed shares which may be effected as provided in Section IV hereof.

               Director:   A member of the Board of Directors of the Bank and, where applicable, a member of the Board of Directors of the MHC and the Stock Holding Company.

               Effective Date:   The effective date of the Reorganization, which shall be the date of consummation of the Reorganization and Stock Offering in accordance with this Plan and all applicable approvals.

               Eligible Account Holder:   Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit in the Bank on the Eligibility Record Date.

               Eligibility Record Date:   The close of business on December 31, 2004.

               ESOP:   The Bank's employee stock ownership plan.

               Exchange Act:   The Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

               FDIC:   The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

               HOLA:   The Home Owners' Loan Act, as amended.

               Holding Company Application:   The Application to be submitted by the Stock Holding Company to the OTS to have the MHC and the Stock Holding Company acquire a controlling interest in the common stock of the Stock Bank.

               Independent Appraiser:   The appraiser retained by the Bank to prepare an appraisal of the pro forma market value of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company.

               Market Maker:   A dealer (i.e., any Person who engages directly or indirectly as agent, broker or principal in the business of offering, buying, selling, or otherwise dealing or trading in securities issued by another Person) who, with respect to a particular security: (i) regularly publishes bona fide, competitive bid and offer quotations in a recognized inter-dealer quotation system; or (ii) furnishes bona fide competitive bid and offer quotations on request; and (iii) is ready, willing, and able to effect transactions in reasonable quantities at his quoted prices with other brokers or dealers.

    3
    NEXT PAGE



               Marketing Agent:   The broker-dealer responsible for organizing and managing the Stock Offering and sale of the Common Stock.

               Members:   Any person or entity that is entitled under the charter of the Bank to vote on matters affecting the Bank.

               MHC:   ViewPoint MHC, the mutual holding company established by the Bank incident to the Reorganization.

               Minority Ownership Interest:   The shares of the Stock Holding Company's Common Stock owned by persons other than the MHC, expressed as a percentage of the total shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock outstanding.

               Minority Stock Offering:   One or more offerings of less than 50% in the aggregate of the outstanding Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company to persons other than the MHC.

               Minority Stockholder:   Any owner of the Stock Holding Company's Common Stock, other than the MHC.

               Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plan:   Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which with its related trust does not meet the requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code.

               Non-Voting Stock:   Any Capital Stock other than Voting Stock.

               Notice of Reorganization:   The Notice of MHC Reorganization to be submitted by the Bank to the OTS to notify it of the Reorganization.

               Notice of Stock Issuance:   The Notice of Stock Issuance to be submitted by the Bank to the OTS to notify it of the Stock Offering.

               Officer:   An executive officer of the Bank, which includes the Chairman, Chief Executive Officer, President, Executive Vice Presidents and Senior Vice Presidents in charge of principal business functions, and any other person participating in major policy making functions of the Bank.

               Order Form:   Form to be used in the Subscription Offering to exercise subscription rights.

               Other Members:   Members of the Bank, other than Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders, as of the Voting Record Date.

               OTS:   Office of Thrift Supervision.

    4
    NEXT PAGE



               Parent:   A company that controls another company, either directly or indirectly through one or more subsidiaries.

               Person:   Any individual, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint-stock company, a trust (including Individual Retirement Accounts and KEOGH Accounts), any unincorporated organization, a government or political subdivision thereof or any other entity.

               Plan:   This Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance of the Bank as it exists on the date hereof and as it may hereafter be amended in accordance with its terms.

               Public Offering:   The offering for sale through the Underwriters to selected members of the general public of any shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering or the Direct Community Offering, if any.

               Public Offering Price:   The price per share at which any unsubscribed shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock are initially offered for sale in the Public Offering.

               Qualifying Deposit:   The aggregate balance of $50 or more of each Deposit Account of an Eligible Account Holder or of a Supplemental Eligible Account Holder.

               Registration Statement:   Form S-1 Registration Statement to be filed with the SEC for registration of the shares offered in the Stock Issuance.

               Regulations:   The rules and regulations of the OTS.

               Reorganization:   Collectively, all steps necessary for the Bank to reorganize into the mutual holding company form of organization in accordance with the Plan and the provisions of the HOLA and Part 575 of the Regulations.

               Residence:   The terms "residence," "reside," "resided" or "residing" as used herein with respect to any person shall mean any person who occupied a dwelling in the communities in which the Bank does business, has an intent to remain with such communities for a period of time, and manifests the genuineness of that intent by establishing an ongoing physical presence within such communities together with an indication that such presence within such communities is something other than merely transitory in nature. To the extent the Person is a corporation or other business entity, the principal place of business or headquarters shall be in these communities. To the extent a person is a personal benefit plan, the circumstances of the beneficiary shall apply with respect to this definition. In the case of all other benefit plans, the circumstances of the trustee shall be examined for purposes of this definition. The Bank may utilize deposit or loan records or such other evidence provided to it to make a determination as to whether a person is a resident. In all cases, however, such a determination shall be in the sole discretion of the Bank.

               SEC:   U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

               Special Meeting of Members :  The special meeting and any adjournments thereof held to consider and vote upon this Plan.

    5
    NEXT PAGE



               Stock Bank :  The newly organized federally chartered stock savings bank subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company resulting from the Reorganization.

               Stock Holding Company :  ViewPoint Financial Group, the federal stock corporation, majority-owned by the MHC, which is being formed for the purpose of initially owning 100% of the common stock of the Stock Bank.

               Stock Offering :  The offering of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company to Persons other than the MHC, in a Subscription Offering and, to the extent shares remain available, in a Direct Community Offering or otherwise.

               Subscription Offering :  The offering of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company for subscription and purchase pursuant to this Plan.

               Subsidiary :  Any company, a majority of whose voting stock is indirectly or directly owned, controlled or held with power to vote by another company.

               Supplemental Eligible Account Holder:   Any Person holding a Qualifying Deposit on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date, who is not an Officer or Director of the Bank, or an Associate of an Officer or Director of the Bank.

               Supplemental Eligible Record Date:   The last day of the calendar quarter before approval of the Plan by the OTS.

               Tax-Qualified Employee Plans :  Any defined benefit plan or defined contribution plan of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company, such as an employee stock ownership plan, stock bonus plan, profit-sharing plan or other plan, which with its related trust meets the requirements to be "qualified" under Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code, as amended.

               Underwriters :  The investment banking firm or firms agreeing to offer and sell Stock Holding Company Common Stock in the Public Offering.

               Voting Members :  Those persons eligible to vote at meetings of Members of the Bank pursuant to the Bank's charter and bylaws.

               Voting Record Date:   The date established by the Board of Directors of the Bank in accordance with the Regulations for determining eligibility to vote at the Special Meeting of Members.

               Voting Stock:   Common or preferred stock, or similar interests if the shares by statute, charter or in any manner, entitle the holder to: (i) vote for or to select directors of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company; and (ii) vote on or direct the conduct of the operations or other significant policies of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, preferred stock is not "Voting Stock" if: (i) voting rights associated with the preferred stock are limited solely to the type customarily provided by statute with regard to matters that would significantly and adversely affect the rights or preferences of the preferred stock, such as the issuance of additional amounts or classes of senior securities, the modification of the terms of the

    6
    NEXT PAGE



    preferred stock, the dissolution of the Bank, or the payment of dividends by the Bank when preferred dividends are in arrears; (ii) the preferred stock represents an essentially passive investment or financing device and does not otherwise provide the holder with control over the issuer; and (iii) the preferred stock does not at the time entitle the holder, by statute, charter, or otherwise, to select or to vote for the selection of directors of the Bank or the Stock Holding Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, "Voting Stock" shall be deemed to include preferred stock and other securities that, upon transfer or otherwise, are convertible into Voting Stock or exercisable to acquire Voting Stock where the holder of the stock, convertible security or right to acquire Voting Stock has the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock. Securities immediately convertible into Voting Stock at the option of the holder without payment of additional consideration shall be deemed to constitute the Voting Stock into which they are convertible; other convertible securities and rights to acquire Voting Stock shall not be deemed to vest the holder with the preponderant economic risk in the underlying Voting Stock if the holder has paid less than 50% of the consideration required to directly acquire the Voting Stock and has no other economic interest in the underlying Voting Stock.

    III. PLAN OF REORGANIZATION

              Pursuant to Section 10(o) of the HOLA and 12 C.F.R. Part 575 of the Regulations, the Reorganization will be accomplished in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Plan, applicable Regulations, and as otherwise may be required by the OTS.

    A. Certain Effects of Reorganization

    1. Organization of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank

              A principal part of the Reorganization will be the formation of a federally chartered capital stock savings bank subsidiary. As a result of the Reorganization, the Stock Holding Company will own 100% of the Stock Bank's Voting Stock. The MHC will own a majority interest in the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank at all times as long as the MHC remains in the mutual form of organization.

              The Reorganization will be effected as follows, or in any manner approved by the Board of Directors of the Bank and the OTS that is consistent with the purposes of this Plan and applicable laws and regulations: (i) the Bank will organize an interim stock savings bank as a wholly owned subsidiary ("Interim One"); (ii) Interim One will organize an interim stock savings bank as a wholly owned subsidiary ("Interim Two"); (iii) Interim One will organize the Stock Holding Company as a wholly owned subsidiary; (iv) the Bank will exchange its charter for a federal stock savings bank charter to become the Stock Bank and Interim One will exchange its charter for a federal mutual holding company charter to become the MHC; (v) simultaneously with step (iv), Interim Two will merge with and into Stock Bank with the Stock Bank as the resulting institution; (vi) all of the initially issued stock of the Stock Bank will be transferred to the MHC in exchange for membership interests in the MHC; and (vii) the MHC will contribute the capital stock of the Stock Bank to the Stock Holding Company, and the Stock Bank will become a wholly owned subsidiary of the Stock Holding Company. Contemporaneously with

    7
    NEXT PAGE



    the Reorganization, the Stock Holding Company will offer for sale in the Stock Offering shares of Common Stock based on the pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank.

              Upon consummation of the Reorganization, the legal existence of the Bank will not terminate, but the converted Stock Bank will be a continuation of the Bank, and all property of the Bank, including its right, title and interest in and to all property of whatsoever kind and nature, interest and asset of every conceivable value or benefit then existing or pertaining to the Bank, or which would inure to the Bank immediately by operation of law and without the necessity of any conveyance or transfer and without any further act or deed, will vest in the Stock Bank. The Stock Bank will have, hold and enjoy the same in its right and fully to the same extent as the same was possessed, held and enjoyed by the Bank. The Stock Bank will continue to have, succeed to, and be responsible for all rights, liabilities and obligations of the Bank and will maintain its headquarters operations at the Bank's present location.

              In connection with the Reorganization, the Bank will apply to the OTS to have the Stock Holding Company retain up to 50% of the net proceeds of the Stock Offering, or such other amount as may be determined by the board of the Bank. The Stock Bank may distribute additional capital to the Stock Holding Company following the Reorganization, subject to the Regulations governing capital distributions. The Stock Holding Company will have the power to issue shares of Capital Stock to persons other than the MHC. However, so long as the MHC is in existence, the MHC will be required to own at least a majority of the Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company. The Stock Holding Company may issue any amount of Non-Voting Stock to persons other than the MHC. The Stock Holding Company will be authorized to undertake one or more Minority Stock Offerings of less than 50% in the aggregate of the total outstanding Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company, and the Stock Holding Company intends to offer for sale up to 49% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering. The Bank believes that capitalization of the MHC and the Stock Holding Company will provide the MHC and the Stock Holding Company with economic strength separate and apart from the Stock Bank and could facilitate future activities by the MHC and the Stock Holding Company.

    2. Effect on Deposit Accounts and Borrowings

              Each Deposit Account in the Bank on the Effective Date will remain a Deposit Account in the Stock Bank in the same amount and upon the same terms and conditions, and will continue to be federally insured up to the legal maximum by the FDIC in the same manner as the Deposit Account existed in the Bank immediately prior to the Reorganization. Upon consummation of the Reorganization, all loans and other borrowings from the Bank shall retain the same status with the Stock Bank after the Reorganization as they had with the Bank immediately prior to the Reorganization.

    3. The Stock Bank

              Upon completion of the Reorganization, the Stock Bank will be authorized to exercise any and all powers, rights and privileges of, and will be subject to all limitations applicable to, capital stock savings banks under federal law. Copies of the proposed charter and bylaws of the

    8
    NEXT PAGE



    Stock Bank are included as Attachments A-1 and A-2 and are made a part of this Plan. The Reorganization will not result in any reduction of the amount of retained earnings (other than the assets of the Bank retained by or distributed to the Stock Holding Company or the MHC), undivided profits, and general loss reserves that the Bank had prior to the Reorganization. Such retained earnings and general loss reserves will be accounted for by the MHC, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank on a consolidated basis in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

              The initial members of the Board of Directors of the Stock Bank will be the members of the existing Board of Directors of the Bank. The Stock Bank will be wholly owned by the Stock Holding Company. The Stock Holding Company will be wholly owned by its stockholders, who will consist of the MHC and the Persons who purchase Common Stock in the Stock Offering and any subsequent Minority Stock Offering. Upon the Effective Date of the Reorganization, the voting and membership rights of Members will be transferred to the MHC, subject to the conditions specified below.

    4. The Stock Holding Company

              The Stock Holding Company will be authorized to exercise any and all powers, rights and privileges, and will be subject to all limitations applicable to savings and loan holding companies and mutual holding companies under federal law and the Regulations. The initial members of the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company will be the existing Board of Directors of the Bank. Thereafter, the voting stockholders of the Stock Holding Company will elect approximately one-third of the Stock Holding Company's directors annually. Copies of the proposed charter and bylaws of the Stock Holding Company are included as Attachments B-1 and B-2 and are made part of this Plan.

              The Stock Holding Company will have the power to issue shares of Capital Stock to Persons other than the MHC. However, so long as the MHC is in existence, the MHC will be required to own at least a majority of the Voting Stock of the Stock Holding Company. The Stock Holding Company may issue any amount of Non-Voting Stock to Persons other than the MHC. The Stock Holding Company will be authorized to undertake one or more Minority Stock Offerings of less than 50% in the aggregate of the total outstanding Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company, and the Stock Holding Company intends to offer for sale up to 49% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering.

    5. The MHC

              As a mutual corporation, the MHC will have no stockholders. The members of the MHC will have exclusive voting authority as to all matters requiring a vote of members under the charter of the MHC. Persons who have membership rights with respect to the Bank under its existing charter immediately prior to the Reorganization shall continue to have such rights solely with respect to the MHC after the Reorganization so long as such Persons remain depositors or borrowers, as the case may be, of the Bank after the Reorganization. In addition, all Persons who become Depositors of the Stock Bank following the Reorganization will have membership rights with respect to the MHC. The rights and powers of the MHC will be defined by the MHC's

    9
    NEXT PAGE



    charter and bylaws, copies of which are included in this Plan as Attachments C-1 and C-2 and are made a part of this Plan, and by the statutory and regulatory provisions applicable to savings and loan holding companies and mutual holding companies. In particular, the MHC shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions imposed on savings and loan holding companies by Section 10(o)(5) of the HOLA.

              The initial members of the Board of Directors of the MHC will be the existing Board of Directors of the Bank. Thereafter, approximately one-third of the directors of the MHC will be elected annually by the members of the MHC who will consist of certain of the former Members of the Bank and all persons who become Depositors of the Stock Bank after the Reorganization.

    B. Conditions to Implementation of Reorganization

              Consummation of the Reorganization is expressly conditioned upon the following:

    1. Approval of the Plan by a majority of the Board of Directors of the Bank;

    2. The filing of a Notice of Reorganization, including the Plan, with the OTS and either: (a) the OTS has given written notice of its intent not to disapprove the Reorganization; or (b) sixty days have passed since the OTS received the Notice of Reorganization and deemed it sufficient under Section 516.2(c) of the Regulations, and the OTS has not given written notice that the Reorganization is disapproved or extended for an additional 30 days the period during which disapproval may be issued;

    3. The filing of the Holding Company Application with and approval by the OTS pursuant to the HOLA for the Stock Holding Company and MHC to become savings and loan holding companies by owning or acquiring 100% of the common stock of the Stock Bank and at least more than 50% of the Stock Holding Company, respectively, to be issued in connection with the Reorganization;

    4. All necessary approvals have been obtained from the OTS in connection with the adoption of the charter and bylaws of the MHC, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank, the conversion of the Bank to a stock charter, and any transfer of assets and liabilities of the Bank to the Stock Bank pursuant to the Plan;

    5. Approval of the Plan by a majority of the total votes of Voting Members of the Bank eligible to be cast at the Special Meeting of Members;

    6. Satisfaction of all conditions specified or otherwise imposed by the OTS in connection with approval of the Notice of Reorganization and all transactions related thereto;

    7. Receipt by the Bank of a favorable ruling of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") or an opinion of the Bank's tax advisor with respect to federal taxation to the effect that consummation of the Reorganization will not be a taxable event to the

    10
    NEXT PAGE



    MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Stock Bank, the Bank or the Bank's Depositors; and

    8. Receipt by the Bank of either a private letter ruling of the Texas taxation authorities or an opinion of the Bank's tax advisor with respect to Texas taxation to the effect that consummation of the Reorganization will not be a taxable event to the MHC, the Stock Holding Company, the Stock Bank, the Bank or the Bank's Depositors.

    C. Special Meeting of Members

              Subsequent to the approval of the Plan by the OTS, the Special Meeting of Members shall be scheduled in accordance with the Bank's bylaws. Promptly after receipt of approval and at least 20 days but not more than 45 days prior to the Special Meeting of Members, the Bank shall distribute proxy solicitation materials to all Voting Members as of the Voting Record Date. The proxy solicitation materials shall include a proxy statement (the "Proxy Statement"), other documents authorized for use by the regulatory authorities, and may also include a copy of the Plan. The proxy materials shall contain the information that is relevant to the action to be taken by the Voting Members.

              Pursuant to the Regulations, an affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the total outstanding votes of the Voting Members eligible to be cast is required for approval of the Plan. Voting may be in person or by proxy in accordance with the charter and bylaws of the Bank. The OTS shall be notified promptly of the actions of the Voting Members.

    D. Rights of Members of the MHC

              Following the Reorganization, all persons who had membership rights with respect to the Bank as of the date of the Reorganization will continue to have such rights solely with respect to the MHC. All existing proxies granted by Members of the Bank to the Board of Directors of the Bank shall automatically become proxies granted to the Board of Directors of the MHC. In addition, all persons who become depositors of the Stock Bank subsequent to the Reorganization also will have membership rights with respect to the MHC. In each case, no person who ceases to be the holder of a deposit account in the Stock Bank after the Reorganization shall have any membership or rights with respect to the MHC. Borrowers of the Stock Bank who were borrower members of the Bank at the time of the Reorganization, if applicable, will have the same membership rights in the MHC as they had in the Bank immediately prior to the Reorganization for so long as their pre-Reorganization borrowings remain outstanding. Borrowers will not receive membership rights in connection with any new borrowings made after the Reorganization.

    E. Conversion of MHC to Stock Form

              Following the completion of the Reorganization, the MHC may elect to convert to stock form in accordance with applicable law (a "Conversion Transaction"). There can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion Transaction will occur. In a Conversion Transaction, the MHC

    11
    NEXT PAGE



    would merge with and into the Stock Bank or the Stock Holding Company, with the Stock Bank or the Stock Holding Company as the resulting entity, and the depositors of the Stock Bank would receive the right to subscribe for a number of shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company, as determined by the formula set forth below. The additional shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company issued in the Conversion Transaction would be sold at their aggregate pro forma market value as determined by an independent appraisal.

              Any Conversion Transaction shall be fair and equitable to Minority Stockholders. In any Conversion Transaction, Minority Stockholders, if any, will be entitled without additional consideration to maintain the same percentage ownership interest in the Stock Holding Company after the Conversion Transaction as their percentage ownership interest in the Stock Holding Company immediately prior to the Conversion Transaction (i.e., the "Minority Ownership Interest").

              At the sole discretion of the Board of Directors of the MHC and the Stock Holding Company, a Conversion Transaction may be effected in any other manner necessary to qualify the Conversion Transaction as a tax-free reorganization under applicable federal and state tax laws, provided such Conversion Transaction does not diminish the rights and ownership interest of Minority Stockholders as set forth in the preceding paragraphs. If a Conversion Transaction does not occur, the MHC will always own a majority of the voting stock of the Stock Holding Company. Management of the Bank has no intention of conducting a Conversion Transaction.

              A Conversion Transaction would require the approval of applicable federal regulators, and would be presented to a vote of the members of the MHC. Federal regulatory policy requires that in any Conversion Transaction the members of the MHC will be accorded the same stock purchase priorities as if the MHC were a mutual savings institution converting to stock form.

    IV. STOCK ISSUANCE
    A. Timing of the Reorganization and Sale of Capital Stock

              The Bank intends to consummate the Reorganization as soon as feasible following the receipt of all approvals referred to in the Plan. The Bank will file the Notice of Stock Issuance for OTS approval of the Stock Offering concurrently with the filing of the Notice of Reorganization. At the same time, the Stock Holding Company will file the Registration Statement, which must be declared effective by the SEC. Subject to the receipt of OTS approval of the Notice and SEC effectiveness of the Registration Statement, the Stock Holding Company intends to commence the Stock Offering concurrently with the proxy solicitation of Members. The Stock Holding Company may close the Stock Offering before the Special Meeting of Members, provided that the offer and sale of the Common Stock shall be conditioned upon approval of the Plan by the Members at the Special Meeting of Members. The Bank's proxy solicitation materials may permit certain Members to return to the Bank by a reasonable date certain a postage paid card or other written communication requesting receipt of the prospectus describing the Stock Offering if the prospectus is not mailed concurrently with the proxy solicitation materials. The Stock Offering shall be conducted in compliance with the securities

    12
    NEXT PAGE



    offering regulations of the SEC. The Bank will not finance or loan funds to any person to purchase Common Stock.

    B. Number of Shares to Be Offered

              The total number of shares (or range thereof) of Common Stock to be issued and offered for sale pursuant to the Plan shall be determined initially by the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company in conjunction with the determination of the Independent Appraiser. The number of shares to be offered may be adjusted prior to completion of the Stock Offering. The total number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued to persons other than the MHC at the close of the Stock Offering must be less than 50% of the issued and outstanding shares of Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company.

    C. Independent Valuation and Purchase Price of Shares

              All shares of Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering shall be sold at a uniform price per share. The purchase price and number of shares to be outstanding shall be determined by the Board of Directors of the Stock Holding Company on the basis of the estimated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank. The aggregate purchase price for the Common Stock will not be inconsistent with such market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank. The pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will be determined for such purposes by the Independent Appraiser.

              Prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering, an estimated valuation range will be established, which range may vary within 15% above to 15% below the midpoint of such range, and up to 15% greater than the maximum of such range, as determined by the Board of Directors at the time of the Stock Offering and consistent with the Regulations. The Stock Holding Company intends to issue up to 49.9% of its common stock in the Stock Offering. The number of shares of Common Stock to be issued and the ownership interest of the MHC may be increased or decreased by the Stock Holding Company, taking into consideration any change in the independent valuation and other factors, at the discretion of the Board of Directors of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company.

              Based upon the independent valuation as updated prior to the commencement of the Stock Offering, the Board of Directors may establish the minimum and maximum ownership percentage applicable to the Stock Offering, may fix the ownership percentage of the Minority Stockholders, or may establish the minimum and maximum aggregate dollar amount of shares to be sold. In the event the ownership percentage of the Minority Stockholders is not fixed in the Stock Offering, the minority ownership percentage (the "Minority Ownership Percentage") will be determined as follows: (a) the product of (x) the total number of shares of Common Stock issued by the Stock Holding Company and (y) the purchase price per share divided by (b) the estimated aggregate pro forma market value of the Bank and the Stock Holding Company immediately after the Stock Offering as determined by the Independent Appraiser, expressed in terms of a specific aggregate dollar amount rather than as a range, upon the closing of the Stock Offering or sale of all the Common Stock.

    13
    NEXT PAGE



              Notwithstanding the foregoing, no sale of Common Stock may be consummated unless, prior to such consummation, the Independent Appraiser confirms to the Stock Holding Company, the Bank and to the OTS that, to the best knowledge of the Independent Appraiser, nothing of a material nature has occurred which, taking into account all relevant factors, would cause the Independent Appraiser to conclude that the aggregate value of the Common Stock to be issued is incompatible with its estimate of the aggregate consolidated pro forma market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank. If such confirmation is not received, the Stock Holding Company may cancel the Stock Offering, extend the Stock Offering and establish a new estimated valuation range and/or estimated price range, extend, reopen or hold a new Stock Offering or take such other action as the OTS may permit.

              The estimated market value of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank shall be determined for such purpose by an Independent Appraiser on the basis of such appropriate factors as are not inconsistent with the Regulations. The Common Stock to be issued in the Stock Offering shall be fully paid and nonassessable.

              If there is a Direct Community Offering or Public Offering of shares of Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering, the price per share at which the Common Stock is sold in such Direct Community Offering or Public Offering shall be equal to the purchase price per share at which the Common Stock is sold to Persons in the Subscription Offering. Shares sold in the Direct Community Offering or Public Offering will be subject to the same limitations as shares sold in the Subscription Offering.

    D. Stock Issuance Procedure

              The Stock Holding Company Common Stock will be offered for sale in the Subscription Offering to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members of the Bank, prior to or within 45 days after the date of the Special Meeting of Members. However, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank may delay commencing the Subscription Offering beyond such 45-day period in the event there exist unforeseen material adverse market or financial conditions. The Bank may, either concurrently with, at any time during, or promptly after the Subscription Offering, also offer the Stock Holding Company Common Stock to and accept subscriptions from other Persons in a Direct Community Offering or a Public Offering; provided that the Bank's Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members shall have the priority rights to subscribe for Stock Holding Company Common Stock set forth in this Plan.

              The period for the Subscription Offering and Direct Community Offering will be not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days unless extended by the Bank. Upon completion of the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering, if any, any unsubscribed shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock may be sold through the Underwriters to selected members of the general public in the Public Offering. If for any reason all of the shares are not sold in the Subscription Offering, the Direct Community Offering, if any, and the Public Offering, if any, the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will use their best efforts to obtain other purchasers, subject to OTS approval. Completion of the sale of all shares of Stock Holding

    14
    NEXT PAGE



    Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering is required within 45 days after termination of the Subscription Offering, subject to extension of such 45-day period by the Stock Holding Company and the Bank with the approval of the OTS. The Stock Holding Company and the Bank may jointly seek one or more extensions of such 45-day period if necessary to complete the sale of all shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock. In connection with such extensions, subscribers and other purchasers will be permitted to increase, decrease or rescind their subscriptions or purchase orders to the extent required by the OTS in approving the extensions. Completion of the sale of all shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock is required within 24 months after the date of the Special Meeting of Members.

    E. Subscription Rights

              Non-transferable subscription rights to purchase shares will be issued without payment therefor to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members as set forth below. No person may transfer, offer to transfer, enter into an agreement or understanding to transfer or otherwise assist in the transfer of any legal or beneficial ownership interest in the non-transferable subscription rights issued under this Plan or of the Common Stock, except in accordance with this Plan.

    1. Preference Category No. 1:  Eligible Account Holders

              Each Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in an amount equal to the greater of $400,000, or one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the total offering of shares, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Eligible Account Holders in the converting Bank in each case on the Eligibility Record Date.

              If sufficient shares are not available, shares shall be allocated first to permit each subscribing Eligible Account Holder to purchase to the extent possible 100 shares, and thereafter among each subscribing Eligible Account Holder pro rata in the same proportion that his Qualifying Deposit bears to the total Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

              Non-transferable subscription rights to purchase Stock Holding Company Common Stock received by Directors and Officers of the Bank and their Associates, based on their increased deposits in the Bank in the one-year period preceding the Eligibility Record Date, shall be subordinated to all other subscriptions involving the exercise of non-transferable subscription rights of Eligible Account Holders.

    2. Preference Category No. 2:  Tax-Qualified Employee Plans

              Each Tax-Qualified Employee Plan shall be entitled to receive non-transferable subscription rights to purchase up to 10% of the shares of Stock Holding Company Common

    15
    NEXT PAGE



    Stock, provided that singly or in the aggregate such plans (other than that portion of such plans which is self-directed) shall not purchase more than 10% of the shares of the Stock Holding Company Common Stock. Subscription rights received pursuant to this Category shall be subordinated to all rights received by Eligible Account Holders to purchase shares pursuant to Category No. 1; provided, however, that notwithstanding any other provision of this Plan to the contrary, the Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall have a first priority subscription right to the extent that the total number of shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock sold in the Stock Offering exceeds the maximum of the estimated valuation range as set forth in the subscription prospectus.

    3. Preference Category No. 3:  Supplemental Eligible Account Holders

              Each Supplemental Eligible Account Holder shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in an amount equal to the greater of $400,000, one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of the total offering of shares, or 15 times the product (rounded down to the next whole number) obtained by multiplying the total number of shares of common stock to be issued by a fraction of which the numerator is the amount of the Qualifying Deposit of the Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and the denominator is the total amount of Qualifying Deposits of all Supplemental Eligible Account Holders in the converting Bank in each case on the Supplemental Eligibility Record Date.

              Subscription rights received pursuant to this category shall be subordinated to all subscription rights received by Eligible Account Holders and Tax-Qualified Employee Plans pursuant to Category Nos. 1 and 2 above.

              Any non-transferable subscription rights to purchase shares received by an Eligible Account Holder in accordance with Category No. 1 shall reduce to the extent thereof the subscription rights to be distributed to such person pursuant to this Category.

              In the event of an oversubscription for shares under the provisions of this subparagraph, the shares available shall be allocated first to permit each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder, to the extent possible, to purchase a number of shares sufficient to make his total allocation (including the number of shares, if any, allocated in accordance with Category No. 1) equal to 100 shares, and thereafter among each subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holder pro rata in the same proportion that his Qualifying Deposit bears to the total Qualifying Deposits of all subscribing Supplemental Eligible Account Holders whose subscriptions remain unsatisfied.

    4. Preference Category No. 4:  Other Members

              Each Other Member shall receive non-transferable subscription rights to subscribe for shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock remaining after satisfying the subscriptions provided for under Category Nos. 1 through 3 above, subject to the following conditions: 

    i. Each Other Member shall be entitled to subscribe for an amount of shares equal to the greater of $400,000, or one-tenth of one percent (0.10%) of

    16
    NEXT PAGE



    the total offering of shares of common stock in the Stock Offering, to the extent that Stock Holding Company Common Stock is available.

    ii. In the event of an oversubscription for shares under the provisions of this subparagraph, the shares available shall be allocated among the subscribing Other Members pro rata in the same proportion that his number of votes on the Voting Record Date bears to the total number of votes on the Voting Record Date of all subscribing Other Members on such date. Such number of votes shall be determined based on the Bank's mutual charter and bylaws in effect on the date of approval by members of this Plan.

    F. Public Offering and Direct Community Offering

                        1.   Any shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock not subscribed for in the Subscription Offering may be offered for sale in a Direct Community Offering. This may involve an offering of all unsubscribed shares directly to the general public with a preference to those natural persons residing in the counties where the Bank has an office. The Direct Community Offering, if any, shall be for a period of not less than 20 days nor more than 45 days unless extended by the Stock Holding Company and the Bank, and shall commence concurrently with, during or promptly after the Subscription Offering. The purchase price per share to the general public in a Direct Community Offering shall be the same as the subscription price. The Stock Holding Company and the Bank may use an investment banking firm or firms on a best efforts basis to sell the unsubscribed shares in the Direct Community Offering. The Stock Holding Company and the Bank may pay a commission or other fee to such investment banking firm or firms as to the shares sold by such firm or firms in the Direct Community Offering and may also reimburse such firm or firms for expenses incurred in connection with the sale. The Stock Holding Company Common Stock will be offered and sold in the Direct Community Offering, if any, in accordance with the Regulations, so as to achieve the widest distribution of the Stock Holding Company Common Stock. No person, by himself or herself, or with an Associate or group of Persons acting in concert, may subscribe for or purchase more than $400,000 of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in the Direct Community Offering, if any. Further, the Bank may limit total subscriptions under this Section so as to assure that the number of shares available for the Public Offering may be up to a specified percentage of the number of shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock. Finally, the Bank may reserve shares offered in the Direct Community Offering for sales to institutional investors.

              In the event of an oversubscription for shares in the Direct Community Offering, shares may be allocated (to the extent shares remain available) first to cover orders of natural persons residing in counties in which the Bank has offices and then to cover the orders of any other person subscribing for shares in the Direct Community Offering so that each such person may receive 1,000 shares, and thereafter, on a pro rata basis to such persons based on the amount of their respective subscriptions.

              The Bank and the Stock Holding Company, in their sole discretion, may reject subscriptions, in whole or in part, received from any Person under this Section. Further, the Bank

    17
    NEXT PAGE



    and the Stock Holding Company may, at their sole discretion, elect to forego a Direct Community Offering and instead effect a Public Offering as described below.

                        2.   Any shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock not sold in the Subscription Offering or in the Direct Community Offering, if any, may then be sold through the Underwriters to selected members of the general public in the Public Offering. It is expected that the Public Offering will commence as soon as practicable after termination of the Subscription Offering and the Direct Community Offering, if any. The Bank and the Stock Holding Company, in their sole discretion, may reject any subscription, in whole or in part, received in the Public Offering. The Public Offering shall be completed within 90 days after the termination of the Subscription Offering, unless such period is extended as provided herein. No person, by himself or herself, or with an Associate or group of Persons acting in concert, may purchase more than $400,000 of Common Stock in the Public Offering, if any.

                        3.   If for any reason any shares remain unsold after the Subscription Offering, the Public Offering, if any, and the Direct Community Offering, if any, the Boards of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank will seek to make other arrangements for the sale of the remaining shares. Such other arrangements will be subject to the approval of the OTS and to compliance with applicable securities laws.

    G. Additional Limitations Upon Purchases of Shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock

              The following additional limitations shall be imposed on all purchases of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in the Stock Offering: 

                        1.   No Person, by himself or herself, or with an Associate or group of Persons acting in concert, may subscribe for or purchase in the Stock Offering a number of shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock in excess of $700,000 of the Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering. For purposes of this paragraph, an Associate of a Person does not include a Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plan in which the person has a substantial beneficial interest or serves as a trustee or in a similar fiduciary capacity. Moreover, for purposes of this paragraph, shares held by one or more Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plans attributed to a Person shall not be aggregated with shares purchased directly by or otherwise attributable to that Person. Except as set forth in paragraph 4 of this Section G, in no event shall the aggregate amount of Common Stock purchased in the Stock Offering by any Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plan or Person, by himself or herself, nor with an Associate or group of Persons acting in concert, exceed 4.9% of the shares of Common Stock upon completion of the Stock Offering or 4.9% of the stockholders equity of the Stock Bank at the close of the Stock Offering.

                        2.   Directors and Officers and their Associates may not purchase in all categories in the Stock Offering an aggregate of more than 25% of the Common Stock offered in the Stock Offering. For purposes of this paragraph, an Associate of a Person does not include any Tax-Qualified Employee Plan. Moreover, any shares attributable to the Officers and Directors and their Associates, but held by one or more Tax-Qualified Employee Plans shall not

    18
    NEXT PAGE



    be included in calculating the number of shares which may be purchased under the limitation in this paragraph.

                        3.   The minimum number of shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock that may be purchased by any Person in the Stock Offering is 25 shares, provided sufficient shares are available.

                        4.   The Boards of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank may, in their sole discretion, increase the maximum purchase limitation referred to herein up to 9.99%, provided that orders for shares exceeding 5% of the shares being offered in the Stock Offering shall not exceed, in the aggregate, 10% of the shares being offered in the Stock Offering. Requests to purchase additional shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock under this provision will be allocated by the Boards of Directors on a pro rata basis giving priority in accordance with the priority rights set forth herein.

              Depending upon market and financial conditions, the Boards of Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank, with the approval of the OTS and without further approval of the Members, may increase or decrease any of the above purchase limitations.

              For purposes of this Section, the Directors of the Stock Holding Company and the Bank shall not be deemed to be Associates or a group acting in concert solely as a result of their serving in such capacities.

              Each Person purchasing Common Stock in the Stock Offering shall be deemed to confirm that such purchase does not conflict with the above purchase limitations. All questions concerning whether any Persons are Associates or a group acting in concert or whether any purchase conflicts with the purchase limitations in this Plan or otherwise violates any provision of this Plan shall be determined by the Bank in its sole discretion. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all Persons and the Bank may take any remedial action, including without limitation rejecting the purchase or referring the matter to the OTS for action, as in its sole discretion the Bank may deem appropriate.

    H. Restrictions and Other Characteristics of Stock Holding Company Common Stock Being Sold

              Stock Holding Company Common Stock purchased by Persons other than Directors and Officers of the Stock Holding Company or the Bank will be transferable without restriction. Shares purchased by Directors or Officers shall not be sold or otherwise disposed of for value for a period of one year from the date of the Stock Offering, except for any disposition of such shares following the death of the original purchaser or resulting from an exchange of securities in a merger or acquisition approved by the applicable regulatory authorities. Any transfers that could result in a change of control of the Stock Bank or the Stock Holding Company or result in the ownership by any Person or group acting in concert of more than 10% of any class of the Stock Bank's or the Stock Holding Company's equity securities are subject to the prior approval of the OTS.

    19
    NEXT PAGE



              The certificates representing shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock issued to Directors and Officers shall bear a legend giving appropriate notice of the one-year holding period restriction. Appropriate instructions shall be given to the transfer agent for such stock with respect to the applicable restrictions relating to the transfer of restricted stock. Any shares of common stock of the Stock Holding Company subsequently issued as a stock dividend, stock split, or otherwise, with respect to any such restricted stock, shall be subject to the same holding period restrictions for Stock Holding Company or Bank Directors and Officers as may be then applicable to such restricted stock.

    I. Exercise of Subscription Rights; Order Forms

                        1.   If the Subscription Offering occurs concurrently with the solicitation of proxies for the Special Meeting of Members, the prospectus and Order Form may be sent to each Eligible Account Holder, Tax-Qualified Employee Plan, Supplemental Eligible Account Holder and Other Member at their last known address as shown on the records of the Bank. However, the Bank may, and if the Subscription Offering commences after the Special Meeting of Members the Bank shall, furnish a prospectus and Order Form only to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members who have returned to the Bank by a specified date prior to the commencement of the Subscription Offering a post card or other written communication requesting a prospectus and Order Form. In such event, the Bank shall provide a postage-paid post card for this purpose and make appropriate disclosure in its proxy statement for the solicitation of proxies to be voted at the Special Meeting and/or letter sent in lieu of the proxy statement to those Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Supplemental Eligible Account Holders who are not Members on the Voting Record Date.

                        2.   Each Order Form will be preceded or accompanied by a prospectus describing the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank and the shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock being offered for subscription and containing all other information required by the OTS or the SEC or necessary to enable Persons to make informed investment decisions regarding the purchase of Stock Holding Company Common Stock.

                        3.   The Order Form (or accompanying instructions) used for the Subscription Offering will contain, among other things, the following: 

    i. A clear and intelligible explanation of the subscription rights granted under the Plan to Eligible Account Holders, Tax-Qualified Employee Plans, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders and Other Members;

    ii. A specified expiration date by which the Order Form must be returned to and actually received by the Bank or its representative for purposes of exercising subscription rights, which date will be not less than 20 days after the Order Forms are mailed by the Bank;

    iii. The subscription price to be paid for each share subscribed for when the Order Form is returned;

    20
    NEXT PAGE



    iv. A statement that 25 shares is the minimum number of shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock that may be subscribed for under the Plan;

    v. A specifically designated blank space for indicating the number of shares being subscribed for;

    vi. A set of detailed instructions as to how to complete the Order Form including a statement as to the available alternative methods of payment for the shares being subscribed for;

    vii. Specifically designated blank spaces for dating and signing the Order Form;

    viii. An acknowledgement that the subscriber has received the prospectus;

    ix. A statement of the consequences of failing to properly complete and return the Order Form, including a statement that the subscription rights will expire on the expiration date specified on the Order Form unless such expiration date is extended by the Stock Holding Company and the Bank, and that the subscription rights may be exercised only by delivering the Order Form, properly completed and executed, to the Bank or its representative by the expiration date, together with required payment of the subscription price for all shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for;

    x. A statement that the subscription rights are non-transferable and that all shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for upon exercise of subscription rights must be purchased on behalf of the Person exercising the subscription rights for his own account; and

    xi. A statement that, after receipt by the Bank or its representative, a subscription may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled without the consent of the Bank.

    J. Method of Payment

              Payment for all shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for must accompany all completed Order Forms. Payment may be made in cash (if presented in Person), by check, money order or, if the subscriber has a Deposit Account in the Bank (including a certificate of deposit), the subscriber may authorize the Bank to charge the subscriber's account.

              If a subscriber authorizes the Bank to charge his or her account, the funds will continue to earn interest, but may not be used by the subscriber until all Stock Holding Company Common Stock has been sold or the Plan is terminated, whichever is earlier. The Bank will allow subscribers to purchase shares by withdrawing funds from certificate accounts without the assessment of early withdrawal penalties with the exception of prepaid interest in the form of

    21
    NEXT PAGE



    promotional gifts. In the case of early withdrawal of only a portion of such account, the certificate evidencing such account shall be canceled if the remaining balance of the account is less than the applicable minimum balance requirement, in which event the remaining balance will earn interest at the statement savings rate. This waiver of the early withdrawal penalty is applicable only to withdrawals made in connection with the purchase of Stock Holding Company Common Stock under the Plan. Interest will also be paid, at not less than the then-current statement savings rate, on all orders paid in cash, by check or money order, from the date payment is received until consummation of the Stock Offering. Payments made in cash, by check or money order will be placed by the Bank in an escrow or other account established specifically for this purpose.

              In the event of an unfilled amount of any subscription order, the Stock Bank will make an appropriate refund or cancel an appropriate portion of the related withdrawal authorization, after consummation of the Stock Offering. If for any reason the Stock Offering is not consummated, purchasers will have refunded to them all payments made and all withdrawal authorizations will be canceled in the case of subscription payments authorized from accounts at the Bank.

              If any Tax-Qualified Employee Plans or Non-Tax-Qualified Employee Plans subscribe for shares during the Subscription Offering, such plans will not be required to pay for the shares subscribed for at the time they subscribe, but may pay for such shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock subscribed for upon consummation of the Stock Offering. In the event that, after the completion of the Subscription Offering, the amount of shares to be issued is increased above the maximum of the estimated valuation range included in the prospectus, the Tax Qualified and Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plans shall be entitled to increase their subscriptions by a percentage equal to the percentage increase in the amount of shares to be issued above the maximum of the estimated valuation range provided that such subscriptions shall continue to be subject to applicable purchase limits and stock allocation procedures.

    K. Undelivered, Defective or Late Order Form; Insufficient Payment

              In the event Order Forms (a) are not delivered and are returned to the Bank by the United States Postal Service or the Bank is unable to locate the addressee, (b) are not received back by the Bank or are received by the Bank after the expiration date specified thereon, (c) are defectively filled out or executed, (d) are not accompanied by the full required payment for the shares of Common Stock subscribed for (including cases in which Deposit Accounts from which withdrawals are authorized are insufficient to cover the amount of the required payment), or (e) are not mailed pursuant to a "no mail" order placed in effect by the account holder, the subscription rights of the Person to whom such rights have been granted will lapse as though such Person failed to return the contemplated Order Form within the time period specified thereon; provided, that the Bank may, but will not be required to, waive any immaterial irregularity on any Order Form or require the submission of corrected Order Forms or the remittance of full payment for subscribed shares by such date as the Bank may specify. The interpretation by the Bank of terms and conditions of this Plan and of the Order Forms will be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.

    22
    NEXT PAGE



    L. Payment of Dividends and Repurchase of Stock

              The Stock Bank shall not declare or pay a cash dividend on, or repurchase any of, its Capital Stock if the effect thereof would cause its regulatory capital to be reduced below (i) the amount required for any required liquidation account or (ii) the federal regulatory capital requirement set forth in Section 567.2 of the Regulations. Otherwise, the Stock Bank may declare dividends, make capital distributions or repurchase its capital stock in accordance with applicable law and regulations. Subject to the approval of the OTS, the MHC may waive its right to receive dividends declared by the Stock Bank or the Stock Holding Company.

    M. Completion of the Stock Offering

              The Stock Offering will be terminated if not completed within 90 days from the date of approval by the OTS, unless an extension is approved by the OTS.

    V. OTHER MATTERS

    A. Securities Registration and Market Making

              Promptly following the Stock Offering, the Stock Holding Company will register its stock with the SEC pursuant to the Exchange Act. In connection with the registration, the Stock Holding Company will undertake not to deregister such stock, without the approval of the OTS, for a period of three years thereafter. At the close of the Stock Offering the Stock Holding Company shall use its best efforts to:

    1. encourage and assist three market markers to establish and maintain a market for the Common Stock; and

    2. list the Common Stock on a national or regional securities exchange, or on the Nasdaq System.

    B. Stock Purchases by Directors and Officers After the Offering

              For a period of three years after the proposed Stock Offering, no Director or Officer of the Stock Bank or its Affiliates, or an Associate of such Person may purchase, without the prior written approval of the OTS, any Common Stock of the Stock Holding Company, except from a broker-dealer registered with the SEC, except that the foregoing shall not apply to:

    1. Negotiated transactions involving more than 1% of the outstanding stock in that class of stock; or

    2. Purchases of stock made by and held by any Tax-Qualified or Non-Tax Qualified Employee Plan of the Stock Bank or the Stock Holding Company even if such stock is attributed to Directors, Officers or their Associates.
    23
    NEXT PAGE



    C. Stock Benefit Plans

              The Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank are authorized and intend to adopt stock benefit plans in connection with the Reorganization, including without limitation an ESOP.

              Subsequent to the Reorganization, the Stock Holding Company and the Stock Bank are authorized and intend to adopt stock benefit plans including, without limitation, stock option plans and restricted stock plans, provided however that, with respect to any such plan, the total number of shares of common stock for which options may be granted and the total amount of common stock granted as restricted stock will not exceed the limitations set forth in the rules and regulations of the OTS, to the extent applicable.

    D. Employment and Other Severance Agreements

              Following or contemporaneously with the Reorganization, the Bank and/or the Stock Holding Company may enter into employment and/or severance arrangements with one or more executive officers of the Bank and/or the Stock Holding Company. It is anticipated that any employment contracts entered into by the Bank and/or the Stock Holding Company will be for terms not exceeding three years and that such contracts will provide for annual renewals of the term of the contracts, subject to approval by the Board of Directors. The Bank and/or the Stock Holding Company also may enter into severance arrangements with one or more executive officers which provide for the payment of severance compensation in the event of a change in control of the Stock Bank and/or the Stock Holding Company. The terms of such employment and severance arrangements have not been determined as of this time, but will be described in any prospectus circulated in connection with the Stock Offering and will be subject to and comply with all regulations of the OTS.

    E. Expenses of Reorganization

              The Bank shall use its best efforts to assure that expenses incurred by it in connection with the Reorganization shall be reasonable.

    F. Interpretation

              All interpretations of this Plan and application of its provisions to particular circumstances shall be made by the Board of Directors of the Bank and all such interpretations shall be final, subject to the authority of the OTS.

    G. Amendment or Termination of the Plan

              If deemed necessary or desirable, the Plan may be substantively amended at any time prior to solicitation of proxies from Voting Members to vote on the Plan by a majority vote of the Bank's Board of Directors, and at any time thereafter by a majority vote of the Board of Directors with the concurrence of the OTS. Any amendment to the Plan made after approval by the Voting Members, with the approval of the OTS, shall not necessitate further approval by the Members unless otherwise required by the OTS. The Plan may be terminated by a majority vote of the Bank's Board of Directors at any time prior to the Special Meeting of Members to vote on the

    24
    NEXT PAGE



    Plan, and at any time thereafter by a majority vote of the Board of Directors with the concurrence of the OTS. The Plan shall terminate automatically if the Reorganization is not completed within 24 months of the date Voting Members approve the Plan at the Special Meeting of Members, which time period may not be extended by the Bank's Board of Directors.

              By adoption of the Plan, the Members of the Bank authorize the Board of Directors to amend or terminate the Plan under the circumstances set forth in this Section.













    25
    NEXT PAGE



    H. Attachments

              The following attachments are considered a part of this Plan and are incorporated herein by reference:

    Attachment Document

    A-1 Charter of Stock Bank

    A-2 Bylaws of Stock Bank

    B-1 Charter of Stock Holding Company

    B-2 Bylaws of Stock Holding Company

    C-1 Charter of MHC

    C-2 Bylaws of MHC

    EXHIBIT 3.1

    FEDERAL MHC SUBSIDIARY HOLDING COMPANY CHARTER
    OF
    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP


                SECTION 1.       Corporate title . The full corporate title of the federal MHC subsidiary holding company is ViewPoint Financial Group (the "Holding Company").

                SECTION 2.       Domicile . The domicile of the Holding Company shall be in the city of Plano, in the state of Texas.

                SECTION 3.       Duration . The duration of the Holding Company is perpetual.

                SECTION 4.       Purpose and powers . The purpose of the Holding Company is to pursue any or all of the lawful objectives of a federal mutual holding company chartered under section 10(o) of the Home Owners' Loan Act, 12 U.S.C. § 1467a(o), and to exercise all of the express, implied, and incidental powers conferred thereby and by all acts amendatory thereof and supplemental thereto, subject to the Constitution and laws of the United States as they are now in effect, or as they may hereafter be amended, and subject to all lawful and applicable rules, regulations, and orders of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("Office").

                SECTION 5.       Capital stock . The total number of shares of all classes of the capital stock that the Holding Company has the authority to issue is 100 million, of which 75 million shall be common stock of par value of $.01 per share, and of which 25 million shall be serial preferred stock of par value $.01 per share. The shares may be issued from time to time as authorized by the board of directors without further approval of stockholders, except as otherwise provided in this Section 5 or to the extent that such approval is required by governing law, rule or regulation. The consideration for the issuance of the shares shall be paid in full before their issuance and shall not be less than the par value. Neither promissory notes nor future services shall constitute payment or part payment for the issuance of shares of the Holding Company. The consideration for the shares shall be cash, tangible or intangible property (to the extent direct investment in such property would be permitted), labor, or services actually performed for the Holding Company or any combination of the foregoing. In the absence of actual fraud in the transaction, the value of such property, labor, or services, as determined by the board of directors of the Holding Company, shall be conclusive. Upon payment of such consideration, such shares shall be deemed to be fully paid and nonassessable. In the case of a stock dividend, that part of the retained earnings of the Holding Company that is transferred to stated capital upon the issuance of shares as a share dividend shall be deemed to be the consideration for their issuance.

                Except for shares issued in the initial organization of the Holding Company or in connection with the conversion of the Holding Company from the mutual to the stock form of capitalization, no shares of capital stock (including shares issuable upon conversion, exchange, or exercise of other securities) shall be issued, directly or indirectly, to officers, directors, or controlling persons of the Holding Company other than as part of a general public offering or as qualifying shares to a director, unless their issuance or the plan under which they would be issued has been approved by a majority of the total votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting.
    Next Page




                Nothing contained in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto) shall entitle the holders of any class or a series of capital stock to vote as a separate class or series or to more than one vote per share; provided, however , that this restriction on voting separately by class or series shall not apply:

                             (i)      To any provision that would authorize the holders of preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to elect some members of the board of directors, less than a majority thereof, in the event of default in the payment of dividends on any class or series of preferred stock;

                             (ii)      To any provision that would require the holders of preferred stock, voting as a class or series, to approve the merger or consolidation of the Holding Company with another corporation or the sale, lease, or conveyance (other than by mortgage or pledge) of properties or business in exchange for securities of a corporation other than the Holding Company if the preferred stock is exchanged for securities of such other corporation; provided, however , that no provision may require such approval for transactions undertaken with the assistance or pursuant to the direction of the Office or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation;

                             (iii)      To any amendment that would change adversely the specific terms of any class or series of capital stock as set forth in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections hereto), including any amendment that would create or enlarge any class or series ranking prior thereto in rights and preferences. An amendment that increases the number of authorized shares of any class or series of capital stock, or substitutes the surviving Holding Company in a merger or consolidation for the Holding Company, shall not be considered to be such an adverse change.

                            A description of the different classes and series (if any) of the Holding Company's capital stock and a statement of the designations, and the relative rights, preferences, and limitations of the shares of each class and series (if any) of capital stock are as follows:

                                        A.       Common stock . Except as provided in this Section 5 (or in any supplementary sections thereto) the holders of the common stock shall exclusively possess all voting power. Each holder of shares of common stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share held by such holder, and there shall be no right to cumulate votes in an election of directors.

                                        Whenever there shall have been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, to the holders of the outstanding shares of any class of stock having preference over the common stock as to the payment of dividends, the full amount of dividends and of sinking fund, retirement fund, or other retirement payments, if any, to which such holders are respectively entitled in preference to the common stock, then dividends may be paid on the common stock and on any class or series of stock entitled to participate therewith as to dividends out of any assets legally available for the payment of dividends.

                                        In the event of any liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Holding Company, the holders of the common stock (and the holders of any class or series of stock entitled to participate
    2
    Next Page



    with the common stock in the distribution of assets) shall be entitled to receive, in cash or in kind, the assets of the Holding Company available for distribution remaining after: (i) payment or provision for payment of the Holding Company's debts and liabilities; (ii) distributions or provision for distributions in settlement of its liquidation account; and (iii) distributions or provisions for distributions to holders of any class or series of stock having preference over the common stock in the liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Holding Company. Each share of common stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of common stock.

                                        B.       Preferred stock . The Holding Company may provide in supplementary sections to its charter for one or more classes of preferred stock, which shall be separately identified. The shares of any class may be divided into and issued in series, with each series separately designated so as to distinguish the shares thereof from the shares of all other series and classes. The terms of each series shall be set forth in a supplementary section to the charter. All shares of the same class shall be identical except as to the following relative rights and preferences, as to which there may be variations between different series:

                                                    (a)      The distinctive serial designation and the number of shares constituting such series;

                                                    (b)      The dividend rate or the amount of dividends to be paid on the shares of such series, whether dividends shall be cumulative and, if so, from which date(s), the payment date(s) for dividends, and the participating or other special rights, if any, with respect to dividends;

                                                    (c)      The voting powers, full or limited, if any, of shares of such series, which shall never include any right to cumulate votes in an election of directors;

                                                    (d)      Whether the shares of such series shall be redeemable and, if so, the price(s) at which, and the terms and conditions on which such shares may be redeemed;

                                                    (e)      The amount(s) payable upon the shares of such series in the event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Holding Company;

                                                    (f)      Whether the shares of such series shall be entitled to the benefit of a sinking or retirement fund to be applied to the purchase or redemption of such shares, and if so entitled, the amount of such fund and the manner of its application, including the price(s) at which such shares may be redeemed or purchased through the application of such fund;

                                                    (g)      Whether the shares of such series shall be convertible into, or exchangeable for, shares of any other class or classes of stock of the Holding Company and, if so, the conversion price(s), or the rate(s) of exchange, and the adjustments thereof, if any, at which such conversion or exchange may be made, and any other terms and conditions of such conversion or exchange;
    3
    Next Page




                                                    (h)      The price or other consideration for which the shares of such series shall be issued; and

                                                    (i)      Whether the shares of such series that are redeemed or converted shall have the status of authorized but unissued shares of serial preferred stock and whether such shares may be reissued as shares of the same or any other series of serial preferred stock.

                                        Each share of each series of serial preferred stock shall have the same relative rights as and be identical in all respects with all the other shares of the same series.

                                        The board of directors shall have authority to divide, by the adoption of supplementary charter sections, any authorized class of preferred stock into series, and, within the limitations set forth in this section and the remainder of this charter, fix and determine the relative rights and preferences of the shares of any series so established.

                                        Prior to the issuance of any preferred shares of a series established by a supplementary charter section adopted by the board of directors, the Holding Company shall file with the Secretary to the Office a dated copy of that supplementary section of this charter establishing and designating the series and fixing and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof.

                SECTION 6.       Preemptive rights . Holders of the capital stock of the Holding Company shall not be entitled to preemptive rights with respect to any shares of the Holding Company that may be issued.

                SECTION 7.       Directors . The Holding Company shall be under the direction of a board of directors. The authorized number of directors, as stated in the Holding Company's bylaws, shall not be fewer than five nor more than fifteen except when a greater or lesser number is approved by the Director of the Office, or his or her delegate.

                SECTION 8.       Certain provisions applicable for five years . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Holding Company's charter or bylaws to the contrary, for a period of five years from the date of completion of the initial minority stock offering of the common stock of the Holding Company, the following provisions shall apply:

                            A.       Beneficial ownership limitation . No person shall directly or indirectly offer to acquire or acquire the beneficial ownership of more than 10 percent of any class of an equity security of the Holding Company. This limitation shall not apply to ViewPoint MHC, any transaction in which the Holding Company forms a holding company without change in the respective beneficial ownership interests of its stockholders other than pursuant to the exercise of any dissenter and appraisal rights, the purchase of shares by underwriters in connection with a public offering, or the purchase of shares by a tax-qualified employee stock benefit plan that is exempt from the approval requirements under Section 574.3(c)(1)(vi) of the Office's regulations.

                            In the event shares are acquired in violation of this Section 8, all shares beneficially owned by any person in excess of 10% shall be considered "excess shares" and shall not be counted as
    4
    Next Page



    shares entitled to vote and shall not be voted by any person or counted as voting shares in connection with any matters submitted to the stockholders for a vote.

                            For purposes of this Section 8, the following definitions apply:

                                        (1)      The term "person" includes an individual, a group acting in concert, a corporation, a partnership, an association, a joint stock company, a trust, an unincorporated organization or similar company, a syndicate or any other group formed for the purpose of acquiring, holding or disposing of the equity securities of the Holding Company.

                                        (2)      The term "offer" includes every offer to buy or otherwise acquire, solicitation of an offer to sell, tender offer for, or request or invitation for tenders of, a security or interest in a security for value.

                                        (3)      The term "acquire" includes every type of acquisition, whether effected by purchase, exchange, operation of law or otherwise.

                                        (4)      The term "acting in concert" means (a) knowing participation in a joint activity or conscious parallel action towards a common goal whether or not pursuant to an express agreement, or (b) a combination or pooling of voting or other interests in the securities of an issuer for a common purpose pursuant to any contract, understanding, relationship, agreement or other arrangements, whether written or otherwise.

                            B.       Call for special meetings . Special meetings of stockholders relating to changes in control of the Holding Company or amendments to its charter shall be called only upon direction of the board of directors.

                SECTION 9.       Amendment of charter . Except as provided in Section 5, no amendment, addition, alteration, change or repeal of this charter shall be made, unless such is proposed by the board of directors of the Holding Company, approved by the shareholders by a majority of the votes eligible to be cast at a legal meeting, unless a higher vote is otherwise required, and approved or preapproved by the Office.














    5
    Next Page



    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP


    ATTEST: /s/ Mark E. Hord
    Mark E. Hord
    Secretary
    By:    /s/ Garold R. Base
    Garold R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer


    OFFICE OF THRIFT SUPERVISION


    ATTEST:  
    Secretary
    By:     
    Director

    Effective Date: ____________________________











    6
    End.

    EXHIBIT 3.2

    BYLAWS

    OF

    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP


    ARTICLE I

    HOME OFFICE

                The home office of ViewPoint Financial Group (the "Holding Company") shall be in the City of Plano, in the State of Texas.

    ARTICLE II

    SHAREHOLDERS

                 Section 1. Place of Meetings. All annual and special meetings of shareholders shall be held at the home office of the Holding Company or at such other convenient place as the board of directors may determine.

                 Section 2. Annual Meeting. A meeting of the shareholders of the Holding Company for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other business of the Holding Company shall be held annually on such date as the board of directors may determine within 150 days after the end of the Holding Company's fiscal year.

                 Section 3. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the shareholders for any purpose or purposes, unless otherwise prescribed by the regulations of the Office of Thrift Supervision ("Office"), may be called at any time by the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, or a majority of the board of directors, and shall be called by the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board or the secretary upon the written request of the holders of not less than one-tenth of all of the outstanding capital stock of the Holding Company entitled to vote at the meeting. Such written request shall state the purpose or purposes of the meeting and shall be delivered to the home office of the Holding Company addressed to the chairman of the board, the president, or the secretary.

                 Section 4. Conduct of Meetings. Annual and special meetings shall be conducted by the chairman of the meeting in accordance with written procedures agreed to by the board of directors. The board of directors shall designate, when present, either the chairman of the board or president to preside at such meetings.

                 Section 5. Notice of Meetings. Written notice stating the place, day, and hour of the meeting and the purpose(s) for which the meeting is called shall be delivered not fewer than 20 nor more than 50 days before the date of the meeting, either personally or by mail, by or at the direction of the chairman of the board, the president, or the secretary, or the directors calling the meeting, to each shareholder of record entitled to vote at such meeting. If mailed, such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail, addressed to the shareholder at the address as it appears on the
    Next Page



    stock transfer books or records of the Holding Company as of the record date prescribed in Section 6 of this Article II with postage prepaid. When any shareholders' meeting, either annual or special, is adjourned for 30 days or more, notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given as in the case of an original meeting. It shall not be necessary to give any notice of the time and place of any meeting adjourned for less than 30 days or of the business to be transacted at the meeting, other than an announcement at the meeting at which such adjournment is taken. Compliance with the provisions of this Section 5 shall not be applicable for so long as the Holding Company is a wholly owned institution.

                 Section 6. Fixing of Record Date. For the purpose of determining shareholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of shareholders or any adjournment thereof, or shareholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend, or in order to make a determination of shareholders for any other proper purpose, the board of directors shall fix in advance a date as the record date for any such determination of shareholders. Such date in any case shall be not more than 60 days and, in case of a meeting of shareholders, not fewer than 10 days prior to the date on which the particular action, requiring such determination of shareholders, is to be taken. When a determination of shareholders entitled to vote at any meeting of shareholders has been made as provided in this section, such determination shall apply to any adjournment thereof.

                 Section 7. Voting Lists. At least 20 days before each meeting of the shareholders, the officer or agent having charge of the stock transfer books for shares of the Holding Company shall make a complete list of the shareholders of record entitled to vote at such meeting, or any adjournment thereof, arranged in alphabetical order, with the address and the number of shares held by each. This list of shareholders shall be kept on file at the home office of the Holding Company and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder of record or the shareholder's agent at any time during usual business hours for a period of 20 days prior to such meeting. Such list shall also be produced and kept open at the time and place of the meeting and shall be subject to inspection by any shareholder of record or any shareholder's agent during the entire time of the meeting. The original stock transfer book shall constitute prima facie evidence of the shareholders entitled to examine such list or transfer books or to vote at any meeting of shareholders. In lieu of making the shareholder list available for inspection by shareholders as provided in this paragraph, the board of directors may elect to follow the procedures prescribed in Section 552.6(d) of the Office's regulations as now or hereafter in effect. Compliance with the provisions of this Section 7 shall not be applicable for so long as the Holding Company is a wholly owned institution.

                 Section 8. Quorum. A majority of the outstanding shares of the Holding Company entitled to vote, represented in person or by proxy, shall constitute a quorum at a meeting of shareholders. If less than a majority of the outstanding shares is represented at a meeting, a majority of the shares so represented may adjourn the meeting from time to time without further notice. At such adjourned meeting at which a quorum shall be present or represented, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally notified. The shareholders present at a duly organized meeting may continue to transact business until adjournment, notwithstanding the withdrawal of enough shareholders to constitute less than a quorum. If a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of the majority of the shares represented at the meeting and entitled to vote on the subject matter shall be the act of the shareholders, unless the vote of a greater number of shareholders
    2
    Next Page



    voting together or voting by classes is required by law or the charter. Directors, however, are elected by a plurality of the votes cast at an election of directors.

                 Section 9. Proxies. At all meetings of shareholders, a shareholder may vote in person or by proxy executed in writing by the shareholder or by his or her duly authorized attorney in fact. Proxies may be given telephonically or electronically as long as the holder uses a procedure for verifying the identity of the shareholder. A proxy may designate as holder a corporation, partnership or company as prescribed in Section 552.6(f) of the Office's regulations, or other person. Proxies solicited on behalf of the management shall be voted as directed by the shareholder or, in the absence of such direction, as determined by a majority of the board of directors. No proxy shall be valid more than eleven months from the date of its execution except for a proxy coupled with an interest.

                 Section 10. Voting of Shares in the Name of Two or More Persons. When ownership stands in the name of two or more persons, in the absence of written directions to the Holding Company to the contrary, at any meeting of the shareholders of the Holding Company any one or more of such shareholders may cast, in person or by proxy, all votes to which such ownership is entitled. In the event an attempt is made to cast conflicting votes, in person or by proxy, by the several persons in whose names shares of stock stand, the vote or votes to which those persons are entitled shall be cast as directed by a majority of those holding such and present in person or by proxy at such meeting, but no votes shall be cast for such stock if a majority cannot agree.

                 Section 11. Voting of Shares by Certain Holders. Shares standing in the name of another corporation may be voted by any officer, agent, or proxy as the bylaws of such corporation may prescribe, or, in the absence of such provision, as the board of directors of such corporation may determine. Shares held by an administrator, executor, guardian, or conservator may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, without a transfer of such shares into his or her name. Shares standing in the name of a trustee may be voted by him or her, either in person or by proxy, but no trustee shall be entitled to vote shares held by him or her without a transfer of such shares into his or her name. Shares held in trust in an IRA or Keogh Account, however, may be voted by the Holding Company if no other instructions are received. Shares standing in the name of a receiver may be voted by such receiver, and shares held by or under the control of a receiver may be voted by such receiver without the transfer into his or her name if authority to do so is contained in an appropriate order of the court or other public authority by which such receiver was appointed.

                A shareholder whose shares are pledged shall be entitled to vote such shares until the shares have been transferred into the name of the pledgee, and thereafter the pledgee shall be entitled to vote the shares so transferred.

                Neither treasury shares of its own stock held by the Holding Company nor shares held by another corporation, if a majority of the shares entitled to vote for the election of directors of such other corporation are held by the Holding Company, shall be voted at any meeting or counted in determining the total number of outstanding shares at any given time for purposes of any meeting.

                 Section 12. Inspectors of Election. In advance of any meeting of shareholders, the board of directors may appoint any person other than nominees for office as inspectors of election to act at such meeting or any adjournment. The number of inspectors shall be either one or three. Any such
    3
    Next Page



    appointment shall not be altered at the meeting. If inspectors of election are not so appointed, the chairman of the board or the president may, or on the request of not fewer than 10 percent of the votes represented at the meeting shall, make such appointment at the meeting. If appointed at the meeting, the majority of the votes present shall determine whether one or three inspectors are to be appointed. In case any person appointed as inspector fails to appear or fails or refuses to act, the vacancy may be filled by appointment by the board of directors in advance of the meeting or at the meeting by the chairman of the board or the president.

                Unless otherwise prescribed by regulations of the Office, the duties of such inspectors shall include: determining the number of shares and the voting power of each share, the shares represented at the meeting, the existence of a quorum, and the authenticity, validity and effect of proxies; receiving votes, ballots, or consents; hearing and determining all challenges and questions in any way arising in connection with the rights to vote; counting and tabulating all votes or consents; determining the result; and such acts as may be proper to conduct the election or vote with fairness to all shareholders.

                 Section 13. Nominating Committee. The board of directors shall designate three directors to serve on a Nominating Committee for selecting the management nominees for election as directors in accordance with the charter for the committee adopted by the board of directors. Except in the case of a nominee substituted as a result of the death or other incapacity of a management nominee, the nominating committee shall deliver written nominations to the secretary at least 20 days prior to the date of the annual meeting. Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous place in each office of the Holding Company. No nominations for directors except those made by the nominating committee shall be voted upon at the annual meeting unless other nominations by shareholders are made in writing and delivered to the secretary of the Holding Company at least 10 days prior to the date of the annual meeting. Upon delivery, such nominations shall be posted in a conspicuous place in each office of the Holding Company. Ballots bearing the names of all persons nominated by the nominating committee and by shareholders shall be provided for use at the annual meeting. However, if the nominating committee shall fail or refuse to act at least 20 days prior to the annual meeting, nominations for directors may be made at the annual meeting by any shareholder entitled to vote and shall be voted upon.

                 Section 14. New Business. Any new business to be taken up at the annual meeting shall be stated in writing and filed with the secretary of the Holding Company at least five days before the date of the annual meeting, and all business so stated, proposed, and filed shall be considered at the annual meeting; but no other proposal shall be acted upon at the annual meeting. Any shareholder may make any other proposal at the annual meeting and the same may be discussed and considered, but unless stated in writing and filed with the secretary at least five days before the meeting, such proposal shall be laid over for action at an adjourned, special, or annual meeting of the shareholders taking place 30 days or more thereafter. This provision shall not prevent the consideration and approval or disapproval at the annual meeting of reports of officers, directors, and committees; but in connection with such reports, no new business shall be acted upon at such annual meeting unless stated and filed as herein provided.

                 Section 15. Informal Action by Shareholders. Any action required to be taken at a meeting of the shareholders, or any other action that may be taken at a meeting of shareholders, may be taken without a meeting if consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be given by all of the shareholders entitled to vote with respect to the subject matter.
    4
    Next Page




    ARTICLE III

    BOARD OF DIRECTORS

                 Section 1. General Powers. The business and affairs of the Holding Company shall be under the direction of its board of directors. The board of directors shall annually elect a chairman of the board, a vice chairman of the board and a president from among its members and the chairman of the board, or in his absence the vice chairman of the board, shall preside at its meetings.

                 Section 2. Number and Term. The board of directors shall consist of 10 members, and shall be divided into three classes as nearly equal in number as possible. The members of each class shall be elected for a term of three years and until their successors are elected and qualified. One class shall be elected by ballot annually. Directors may be elected for a term of office to expire earlier than the third succeeding annual meeting of stockholders after their election if necessary to balance the classes of directors.

                 Section 3. Regular Meetings. A regular meeting of the board of directors shall be held without other notice than this bylaw following the annual meeting of shareholders. The board of directors may provide, by resolution, the time and place for the holding of additional regular meetings without other notice than such resolution. Directors may participate in a meeting by means of a conference telephone or similar communications device through which all persons participating can hear each other at the same time. Participation by such means shall constitute presence in person for all purposes.

                 Section 4. Qualification. Each director shall at all times be the beneficial owner of not less than 100 shares of capital stock of the Holding Company, unless the Holding Company is a wholly owned subsidiary of a holding company. No person who has reached 72 years of age shall be eligible for election, reelection, appointment or reappointment to the board of directors.

                 Section 5. Special Meetings. Special meetings of the board of directors may be called by or at the request of the chairman of the board, the vice chairman of the board, or one-third of the directors. The persons authorized to call special meetings of the board of directors may fix any place, within the Holding Company's normal business area, as the place for holding any special meeting of the board of directors called by such persons.

                Members of the board of directors may participate in special meetings by means of conference telephone or similar communications equipment by which all persons participating in the meeting can hear and speak to each other. Such participation shall constitute presence in person for all purposes.

                 Section 6. Notice. Written notice of any special meeting shall be given to each director at least 24 hours prior thereto when delivered personally or by telegram or at least five days prior thereto when delivered by mail at the address at which the director is most likely to be reached. Such notice shall be deemed to be delivered when deposited in the mail so addressed, with postage prepaid if
    5
    Next Page



    mailed, when delivered to the telegraph company if sent by telegram, or when the Holding Company receives notice of delivery if electronically transmitted. Any director may waive notice of any meeting by a writing filed with the secretary. The attendance of a director at a meeting shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except where a director attends a meeting for the express purpose of objecting to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened. Neither the business to be transacted at, nor the purpose of, any meeting of the board of directors need be specified in the notice or waiver of notice of such meeting.

                 Section 7. Quorum. A majority of the number of directors fixed by Section 2 of this Article III shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting of the board of directors; but if less than such majority is present at a meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time. Notice of any adjourned meeting shall be given in the same manner as prescribed by Section 6 of this Article III.

                 Section 8. Manner of Acting. The act of the majority of the directors present at a meeting at which a quorum is present shall be the act of the board of directors, unless a greater number is prescribed by regulation of the Office or by these bylaws.

                 Section 9. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the board of directors at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the directors.

                 Section 10. Resignation. Any director may resign at any time by sending a written notice of such resignation to the home office of the Holding Company addressed to the chairman of the board or the president. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon receipt by the chairman of the board or the president. More than three consecutive absences from regular meetings of the board of directors, unless excused by resolution of the board of directors, shall automatically constitute a resignation, effective when such resignation is accepted by the board of directors.

                 Section 11. Vacancies. Any vacancy occurring on the board of directors may be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors although less than a quorum of the board of directors. A director elected to fill a vacancy shall be elected to serve only until the next election of directors by the shareholders. Any directorship to be filled by reason of an increase in the number of directors may be filled by election by the board of directors for a term of office continuing only until the next election of directors by the shareholders.

                 Section 12. Compensation. Directors, as such, may receive a stated salary for their services. By resolution of the board of directors, a reasonable fixed sum, and reasonable expenses of attendance, if any, may be allowed for attendance at each regular or special meeting of the board of directors. Members of either standing or special committees may be allowed such compensation for attendance at committee meetings as the board of directors may determine.

                 Section 13. Presumption of Assent. A director of the Holding Company who is present at a meeting of the board of directors at which action on any Holding Company matter is taken shall be presumed to have assented to the action taken unless his or her dissent or abstention shall be entered
    6
    Next Page



    in the minutes of the meeting or unless he or she shall file a written dissent to such action with the person acting as the secretary of the meeting before the adjournment thereof or shall forward such dissent by registered mail to the secretary of the Holding Company within five days after the date a copy of the minutes of the meeting is received. Such right to dissent shall not apply to a director who voted in favor of such action.

                 Section 14. Removal of Directors. At a meeting of shareholders called expressly for that purpose, any director may be removed only for cause, as defined in Section 563.39 of the regulations of the Office, by a vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to vote at an election of directors. Whenever the holders of the shares of any class are entitled to elect one or more directors by the provisions of the charter or supplemental sections thereto, the provisions of this section shall apply, in respect to the removal of a director or directors so elected, to the vote of the holders of the outstanding shares of that class and not to the vote of the outstanding shares as a whole.

    ARTICLE IV

    EXECUTIVE AND OTHER COMMITTEES

                 Section 1. Appointment. The board of directors, by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board, may designate the chief executive officer and two or more of the other directors to constitute an executive committee. The designation of any committee pursuant to this Article IV and the delegation of authority shall not operate to relieve the board of directors, or any director, of any responsibility imposed by law or regulation.

                 Section 2. Authority. The executive committee, when the board of directors is not in session, shall have and may exercise all of the authority of the board of directors except to the extent, if any, that such authority shall be limited by the resolution appointing the executive committee; and except also that the executive committee shall not have the authority of the board of directors with reference to: the declaration of dividends; the amendment of the charter or bylaws of the Holding Company, or recommending to the shareholders a plan of merger, consolidation, or conversion; the sale, lease, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Holding Company otherwise than in the usual and regular course of its business; a voluntary dissolution of the Holding Company; a revocation of any of the foregoing; or the approval of a transaction in which any member of the executive committee, directly or indirectly, has any material beneficial interest.

                 Section 3. Tenure. Subject to the provisions of Section 8 of this Article IV, each member of the executive committee shall hold office until the next regular annual meeting of the board of directors following his or her designation and until a successor is designated as a member of the executive committee.

                 Section 4. Meetings. Regular meetings of the executive committee may be held without notice at such times and places as the executive committee may fix from time to time by resolution. Special meetings of the executive committee may be called by any member thereof upon not less than one day's notice stating the place, date, and hour of the meeting, which notice may be written or oral. Any member of the executive committee may waive notice of any meeting and no notice of any
    7
    Next Page



    meeting need be given to any member thereof who attends in person. The notice of a meeting of the executive committee need not state the business proposed to be transacted at the meeting.

                 Section 5. Quorum. A majority of the members of the executive committee shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at any meeting thereof, and action of the executive committee must be authorized by the affirmative vote of a majority of the members present at a meeting at which a quorum is present.

                 Section 6. Action Without a Meeting. Any action required or permitted to be taken by the executive committee at a meeting may be taken without a meeting if a consent in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by all of the members of the executive committee.

                 Section 7. Vacancies. Any vacancy in the executive committee may be filled by a resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors.

                 Section 8. Resignations and Removal. Any member of the executive committee may be removed at any time with or without cause by resolution adopted by a majority of the full board of directors. Any member of the executive committee may resign from the executive committee at any time by giving written notice to the president or secretary of the Holding Company. Unless otherwise specified, such resignation shall take effect upon its receipt; the acceptance of such resignation shall not be necessary to make it effective.

                 Section 9. Procedure. The executive committee shall elect a presiding officer from its members and may fix its own rules of procedure which shall not be inconsistent with these bylaws. It shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the board of directors for its information at the meeting held next after the proceedings shall have occurred.

                 Section 10. Other Committees. The board of directors may by resolution establish an audit, loan or other committee composed of directors as they may determine to be necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Holding Company and may prescribe the duties, constitution and procedures thereof.

    ARTICLE V

    OFFICERS

                 Section 1. Positions. The officers of the Holding Company shall be a president, one or more vice presidents, a secretary, and a treasurer or comptroller, each of whom shall be elected by the board of directors. The board of directors may also designate the chairman of the board as an officer. The offices of the secretary and treasurer or comptroller may be held by the same person and a vice president may also be either the secretary or the treasurer or comptroller. The board of directors may designate one or more vice presidents as executive vice president or senior vice president. The board of directors may also elect or authorize the appointment of such other officers as the business of the Holding Company may require. The officers shall have such authority and perform such duties as the board of directors may from time to time authorize or determine. In the absence of action by the board of directors, the officers shall have such powers and duties as generally pertain to their respective offices.
    8
    Next Page




                 Section 2. Election and Term of Office. The officers of the Holding Company shall be elected annually at the first meeting of the board of directors held after each annual meeting of the shareholders. If the election of officers is not held at such meeting, such election shall be held as soon thereafter as possible. Each officer shall hold office until a successor has been duly elected and qualified or until the officer's death, resignation, or removal in the manner hereinafter provided. Election or appointment of an officer, employee or agent shall not of itself create contractual rights. The board of directors may authorize the Holding Company to enter into an employment contract with any officer in accordance with regulations of the Office; but no such contract shall impair the right of the board of directors to remove any officer at any time in accordance with Section 3 of this Article V.

                 Section 3. Removal. Any officer may be removed by the board of directors whenever in its judgment the best interests of the Holding Company will be served thereby, but such removal, other than for cause, shall be without prejudice to the contractual rights, if any, of the person so removed.

                 Section 4. Vacancies. A vacancy in any office because of death, resignation, removal, disqualification, or otherwise may be filled by the board of directors for the unexpired portion of the term.

                 Section 5. Remuneration. The remuneration of the officers shall be fixed from time to time by the board of directors.

    ARTICLE VI

    CONTRACTS, LOANS, CHECKS AND DEPOSITS

                 Section 1. Contracts. To the extent permitted by regulations of the Office, and except as otherwise prescribed by these bylaws with respect to certificates for shares, the board of directors may authorize any officer, employee, or agent of the Holding Company to enter into any contract or execute and deliver any instrument in the name of and on behalf of the Holding Company. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

                 Section 2. Loans. No loans shall be contracted on behalf of the Holding Company and no evidence of indebtedness shall be issued in its name unless authorized by the board of directors. Such authority may be general or confined to specific instances.

                 Section 3. Checks, Drafts, Etc. All checks, drafts or other orders for the payment of money, notes or other evidences of indebtedness issued in the name of the Holding Company shall be signed by one or more officers, employees or agents of the Holding Company in such manner as shall from time to time be determined by the board of directors.
    9
    Next Page




                 Section 4. Deposits. All funds of the Holding Company not otherwise employed shall be deposited from time to time to the credit of the Holding Company in any duly authorized depositories as the board of directors may select.

    ARTICLE VII

    CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES AND THEIR TRANSFER

                 Section 1. Certificates for Shares. Certificates representing shares of capital stock of the Holding Company shall be in such form as shall be determined by the board of directors and approved by the Office. Such certificates shall be signed by the chief executive officer or by any other officer of the Holding Company authorized by the board of directors, attested by the secretary or an assistant secretary, and sealed with the corporate seal or a facsimile thereof. The signatures of such officers upon a certificate may be facsimiles if the certificate is manually signed on behalf of a transfer agent or a registrar other than the Holding Company itself or one of its employees. Each certificate for shares of capital stock shall be consecutively numbered or otherwise identified. The name and address of the person to whom the shares are issued, with the number of shares and date of issue, shall be entered on the stock transfer books of the Holding Company. All certificates surrendered to the Holding Company for transfer shall be cancelled and no new certificate shall be issued until the former certificate for a like number of shares has been surrendered and cancelled, except that in the case of a lost or destroyed certificate, a new certificate may be issued upon such terms and indemnity to the Holding Company as the board of directors may prescribe.

                 Section 2. Transfer of Shares. Transfer of shares of capital stock of the Holding Company shall be made only on its stock transfer books. Authority for such transfer shall be given only by the holder of record or by his or her legal representative, who shall furnish proper evidence of such authority, or by his or her attorney authorized by a duly executed power of attorney and filed with the Holding Company. Such transfer shall be made only on surrender for cancellation of the certificate for such shares. The person in whose name shares of capital stock stand on the books of the Holding Company shall be deemed by the Holding Company to be the owner for all purposes.

    ARTICLE VIII

    FISCAL YEAR; APPOINTMENT OF ACCOUNTANTS

                The fiscal year of the Holding Company shall end on December 31 of each year. In accordance with the provisions of its charter, as adopted by the board of directors, the Audit Committee shall appoint the accountants for the Holding Company annually. The appointment of accountants shall be presented to shareholders for ratification annually; provided, however , that the Audit Committee is not bound by that shareholder vote.




    10
    Next Page



    ARTICLE IX

    DIVIDENDS

                Subject to the terms of the Holding Company's charter and the regulations and orders of the Office, the board of directors may, from time to time, declare, and the Holding Company may pay, dividends on its outstanding shares of capital stock.

    ARTICLE X

    CORPORATE SEAL

                The board of directors shall provide a corporate seal that shall be two concentric circles between which shall be the name of the Holding Company. The year of incorporation or an emblem may appear in the center.

    ARTICLE XI

    INDEMNIFICATION

                The Holding Company shall indemnify its officers, directors and employees, to the fullest extent authorized by applicable federal law and regulations, as the same exists or may be amended hereafter, against all expenses and liabilities reasonably incurred by them in connection with or arising out of any action, suit or proceeding in which they may be involved by reason of their having been a director, officer or employee of the Holding Company, whether or not they continue to be a director, officer or employee at the time of incurring such expenses or liabilities, such expenses and liabilities to include, but not be limited to, judgments, court costs and attorneys' fees and the cost of reasonable settlements.

    ARTICLE XII

    AMENDMENTS

                These bylaws may be amended in a manner consistent with regulations of the Office and shall be effective after: (i) approval of the amendment by a majority vote of the authorized board of directors, or by a majority vote of the votes cast by the shareholders of the Holding Company at any legal meeting, and (ii) receipt of any applicable regulatory approval. When the Holding Company fails to meet its quorum requirements, solely due to vacancies on the board, then the affirmative vote of a majority of the sitting board will be required to amend the bylaws.








    11
    End.

    EHXIBIT 4.0

    NUMBER
    CUSIP      ___________________________
    COMMON STOCK


    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP
    INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE UNITED STATES OF AMERICA



    This Certifies that


    is the owner of



    FULLY PAID AND NONASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK,
    PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE OF


    VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP (the "Corporation"), a Federal corporation. The shares represented by this certificate are transferable only on the stock transfer books of the Corporation by the holder of record hereof, or by his duly authorized attorney or legal representative, upon the surrender of this certificate properly endorsed. This certificate is not valid until countersigned and registered by the Transfer Agent and Registrar. This security is not a deposit or account and is not federally insured or guaranteed.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Corporation has caused this certificate to bear the facsimile signatures of its duly authorized officers and to be sealed with the facsimile of its corporate seal.


    DATED


     
    Mark E. Hord
    Secretary

    Garold R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer




    [Seal]












    Back of Certificate





    The Corporation will furnish to any stockholder on request and without charge a full statement of the designations and any preferences, conversion and other rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to dividends, qualifications, and terms and conditions of redemption of the stock of each class which the Corporation is authorized to issue, of the differences in the relative rights and preferences between the shares of each series of a preferred or special class in series which the Corporation is authorized to issue, to the extent they have been set, and of the authority of the Board of Directors to set the relative rights and preferences of subsequent series of a preferred or special class of stock. Such request may be made to the Secretary of the Corporation.

    Keep this certificate in a safe place. If it is lost, stolen, or destroyed, the Corporation may require a bond of indemnity as a condition to the issuance of a replacement certificate.

    The following abbreviations, when used in the inscription on the face of this certificate, shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations:

    UNIF GIFT MIN ACT  
    Custodian  
      UNIF GIFT MIN ACT  
    Custodian  
       
      (Cust)   (Minor)     (Cust)   (Minor)    
       
        TEN COM - as tenants in common
    Under Uniform Gift to Minors Act -  
    (State)
    Under Uniform Gift to Minors Act -  
    (State)
    TEN ENT = as tenants by the entireties
    JT TEN - as joint tneants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common
     
     
      Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.



    For Value Received, ___________________________hereby sell, assign and transfer unto ___________________________              

    ____________________________________________________________________________
    (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS, INCLUDING ZIP CODE, OF ASSIGNEE)

    _______________Shares of Common Stock represented by the within certificate,
    and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint

    _________________________________Attorney to transfer the said shares on the
    books of the within named Corporation with full power of substitution in the premises.
    ___________________________________
    PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
    OR OTHER IDENTIFYING
    NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE


    Dated ________________________________________________

    NOTICE: THE TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND WITH THE NAME AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE IN EVERY PARTICULAR, WITHOUT ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR ANY CHANGE WHATEVER.

    EXHIBIT 5.0

    LAW OFFICES
    Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
    A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP INCLUDING PROFESSIONAL CORPORATIONS
    1700 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W.
    WASHINGTON, D.C. 20007
    PHONE: (202) 295-4500
    FAX: (202) 337-5502 or (202) 337-5503
    WWW.SFTLAW.COM




    April 18, 2006

    VIA EDGAR

    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Financial Group
    1390 W. 15 th Street
    Plano, Texas   75075

    Members of the Board of Directors:

    We have acted as special counsel to ViewPoint Financial Group, a federal corporation (the "Holding Company"), in connection with the preparation and filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, of the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (the "Registration Statement"), relating to the issuance of up to 11,009,813 shares of the Holding Company's common stock, par value $.01 per share (the "Common Stock"). The offering of the shares of Common Stock for sale to the public are being made in accordance with the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance (the "Plan"). In this regard, we have examined the Charter and Bylaws of the Holding Company, resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Holding Company, the Plan and such other documents and matters of law as we deemed appropriate for the purpose of this opinion.

    Based upon the foregoing, we are of the opinion as of the date hereof that the Common Stock has been duly and validly authorized, and when issued in accordance with the terms of the Plan, and upon the receipt of the consideration required thereby, will be legally issued, fully paid and non-assessable.

    We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to the Holding Company's Registration Statement and to the references to Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P. under the heading "Legal and Tax Opinions" in the Prospectus contained in the Registration Statement. In giving this consent, we do not admit that we are within the category of persons whose consent is required under Section 7 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended or the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder.

      Very truly yours,

    /s/ SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.

    SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.

    EXHIBIT 8.1

    LAW OFFICES
    Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.
    A LIMITED LIABILITY PARTNERSHIP INCLUDING PROFESSIONAL CORPORATIONS

    1700 WISCONSIN AVENUE, N.W.
    WASHINGTON, D.C. 20007
    PHONE: (202) 295-4500
    FAX: (202) 337-5502
    WWW.SFTLAW.COM

    WRITER'S DIRECT DIAL NUMBER
    (202) 295-4527

    April 17, 2006

    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    1309 W. 15 th Street
    Suite 400
    Plano, Texas 75075

    Re: Proposed Reorganization to Mutual Holding Company
    Structure and Minority Public Offering (the "Reorganization")

    Dear Board Members:

                 In connection with the Reorganization, we render the following opinion of counsel. Capitalized terms used herein that are not expressly defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to them in the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance adopted February 21, 2006 (the "Plan").

    FACTS

                 ViewPoint Bank ("Bank") is a federally chartered mutual savings bank engaged in thrift and thrift-related businesses. As a mutual entity, Bank does not have any authorized capital stock. Instead, holders of Bank deposit accounts have liquidation and voting rights in Bank.

                 The Board of Directors of Bank believes that a mutual holding company structure will provide for increased flexibility in future operations, borrowings and the public or private offering of debt and equity securities. Bank is also expected to benefit from its management and other personnel having a stock ownership in its business, since stock ownership is viewed as an effective performance incentive and a means of attracting, retaining, and compensating management and other personnel.

                 The Reorganization will be implemented pursuant to the Plan as follows:

    1. Bank will organize Interim One, an interim federal stock savings bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary;

    2. Interim One will organize Interim Two, an interim federal stock savings bank as a wholly-owned transitory subsidiary of Interim One;

    NEXT PAGE





    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    April 17, 2006
    Page 2


    3. Interim One will also organize the Stock Holding Company, a federal stock corporation as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Interim One;

    4. The following events will then occur simultaneously:

    (a) Bank will exchange its federal mutual charter for a federal stock savings bank charter, thereby converting to a federal stock savings bank ("Stock Bank");

    (b) Members will constructively receive shares of common stock in Stock Bank in exchange for their mutual ownership interests in Bank;
    (c) Interim One will cancel its outstanding stock and exchange its federal stock charter for a federal mutual holding company charter, thereby converting to a mutual holding company ("MHC");

    (d) Interim Two will merge with and into Stock Bank with Stock Bank surviving; in connection with such merger, the shares of Interim Two common stock owned by MHC immediately prior thereto shall be converted into and become shares of Stock Bank common stock and the Members who constructively received the initially issued common stock in Stock Bank will be deemed to have transferred all of their stock interest in Stock Bank to MHC in exchange for membership/mutual interests in MHC; and

    (e) MHC will contribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Stock Bank to Stock Holding Company.

    5. Immediately after completion of the events set forth in subpart (4) above, Stock Holding Company intends, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to sell up to, but no more than, 49% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering.

    NEXT PAGE



    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    April 17, 2006
    Page 3

    OPINION

                 Based solely on the information contained herein and our reliance on the accuracy of the Representation Letter of the Bank of even date herewith, which is attached hereto, we are of the following opinion:

      1. Continuity of ownership interest will be satisfied by the Members of Bank constructively exchanging their membership/mutual interests in Bank for ownership interests in Stock Bank, notwithstanding that such Members will immediately thereafter exchange their constructive ownership interests in Stock Bank for membership/mutual interests in MHC.

      2. The conversion of Bank from mutual to stock form (the "Conversion") in the Reorganization will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

      3. No gain or loss will be recognized by Bank or Stock Bank in the Conversion.

      4. The exchange of constructive ownership interests in Stock Bank by the Members for mutual membership interests in MHC will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely for voting "stock" pursuant to Section 351 of the Code. Mutual membership interests in MHC will be treated as "stock" within the meaning of Section 351(a) of the Code.

      5. No gain or loss will be recognized by Members on the transfer of their ownership interests in Bank solely for a constructive stock interest in the Stock Bank followed by an exchange of their constructive stock interests in the Stock Bank solely for membership/mutual interests in the MHC. (Code Section 351(a)).

      6. The transfer by MHC of the common stock of Stock Bank to Stock Holding Company will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely for voting stock pursuant to Section 351 of the Code.

      7. MHC will not recognize any gain or loss upon the transfer of Stock Bank common stock to Stock Holding Company (Code Section 351(a)).

      8. Stock Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on its receipt of Stock Bank common stock from MHC (Code Section 1032(a)).

      9. No gain or loss will be recognized by Stock Holding Company upon its receipt of money in exchange for shares of its Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Offering (Code Section 1032(a)).

    NEXT PAGE



    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    April 17, 2006
    Page 4


      1. No gain or loss will be recognized by Eligible Account Holders, Supplemental Eligible Account Holders or Other Members upon the issuance to them of deposit accounts in Stock Bank in the same dollar amounts and on the same terms and conditions in exchange for their deposit accounts in Bank held immediately prior to the Conversion. (Code Section 1001(a); Treas. Reg. Section 1.1001-1(a)).

      2. Depositors of Bank will realize gain, if any, upon the receipt of subscription rights to acquire Common Stock of Stock Holding Company in the Stock Offering. Any gain resulting therefrom will be recognized only in an amount not in excess of the fair market value of the subscription rights received. Since the subscriptions rights are acquired by recipients without cost, are non-transferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients a right only to purchase Stock Holding Company Common Stock at a price equal to its fair market value without any purchase price advantage over purchasers in the Direct Community Offering or Public Offering who do not have subscription rights, we do not believe the subscription rights have any taxable value at the time of distribution or exercise. Moreover, we are not aware of the Internal Revenue Service asserting or claiming in any previously completed similar conversion transaction involving a thrift institution that subscription rights have any market value at the time of distribution or at the time they are exercised. Based upon the foregoing, we conclude that it is more likely than not that (a) no taxable income will be recognized by Members including Depositors of Bank upon the distribution to them of subscription rights or upon the exercise or lapse of the subscription rights to acquire Stock Holding Company Common Stock at fair market value; and (b) no taxable income will be realized by Bank, Stock Bank or Stock Holding Company on the issuance or distribution of subscription rights to Members including Depositors of Bank to purchase shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock at fair market value. (Section 311 of the Code).

                 If the subscription rights are subsequently found to have a fair market value, income may be recognized by various recipients of the subscription rights (in certain cases, whether or not the rights are exercised) and Stock Holding Company and/or Bank or Stock Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights. (Section 311 of the Code). In this regard, the subscription rights may be taxed partially or entirely at ordinary income tax rates.

                 No opinion is expressed as to the tax treatment of the Reorganization under other provisions of the Code and Income Tax Regulations or about the tax treatment of any conditions existing at the time of or effects resulting from the Reorganization that are not specifically covered in our opinions hereinabove.

    NEXT PAGE



    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    April 17, 2006
    Page 5

                 We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to Bank's regulatory filings and applications seeking approval of the Reorganization from the OTS and to Stock Holding Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC.

    Sincerely,

    SILVER, FREEDMAN & TAFF, L.L.P.


    BY: /s/ Silver, Freedman & Taff, L.L.P.

    EXHIBIT 8.2



    Crowe



    Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

    One Mid America Plaza
    Post Office Box 3697
    Oak Brook, Illinois 60522-3697 Tel 630.574.7878
    Fax 630.574.1608
    www.crowechizek.com



    April 17, 2006
    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    1309 W. 15 th Street, Suite 400
    Plano, Texas 75075

    Re: Texas Franchise Tax Consequences of the Proposed Reorganization to Mutual
    Holding Company Structure and Minority Public Offering ("the Reorganization")

    To the Members of the Board of Directors:

    In accordance with your request, we render our opinion relating to the Texas franchise tax consequences of the conversion of ViewPoint Bank ('Bank") from a federally chartered mutual savings bank to a federally chartered stock savings bank ("Stock Bank") and a subsequent public offering of up to, but no more than, 49% of the shares of common stock of Stock Holding Company, as effected pursuant to the transactions described below ("the Transactions").

    You have provided us with a copy of the federal income tax opinion of the Transactions prepared by Silver, Freedman ∓ Taff, L.L.P., dated April 17, 2006 (the "Federal Tax Opinion"). Our opinion regarding the Texas franchise tax consequences is based on the facts and incorporates the capitalized terms contained in the Federal Tax Opinion.

    Statement of Facts

    Bank is a federally chartered mutual savings bank engaged in thrift and thrift-related businesses. As a mutual entity, Bank does not have any authorized capital stock. Instead, holders of Bank deposit accounts have liquidation and voting rights in Bank.

    The Board of Directors of Bank believes that a mutual holding company structure will provide for increased flexibility in future operations, borrowings and the public or private offering of debt and equity securities. Bank is also expected to benefit from its management and other personnel having a stock ownership in its business, since stock ownership is viewed as an effective performance incentive and a means of attracting, retaining, and compensating management and other personnel.

    NEXT PAGE






    ViewPoint Bank
    April 17, 2006
    Page 2


    The Reorganization will be implemented pursuant to the Plan as follows:

    1. Bank will organize Interim One, an interim federal stock savings bank as a wholly-owned subsidiary;

    2. Interim One will organize Interim Two, an interim federal stock savings bank as a wholly-owned transitory subsidiary of Interim One;

    3. Interim One will also organize the Stock Holding Company, a federal stock corporation as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Interim One;

    4. The following events will then occur simultaneously:

    (a) Bank will exchange its federal mutual charter for a federal stock savings bank charter, thereby converting to Stock Bank;

    (b) Members will constructively receive shares of common stock in Stock Bank in exchange for their mutual ownership interests in Bank;

    (c) Interim One will cancel its outstanding stock and exchange its federal stock charter for a federal mutual holding company charter, thereby converting to a mutual holding company ("MHO);

    (d) Interim Two will merge with and into Stock Bank with Stock Bank surviving; in connection with such merger, the shares of Interim Two common stock owned by MHC immediately prior thereto shall be converted into and become shares of Stock Bank common stock and the Members who constructively received the initially issued common stock in Stock Bank will be deemed to have transferred all of their stock interest in Stock Bank to MHC in exchange for membership/mutual interests in MHC; and

    (e) MHC will contribute all of the outstanding shares of common stock of Stock Bank to Stock Holding Company.

    5. Immediately after completion of the events set forth in subpart (4) above, Stock Holding Company intends, subject to and in accordance with the provisions of the Plan, to sell up to, but no more than, 49% of its Common Stock in the Stock Offering.

    NEXT PAGE






    ViewPoint Bank
    April 17, 2006
    Page 3




    Opinion

    Our opinion adopts and relies upon the facts, assumptions, and conclusions as set forth in the Federal Tax Opinion. Based upon that information, we render the following opinion with respect to the Texas franchise tax consequences of the Transactions.

    1. Continuity of ownership interest will be satisfied by the Members of Bank constructively exchanging their membership/mutual interests in Bank for ownership interests in Stock Bank, notwithstanding that such Members will immediately thereafter exchange their constructive ownership interests in Stock Bank for membership/mutual interests in MHC.

    2. The conversion of Bank from mutual to stock form (the "Conversion") in the Reorganization will constitute a reorganization within the meaning of Section 368(a)(1)(F) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").

    3. No gain or loss will be recognized by Bank or Stock Bank in the Conversion (Sec. 171.001(c), Tax Code).

    4. The transfer by MHC of the common stock of Stock Bank to Stock Holding Company will constitute a tax-free exchange of property solely for voting stock pursuant to Section 351 of the Code (Sec. 171.001(c), Tax Code).

    5. MHC will not recognize any gain or loss upon the transfer of Stock Bank common stock to Stock Holding Company (Code Section 351(a)) (Sec. 171.001(c), Tax Code).

    6. Stock Holding Company will not recognize any gain or loss on its receipt of Stock Bank common stock from MHC (Code Section 1032(a)) (Sec. 171.001(c), Tax Code).

    7. No gain or loss will be recognized by Stock Holding Company upon its receipt of money in exchange for shares of its Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Offering (Code Section 1032(a)) (Sec. 171.001(c), Tax Code).

    8. Since the subscriptions rights are acquired by recipients without cost, are non-transferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients a right only to purchase Stock Holding Company Common Stock at a price equal to its fair market value without any purchase price advantage over purchasers in the Direct Community Offering or Public Offering who do not have subscription rights, the federal opinion concludes that the subscription rights do not have any taxable value at the time of distribution or exercise. Based solely upon that conclusion in the federal opinion, we conclude that it is more likely than not that no taxable income will be realized by Bank, Stock Bank, or Stock Holding Company on the issuance or distribution of subscription rights to Members including Depositors of Bank to purchase shares of Stock Holding Company Common Stock at fair market value (Section 311 of the Code). if the subscription rights are subsequently found to have a fair market value, Stock Holding Company and/or Bank or Stock Bank may be taxable on the distribution of the subscription rights (Section 311 of the Code). In this regard, the subscription rights may be taxed partially or entirely at ordinary income tax rates (Sec. 171.001(c), Tax Code).

    NEXT PAGE






    ViewPoint Bank
    April 17, 2006
    Page 4


    Limitations on Opinion

    Should it finally be determined that the facts and the federal income tax consequences are not as outlined in the Federal Tax Opinion, the Texas franchise tax consequences and our Texas tax opinion will differ from what is contained herein. Our opinion is based on the current Texas tax law, which is subject to change.

    The above opinions are effective to the extent that the Bank is solvent. No opinion is expressed about the tax treatment of the Transactions if the Bank is insolvent. Whether or not the Bank is solvent will be determined at the end of the taxable year in which the Transactions are consummated.

    Our opinion is based upon legal authorities currently in effect, which authorities are subject to modification or challenge at any time and perhaps with retroactive effect. Further, no opinion is expressed under the provisions of any of the other sections of the Texas Tax Code which may also be applicable thereto, or to the tax treatments of any conditions existing at the time of, or effects resulting from, the transaction which is not specifically covered by the opinions set forth above.

    If any fact contained in this opinion letter or the Federal Tax Opinion changes to alter the federal tax treatment, it is imperative that we be notified in order to determine the effect on the Texas franchise tax consequences, if any.

    We hereby consent to the filing of this opinion as an exhibit to Bank's regulatory filings and applications seeking approval of the Reorganization from the OTS and to Stock Holding Company's Registration Statement on Form S-1 as filed with the SEC.



    Very Truly Yours,

    /s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC
    Crowe Chizek and Company LLC



    EXHIBIT 8.3

    F eldman F inancial A dvisors, I nc.

    1725 K Street, NW - Suite 205
    Washington, DC 20006
    (202) 467-6862 - Fax (202) 467-6963


    April 18, 2006



    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    1309 West 15th Street
    Plano, Texas 75075

    Members of the Board:

    It is the opinion of Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc., that the subscription rights to be received by the eligible account holders and other eligible subscribers of ViewPoint Bank and ViewPoint Financial Group (the "Company"), pursuant to the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance (the "Plan") adopted by the Board of Directors of the Bank, do not have any economic value at the time of distribution or at the time the rights are exercised in the subscription offering.

    In connnetion with the Plan, the Company will offer 45 percent of its outstanding shares of common stock for sale in a subscription offering to eligible account holders and other eligible subscribers. Any shares of common stock which remain unsubscribed for in the subscription offering will be offered by the Company for sale in a community offering to certain members of the general public. The remaining 55 percent of the Company's outstanding shares of common stock that will not be sold in the subscription and community offerings will be owned by ViewPoint MHC.

    Our opinion is based on the fact that the subscription rights are acquired by the recipients without cost, are nontransferable and of short duration, and afford the recipients the right only to purchase shares of common stock of the Company at a price equal to its estimated pro forma market value, which will be the same price at which any unsubscribed shares will be purchased in the community offering.


    Sincerely


    /s/ Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.   
    F eldman F inancial A dvisors, I nc.


    EXHIBIT 10.1

    SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

                  THIS SEVERANCE AGREEMENT (the "Agreement") is made and entered into this _____ day of ___________ 200_ by and between ViewPoint Bank (the "Bank"), and _______________ (the "Employee").

                 WHEREAS, the Employee is serving as ______________________;

                 WHEREAS, the parties desire to enter into this Severance Agreement ("Agreement") setting forth the terms and conditions of the severance relationship which may arise under certain defined circumstances between the Bank and the Employee at some future date;

                 WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank believes it is in the best interests of the Bank to enter into this Agreement with the Employee in order to afford the Employee protection against termination of employment due to a change in control of the Bank. The Board of Directors believes such protection is necessary and appropriate to induce the Employee to remain in his or her position;

                 WHEREAS, this Agreement is not intended to apply to the severance relationship between the Bank and the Employee where no change in control of the Bank has occurred, which situation will continue to be governed by the Bank's employee manual;

                 WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Bank has approved and authorized the execution of this Agreement with the Employee to take effect as stated in Paragraph 1 hereof and such approval is set forth in the minutes of the meeting of the Board of Directors;

                 NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and of the respective covenants and agreements of the parties herein, it is AGREED as follows:

                 1.              Definitions .

                 The term "Cause" shall mean the Employee's personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule, or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and desist order, or material breach of any provision of this Agreement.

                 The term "Involuntary Termination" shall mean (i) termination of employment of the Employee without Cause such that the Employee is no longer employed by the Bank or any affiliate thereof; (ii) a reduction in the amount of the Employee's base salary compared to the amount of Employee's base salary as of the date of this Agreement; (iii) a material adverse change in the Employee's benefits, contingent benefits or vacation, other than as part of an overall program applied uniformly and with equitable effect on all senior officers of the Bank; (iv) a requirement that the Employee perform services principally at a location more than 50 miles from Plano, Texas; or (v) a material demotion of the Employee, including, but not limited to, a material diminution of the Employee's title, duties or responsibilities.



    Next Page




                 The term "Change in Control" means any of the following events:

                              (a)             any third person, including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes the beneficial owner of shares of the Bank or the Company with respect to which 25% or more of the total number of votes for the election of the Board may be cast;

                              (b)             as a result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, or combination of the foregoing, the persons who were directors of the Bank or the Company shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board of the Bank or the Company, respectively; or

                              (c)             the stockholders of the Company approve an agreement providing either for a transaction in which the Company will cease to be an independent publicly owned corporation or for a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.

                 The term "person" refers to an individual, corporation, company or other entity.

                 The term "Holding Company" shall mean ViewPoint Financial Group (the "Company").

                 2.              Change in Control .

                 If there is a Change in Control of the Bank or of the Company during the term of this Agreement, Employee shall be entitled to a severance payment in the event the Employee suffers an Involuntary Termination in connection with or within 12 months after the Change in Control, unless such termination is for Cause. The amount of such severance payment shall equal ________ (__) months of Employee's then current salary.

                 3.              Reduction of Compensation and Benefits .

                 Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if amounts and the value of benefits under this Agreement, together with any other amounts and the value of benefits received or to be received by the Employee in connection with a Change in Control would cause any amount to be nondeductible by the Bank or any of its affiliates for federal income tax purposes pursuant to or by reason of Section 280G of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"), then benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent necessary so as to maximize amounts and the value of benefits to the Employee without causing any amount to become nondeductible by the Bank or any of its affiliates pursuant to or by reason of such Section 280G. The Employee shall determine the allocation of such reduction among payments and benefits to the Employee.

                 4.              Notice of Involuntary Termination .

                 In the event that the Employee determines in good faith that he or she has experienced an Involuntary Termination, the Employee shall send a written notice to the Bank stating the circumstances that constitute such Involuntary Termination and the date of such Involuntary Termination.



    2
    Next Page




                 5.              Term of this Agreement .

                 The term of this Agreement shall be for a period of ___ months from the date of this Agreement written above.

                 6.              Attorneys Fees .

                 In the event the Bank or any subsidiary thereof purports to terminate the employment of the Employee for Cause, but it is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction or by an arbitrator pursuant to Section 15 of this Agreement that Cause did not exist for such termination, or if in any event it is determined by any such court or arbitrator that the Bank has failed to make timely payment of any amounts owed to the Employee under this Agreement, the Employee shall be entitled to reimbursement for all reasonable costs, including attorneys' fees, incurred in challenging such termination or collecting such amounts. Such reimbursement shall be in addition to all rights to which the Employee is otherwise entitled under this Agreement.

                 7.              Successors and Assigns .

                 This Agreement is personal to each of the parties hereto, and neither party may assign or delegate any of its rights or obligations hereunder without first obtaining the written consent of the other party; provided, however, that the Bank shall require any successor or assign (whether direct or indirect, by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) by an assumption agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Employee, to expressly assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Bank, as applicable, would be required to perform it if no such succession or assignment had taken place.

                 This Agreement and all rights of the Employee hereunder shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Employee's personal and legal representatives, executors, administrators, successors, heirs, distributees, devisees and legatees.

                 8.              Regulatory Provisions .

                              (1)              Temporary Suspension or Prohibition. If the Employee is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (the "FDIA"), 12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1), the Company's and the Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, the Bank may in its discretion (i) pay the Employee all or part of the compensation withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                              (2)              Permanent Suspension or Prohibition. If the Employee is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of the Bank's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations of the Company and the Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.



    3
    Next Page




                              (3)              Default of the Bank. If the Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this provision shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

                              (4)              Termination by Regulators. All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of the Bank: (i) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "Director") or his or her designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of the Bank under the authority contained in Section 12(c) of the FDIA; or (ii) by the Director of his or her designee, at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of the Bank or when the Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by any such action.

                              (5)              Prohibited Payments. Any payments made to the Employee pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

                 9.              Notices .

                 For the purposes of this Agreement, notices and all other communications provided for in this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered or sent by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, to the Bank's Chairman of the Board, or, if to the Employee, to such home or other address as the Employee has most recently provided in writing to the Bank.

                 10.              Amendments .

                 No amendments or additions to this Agreement shall be binding unless in writing and signed by both parties.

                 11.              Headings .

                 The headings used in this Agreement are included solely for convenience and shall not affect, or be used in connection with, the interpretation of this Agreement.

                 12.              Severability .

                 The provisions of this Agreement shall be deemed severable and the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision shall not affect the validity or enforceability of the other provisions hereof.

                 13.              Governing Law .

                 This Agreement shall be governed the laws of the State of Texas.



    4
    Next Page




                 14.              Arbitration .

                 Any dispute or controversy arising under or in connection with this Agreement, including but not limited to whether the Employee was properly terminated for Cause, shall be settled exclusively by arbitration in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association then in effect. Judgment may be entered on the arbitrator's award in any court having jurisdiction.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of this day and year first above written.

                 THIS AGREEMENT CONTAINS A BINDING ARBITRATION PROVISION WHICH MAY BE ENFORCED BY THE PARTIES.

    VIEWPOINT BANK



    _______________________________________





    EMPLOYEE



    _______________________________________












    5
    End.

    EXHIBIT 10.2

    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT entered into by and between VIEWPOINT BANK ("Bank") and GAROLD ROBERT BASE ("Executive").

    IT IS AGREED:

    1.             EMPLOYMENT TERM:

                 1.1             RETENTION OF EXECUTIVE -- Bank hires and retains Executive as President and Chief Executive Officer of Bank.

                 1.2             TERM AND EXTENSION -- The term of this Agreement shall be the period commencing on the date (the "Commencement Date") on which Bank converts to stock form as the subsidiary of ViewPoint Financial Group ("Company"), and ending on December 31, 2009, subject to earlier termination as provided herein. Beginning on January 1, 2007, and on each January 1 thereafter during the term, the term shall be extended by one additional year such that the term as so extended shall be a period of three years, provided that (1) Bank has not given notice to Executive in writing at least 90 days prior to such January 1 that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended further; and (2) at least 90 days prior to such January 1, the Board of Directors of Bank explicitly reviews and approves the extension based upon a performance review as described in Section 9 of this Agreement in which the Board has determined that Executive's performance has been satisfactory or better. As of immediately prior to the Commencement Date, the employment Agreement between Bank and Executive then in effect shall terminate.

    2.             DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:

                 2.1             GENERAL DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES -- Executive shall perform the duties and responsibilities of President and Chief Executive Officer of Bank in accordance with applicable federal laws and regulations and the bylaws, rules and regulations of Bank and shall provide executive management services for Bank. Executive, subject to the direction and approval of the Board of Directors of Bank (the "Board of Directors"), shall formulate, approve, supervise and direct the methods of keeping the records of Bank, statistical or otherwise, and shall prepare or cause to be prepared all such reports as are required by law or regulation, including, but not limited to statements and reports of the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Bank and Company, and shall, from time to time, and at any time upon request, make reports to the Board of Directors on the business affairs and financial condition of Bank. This shall not be deemed to limit the powers of the Board of Directors of Bank to engage at any time public accountants, counsel and consultants to examine and report concerning the accounts and financial and other affairs of Bank, and for the purpose of making such examination such public accountants, counsel and consultants shall have access to all records of Bank. Executive shall perform such other duties and services as may be entrusted to Executive by Bank in accordance with its bylaws and consistent with Executive's office and the terms of this Agreement. Executive shall report and be responsible to the Board of Directors.



    Next Page




                 2.2             ADDITIONAL DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES -- In addition, Executive shall:

                              2.2.1             Have full and exclusive authority to hire, compensate and terminate Bank staff within the framework of the approved budget for Bank.

                              2.2.2             In consultation with the Board of Directors, retain outside legal counsel and other consultants for Bank, except to the extent that the Board of Directors of Bank, Company or an authorized committee of the Board of either retains outside counsel or consultants.

                              2.2.3             Be provided by Bank with a private office, secretarial assistance and such other facilities and equipment, consistent with Executive's position and adequate for the performance of Executive's duties under this agreement.

    3.             COMPENSATION:

                 3.1             BASE SALARY -- Executive's salary shall be $460,000 per year. The amount of Executive's salary shall be reviewed by the Board of Directors annually and will be adjusted in the sole discretion of the Board of Directors (as adjusted, "Base Salary").

                 3.2             ANNUAL INCENTIVE -- It is the intent of Bank, subject to accomplishment of pre-established performance goals approved by the Board of Directors, to provide Executive with an annual incentive opportunity. During the term of this Agreement, the annual incentive award may be up to a maximum of 45% of Executive's Base Salary (as defined above in this Agreement), and shall be payable as soon as possible after the end of the fiscal year.

                 3.3             EXECUTIVE BENEFITS ALLOWANCE -- In addition to and not in lieu of any compensation due and payable to Executive hereunder, Bank shall provide Executive an executive benefits allowance to cover benefits such as automobile and country club membership. Executive's initial allowance shall be in the amount of $20,000 each year payable in 26 equal installments of $769.23. This allowance may be increased in accordance with action of the Board of Directors.

    4.             OTHER ACTIVITIES -- Executive, during the term of this Agreement, except as otherwise agreed to by Executive and the Board of Directors, shall not work with or accept or receive any compensation or consideration from any other organization, firm, bank, savings association, credit union, person, corporation, or otherwise, for services to be performed or performed by Executive unless the work or services can be performed by Executive without materially interfering with Executive's duties set forth in this Agreement and otherwise do not represent a conflict of interest as set forth in Bank's employee handbook. However, Executive may serve, with or without compensation, as a lecturer, consultant to others or as a director of a non-banking related company, and engage in other activities of a short duration which do not interfere with Executive's ability to perform the duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and otherwise do not represent a conflict of interest as set forth in Bank's employee handbook. In all such cases, Executive shall inform the Bank of these activities for purposes of complying with securities and regulatory disclosure requirements.



    2
    Next Page




    5.             INSURANCE:

                 5.1             TERM LIFE INSURANCE -- Bank shall provide and pay the premiums for a term life insurance, convertible, and renewable, on the life of Executive at a face amount not less than twice the amount of Executive's Base Salary. Executive shall have the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such term life insurance policy.

                 5.2             DISABILITY -- Bank shall provide and pay the premium for a long-term disability insurance policy in accordance with such coverage as is provided from time to time for all employees of Bank.

                 5.3             HOSPITAL, MEDICAL AND OTHER INSURANCE -- Bank shall provide and pay the premium for hospitalization, major medical and other insurance for Executive and members of Executive's immediate family during the term of this Agreement in accordance with such coverage as is provided from time to time for all employees of Bank.

                 5.4             ACCIDENTAL DEATH AND DISMEMBERMENT -- Bank shall provide and pay the premium for accidental death or dismemberment insurance with 24-hour-a-day coverage and Executive having the right to designate the beneficiary or beneficiaries, in accordance with such coverage as is provided from time to time for all employees of Bank.

    6.             RETIREMENT

                 6.1             SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN -- During the term of this Agreement, Executive shall participate in the Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan (the "SERP") previously approved by the Board of Directors and any other nonqualified retirement program hereafter established for the benefit of executives or key employees of Bank. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to modify, amend, or conflict with the terms and conditions of the SERP. In the event of termination of employment, Executive's vested rights under the SERP shall be governed by the SERP and shall not be affected by this Agreement.

                 6.2             RETIREMENT PLANS -- In addition to the SERP provided for in Section 6.1, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all plans relating to pension, thrift, profit-sharing, group life insurance, medical and dental coverage, education, cash bonuses, and retirement or other benefits or combinations thereof, in which Bank's full time employees generally participate and in which Bank's executive officers participate.

    7.             EXPENSE REIMBURSEMENT:

                 7.1             GENERAL EXPENSES -- Bank shall pay or reimburse Executive for all reasonable expenses incurred by Executive in the performance of the duties and responsibilities under this Agreement, and in accordance with the policies of and budget approved by Bank.



    3
    Next Page




                 7.2             PROFESSIONAL DUES, EXPENSES, AND EDUCATIONAL EXPENSES -- Executive shall be expected to and encouraged to continue Executive's education in areas and general subject matter which can be beneficial and advantageous to the current and future operation of Bank, at the expense of Bank. Included among such educational programs which are deemed beneficial and advantageous to Bank (without limitation) are education and management programs and chapter attendance and programs of trade associations and similar organizations of banks and thrift institutions and conferences, conventions and educational and related programs of such organizations and organizations of bank and thrift executives, and other educational and related programs deemed by Bank to be of benefit to Bank. Bank shall pay all annual membership dues and fees and travel and related costs associated with Executive's participation in such programs, including his spouse's travel and related costs when she accompanies him.

                 7.3             CLUB MEMBERSHIP -- Bank shall pay the membership dues and related fees and expenses for Executive's membership in an appropriate club or clubs to be selected by Executive with the prior approval of the Board of Directors to be used by Executive for the ordinary and necessary business purposes of Bank.

                 7.4             SECURITY SYSTEM -- Bank will provide a security system for Executive's home, to include cost of equipment, installation and monthly service.

    8.             OTHER BENEFITS:

                 8.1             VACATION AND LEAVE -- Executive shall be entitled to vacation and time off as listed in the employee handbook. Such vacation and holiday leave days may be taken at the discretion of Executive in consultation with the Chairman of the Board of Directors or as otherwise agreed by Executive and Bank. Executive and Bank agree and acknowledge that in addition to the benefits available under the employee handbook, Executive has accrued (90) days unused vacation for which Executive will be paid upon termination of employment with Bank for any reason, at the rate of Executive's then current Base Salary.

                 8.2             MEDICAL EXAMINATION -- Once each year during the term of this Agreement, Executive shall obtain a complete medical examination, the reasonable cost of which shall be paid by Bank. The Chairman of the Board of Directors shall be advised in writing by the physician of the continued fitness of Executive, and such report shall be confidential.

    9.             EVALUATION -- No later than January 31 of each calendar year during the term of this Agreement, Bank shall evaluate and assess the performance of Executive. Such evaluation shall relate to the duties and responsibilities of Executive under this Agreement, and progress toward established goals as agreed to by Executive and Board of Directors, and the working relationship among Executive, the staff and the Board. The evaluation shall be conducted by the Board of Directors, in executive session without Executive being present, and the Board or a director or directors designated by the Board shall thereafter meet with Executive to discuss the evaluation in accordance with procedures as may be agreed to by Executive and Bank. In the event that the performance of Executive is deemed unsatisfactory in any respect, the Board of Directors shall describe in writing, in reasonable detail, specific instances of unsatisfactory performance. The evaluation shall include recommendations as to areas of improvement in all instances where Bank deems performance to be unsatisfactory. A copy of the written evaluation shall be delivered

    4
    Next Page




    to Executive. If Executive disagrees with such evaluation, Executive may respond in writing to be delivered to the Chairman of the Board of Directors. All such writings shall be made a part of Executive's confidential personnel file. Upon the conclusion of the evaluation, the Board of Directors shall determine any increases in the compensation and benefits of Executive and determine whether to extend the term of this Agreement as provided in Section 1.2 of this Agreement.

    10.             NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION -- Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement, or any time thereafter, impart to anyone any confidential information which Executive may acquire in the performance of Executive's duties under this Agreement, except as permitted by Bank or under compulsion of law.

    11.             INDEMNIFICATION -- Executive shall be entitled to indemnification as prescribed in 12 C.F.R. Section 545.121 (or its successor regulation).

    12.             EFFECT OF AGREEMENT -- This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Executive shall not assign any part of Executive's rights under this Agreement without the written consent of Bank. In the event of a merger, transfer, consolidation, or reorganization involving Bank, this Agreement shall continue in force and become an obligation of Bank's successor.

    13.             AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION:

                 13.1              MUTUAL AGREEMENT -- This Agreement may be altered, amended or terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of Executive and Bank.

                 13.2             TERMINATION -- The Board of Directors may terminate Executive's employment at any time, but, except in the case of termination for cause (as defined below), termination of employment shall not prejudice Executive's right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. In the event that the Board of Directors terminates the employment of Executive not for cause, Bank will pay the cash compensation and provide the benefits specified as liquidated damages in Section 14.1 below.

                              For purposes of this Agreement, Executive's employment shall be deemed to have been terminated by Bank if, in the absence of termination for cause or termination due to disability pursuant to Section 13.2.4, he resigns following:

                              (i)             relocation of his principal workplace outside a radius of 50 miles from Bank's main office location at the date of this Agreement;

                              (ii)             a reduction in Executive's responsibilities and authorities inconsistent with the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Bank;

                              (iii)             a demotion from the position of President and Chief Executive Officer; or

                              (iv)             a material reduction in Executive's compensation and benefits except as part of an overall program applied to all members of Bank's senior management.



    5
    Next Page




                              13.2.1             In the event of termination of Executive's employment for cause, Bank shall pay Executive his Base Salary through the date of termination, and Bank shall have no further obligation to him under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement 'termination for cause' or 'termination of Executive's employment for cause' shall mean termination of the employment of Executive because of his personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board called and duly held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for him, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board), stating that in the good faith opinion of the Board Executive has engaged in conduct described in the preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof.

                              13.2.2             Executive may terminate his employment voluntarily at any time upon 90 days' written notice to Bank or such shorter period as may be agreed upon between Executive and the Board of Directors. In the event of such voluntary termination, Bank shall be obligated to continue to pay him his Base Salary and benefits accrued only through the date of termination, at the time such payments are due, and Bank shall have no further obligation to him under this Agreement.

                              13.2.3             In the event of the death of Executive while employed under this Agreement and prior to any termination of employment, his estate, or such person or persons as he may have previously designated in writing, shall be entitled to receive from Bank, the previously unpaid Base Salary and benefits of Executive accrued through the date of death and any vested interests of Executive in any retirement or other benefit plans.

                              13.2.4             If Executive becomes permanently disabled as defined in Bank's then current disability plan under which he is covered in accordance with Section 5.2, Bank shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and his employment, but he shall be entitled to receive benefits under such disability plan.

                              13.2.5             If Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of Bank's affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1), Bank's obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, Bank may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                              13.2.6             If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of Bank's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations of Bank under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.



    6
    Next Page




                              13.2.7             If Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA), all obligations under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this provision shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.

                              13.2.8             All obligations under this Agreement shall be terminated, except to the extent determined that continuation of this Agreement is necessary for the continued operation of Bank: (1) by the Director of the Office of Thrift Supervision (the "Director") or his or her designee, at the time the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation enters into an agreement to provide assistance to or on behalf of Bank under the authority contained in Section 13(c) of the FDIA; or (2) by the Director or his or her designee, at the time the Director or his or her designee approves a supervisory merger to resolve problems related to operation of Bank or when Bank is determined by the Director to be in an unsafe or unsound condition. Any rights of the parties that have already vested, however, shall not be affected by any such action. Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

    14.             OBLIGATIONS UPON TERMINATION

                 14.1             TERMINATION WITHOUT CAUSE --Subject to Section 14.2 and to Executive's compliance with Section 14.3 and Section 15 of this Agreement in the event that Executive's employment is terminated by Bank not for cause pursuant to Section 13.2, and not due to his death, retirement or disability, and if Executive has offered to continue to provide services on the terms contemplated by this Agreement and Bank has declined such offer:

                              (i)             During the Liquidated Damages Period (as defined below), Bank shall make to Executive continued payments of Base Salary at the rate in effect as of the date of termination of employment, when and as salary payments are made to executives in accordance with Bank's payroll practices during the Liquidated Damages Period. For purposes of this Agreement, the term "Liquidated Damages Period" shall mean the portion of the term of this Agreement that remains at the time of such termination of employment, provided that the Liquidated Damages Period shall end upon the death of Executive if it occurs during such portion of the term.

                              (ii)             During the Liquidated Damages Period, Bank shall provide continued insurance of the types provided for in Sections 5.1 through 5.4 to the extent necessary to provide Executive with coverage equivalent to the coverage to which he would have been entitled under such Sections if he had continued to be employed under this Agreement during the Liquidated Damages Period at the annual rate of Base Salary in effect at the date of termination of employment, after taking into account the coverage provided by any subsequent employer.

                              (iii)             Commencing at the termination of the Liquidated Damages Period, Bank shall provide to Executive benefits substantially equivalent to those he would have received under Bank's Retiree Medical Benefit Program or a successor program in effect at such time if he had retired from employment with Bank at such time.



    7
    Next Page




                              (iv)             During and after the Liquidated Damages Period, Bank shall provide to Executive the benefits, if any, to which he is entitled as a former employee under employee benefit plans and programs and compensation plans and programs maintained for the benefit of Bank's officers and employees other than the program discussed in the preceding paragraph.

                              (v)             Except as provided in paragraph (vi) below, during the Liquidated Damages Period, Bank shall pay to Executive in cash the amounts equal to the value of the additional employer contributions to which he would have been entitled under any and all qualified and non-qualified defined contribution plans maintained by Bank and covering him immediately prior to termination of his employment if he were 100% vested thereunder and had continued to be employed during the Liquidated Damages Period at the annual rate of Base Salary in effect at the date of termination of employment and making the maximum amount of employee contributions, if any, required or permitted under such plan or plans.

                              (vi)             During the Liquidated Damages Period, Bank shall pay to Executive the amount Bank would have contributed to the SERP if he had continued to be employed during the Liquidated Damages Period and his annual Compensation (as defined in the SERP) were the same as the most recent amount of such annual Compensation for the most recently ended calendar year as of immediately prior to the commencement of the Liquidated Damages Period. Such payments shall be made when and as employer contributions would have been made under the SERP.

                              Bank and Executive hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by Executive following termination of employment such that he is entitled to damages under this Section 14.1 are not capable of accurate measurements as of the date this Agreement is entered into and that the payments and benefits contemplated by this Section 14.1 constitute reasonable liquidated damages under the circumstances and shall be payable without any requirement of proof of actual damage but shall be subject to mitigation as provided in Section 14.2. Bank and Executive further agree that the payments and benefits due under this Section 14.1 are conditioned on the receipt of Executive's resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an employee of Bank or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

                 14.2             MITIGATION -- In the event that Executive becomes entitled to liquidated damages pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Agreement, Bank's obligations thereunder shall be reduced by the amount of Executive's earned income (within the meaning of Section 911(d)(2)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, earned from providing services other than to Bank, its affiliates and subsidiaries, or any of their respective successors, during the Liquidated Damages Period ("Earned Income").

                              Executive agrees that in the event he becomes entitled to liquidated damages pursuant to Section 14.1 of this Agreement, throughout the Liquidated Damages Period, he shall promptly inform Bank of the nature and amounts of Earned Income and shall provide such documentation of such Earned Income as Bank may request. In the event of changes to such Earned Income from time to time, Executive shall inform Bank of such changes, in each case within five days after the change occurs, and shall provide such documentation concerning the change as Bank may request. Executive shall reimburse to Bank, or Bank shall reduce, the amounts of liquidated damages paid or payable to him pursuant to Section 14.1, up to the amount

    8
    Next Page




    of Earned Income as it is earned during the Liquidated Damages Period. Such reimbursement shall be made when and as payments of such Earned Income are received by Executive or within 30 days thereafter.

                 14.3             RELEASE OF CLAIMS -- No damages shall be due under Section 14.1 of this Agreement unless Executive executes a release of claims against Bank which shall provide that Executive waives, releases and covenants not to sue or otherwise institute legal or administrative proceedings, or make any claim of any nature against Bank, its subsidiaries or affiliates, successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to any matter arising out of or related to Executive's employment relationship with Bank and its subsidiaries or affiliates.

    15.             NONCOMPETITION -- During the term of this Agreement and for a period of eighteen- (18) months from or after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Executive agrees that he will not, directly or indirectly, as employee, partner, individual proprietor, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, participate in any enterprise (including, without limitation, any financial institution) engaged in the delivery of financial services located within a 40 mile radius of Bank corporate headquarters, which competes with Bank, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

    16.             SECTION 280G REDUCTION -- Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement, together with any other amounts and the value of benefits received or to be received by Executive in connection with a change in control would cause any amount to be nondeductible for federal income tax purposes pursuant to 26 U.S.C. Section 280G of the Code, then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent necessary so as to maximize amounts and the value of benefits to Executive without causing any amount to become nondeductible pursuant to or by reason of such Section 280G. Executive shall determine the allocation of such reduction among payments and benefits to Executive.

    17.             LEGAL FEES -- In the event of a dispute arising out of this Agreement, reasonable attorneys fees and costs to Executive resulting from such dispute shall be paid by Bank only if Executive prevails in such dispute.

    18. OTHER PROVISIONS

                 18.1             JOINT EFFECT OF AGREEMENT -- Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership or agency relationship between Bank and Executive to make Executive jointly liable with Bank for any obligation arising out of the activities and services contemplated by this Agreement.

                 18.2             SECTION HEADINGS -- Section headings and numbers have been inserted for convenience of reference only, and if there shall be any conflict between any such headings or numbers and the text of this Agreement, the text shall control.

                 18.3             WAIVER -- Waiver by either party of any term or condition of this Agreement or any breach shall not constitute a waiver of any other term or condition or breach of this Agreement.



    9
    Next Page




                 18.4             BOND -- Bank may, at its option and expense, obtain a "faithful" performance and fidelity bond on Executive.

                 18.5             EXECUTION AND APPLICABLE LAW -- This Agreement has been executed in the City of Plano, Collin County, Texas and shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas in every respect except to the extent that federal law controls.

                 18.6             NOTICES -- Any notice of communication permitted or required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall become effective two days after the mailing thereof by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid addressed:

                              18.6.1             If to Bank, to: 1309 West 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075, or such address as Bank may specify in writing delivered to Executive, with a copy to the general counsel for Bank.

                              18.6.2             If to Executive, to 2100 Crown Knoll, Plano, Texas 75093, or such address as Executive may specify in writing delivered to Bank.

                 18.7             ENTIRE AGREEMENT -- This Agreement, insurance agreement, retirement plans and supplementary employment agreements providing for deferred compensation contain all of the terms agreed upon by the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements, arrangements and communications between the parties concerning such subject matter, whether oral or written.

    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the Agreement have signed it on this the _______ day of __________________________, 2006.

    VIEWPOINT BANK
    Attest ____________________
    Sherrie Tawwater
    Executive Assistant
    By ______________________________
    James McCarley
    Chairman


    Executive



    ______________________________
    Garold R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer









    10
    End.

    EXHIBIT 10.3

    EMPLOYMENT AGREEMENT entered into by and between ViewPoint Financial Group ("Company") and GAROLD ROBERT BASE ("Executive").

    IT IS AGREED:

    1.             EMPLOYMENT TERM:

                 1.1             RETENTION OF EXECUTIVE - Company hires and retains Executive as its President and Chief Executive Officer.

                 1.2             TERM AND EXTENSION -- The term of this Agreement shall be the period commencing on the date on which ViewPoint Bank ("Bank") converts to stock form as the subsidiary of Company (the "Commencement Date") and ending on December 31, 2009, subject to earlier termination as provided herein. Beginning on January 1, 2007, and on each January 1 thereafter during the term, the term shall be extended by one additional year such that the term as so extended shall be a period of three years, provided that (1) Company has not given notice to Executive in writing at least 90 days prior to such January 1 that the term of this Agreement shall not be extended further; and (2) at least 90 days prior to such January 1, the Board of Directors of Company explicitly reviews and approves the extension based upon a performance review in which the Board has determined that Executive's performance has been satisfactory or better.

    2.             DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES:

                 2.1             GENERAL DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES -- Executive shall perform the duties and responsibilities of President and Chief Executive Officer of Company in accordance with applicable federal laws and regulations and the bylaws, rules and regulations of Company and shall provide executive management services for Company. Executive, subject to the direction and approval of the Board of Directors of Company (the "Board of Directors"), shall formulate, approve, supervise and direct the methods of keeping the records of Company, statistical or otherwise, and shall prepare or cause to be prepared all such reports as are required by law or regulation, including, but not limited to statements and reports to the Board of Directors and the stockholders of Company, and shall, from time to time, and at any time upon request, make reports to the Board of Directors on the business affairs and financial condition of Bank and Company. This shall not be deemed to limit the powers of the Board of Directors to engage at any time public accountants, counsel and consultants to examine and report concerning the accounts and financial and other affairs of Company, and for the purpose of making such examination such public accountants, counsel and consultants shall have access to all records of Company. Executive shall perform such other duties and services as may be entrusted to Executive by Company in accordance with its bylaws and consistent with Executive's office and the terms of this Agreement. Executive shall report and be responsible to the Board of Directors.

                 2.2             ADDITIONAL DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES -- In addition, Executive shall:

                              2.2.1             Have full and exclusive authority to hire, compensate and terminate Company staff within the framework of the approved budget for Company.



    Next Page




                              2.2.2             In consultation with the Board of Directors, retain outside legal counsel and other consultants for Company, except to the extent that the Board of Directors or an authorized committee of the Board of Directors retains outside counsel or consultants.

                              2.2.3             Recommend as appropriate the selection of outside certified public accountants.

                              2.2.4             Be provided by Company or Bank on Company's behalf with a private office, secretarial assistance and such other facilities and equipment, consistent with Executive's position and adequate for the performance of Executive's duties under this agreement.

    3.             COMPENSATION - For his services under this Agreement, Executive shall be entitled to the same cash and other compensation and benefits as he is entitled to under the Employment Agreement by and between Bank and Executive entered into as of the same date as this Agreement (the "Bank Employment Agreement"). There shall be no duplication of benefits by Company and Bank and whatever is provided by Company shall be credited to the obligation of Bank under the Bank Employment Agreement and vice versa. In addition, Executive shall be entitled to participate in all compensation plans of Company in which compensation is provided in the form of Company stock or options for Company stock, or is otherwise Company stock-related.

    4.             OTHER ACTIVITIES -- Executive, during the term of this Agreement, except as otherwise agreed to by Executive and the Board of Directors, shall not work with or accept or receive any compensation or consideration from any other organization, firm, bank, savings association, credit union, person, corporation, or otherwise, for services to be performed or performed by Executive unless the work or services can be performed by Executive without materially interfering with Executive's duties set forth in this Agreement and otherwise do not represent a conflict of interest as set forth in Bank's employee handbook. However, Executive may serve, with or without compensation, as a lecturer, consultant to others or as a director of a non-banking related company, and engage in other activities which do not materially interfere with Executive's ability to perform the duties and responsibilities under this Agreement and otherwise do not represent a conflict of interest under Bank's employee handbook. In all cases, the Bank should be informed of these activities for purposes of complying with securities and regulatory disclosure obligations.

                 Executive shall be expected to and encouraged to continue Executive's education in areas and general subject matter which can be beneficial and advantageous to the current and future operation of Company, at the expense of Company. Included among such educational programs which are deemed beneficial and advantageous to Company (without limitation) are education and management programs and chapter attendance and programs of trade associations and similar organizations of banks and thrift institutions and conferences, conventions and educational and related programs of such organizations and organizations of bank and thrift executives, and other educational and related programs deemed by Company to be of benefit to Company. Company shall pay all annual membership dues and fees, and travel and related costs associated with Executive's participation in such programs, including his spouse's travel and related costs when she accompanies him.



    2
    Next Page




    5.             NONDISCLOSURE OF CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION -- Executive shall not, during the term of this Agreement, or any time thereafter, impart to anyone any confidential information which Executive may acquire in the performance of Executive's duties under this Agreement, except as permitted by Company or under compulsion of law.

    6.             INDEMNIFICATION -- Executive shall be entitled to indemnification to the maximum extent permitted under Company's bylaws.

    7.             EFFECT OF AGREEMENT -- This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns. Executive shall not assign any part of Executive's rights under this Agreement without the written consent of Company. In the event of a merger, transfer, consolidation, or reorganization involving Company, this Agreement shall continue in force and become an obligation of Company's successor.

    8.             AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION:

                 8.1              MUTUAL AGREEMENT -- This Agreement may be altered, amended or terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of Executive and Company.

                 8.2             TERMINATION -- The Board of Directors may terminate Executive's employment at any time, but, except in the case of termination for cause (as defined below), termination of employment shall not prejudice Executive's right to compensation or other benefits under this Agreement. In the event that the Board of Directors terminates the employment of Executive not for cause and not due to his death, retirement or disability, he shall be entitled to liquidated damages as specified in Section 14.1 of the Bank Employment Agreement, subject to the same conditions as apply to liquidated damages under the Bank Employment Agreement, including without limitation an offer by Executive to continue to provide services to Company on the terms contemplated by this Agreement which offer is declined by Company, mitigation of such damages as provided for in Section 14.2 of Bank Employment Agreement to the extent that payments in mitigation are not made to Bank, execution of a release as provided for in Section 14.3 of Bank Employment Agreement, and compliance with the noncompetition requirements of Section 15 of Bank Employment Agreement. To the extent that Executive receives such liquidated damages from Bank, Company shall have no liability for damages under this Agreement.

                 For purposes of this Agreement, Executive's employment shall be deemed to have been terminated by Company, if, in the absence of termination for cause or termination due to disability pursuant to Section 8.2.3 of this Agreement, he resigns following:

                              (i)             relocation of his principal workplace outside a radius of 50 miles from Company's main office location at the date of this Agreement;

                              (ii)             a reduction in Executive's responsibilities and authorities inconsistent with the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of Company;

                              (iii)             a demotion from the position of President and Chief Executive Officer; or



    3
    Next Page




                              (iv)             a material reduction in Executive's compensation and benefits except as part of an overall program applied to all members of Company's senior management.

                              8.2.1             In the event of termination of Executive's employment for cause Company shall pay Executive his Base Salary (as defined in Bank Employment Agreement) through the date of termination, to the extent that Bank has not done so, and Company shall have no further obligation to him under this Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement 'termination for cause' or 'termination of Executive's employment for cause' shall mean termination of the employment of Executive because of his personal dishonesty, incompetence, willful misconduct, breach of a fiduciary duty involving personal profit, intentional failure to perform stated duties, willful violation of any law, rule or regulation (other than traffic violations or similar offenses) or final cease-and-desist order, or material breach of any provision of this Agreement. Executive shall not be deemed to have been terminated for cause unless and until there shall have been delivered to him a copy of a resolution, duly adopted by the affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board of Directors at a meeting of the Board called and duly held for such purpose (after reasonable notice to Executive and an opportunity for him, together with his counsel, to be heard before the Board), stating that in the good faith opinion of the Board, Executive has engaged in conduct described in the preceding sentence and specifying the particulars thereof.

                              8.2.2             Executive may terminate his employment voluntarily at any time upon 90 days' written notice to Company or such shorter period as may be agreed upon between Executive and the Board of Directors. In the event of such voluntary termination, Company shall be obligated to continue to pay him his Base Salary and benefits accrued only through the date of termination, at the time such payments are due, to the extent that Bank has not done so, and Company shall have no further obligation to him under this Agreement.

                              8.2.3             If Executive becomes permanently disabled as defined in Section 13.2.4 of the Bank Employment Agreement, Company shall be entitled to terminate this Agreement and his employment, but he shall be entitled to receive benefits under such disability plan.

                              8.2.4             If Executive is suspended and/or temporarily prohibited from participating in the conduct of Bank's affairs by a notice served under Section 8(e)(3) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(3) and (g)(1), Company's obligations under this Agreement shall be suspended as of the date of service, unless stayed by appropriate proceedings. If the charges in the notice are dismissed, Company may in its discretion (i) pay Executive all or part of the compensation withheld while its obligations under this Agreement were suspended and (ii) reinstate in whole or in part any of its obligations which were suspended.

                              8.2.5             If Executive is removed and/or permanently prohibited from participating in the conduct of Bank's affairs by an order issued under Section 8(e)(4) or (g)(1) of the FDIA, 12 U.S.C. § 1818(e)(4) and (g)(1), all obligations of Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the effective date of the order, but vested rights of the contracting parties shall not be affected.

                              8.2.6             If Bank is in default (as defined in Section 3(x)(1) of the FDIA), all obligations of Company under this Agreement shall terminate as of the date of default, but this provision shall not affect any vested rights of the contracting parties.



    4
    Next Page




                              8.2.7             Any payments made to Executive pursuant to this Agreement, or otherwise, are subject to and conditioned upon their compliance with 12 U.S.C. § 1828(k) and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

                              8.2.8              Company and Executive hereby stipulate that the damages which may be incurred by Executive following termination of employment such that he is entitled to damages under Section 8.2 are not capable of accurate measurements as of the date this Agreement is entered into and that the payments and benefits contemplated by Section 8.2 constitute reasonable liquidated damages under the circumstances and shall be payable without any requirement of proof of actual damage but shall be subject to mitigation as provided in Section 8.2. Company and Executive further agree that the payments and benefits due under Section 8.2 are conditioned on the receipt of Executive's resignation from any and all positions which he holds as an employee of Company or any of its subsidiaries or affiliates.

    9.             RELEASE OF CLAIMS - No damages shall be due under Section 8.2 of this Agreement unless Executive executes a release of claims against Company which shall provide that Executive waives, releases and covenants not to sue or otherwise institute legal or administrative proceedings, or make any claim of any nature against Company, its subsidiaries or affiliates, successors, assigns, directors, officers, employees or agents with respect to any matter arising out of or related to Executive's employment relationship with Company and its subsidiaries or affiliates.

    10.             NONCOMPETITION - During the term of this Agreement and for a period of eighteen (18) months from or after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Executive agrees that he will not, directly or indirectly, as employee, partner, individual proprietor, officer, director, consultant or otherwise, participate in any enterprise (including, without limitation, any financial institution) engaged in the delivery of financial services located within a 40 mile radius of Bank corporate headquarters, which competes with Company, its subsidiaries or its affiliates.

    11.             SECTION 280G REDUCTION -- Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if the value and amounts of benefits under this Agreement, together with any other amounts and the value of benefits received or to be received by Executive in connection with a change in control would cause any amount to be nondeductible for federal income tax purposes pursuant to 26 U.S.C. Section 280G of the Code, then amounts and benefits under this Agreement shall be reduced (not less than zero) to the extent necessary so as to maximize amounts and the value of benefits to Executive without causing any amount to become nondeductible pursuant to or by reason of such Section 280G. Executive shall determine the allocation of such reduction among payments and benefits to Executive.

    12.             LEGAL FEES -- In the event of a dispute arising out of this Agreement, reasonable attorneys fees and costs to Executive resulting from such dispute shall be paid by Company only if Executive prevails in such dispute.



    5
    Next Page




    13.             OTHER PROVISIONS

                 13.1             JOINT EFFECT OF AGREEMENT -- Nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to create a partnership or agency relationship between Company and Executive to make Executive jointly liable with Company for any obligation arising out of the activities and services contemplated by this Agreement.

                 13.2             SECTION HEADINGS -- Section headings and numbers have been inserted for convenience of reference only, and if there shall be any conflict between any such headings or numbers and the text of this Agreement, the text shall control.

                 13.3             WAIVER -- Waiver by either party of any term or condition of this Agreement or any breach shall not constitute a waiver of any other term or condition or breach of this Agreement.

                 13.4             EXECUTION AND APPLICABLE LAW -- This Agreement has been executed in the City of Plano, Collin County, Texas and shall be governed in accordance with the laws of the State of Texas in every respect except to the extent that federal law controls.

                 13.5             NOTICES -- Any notice of communication permitted or required by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall become effective two days after the mailing thereof by certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid addressed:

                              13.5.1             If to Company, to: 1309 West 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075, or such address as Company may specify in writing delivered to Executive, with a copy to the general counsel for Company.

                              13.5.2             If to Executive, to 2100 Crown Knoll, Plano, Texas 75093, or such address as Executive may specify in writing delivered to Company.

    14.             ENTIRE AGREEMENT -- This Agreement, insurance agreement, retirement plans and supplementary employment agreements providing for deferred compensation contain all of the terms agreed upon by the parties with respect to the subject matter of this Agreement and supersede all prior agreements, arrangements and communications between the parties concerning such subject matter, whether oral or written.











    6
    Next Page




    IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties to the Agreement have signed it on this the _______ day of __________________________, 2006.

    VIEWPOINT BANK
    Attest ____________________
    Sherrie Tawwater
    Executive Assistant
    By ______________________________
    James McCarley
    Chairman


    Executive



    ______________________________
    Garold R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer
















    7
    End.

    EXHIBIT 10.4

    Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.


    1725 K Street, NW Suite 205
    Washington, DC 20006
    (202) 467-6862, Fax (202) 467-6963

    November 10, 2005                    

    Confidential

    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    1309 West 15th Street, Suite 400
    Plano, Texas 75075

    Members of the Board:

              This letter sets forth the agreement between ViewPoint Bank ("ViewPoint" or the "Company") and Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc. ("FFA"), whereby ViewPoint has engaged FFA to provide an independent appraisal of the estimated aggregate pro forma market value (the "Valuation") of the shares of common stock that are to be issued in conjunction with the Company's Minority Stock Offering. Pursuant to the Minority Stock Offering, ViewPoint will reorganize from a mutual savings bank to a mutual holding company structure and offer for sale a minority interest of its shares of common stock to eligible depositors of ViewPoint and to other qualifying investors.

              FFA agrees to deliver the Valuation, in a written report, to ViewPoint at the address above on or before a mutually agreed upon date. Further, FFA agrees to perform such other services as are necessary or required of the independent appraiser in connection with comments from ViewPoint's regulatory authorities and subsequent updates of the Valuation as from time to time may be necessary, both after initial approval by the Company's regulatory authorities and prior to the time the Minority Stock Offering is completed. If requested, FFA will assist ViewPoint in responding to all regulatory inquiries regarding the Valuation and will also assist the Company at all meetings with the regulatory authorities concerning the Valuation.

              ViewPoint agrees to pay FFA a professional consulting fee for FFA's appraisal services related to preparation of the initial appraisal report and subsequent appraisal updates. ViewPoint also agrees to reimburse FFA for certain out-of-pocket expenses necessary and incident to the completion of the services described above. These expenses shall not exceed $3,500 without the prior consent of ViewPoint. Reimbursable expenses for copying, report reproduction, data materials, express mail delivery and travel shall be paid to FFA as incurred and billed. Payment of the consulting fee shall be made according to the following schedule:

    NEXT PAGE



    Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.

    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    November 10, 2005
    Page 2

              If, during the course of the Minority Stock Offering, unforeseen events occur so as to materially change the nature of the work content of the appraisal services described above such that FFA must supply services beyond that contemplated at the time this contract was executed, the terms of this agreement shall be subject to renegotiation by ViewPoint and FFA. Such unforeseen events shall include, but not be limited to, major changes in regulations governing the Minority Stock Offering, appraisal guidelines or processing procedures as they relate to Minority Stock Offering appraisals, major changes in ViewPoint's management or operating policies, and excessive delays or suspension of processing of the Minority Stock Offering.

              In the event ViewPoint shall for any reason discontinue the Minority Stock Offering prior to delivery of the completed appraisal report and payment of the progress payment fee totaling $50,000, ViewPoint agrees to compensate FFA according to FFA's standard billing rates for professional consulting services based on accumulated and verifiable time expended, provided that the total of such charges shall not exceed $65,000 plus reimbursable expenses.

              In order to induce FFA to render the aforesaid services, ViewPoint agrees to the following:

      1. ViewPoint agrees to supply FFA such information with respect to ViewPoint's business and financial condition as FFA may reasonably request in order for FFA to perform the appraisal services. Such information shall include, without limitation: annual financial statements, periodic regulatory filings and material agreements, corporate books and records, and such other documents as are material for the performance by FFA of the appraisal services.

      2. ViewPoint hereby represents and warrants to FFA (i) that to its best knowledge any information provided to FFA by or on behalf of ViewPoint, will not, at any relevant time, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or fail to state a material fact necessary to make the information or statements therein not false or misleading, (ii) that ViewPoint will not use the product of FFA's services in any manner, including in a proxy or offering prospectus, in connection with any untrue statement of a material fact or in connection with the failure to state a material fact necessary to make other statements not false or misleading, and (iii) that all documents incorporating or relying upon FFA's services or the product of FFA's services will otherwise comply with all applicable federal and state laws and regulations.

    NEXT PAGE



    Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.

    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    November 10, 2005
    Page 3

      1. Any valuations or opinions issued by FFA may be included in its entirety in any communication by ViewPoint in any application, proxy statement or prospectus; however, such valuations or opinions may not be excerpted or otherwise publicly referred to without FFA's prior written consent nor shall FFA be publicly referred to without FFA's prior written consent; however, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

      2. FFA's Valuation will be based upon ViewPoint's representation that the information contained in the Minority Stock Offering application and additional information furnished to us by ViewPoint and its independent auditors is truthful, accurate, and complete in all material respects. FFA will not independently verify the financial statements and other information provided by ViewPoint and its independent auditors, nor will FFA independently value the assets or liabilities of ViewPoint. The Valuation will consider ViewPoint only as a going concern and will not be considered as an indication of the liquidation value of ViewPoint.

      3. FFA's Valuation is not intended, and must not be represented to be, a recommendation of any kind as to the advisability of purchasing shares of common stock in the Minority Stock Offering. Moreover, because the Valuation is necessarily based upon estimates and projections of a number of matters, all of which are subject to change from time to time, FFA will give no assurance that persons who purchase shares of common stock in the Minority Stock Offering will thereafter be able to sell such shares at prices related to FFA's Valuation.

      4. ViewPoint agrees to indemnify FFA and its affiliates and all persons employed by or associated with FFA or its affiliates against all claims, liabilities and related expenses, as incurred, arising out of this engagement, unless, upon final adjudication, such claims, liabilities and expenses are found to have resulted primarily from FFA's bad faith or willful misconduct. No termination, completion or modification hereof shall limit or affect such indemnification obligation. In the event FFA becomes aware of a claim or a possible claim arising out of this agreement, it shall notify ViewPoint as soon as possible. ViewPoint will attempt to resolve the claim. In the event ViewPoint is not able to resolve the claim, it has the option to retain legal counsel on behalf of FFA to defend the claim.

    NEXT PAGE



    Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.

    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    November 10, 2005
    Page 4

      1. ViewPoint and FFA are not affiliated, and neither ViewPoint nor FFA has an economic interest in, or is held in common with, the other and has not derived a significant portion of its gross revenues, receipts or net income for any period from transactions with the other. It is understood that FFA is not a seller of securities within the scope of any federal or state securities law and any report prepared by FFA shall not be used as an offer or solicitation with respect to the purchase or sale of any security, it being understood that the foregoing shall not be construed to prohibit the filing of any such report as part of the Minority Stock Offering application or SEC and blue sky filings or customary references thereto in applications, filings, proxy statements and prospectuses.

              Please acknowledge your agreement to the foregoing by signing as indicated below and returning to FFA a signed copy of this letter.

    Yours very truly,

    Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.


    By: /s/ Trent R. Feldman
    Trent R. Feldman
    President
    Agreed and Accepted:

    ViewPoint Bank

    By:     /s/ Gary R. Base


    Title:    Pres/CEO


    Date:    12-7-05

    EXHIBIT 10.5





    December 2, 2005

    Gary R. Base
    President and CEO
    Community Credit Union
    ViewPoint Bank
    1309 West 15 th Street - Suite 400
    Plano, TX 75075

    Dear Mr. Base:

    Based upon our recent discussions, FinPro, Inc. ("FinPro") is pleased to submit this proposal to assist ViewPoint Bank ("the Bank"), the proposed new name of Community Credit Union (upon successful completion of the charter change to a mutual savings bank), in preparing a business plan in connection with the Bank's MHC stock conversion. The business plan will specifically address the deployment of capital raised in the stock offering.

    1. Scope of Project

    The Study will be specifically designed to build and measure value for a five-year time horizon. As part of the Study compilation, the following major tasks will be included:



    20 Church Street • Liberty Corner, NJ 07938-0323 • Tel: 908.604.9336 • Fax: 908.604-5951
    finpro@finpronj.com • www.finpronj.com




    NEXT PAGE



    As part of this process, FinPro will conduct two planning sessions with the Bank and its Board. The first session will be a situation assessment retreat and the second will be a presentation and detailed discussion of the recommended plan scenario and its alternatives.

    2. Requirements of The Bank

    To accomplish the tasks set forth in this proposal, the following information and work effort is requested of the Bank:

    3. Term of the Agreement and Staffing

    It is anticipated that it will take approximately six to eight weeks of elapsed time to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal. During this time, FinPro will be on-site at the Bank's facilities on a regular basis, during normal business hours. Any future work that would require extra expense to the Bank will be proposed on separately from this engagement prior to any work being performed.





    2

    NEXT PAGE



    4. Fees and Expenses

    Fees:

    FinPro fees to complete the tasks outlined in this proposal will be as follows:

    Strategic Business Plan $35,000
    Modeling additional markets (if selected) $2,000/market
    Year 2 Quarterly Bank Fiduciary Package (includes a half day board retreat - optional at clients discretion) $6,000
    Year 3 Quarterly Bank Fiduciary Package (includes a half day board retreat - optional at clients discretion) $6,000

    FinPro's fee for this engagement shall be payable as follows:

    The market analysis included in the proposal will be completed at a county level. Additional market feasibility work to include: geocoding the Bank's downloads, ranking the markets, segmentizing the Bank's customer base, defining natural markets, and market tours can be provided under a separate Branch Improvement and Market Ranking proposal.

    Expenses:

    In addition to any fees that may be payable to FinPro hereunder, the Bank hereby agrees to reimburse FinPro for the following:

    1. Out of Pocket - all of FinPro's reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with FinPro's engagement. It is FinPro policy to itemize expenses for each project so that the client can review, by line item, each expense.



    3

    NEXT PAGE



    FinPro agrees to execute a suitable confidentiality agreement with the Bank. The Bank acknowledges that all opinions, valuations and advice (written or oral) given by FinPro to the Bank in connection with FinPro's engagement are intended solely for the benefit and use of the Bank (and its directors, management, and attorneys) in connection with the matters contemplated hereby and the Bank agrees that no such opinion, valuation, or advice shall be used for any other purpose, except with respect to the opinion and valuation which may be used for the proper corporate purposes of the client, or reproduced, or disseminated, quoted or referred to at any time, in any manner or for any purpose, nor shall any public references to FinPro be made by the Bank (or such persons), without the prior written consent of FinPro, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

    Please sign and return one of the original copies of this agreement along with the retainer to indicate acceptance of the agreement. We hope that we might be selected to work with the Bank on this endeavor and are excited about building a relationship with the Bank.

    By,

    /s/ Donald J. Musso
    Donald J. Musso
    President
    FinPro, Inc.


    12/2/05
    Date
    /s/ Gary R. Base
    Gary R. Base
    President and CEO
    Community Credit Union
    ViewPoint Bank

    12-7-05
    Date






    4

    EXHIBIT 10.6

    Summary of Director Board Fee Arrangements.

                Directors who are also full time employees of ViewPoint Bank receive no additional compensation for their services as directors. Non-employee members of ViewPoint Bank's board of directors currently receive a fee of $400 for each board meeting attended and $100 for each committee meeting attended. These directors may elect to defer receipt of all or any part of their directors' fees pursuant to a non-qualified deferred compensation plan. Pursuant to this plan, deferred fees are invested in third party mutual funds. We also paid premiums totaling $792, in the aggregate, during 2005 for a life insurance policy and accidental death and dismemberment policy for the benefit of each non-employee director. If the director leaves the service of ViewPoint Bank for any reason other than death, all rights to any benefit cease.

                Directors are provided or reimbursed for travel and lodging, and are reimbursed for other customary out-of-pocket expenses, incurred in attending out-of-town board and committee meetings, as well as industry conferences and continuing education seminars. ViewPoint Bank also pay the premiums on directors' and officers' liability insurance.

    EXHIBIT 10.7

















    VIEWPOINT BANK
    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN










    Effective January 1, 2006











    Next Page





    VIEWPOINT BANK
    DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN

    Purpose

    The purpose of this Plan is to provide specified benefits to a select group of management and highly compensated employees, and to directors, who contribute materially to the continued growth, development and future business success of Viewpoint Bank. The Plan also is intended to replace the eligible deferred compensation plan (within the meaning of Section 457(b) of the Code) (referred to herein as the "457(b) Plan") that was previously maintained by Community Credit Union, the predecessor of Viewpoint Bank. Accordingly, in connection with the establishment of this Plan, participants with an account under the 457(b) Plan will waive their entitlements under the 457(b) Plan, and in exchange will receive an opening account under this Plan equal to the value of the account they waived under the 457(b) Plan. The Plan shall be unfunded for tax purposes and for purposes of Title I of ERISA. The Plan also is intended to comply with the applicable requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and shall be administered and interpreted accordingly.





















    1
    Next Page




    ARTICLE I
    Definitions

    For purposes of this Plan, unless otherwise clearly apparent from the context, the following phrases or terms shall have the following indicated meanings:
    "Account Balance" shall mean, with respect to a Participant, a credit on the records of the Employer equal to his or her Deferral Account and his Substituted 457 Plan Account Balance. A Participant's Account Balance shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Employer or the Trust.

    "Affiliates" shall mean any and all entities that are considered affiliated with any of the Employer within the meaning of Sections 414(b) and (c) of the Code.

    "Annual Bonus" shall mean any compensation, in addition to Base Annual Salary relating to services performed during any calendar year, whether or not paid in such calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar year, payable to a Participant as an Employee under the Employer's annual bonus and cash incentive plans, excluding stock options or restricted stock.

    "Annual Deferral Amount" shall mean that portion of a Participant's Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and Director's Compensation that a Participant elects to have, and is deferred under the Plan for any one Plan Year. In the event of a Participant's Disability or Termination of Service prior to the end of a Plan Year, such year's Annual Deferral Amount shall be the actual amount withheld prior to such event.

    "Base Annual Salary" shall mean the annual cash compensation relating to services performed by an Employee during any calendar year, whether or not paid in such calendar year or included on the Federal Income Tax Form W-2 for such calendar year, excluding bonuses, commissions, overtime, fringe benefits, stock options, relocation expenses, incentive payments, non-monetary awards, and other fees, automobile and other allowances paid to a Participant for employment services rendered (whether or not such allowances are included in the Employee's gross income).

    "Beneficiary" shall mean one or more persons, estates or other entities, designated in accordance with Article 6, that are entitled to receive benefits under this Plan upon the death of a Participant.


    2
    Next Page




    "Beneficiary Designation Form" shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to designate one or more Beneficiaries.

    "Board" shall mean the board of directors of the Employer.

    "Change in Control" shall mean the first to occur of any event described as either a change in the ownership or effective control of the Employer, or in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of the Employer, as defined in Section 409A.

    "Claimant" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.

    "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code 1986, as it may be amended from time to time.

    "Committee" shall mean the committee described in Article 8.

    "Deduction Limitation" shall mean the following described limitation on a benefit that may otherwise be distributable pursuant to the provisions of this Plan. Except as otherwise provided, this limitation shall be applied to all distributions that are "subject to the Deduction Limitation" under this Plan. If the Employer determines in good faith that there is a reasonable likelihood that any compensation paid to a Participant would not be deductible by the Employer solely by reason of the limitation under Code Section 162(m), then to the extent deemed necessary by the Employer to ensure that the entire amount of any distribution to the Participant pursuant to this Plan prior the Change in Control is deductible, the Employer may defer all or any portion of a distribution under this Plan; provided, however , that payment of the deferred benefit shall be made at the earlier of when (i) the Employer reasonably believes that the deduction of the payment of the deferred amount will not be limited or eliminated by the application of Code Section 162(m), the (ii) calendar year in which either the Participant separates from service or there occurs a Change in Control. This Deduction Limitation shall be applied in a manner consistent with Section 409A.

    "Deferral Account" shall mean (i) the sum of all of a Participant's Annual Deferral Amounts, (ii) amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable crediting provisions of this Plan that relate to the Participant's Deferral Account, less (iii) all distributions made to the Participant or his or her Beneficiary pursuant to this Plan that relate to his or her Deferral Account.

    "Director" shall mean a member of the board of directors of the Employer.


    3
    Next Page




    "Director's Compensation" shall mean fees and other compensation payable for services as a Director.

    "Disabled" shall mean the Participant either is (a) unable to engage in any substantial activity by reason of any physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (b) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer or an Affiliate. The determination of whether a Participant is Disabled shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion, but subject to Section 409A.

    "Disability Benefit" shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 5.

    "Effective Date" shall mean January 1, 2006.

    "Election Form" shall mean the form established from time to time by the Committee that a Participant completes, signs and returns to the Committee to make an election under the Plan.

    "Employee" shall mean a person who is classified as an employee of the Employer.

    "Employer" shall mean Viewpoint Bank and other Affiliates, if any, that have been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan and have adopted the Plan as a sponsor.

    "ERISA" shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as it may be amended from time to time.

    "Participant" shall mean any Employee or Director (i) who is selected to participate in the Plan, (ii) who elects to participate in the Plan, (iii) who timely completes and signs an Election Form, (iv) whose signed Election Form and Beneficiary Designation Form are accepted by the Committee, (v) who commences participation in the Plan, and (vi) whose Plan Agreement has not terminated. A spouse or former spouse of a Participant shall not be treated as a Participant in the Plan or have an Account Balance under the Plan, even if he or she has an interest in the Participant's benefits under the Plan as a result of applicable law or property settlements resulting from legal separation or divorce.

    "Plan" shall mean this Deferred Compensation Plan, as amended from time to time.

    "Plan Year" shall mean the calendar year.


    4
    Next Page




    "Section 409A" shall mean Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or other guidance of general applicability issued thereunder.

    "Specific Time Payout" shall mean the payout set forth in Section 4.1.

    "Specified Employee" shall mean a key employee described in Code Section 416(i) (determined without regard to paragraph (5) thereof) of the Employer, provided the Employer is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise. The determination of whether a Participant is a Specified Employee shall be made by the Committee in accordance with Section 409A.

    "Substituted 457 Plan Account Balance" shall mean, with respect to any Participant, an amount equal to the Participant's account balance under the Section 457(b) Plan that was waived in connection with the termination of the Section 457(b) Plan and the establishment of this Plan, as increased (or decreased) by amounts credited in accordance with all the applicable investment crediting provisions of this Plan, and decreased by any distributions therefrom.

    "Termination Benefit" shall mean the benefit set forth in Article 5.

    "Termination of Service" shall mean the Participant's separation from service with the Employer and all Affiliates voluntarily or involuntarily, for any reason, including death. The definition of "Termination of Service" shall be interpreted to have the same meaning as the phrase "separation from service" under Section 409A.

    "Trust" shall mean the trust, if any, established between the Employer and the trustee named therein, as amended from time to time.

    "Unforeseeable Financial Emergency" shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from (i) an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant's spouse or a dependent of the Participant (within the meaning of Section 152(a) of the Code), (ii) a loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or (iii) other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant, all as determined in the sole discretion of the Committee.
    ARTICLE 2
    Selection, Enrollment, Eligibility

    2.1               Selection by Committee . Participation in the Plan shall be limited to a select group of management and highly compensated Employees and Directors of the Employer, as selected by the Committee in its sole discretion from time to time.



    5
    Next Page




    2.2               Enrollment Requirements . As a condition to participation, each selected Employee or Director shall complete, execute and return to the Committee an Election Form and a Beneficiary Designation Form, all within 30 days after he or she is first selected to participate in the Plan. The Committee may establish from time to time such other enrollment requirements as it determines to be necessary or appropriate.

    2.3               Eligibility; Commencement of Participation . Provided an Employee or Director selected to participate in the Plan has met all enrollment requirements set forth in this Plan and required by the Committee, including returning all required documents to the Committee within the specified time period, that Employee or Director shall commence participation in the Plan as soon as practicable thereafter. If an Employee or Director fails to meet all such requirements within the period required, that Employee or Director shall not participate in the Plan until the first day of the Plan Year following the delivery to and acceptance by the Committee of the required documents.

    2.4               Termination of Participation and/or Deferrals . If the Committee determines in good faith than a Participant no longer qualifies as a member of a select group of management or highly compensated employees, as membership in such group is determined in accordance with Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA, or is no longer a Director, the Committee shall have the right, in its sole discretion, to (i) to the extent permitted by Section 409A terminate any deferral election the Participant has made for the remainder of the Plan Year in which the Participant's membership status changes, (ii) prevent the Participant from making future deferral elections, (iii) cease Employer Contributions on his behalf (other than those previously declared), and/or (iv) to the extent permitted by Section 409A, distribute the Participant's then Account Balance as a Termination Benefit and terminate the Participant's participation in the Plan.

    ARTICLE 3
    Deferral Commitments/ Crediting/Taxes

    3.1               Compensation Deferrals .

    For each Plan Year, a Participant may elect to defer, as his or her Annual Deferral Amount, Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus, and/or Director's Compensation, as the case may be, such amount as is set forth in the Participant's Plan Agreement with respect to the Plan Year. If no election is made, the amount deferred shall be zero. The election shall be irrevocable with respect to compensation covered by the election until the end of the Plan Year, except as otherwise provided herein. If a Participant first becomes a Participant after the first day of a Plan Year, the

    6
    Next Page




    maximum Annual Deferral Amount shall be limited to the amount of compensation not yet earned by the Participant as of the date the Participant submits an Election Form to the Committee for acceptance.

    3.2               Election to Defer; Effect of Election Form; Suspension.

      (a) First Plan Year . In connection with a Participant's commencement of participation in the Plan, the Participant shall make an irrevocable election regarding his Annual Deferral Amount for the Plan Year in which the Participant commences participation in the Plan, including the time and form of payment of the Participant's Account Balance attributable to the Annual Deferral Amount. For this election to be valid, the Election Form must be completed and signed by the Participant, timely delivered to the Committee (in accordance with Section 2.2 above) and accepted by the Committee no later than 30 days after the Participant first becomes eligible to participate in the Plan.  
      (b) Subsequent Plan Years . For each succeeding Plan Year, the Participant shall make an irrevocable election regarding his Annual Deferral Amount for that Plan Year, and such other elections as the Committee deems necessary or desirable under the Plan. Such election shall be made before the end of the Plan Year preceding the Plan Year for which the election is made, or at such other time as may be required or permitted by Section 409A, by means of a new Election Form. If no such Election Form is timely delivered for a Plan Year, the Annual Deferral Amount shall be zero for that Plan Year.
     
      (c) Time and Form of Payment. Each election that provides for the deferral of compensation shall indicate the time and form of distribution which respect to which the amount being deferred will be paid.
     
      (d) Evergreen Election . The Election Form may provide that subsequent Annual Deferral Amounts, or the timing and form of distribution related to such Annual Deferral Amounts, will be the same as the initial or a preceding election (i.e., an evergreen election).
     
      (e) Election of Later Specific Term Payout Date . Consistent with Section 409A, a Participant who has elected to receive his Account Balance at a specific time in accordance with Section 4.1 may elect to extend the date when his Specific Term Payout date will be paid, provided that: (1) the election does not become effective for at least 12 months; (2) the newly elected Specific Term Payout date is at least five years later than the Specific Term Payout date previously in effect; and (3) the election occurs at least 12 months before the date the Specific Term Payout is to be made.
     


    7
    Next Page




      (f) No election shall be made under this Section 3.2 that would result in the accelerated payment of Plan benefits, except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.


    3.3               Withholding of Annual Deferral Amounts . For each Plan Year, the Base Annual Salary portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld from each regularly scheduled Base Annual Salary payroll in equal amounts, as adjusted from time to time for increases and decreases in Base Annual Salary. The Annual Bonus portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Annual Bonus is paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year itself. The Director's Compensation portion of the Annual Deferral Amount shall be withheld at the time the Director's Compensation is paid to the Participant, whether or not this occurs during the Plan Year.

    3.4               Investment of Trust Assets . The Participant shall designate, at such time and in such manner as permitted by the Committee, the deemed investment of the Participant's Account, from such selections as are made available by the Committee from time to time. If a Participant fails to designate a deemed investment that is available under this Plan, such Participant's Account Balance shall be deemed invested in a default fund selected by the Committee in its sole discretion. Each Participant's Account shall be credited at least quarterly with an amount equal to the rate of earnings (or loss) for the previous period on the deemed investments selected by the Participant. The Committee may maintain and invest separate asset accounts corresponding to each Participant's Account Balance. The Committee also may establish sub-accounts for each type of contribution made for a Participant, as well as such other sub-accounts as are necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.

    3.5               FICA and Other Taxes . For each Plan Year in which an Annual Deferral Amount is being withheld from a Participant, the Participant's Employer(s) shall withhold from that portion of the Participant's Base Annual Salary, Annual Bonus and Director's Compensation that is not being deferred in a manner determined by the Employer(s), the Participant's share of FICA and other employment taxes on such Annual Deferral Amount. The Committee may reduce the Annual Deferral Amount in order to comply with this Section 3.5 if it determines that such action is necessary or appropriate.

    3.6               Distributions . The Employer, or the trustee of the Trust, shall withhold from any payments made to a Participant under this Plan all federal, state and local income, employment and other taxes required to be withheld by the Employer, or the trustee of the Trust, in connection with such payments, in amounts and in a manner to be determined in the sole discretion of the Employer and the trustee of the Trust.


    8
    Next Page





    3.7               Leave of Absence . If a Participant is authorized by the Employer for any reason to take a paid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Annual Deferral Amount shall continue to be withheld during such paid leave of absence in accordance with Section 3.2. If a Participant is authorized by the Employer for any reason to take an unpaid leave of absence from the employment of the Employer, the Participant shall continue to be considered employed by the Employer and the Participant shall be excused from making deferrals until the earlier of the date the leave of absence expires or the Participant returns to a paid employment status. Upon such expiration or return, deferrals shall resume for the remaining portion of the Plan Year in which the expiration or return occurs, based on the deferral election, if any, made for that Plan Year. If no election was made for that Plan Year, no deferral shall be withheld. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Section 3.7 shall be applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

    ARTICLE 4
    Specific Time Payout; Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies

    4.1               Specific Time Payout . In connection with each election to defer an Annual Deferral Amount, a Participant may elect to receive a future "Specific Time Payout" from the Plan. The Specific Time Payout shall be a lump sum payment equal to the Annual Deferral Amount that the Participant elected to defer under this Section 4.1 for the year, plus amounts credited and debited thereon, determined at either (a) the time that the Specific Time Payout becomes payable pursuant to the Participant's election (rather than the date of a Termination of Service), or (b) the earlier of the date of the elected Specific Time Payout or the Participant's Termination of Service, or (c) the later of the date of the elected Specific Time Payout or the Participant's Termination of Service, as elected by the Participant. Subject to the Deduction Limitation and the other terms and conditions of this Plan, each Specific Time Payout elected shall be paid out during the 60-day period after the last day of any Plan Year designated by the Participant that is at least five Plan Years after the Plan Year in which the Annual Deferral Amount is actually deferred. By way of example, if a five year Specific Time Payout is elected for Annual Deferral Amounts that are deferred in the Plan Year commencing January 1, 2007, the five year Specific Time Payout would become payable during a 60 day period commencing January 1, 2013. A Participant may change his Specific Time Payout date in accordance with and subject to Section 3.2.

    4.2               Other Benefits Take Precedence Over Specific Time . Except as may be required to comply with Section 409A, and provided the Participant so elects, should an event occur that triggers a distribution under Article 5, any Account Balance or portion thereof that is subject to a Specific Time Payout election under Section 4.1

    9
    Next Page




    shall not be paid in accordance with Section 4.1, but instead shall be paid in accordance with Article 5.

    4.3               Withdrawal Payout for Unforeseeable Financial Emergencies . If the Participant experiences an Unforeseeable Financial Emergency, the Participant may request a partial or full payout from the Plan. The payout shall not exceed the lesser of the Participant's Account Balance, calculated as if such Participant were receiving a Termination Benefit, or the amount reasonably needed to satisfy the Unforeseeable Financial Emergency as determined under Section 409A, taking into account (i) taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the distribution, and (ii) the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant's assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship). If the Committee approves the request for a distribution, the distribution shall be made within 60 days of the date of approval. The payment of any amount under this Section 4.3 shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.

    ARTICLE 5
    Plan Benefits

    5.1               Termination Benefit . Upon the earlier to occur of the Participant's Termination of Service or a Change in Control, the Participant shall receive a Termination Benefit equal to the Participant's Account Balance.

    5.2               Disability Benefit . If a Participant becomes Disabled prior to his Termination of Service or a Change in Control, the Participant shall receive a Disability Benefit equal to the Participant's Account Balance.

    5.3               Payment of Termination Benefit .

      (a) The Participant shall receive distribution of his Account Balance in a cash lump sum.
     
    (b) Payment shall be made or commence no later than (i) 60 days after the date of the Participant's Termination of Service or death, as the case may be, or (ii) 10 days after the occurrence of a Change in Control. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, if the Participant is a Specified Employee, the Participant is receiving a Termination Benefit, and the Participant's Termination of Service occurs for any reason other than the Participant's death or becoming Disabled, then the Participant's Account Balance shall be distributed or commence to be distributed no earlier than six months from the date of the Participant's Termination of Service. Any payment made shall be subject to the Deduction Limitation.



    10
    Next Page





    5.4               Vesting. All Participants are fully vested in their Account Balance at all times.

    ARTICLE 6
    Beneficiary Designation

    6.1               Beneficiary . Each Participant shall have the right, at any time, to designate his or her Beneficiary(ies) (both primary as well as contingent) to receive any benefits payable under the Plan to a beneficiary upon the death of a Participant. A Participant shall designate his or her Beneficiary by completing and signing the Beneficiary Designation Form and returning it to the Committee or its designated agent. A Participant shall have the right to change a Beneficiary by completing, signing and otherwise complying with the terms of the Beneficiary Designation Form and the Committee's rules and procedures, as in effect from time to time. Upon the acceptance by the Committee of a new Beneficiary Designation Form, all Beneficiary designations previously filed shall be canceled. The Committee shall be entitled to rely on the last Beneficiary Designation Form filed by the Participant and accepted by the Committee prior to his or her death. No designation or change in designation of a Beneficiary shall be effective until received and acknowledged in writing by the Committee or its designated agent. If a Participant fails to designate a Beneficiary as provided herein, or if all designated Beneficiaries predecease the Participant or die prior to complete distribution of the Participant's benefits, then the Participant's designated Beneficiary shall be deemed to be his or her surviving spouse. If the Participant has no surviving spouse, the benefits remaining under the Plan to be paid to a Beneficiary shall be payable to the executor or personal representative of the Participant's estate. If the Committee has any doubt as to the proper Beneficiary to receive payments pursuant to this Plan, the Committee shall have the right, exercisable in its discretion, to withhold such payments until this matter is resolved to the Committee's satisfaction.

    6.2               Discharge of Obligations . The payment of benefits under the Plan to a Beneficiary shall fully and completely discharge the Employer and the Committee from all further obligations under this Plan with respect to the Participant, and that Participant's right to benefits hereunder shall terminate upon such full payment of benefits.

    ARTICLE 7
    Termination or Amendment

    7.1               Termination. The Employer reserves the right to terminate the Plan at any time by action of its board of directors. Upon the termination of the Plan, Participants shall be treated as if they experienced a Termination of Service on the date of Plan termination. Account Balances shall be paid to the Participants in a cash lump sum. The termination of the Plan shall not adversely affect any Participant or Beneficiary

    11
    Next Page




    who has become entitled to the payment of any benefits under the Plan as of the date of termination. The ability of the Employer to terminate this Plan, and the timing and manner of distributing benefits in connection with the Plan termination, shall in all respects comply with Section 409A.

    7.2               Amendment. The Employer may, at any time, amend the Plan by action of its board of directors; provided, however , that no amendment or modification shall be effective to decrease or restrict the value of a Participant's Account Balance in existence at the time the amendment or modification is made, calculated as if the Participant had experienced a Termination of Service as of the effective date of the amendment. The Plan amendment shall not affect any Participant or Beneficiary who has become entitled to the payment of benefits under the Plan as of the date of the amendment or modification. The ability of the Employer to amend this Plan, and the amendment itself, shall in all respects comply with Section 409A.

    7.3               Effect of Payment . The full payment of the applicable benefit under Articles 4 and 5 of the Plan shall completely discharge all obligations to a Participant and his or her designated Beneficiaries under this Plan.

    ARTICLE 8
    Administration

    8.1               Committee Duties . This Plan shall be administered by a Committee which shall consist of the Board, or such committee as the Board shall appoint. Members of the Committee may be Participants under this Plan. The Committee shall also have the discretion and authority to (i) make, amend, interpret, and enforce all appropriate rules and regulations for the administration of this Plan and (ii) decide or resolve any and all questions including interpretations of this Plan, as may arise in connection with the Plan. Any individual on the Committee who is a Participant shall not vote or act on any matter relating solely to himself or herself. When making a determination or calculation, the Committee shall be entitled to rely on information furnished by a Participant or the Company.

    8.2               Agents . In the administration of this Plan, the Committee may, from time to time, employ agents and delegate to them such administrative duties as it sees fit (including acting through a duly appointed representative) and may from time to time consult with counsel who may be counsel to the Employer.

    8.3               Binding Effect of Decisions . The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and the rules and regulations promulgated hereunder shall be final and conclusive and binding upon all persons having any interest in the Plan.


    12
    Next Page





    8.4               Indemnity of Committee . The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the members of the Committee, and any Employee to whom the duties of the Committee may be delegated, against any and all claims, losses, damages, expenses or liabilities arising from any action or failure to act with respect to this Plan, except in the case of misconduct by the Committee or any of its members or any such Employee.

    8.5               Employer Information . To enable the Committee to perform its functions, each Employer shall supply full and timely information to the Committee on all matters relating to the compensation of its Participants, the date and circumstances of the Retirement, Disability, death or Termination of Employment of its Participants, and such other pertinent information as the Committee may reasonably require.


    ARTICLE 9
    Claims Procedures

    9.1               Presentation of Claim . Any Participant or Beneficiary of a deceased Participant (such Participant or Beneficiary being referred to below as a "Claimant") may deliver to the Committee a written claim for a determination with respect to the amounts distributable to such Claimant from the Plan. If such a claim relates to the contents of a notice received by the Claimant, the claim must be made within 60 days after such notice was received by the Claimant. All other claims must be made within 180 days of the date on which the event that caused the claim to arise occurred. The claim must state with particularity the determination desired by the Claimant.

    9.2               Notification of Decision . The Committee shall consider a Claimant's claim within a reasonable time, and shall notify the Claimant in writing:

      (a) that the Claimant's requested determination has been made, and that the claim has been allowed in full; or
     
      (b) that the Committee has reached a conclusion contrary, in whole or in part, to the Claimant's requested determination, and such notice must set forth in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant:
     
      (i) the specific reason(s) for the denial of the claim, or any part of it;
     
      (ii) specific reference(s) to pertinent provisions of the Plan upon which such denial was based;
     


    13
    Next Page




        (iii) a description of any additional material or information necessary for the Claimant to perfect the claim, and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary; and
     
      (iv) an explanation of the claim review procedure set forth in Section 9.3 below.


    9.3               Review of a Denied Claim . With 60 days after receiving a notice from the Committee that a claim has been denied, in whole or in part, a Claimant (or the Claimant's duly authorized representative) may file with the Committee a written request for a review of the denial of the claim. Thereafter, but not later than 30 days after the review procedure began, the Claimant (or the Claimant's duly authorized representative):

      (a) may review pertinent documents;
     
      (b) may submit written comments or other documents; and/or
     
      (c) may request a hearing, which the Committee, in its sole discretion, may grant.


    9.4               Decision on Review . The Committee shall render its decision on review promptly, and not later than 60 days after the filing of a written request for review of the denial, unless a hearing is held or other special circumstances require additional time, in which case the Committee's decision must be rendered within 120 days after such date. Such decision must be written in a manner calculated to be understood by the Claimant, and it must contain:

      (a) specific reasons for the decision;
     
      (b) specific reference(s) to the pertinent Plan provisions upon which the decision was based; and
     
      (c) such other matters as the Committee deems relevant.


    9.5               Legal Action . A Claimant's compliance with the foregoing provisions of this Article 9 is a mandatory prerequisite to a Claimant's right to commence any legal action with respect to any claim for benefits under this Plan.


    14
    Next Page





    ARTICLE 10
    Trust

    10.1               Establishment of the Trust . The Employer may establish a Trust and shall, at each pay period or such other amount as it determines to be appropriate, transfer over to the Trust such cash as the Participant elected to defer under the Plan, as well as any Employer Contributions.

    10.2               Interrelationship of the Plan and the Trust . The provisions of the Plan and the Plan Agreement shall govern the rights of a Participant to receive distributions pursuant to the Plan. The provisions of the Trust shall govern the rights of the Employer, Participants and the creditors of the Employer to the assets transferred to the Trust. The Employer shall at all times remain liable to carry out its obligations under the Plan.

    10.3               Distributions From the Trust . The Employer's obligations under the Plan may be satisfied with Trust assets distributed pursuant to the terms of the Trust and any such distribution shall reduce the Employer's obligations under this Plan.


    ARTICLE 11
    Miscellaneous

    11.1               Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to be a plan that is not qualified within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) and that "is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees" within the meaning of ERISA Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1). The Plan shall be administered and interpreted to the extent possible in a manner consistent with that intent. The Plan shall also be administered and interpreted in a manner consistent with Section 409A.

    11.2               Other Benefits and Agreements . The benefits provided for a Participant or a Participant's Beneficiary under the Plan are in addition to any other benefits available to such Participant under any other plan or program for employees of the Employer. The Plan shall supplement and shall not supersede, modify or amend any other such plan or program except as may otherwise be expressly provided.

    11.3               Unsecured General Creditor. Participants and their Beneficiaries, heirs, successors and assigns shall have no legal or equitable rights, interests or claims in any property or assets of the Employer. For purposes of the payment of benefits under this Plan, any and all of the Employer's assets shall be, and remain the general, unpledged and unrestricted assets of the Employer. The Employer's obligation under the Plan shall be merely of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.


    15
    Next Page





    11.4               Employer's Liability . The Employer's liability for the payment of benefits shall be defined only by the Plan. The Employer shall have no obligation to a Participant under the Plan except as expressly provided in the Plan.

    11.5               Nonassignability . Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to commute, sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage or otherwise encumber, transfer, hypothecate, alienate or convey in advance of actual receipt, the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are expressly declared to be, unassignable and non-transferable. No part of the amounts payable shall, prior to actual payment be subject to seizure, attachment, garnishment or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance allowed by a Participant or any other person, be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant's or any other person's bankruptcy or insolvency or be transferable to a spouse as a result of a property settlement or otherwise.

    11.6               Not a Contract of Employment . The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and the Participant. Nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge the Participant at any time.

    11.7               Furnishing Information . A Participant or his or her Beneficiary will cooperate with the Committee by furnishing any and all information requested by the Committee and take such other actions as may be requested in order to facilitate the administration of the Plan and the payments of benefits hereunder, including but not limited to, taking such physical examinations as the Committee may deem necessary.

    11.8               Terms . Whenever any words are used herein in the masculine, they shall be construed as though they were in the feminine in all cases where they would so apply; and whenever any words are used herein in the singular or in the plural, they shall be co as though they were used in the plural or the singular, as the case may be, in all cases where they would so apply.

    11.9               Captions . The captions of the articles, sections and paragraphs of this Plan are for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or construction of any of its provisions.

    11.10             Governing Law . Subject to ERISA, the provisions of this Plan shall be construed and interpreted according to the internal laws of the State of Texas without regard to its conflicts of laws and principles.


    16
    Next Page





    11.11             Notice . Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to the Committee under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by registered or certified mail, to the Committee at the address of the Employer, attention to the Director of Human Resources. Such notice shall be deemed given as of the date of delivery or, if delivery is made by mail, as of the date shown on the postmark on the receipt for registration or certification. Any notice or filing required or permitted to be given to a Participant under this Plan shall be sufficient if in writing and hand-delivered, or sent by mail, to the last known address of the Participant.

    11.12             Successors. The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Employer and its successors and assigns and the Participant and the Participant's designated Beneficiaries.

    11.13             Spouse's Interest. The interest in the benefits hereunder of a spouse of a Participant who has predeceased the Participant shall automatically pass to the Participant and shall not be transferable by such spouse in any manner, including, but not limited to, such spouse's will, nor shall such interest pass under the laws of intestate succession.

    11.14             Validity . In case any provision of the Plan shall be illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be constructed and enforced as if such illegal or invalid provision had never been inserted herein.

    11.15             Incompetence . If the Committee determines in its discretion a benefit under this Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or to a person incapable of handling the disposition of that person's property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. The Committee may require proof of minority, incompetence, incapacity or guardianship, as it may deem appropriate prior to distribution of the benefit. Any payment of a benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant's Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.

    11.16             Court Order . The Committee is authorized to make any payments directed by court order in any action in which the Plan or the Committee has been named as a party. In addition, if a court determines that a spouse or former spouse of a Participant has an interest in the Participant's benefits under the Plan in connection with a property settlement or otherwise, the Committee, in its sole discretion shall have the right, notwithstanding any election made by a Participant, to immediately distribute the spouse's or former spouse's interest in the Participant's benefits under the Plan to that spouse or former spouse. This Section 11.16 shall be applied only to the extent consistent with Section 409A.


    17
    Next Page





    11.17             Distribution in the Event of Taxation or to Pay Income or FICA Taxes. If, for any reason, all or any portion of a Participant's benefits under this Plan becomes taxable to the Participant prior to receipt, the Participant shall be distributed in a cash lump sum that portion of his or her benefit that has become taxable. Distributions also may be made from a Participant's Account Balance prior to when amounts are otherwise distributable under the Plan to the extent necessary to pay FICA taxes under Code Sections 3101, 3121(a) and 3121(v)(2), as well as the corresponding federal, state, local or foreign income and withholding taxes associated with those FICA taxes. Distributions under this Section 11.17 shall be permitted only to the extent allowed under Section 409A.

                 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has signed this Plan document as of _________, __, 200__, but effective for all purposes as of January 1, 2006.


      VIEWPOINT BANK



    By:     _________________________
    Title:   _________________________


















    18
    End.

    EXHIBIT 10.8

    AMENDED AND RESTATED
    VIEWPOINT BANK
    SUPPLEMENTAL EXECUTIVE RETIREMENT PLAN


    Section I - General

    1.1 The ViewPoint Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan is effective as of November 10, 2005, and constitutes an amendment and restatement of the Community Mutual Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan that was executed March 30, 2001, and effective January 1, 2001, and amended and restated as of November 10, 2005.
       
    1.2 The purpose of the Plan is to retain the services of the Chief Executive Officer by providing supplemental retirement benefits and permitting him to defer compensation and to protect the interests of Community Mutual through a covenant not to compete.
       
    1.3 This Plan is created and maintained for the Chief Executive Officer and his Beneficiaries (as defined herein), and is intended for their exclusive benefit as a Plan which is a nonqualified deferred compensation plan for purposes of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and regulations promulgated thereunder.
       
    1.4 The Plan is a continuation of a plan previously known as the Community Credit Union Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan. The Plan was originally adopted by Community Credit Union as an ineligible deferred compensation plan within the meaning of Section 457(f) of the Code. In connection with the conversion of Community Credit Union to a federally chartered mutual savings bank known as ViewPoint Bank, the Employer now desires to continue the Plan upon the amended and restated terms and conditions stated herein.
       
    1.5 This Plan is not intended to constitute an employment agreement nor modify the terms of any employment agreement between the Employer and the Chief Executive Officer.

    Section II - Definitions

        The following definitions shall apply to this Plan:
       
    2.1 " Account " shall mean a separate unfunded account, established for (i) the Participant's deferrals made pursuant to Section 4.1 and the earnings credit allocable thereto as determined under Section VI (referred to herein as the "Participant Deferral Account"), and (ii) Employer contributions for the Participant made pursuant to Section 4.4 and the earnings credit allocable thereto as determined under Section VI (referred to herein as the "Employer Contribution Account"). The term "Accounts" shall refer to the aggregation of the Participant Deferral Account and the Employer Contribution Account of a Participant. The existence of an account or bookkeeping entries for a Participant (or his Beneficiary) does not create, suggest or imply that a Participant, Beneficiary, or other person claiming through them under this Plan, has a beneficial interest in any asset of the Employer.


    Next Page




    2.2 " Administrative Committee " shall mean the Executive Committee of the Employer elected by the Board.
       
    2.3 " Board " shall mean the Board of Directors of the Employer.
       
    2.4 "Beneficiary or Beneficiaries " shall mean those Beneficiaries and contingent Beneficiaries designated from time to time by a Participant to receive death benefits under the Plan pursuant to Section IX, or, if no such Beneficiary or Beneficiaries are designated, the estate of the Participant. The Participant may change his specified Beneficiaries at any time by filing a new Beneficiary designation in writing with the Administrative Committee.
       
    2.5 " Change in Control " The term "Change in Control", except as otherwise provided herein, means any of the following events:
       
        (a) any third person, including a "group" as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, becomes the beneficial owner of shares of the Employer or ViewPoint Financial Group (the "Company") with respect to which 25% or more of the total number of votes for the election of the Board or the Board of Directors of the Company may be cast;
       
        (b) as a result of, or in connection with, any cash tender offer, merger or other business combination, sale of assets or contested election, or combination of the foregoing, the persons who were directors of the Bank or the Company shall cease to constitute a majority of the Board or the Board of Directors of the Company, respectively; or
       
        (c) the stockholders of the Company approve an agreement providing either for a transaction in which the Company will cease to be an independent publicly owned corporation or for a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of the Company.
       
    2.6 " Code " shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
       
    2.7 " Compensation " shall mean the cash compensation payable to the Participant by the Employer and performance-based compensation and any incentive or variable compensation that is not performance based. Compensation shall be determined before giving effect to the Participant contribution and other compensation reduction amounts that are not includible in the Participant's gross income under Sections 125, 401(k), 402(h) or 403(b) of the Code.
       
    2.8 " Employer " shall mean ViewPoint Bank, a federal savings bank.
       
    2.9 " Participant " shall mean the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer who has been selected by the Board to participate in the Plan. The Participant shall remain a Participant so long as he has an Account balance under the Plan. No other employees of the Employer shall be permitted to participate in the Plan.


    2
    Next Page




    2.10 " Plan " shall mean the ViewPoint Bank Supplemental Executive Retirement Plan as set forth herein and as amended from time to time.
       
    2.11 " Section 409A " shall mean Section 409A of the Code and any regulations or guidance of general applicability thereunder.
       
    2.12 " Separation From Service " shall mean the Participant's termination of active employment with the Employer, whether voluntary or involuntary, other than on account of death or leave of absence. If the definition of separation of service under Section 409A is more restrictive than the definition of Separation From Service in the preceding sentence, then the definition under Section 409A shall apply to the extent necessary to cause the Plan to comply with Section 409A.

    Section III - Eligibility

    The sole Participant in the Plan shall be the Chief Executive Officer of the Employer who is in office on the Effective Date of the Plan.

    Section IV - Plan Contributions

    4.1 Deferrals . The Participant may elect, under the terms and conditions of the Plan, to defer all or a portion of his Compensation. Such election shall be made by written notice in the manner specified by the Employer and shall be irrevocable for the calendar year once made.
       
    4.2 Deferral Election . An annual election to defer Compensation for a calendar year shall be made on or before December 15th in the calendar year immediately preceding the year in which such Compensation would have been payable. In the event a Participant may elect to defer all or a portion of performance-based compensation (within the meaning of Section 409A) based on services performed over a period of at least 12 months, such election shall be irrevocable and shall be made no later than 6 months before the end of the performance-based compensation service period.
       
    4.3 Deductions . The Employer may deduct from any deferred amount all such amounts as it may be required by law to deduct for tax withholding and any voluntary deductions that the Participant may have elected.
       
    4.4 Employer Contribution . The Employer will make annual Employer contributions for the Participant equal to 7.0% of the Participant's Compensation at such times as stated below. The Employer contribution for each year shall be made in quarterly installments at the end of each calendar quarter during the year and will be credited to the Participant's Account as of the end of the quarter. The Employer contribution relative to any incentive compensation shall be credited to the Participant's Account as of the date the incentive compensation is paid. An initial Employer contribution in the amount of $600,000 was made effective January 1, 2001. A supplemental contribution in the amount of $21,101 was made effective January 1, 2004. These contributions shall be credited to the Participant's Employer Contribution Account.


    3
    Next Page




    4.5 Classification of Certain Contributions; Special Determination of Account Balance Values . The Participant has contributed the aggregate amount of $120,000 to the Plan, to offset the Employer's contributions to the Plan. This $120,000 amount shall be treated as a Participant deferral made pursuant to Section 4.1. To determine that portion of the Plan assets that comprises the Participant Deferral Account (which is fully vested pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof), a determination of the share of Plan earnings attributable to the Participant deferrals is necessary. For ease of administration, the Participant and the Employer agree that for all Plan purposes, the value of the Participant Deferral Account as of June 30, 2005, shall be deemed to be $166,500, and the balance of the Plan assets as of June 30, 2005, shall be deemed to be the value of the Employer Contribution Account.

    Section V - Payments

    5.1 Immediate Payment . Upon a Change in Control prior to the Participant's Separation From Service, the Participant's Employer Contribution Account shall become fully vested and nonforfeitable to the extent not previously vested, and there shall be an immediate payment of the Participant's Accounts to the Participant if such Change in Control event meets the requirements of Section 409A(a)(2)(v) of the Code. Otherwise payment of the Participant's Accounts shall be made as set forth below in Section 5.2.
       
    5.2 Payment of Account Balances . Except as provided in Section 5.1 above, the vested portion of the Participant's Employer Contribution Account and the Participant Deferral Account shall be paid beginning as of the first day of the month coinciding with or next following the period that ends 30 days following the date of the Participant's Separation From Service with the Employer. One-third of the Participant's vested Employer Contribution Account balance will be paid at that time with additional equivalent payments made on the 9 month and 18 month anniversaries of the first payment, if the noncompetition requirements contained in Section 7.3 have not been breached. Payment of the Participant Deferral Account, which at all times shall be fully vested and nonforfeitable, shall be paid in three installments on the dates set forth in the preceding sentence, whether or not the noncompete requirements of Section 7.3 have been satisfied. The Participant may not change the time or form of any payment permitted under the terms of the Plan. Investment earnings (as determined under Section VI), will continue to be credited on the unpaid balances. Notwithstanding any provision of this Section 5.2 to the contrary, no payment shall be made before the date that is 6 months after the date of the Participant's Separation From Service (or if earlier, the date of death of the Participant) if the Participant is a key employee (as defined in Section 416(i) of the Code (determined without regard to paragraph (5) thereof)) of the Employer, and the Employer's stock is publicly traded on an established securities market or otherwise.
       
    5.3 Loans Not Permitted . A Participant may not request nor receive a loan of his Account from the Employer.


    4
    Next Page




    5.4 Other In-Service Payments Prohibited . The Participant shall not receive a payment of any portion of his Account except as set forth in the Plan and then only to the extent such payment satisfies the requirements of Section 409A. The Employer shall not accelerate the time or form of any payment to the Participant except to the extent allowed by Section 409A.

    Section VI - Earnings Credit

    Investment earnings shall be allocated based on the time-weighted contributions to the Accounts of the Participant based on the rate of return of the notional investment options selected by the Participant. The Employer shall be not be obligated to invest any assets for purposes of satisfying any obligations pursuant to the Plan in accordance with any notional investment option selected by the Participant.

    Section VII - Vesting

    7.1 Employer Contribution Account . Subject to compliance with the noncompete requirements of Section 7.3, and except as otherwise provided in this Section 7.1, the extent to which the Participant shall be vested in his Employer Contribution Account shall be determined by the date of his Separation From Service, as follows:

        Date of Separation From Service
    Vesting
    Percentage
            Prior to January 1, 2006 0%
            During 2006 50%
            During 2007 60%
            During 2008 70%
            During 2009 80%
            During 2010 90%
            On or after January 1, 2011 100%


    If a Participant is not 100% vested as a result of satisfying the criteria above, the Participant shall be 100% vested and have a nonforfeitable right to his Employer Contribution Account upon the earliest of:

        (i) death of the Participant while employed by the Employer;
       
        (ii) "Disability" of the Participant while employed by the Employer. Disability shall mean that the Participant becomes (A) unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (B) by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer;


    5
    Next Page




    (iii) involuntary termination of the Participant's employment by the Employer other than termination on account of gross insubordination, gross misconduct, gross incompetence, or the commission of an offense involving moral turpitude under federal, state or local law or ordinances, such involuntary termination to include termination by reason of the Participant's resignation following the events listed in clauses (i) through (iv) in the second paragraph of Section 13.2 of the Employment Agreement between the Participant and the Employer.
       
    (iv) the Participant's attainment of age 63 prior to his Separation From Service; or
       
    (v) termination of the Plan by the Employer as provided in Section 11.1, prior to the Participant's Separation From Service.
       
    7.2 Voluntary Participant Deferrals . The Participant shall be 100% vested and have a nonforfeitable right at all times to the amount credited to his Participant Deferral Account.
       
    7.3 Noncompete Requirements. If the Participant's Separation From Service occurs after the Participant satisfies the conditions of Section 7.1 and the Participant then breaches the covenant not to compete set forth in his Employment Agreement, then, as liquidated damages, no further payments from the balance credited to the Participant's Employer Contribution Account shall be due or payable to the Participant pursuant to this Plan, and such amount shall be forfeited.

    Section VIII - Rights and Forfeitures

    8.1 Unfunded Plan . This Plan will be unfunded. Any Compensation deferred under this Plan, and the Accounts of the Participant hereunder, shall continue for all purposes to be a part of the general funds of the Employer. To the extent that the Participant acquires a right to receive payments from the Plan, such right shall be no greater than the right of any unsecured general creditor of the Employer.
       
    8.2 Assignment . No right or interest of the Participant in any Account or in the Plan shall, prior to actual payment to such Participant, be assignable or transferable in whole or in part, either voluntarily or by operation of law or otherwise, be subject to payment of debts of any Participant by execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge, bankruptcy or in any other manner.

    Section IX - Death of Participant

    On the death of Participant, the then remaining balances in the Participant's Accounts shall be paid to the Participant's beneficiaries in a lump sum as soon as administratively feasible, to the extent permitted by Section 409A.



    6
    Next Page




    Section X - Financial Hardship

    10.1 Hardship Payments . A Participant shall not be entitled to payment of any portion of his Accounts except as provided in Section 5; provided that, in cases of "unforeseeable emergency," the Administrative Committee may authorize a hardship payment, in the amount permitted by Section 10.3, but in the case of a distribution from the Participant's Employer Contribution Account, such amount shall not exceed the then-vested balance of such Account.
       
    10.2 Unforeseeable Emergency . For purposes of this Section X, the term "unforeseeable emergency" shall mean a severe financial hardship to the Participant resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, the Participant's spouse, or a dependent (as defined in Section 152(a) of the Code) of the Participant, loss of the Participant's property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the control of the Participant.
       
    10.3 Limit on Hardship Payment . The amounts payable with respect to an unforeseeable emergency may not exceed the amounts necessary to satisfy such emergency plus amounts necessary to pay taxes reasonably anticipated as a result of the payment, after taking into account the extent to which such hardship is or may be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant's assets (to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship).

    Section XI - Administration

    11.1 Amendment or Suspension . The Employer may, from time to time, amend or suspend any or all of the provisions of the Plan. The Employer may at any time terminate the Plan. If the Plan is terminated, the Participant's Accounts shall continue to be credited with earnings under Section VI, and shall be paid at such time and in such manner as provided in Section 5.2 above. The Employer shall not amend the Plan in any way that would adversely affect the Participant without the Participant's written consent thereto. The ability of the Employer to amend or terminate the Plan shall be subject to Section 409A.
       
    11.2 Plan Administration . The Board elects an Executive Committee which shall serve as the Administrative Committee, which shall have power to construe the Plan, prescribe rules and regulations relating to the Plan, and make all other determinations necessary or advisable for the administration of the Plan. The Administrative Committee may correct any defect or supply an omission or reconcile any inconsistency on the Plan in the manner and to the extent it deems expedient. The Participant shall not serve as a member of the Administrative Committee.
       
    11.3 Expenses . All expenses and costs incurred in connection with the administration and operation of the Plan shall be borne by the Employer.


    7
    Next Page




    11.4 Headings . The headings of sections and subsections herein are included solely for convenience of reference and do not affect the meaning of any of the provisions of the Plan.
       
    11.5 Governing Law . The Plan and all rights and obligations hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the State of Texas. It is the intention of the Employer for the Plan to be written and operated in compliance with the requirements of Section 409A, and any determination by the Employer or Administrative Committee shall be resolved in favor of such status.


                  EXECUTED on this _______ day of _____________, 2006, but effective as stated above.

      VIEWPOINT BANK


    By    ________________________________

    Its    ________________________________









    8
    End.

    EXHIBIT 21



    SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT




    ViewPoint MHC
    (federal charter)
    |  100%
    ViewPoint Financial Group
    (federal charter)
    |  100%
    ViewPoint Bank
    (federal charter)
          |  100% |  100%
    Community Financial
    Services, Inc.
    (Texas)
    Community Title,
    L.L.C.
    (Texas)



    EXHIBIT 23.2












    CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM







    We consent to the use in the Application for Approval of a Minority Stock Issuance by a Stock Holding Company Subsidiary of a Mutual Holding Company on Form MHC-2 of ViewPoint Financial Group filed with the Office of Thrift Supervision and in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission, of our report dated March 31, 2006 on the consolidated financial statements of ViewPoint Bank and Subsidiaries appearing in the prospectus which is part of the Application and Registration Statement.



    We also consent to the reference to our firm under the headings "Tax Effects of Our Corproate Change and Stock Offering," "Legal and Tax Opinions" and "Experts" in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and Form MHC-2.



    /s/ Crowe Chizek and Company LLC

    Crowe Chizek and Company LLC


    Oak Brook, Illinois
    April 14, 2006

    EXHIBIT 23.3

    F eldman F inancial A dvisors, I nc.

    1725 K Street, NW - Suite 205
    Washington, DC 20006
    (202) 467-6862 - Fax (202) 467-6963


    April 18, 2006



    Board of Directors
    ViewPoint Bank
    1309 West 15th Street
    Plano, Texas 75075

    Members of the Board:

    We hereby consent to the use of our firm's name in the Mutual Holding Company Reorganization Application on Form MHC-1, and amendments thereto, filed by ViewPoint Bank with the Office of Thrift Supervision. We also consent to the use of our firm's name in the Registration Statement on Form S-1, and amendments thereto, filed by ViewPoint Financial Group with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Additionally, we consent to the inclusion of, summary of, and reference to our Appraisal Report in such filings and amendments, including the Prospectus of ViewPoint Financial Group.

    We further consent to reference in the aforementioned filings and amendments the summary of our opinion as to the value of subscription rights granted by ViewPoint Bank pursuant to its Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance.


    Sincerely


    /s/ Feldman Financial Advisors, Inc.
    F eldman F inancial A dvisors, I nc.


    EXHIBIT 99.2



    Stock Order Form (back)






    Stock Order Form Instructions







    Stock Order Form Instructions -- All subscription orders are subject to the provisions of the stock offering.
    Item 1 and 2 -- Fill in the number of shares that you wish to purchase and the total payment due. The amount due is determined by multiplying the number of shares ordered by the subscription price of $10.00 per share. The minimum purchase is 25 shares. Generally, the maximum purchase for any person is 40,000 shares (40,000 shares x $10.00 per share = $400,000). No person, together with associates, as defined in the prospectus, and persons acting in concert, as defined in the prospectus, may purchase more than 70,000 shares (70,000 shares x $10.00 per share = $700,000) of the common stock offered in the stock offering. For additional information, see "THE REORGANIZATION AND STOCK OFFERING - Limitations on Stock Purchases" in the prospectus.

    Item 3 - Payment for shares may be made in cash (only if delivered by you in person, although we request you to exchange the cash for a check with any of the tellers at a ViewPoint Bank branch) or by check, bank draft or money order payable to ViewPoint Financial Group. DO NOT MAIL CASH. Your funds will earn interest at the ViewPoint Bank's ("ViewPoint Bank") statement savings rate until the stock offering is completed or terminated.

    To pay by withdrawal from a savings account or certificate at ViewPoint Bank insert the account number(s) and the amount(s) you wish to withdraw from each account. If more than one signature is required for a withdrawal, all signatories must sign in the signature box on the front of the Stock Order and Certification Form. To withdraw from an account with checking privileges, please write a check. ViewPoint Bank will waive any applicable penalties for early withdrawal from certificate accounts (CDs). A hold will be placed on the account(s) for the amount(s) you indicate to be withdrawn. Payments will remain in account(s) until the Stock Offering closes and earn their respective rate of interest.

    Item 4 - Please check the appropriate box to tell us the earliest of the three dates that applies to you.

    Item 5 - Please check one of these boxes if you are a director, officer or employee of ViewPoint Bank, or a member of such person's household.

    Item 6 - The stock transfer industry has developed a uniform system of shareholder registrations that we will use in the issuance of ViewPoint Financial Group's common stock. Please complete this section as fully and accurately as possible, and be certain to supply your social security or Tax I.D. number(s) and your daytime and evening phone numbers. We will need to call you if we cannot execute your order as given. If you have any questions regarding the registration of your stock, please consult your legal advisor or contact the Stock Information Center at (___) ___-____. Subscription rights are not transferable. If you are an eligible or supplemental eligible account holder or other depositor, to protect your priority over other purchasers as described in the prospectus, you must take ownership in at least one of the account holder's names.

    Item 7 -- Please review the preprinted qualifying account number(s) information. The account number(s) listed may not be all of your account number(s). You should list any other qualifying accounts that you may have or had with ViewPoint Bank in the box located under the heading "Additional Qualifying Accounts." These may appear on other stock order forms you have received. For example, if you are ordering stock in just your name, you should list all of your account numbers as of the earliest of the three dates that you were a depositor. Similarly, if you are ordering stock jointly with another depositor, you should list all account numbers under which either of you are owners, i.e. individual accounts, joint accounts, etc. If you are ordering stock in your minor child's or grandchild's name under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act, the minor must have had an account number on one of the three dates and you should list only their account number(s). If you are ordering stock corporately, you need to list just that corporation's account number, as your individual account number(s) do not qualify. Failure to list all of your qualifying depositor numbers may result in the loss of part or all of your subscription rights.

    NOTE: The order form is to be received (not postmarked) at ________ W. 15th Street, Plano, Texas 75075, or at one of ViewPoint Bank's other branch offices by the end of the subscription offering, by _________ 2006 at 12:00 Noon, Central Time.

    (See Reverse Side for Stock Ownership Guide)


    Next Page







    Stock Ownership Guide
    Individual - The stock is to be registered in an individual's name only. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

    Joint Tenants - Joint tenants with rights of survivorship identifies two or more owners. When stock is held by joint tenants with rights of survivorship, ownership automatically passes to the surviving joint tenant(s) upon the death of any joint tenant. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

    Tenants in Common - Tenants in common may also identify two or more owners. When stock is to be held by tenants in common, upon the death of one co-tenant, ownership of the stock will be held by the surviving co-tenant(s) and by the heirs of the deceased co-tenant. All parties must agree to the transfer or sale of shares held by tenants in common. You may not list beneficiaries for this ownership.

    Uniform Transfers To Minors Act - For residents of Texas and many states, stock may be held in the name of a custodian for the benefit of a minor under the Uniform Transfers to Minors Act . For residents in other states, stock may be held in a similar type of ownership under the Uniform Gifts to Minors Act of the individual state. For either ownership, the minor is the actual owner of the stock with the adult custodian being responsible for the investment until the child reaches legal age. Only one custodian and one minor may be designated.

    Instructions: On the first name line, print the first name, middle initial and last name of the custodian, with the abbreviation "CUST" after the name. Print the first name, middle initial and last name of the minor on the second name line followed by the notation UTMA-TX or UGMA-Other State. List only the minor's social security number.

    Corporation/Partnership -- Corporations/Partnerships may purchase stock. Please provide the Corporation/Partnership's legal name and Tax I.D. To have depositor rights, the Corporation/Partnership must have an account in the legal name. Please contact the Stock Information Center to verify depositor rights and purchase limitations.

    Individual Retirement Account -- Individual Retirement Account ("IRA") holders may potentially make stock purchases from their existing IRA if it is a self-directed IRA or through a prearranged "trustee-to-trustee" transfer if their IRA account is currently at ViewPoint Bank. The stock cannot be held in your ViewPoint Bank account. Please contact your broker or self-directed IRA account provider as quickly as possible to explore this option, as it may take a number of days to complete a trustee-to-trustee transfer.

    Registration for IRA's: On Name Line 1 - list the name of the broker or trust department followed by CUST or TRUSTEE.
    On Name Line 2 - FBO (for benefit of) YOUR NAME [IRA a/c #__________].
    Address will be that of the broker / trust department to where the stock certificate will be sent.
    The Social Security / Tax I.D. number(s) will be either yours or your trustee's, as the trustee directs.
    Please list your phone numbers.


    Fiduciary/Trust - Generally, fiduciary relationships (such as Trusts, Estates, Guardianships, etc.) are established under a form of trust agreement or pursuant to a court order. Without a legal document establishing a fiduciary relationship, your stock may not be registered in a fiduciary capacity.

    Instructions: On the first name line, print the first name, middle initial and last name of the fiduciary if the fiduciary is an individual. If the fiduciary is a corporation, list the corporate title on the first name line. Following the name, print the fiduciary title, such as trustee, executor, personal representative, etc. On the second name line, print the name of the maker, donor or testator or the name of the beneficiary. Following the name, indicate the type of legal document establishing the fiduciary relationship (agreement, court order, etc.). In the blank after "Under Agreement Dated," fill in the date of the document governing the relationship. The date of the document need not be provided for a trust created by a will.

    (See Reverse Side for Stock Order Form Instructions)
    End.

    EXHIBIT 99.3





    _____________, 2006

    To Members and Friends of ViewPoint Bank
    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc., a member of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc., is assisting ViewPoint Bank in reorganizing into the mutual holding company structure. In connection with the Reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group, the newly-formed mid-tier holding company for ViewPoint Bank, is offering common stock in a subscription and community offering to certain members of ViewPoint Bank, an employee stock ownership plan established by ViewPoint Bank, and members of the general public pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance.

    At the request of ViewPoint Bank, we are enclosing materials explaining this process and your options, including an opportunity to subscribe for shares of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock until 12:00 Noon, Central Time, on ___________, 2006. Please read the enclosed offering materials carefully, including the Prospectus, for a complete description of the stock offering.

    If you have any questions, please visit our Stock Information Center located at ______ W. 15 th Street, Plano, Texas 75075, Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., or feel free to call the Stock Information Center at (___) ___-____.

    Very truly yours,





    Keefe, Bruyette & Woods, Inc.





    THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, VIEWPOINT BANK, VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP, VIEWPOINT MHC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.




    'Dear Friends' Letter







    _________, 2006




    Dear Friend:

    We are pleased to announce that ViewPoint Bank is reorganizing into the mutual holding company structure. In connection with the reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group, the newly-formed mid-tier holding company for ViewPoint Bank, is offering common stock in a subscription and community offering to certain members of ViewPoint Bank, an employee stock ownership plan established by ViewPoint Bank, and members of the general public pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance.

    Because we believe you may be interested in learning more about an investment in ViewPoint Financial Group's common stock, we are sending you the following materials which describe the offering.
    PROSPECTUS: This document provides detailed information about ViewPoint Bank's operations and the proposed offering of ViewPoint Financial Group common stock.

    STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM: This form can be used to order stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply envelope. Your order must be received by 12:00 Noon, Central Time, on ____________, 2006.
    As a friend of ViewPoint Bank, you will have the opportunity to buy common stock directly from ViewPoint Financial Group in the offering without paying a commission or fee. If you have any questions regarding the reorganization and offering, please call us at (___) ___-____, Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., or stop by our Stock Information Center located at ______ W. 15 th Street in Plano, Texas.

    We are pleased to offer you this opportunity to become a stockholder of ViewPoint Financial Group.


    Sincerely,






    Gary R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer





    THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, VIEWPOINT BANK, VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP, VIEWPOINT MHC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.


    'Dear Members' Letter




    __________ 2006


    Dear Member:

    We are pleased to announce that ViewPoint Bank is reorganizing into the mutual holding company structure. In connection with the reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group, the newly-formed mid-tier holding company for ViewPoint Bank, is offering common stock in a subscription and community offering to certain members of ViewPoint Bank, an employee stock ownership plan established by ViewPoint Bank, and members of the general public pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance.

    To accomplish this reorganization, we need your participation in an important vote. Enclosed is a proxy statement describing the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance, your voting rights and your rights to subscribe for shares of common stock being offered for sale by ViewPoint Financial Group. YOUR VOTE IS VERY IMPORTANT.

    Enclosed, as part of the proxy materials, is your proxy card. It is the detachable section at the top of the order form having your name and address. This proxy card should be signed and returned to us prior to the Special Meeting of Members to be held on _____ 2006 at ______, Central Time. Please take a moment now to sign the enclosed proxy card and return it to us in the postage-paid envelope provided. FAILURE TO VOTE HAS THE SAME EFFECT AS VOTING AGAINST THE REORGANIZATION.

    The Board of Directors believes the Reorganization will offer a number of advantages, such as an opportunity for depositors of ViewPoint Bank to become stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group. Please remember:
    Enclosed is a prospectus containing a complete discussion of the stock offering. We urge you to read this document carefully. If you are interested in purchasing the common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group, you must submit your Stock Order and Certification Form and payment prior to 12:00 Noon, Central Time, on __________, 2006.

    If you have any questions regarding the offering, please call us at (___) ___-____, Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., or stop by our Stock Information Center located at ________ W. 15 th Street in Plano, Texas.


    Sincerely,





    Gary R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer


    THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, VIEWPOINT BANK, VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP, VIEWPOINT MHC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS. 'Dear Prospective Investor' Letter




    _________, 2006



    Dear Prospective Investor:


    We are pleased to announce that ViewPoint Bank is reorganizing into the mutual holding company structure. In connection with the reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group, the newly-formed mid-tier holding company for ViewPoint Bank, is offering common stock in a subscription and community offering to certain members of ViewPoint Bank, an employee stock ownership plan established by ViewPoint Bank, and members of the general public pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance.

    We have enclosed the following materials that will help you learn more about an investment in ViewPoint Financial Group common stock. Please read and review the materials carefully.
    PROSPECTUS: This document provides detailed information about ViewPoint Bank's operations and the proposed stock offering by ViewPoint Financial Group.

    STOCK ORDER AND CERTIFICATION FORM: This form can be used to order stock by returning it with your payment in the enclosed business reply envelope. Your order must be received by 12:00 Noon, Central Time on _________, 2006.
    We invite you and other community members to become stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group. Through this offering you have the opportunity to buy stock directly from ViewPoint Financial Group without paying a commission or a fee.

    If you have any questions regarding the reorganization, please call us at (___) ___-____, Monday through Friday from 9:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m., or stop by our Stock Information Center located at ______ W. 15 th Street in Plano, Texas.


    Sincerely,





    Gary R. Base President and Chief Executive Officer




    THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, VIEWPOINT BANK, VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP, VIEWPOINT MHC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.

    Proxy Gram I




    {Logo} ViewPoint Bank

    PROXY GRAM

    PLEASE VOTE TODAY...


    We recently sent you a proxy statement and related materials regarding a proposal to reorganize ViewPoint Bank into the mutual holding company structure.

    Your vote on the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance has not yet been received.

    Voting for the reorganization does not obligate you to purchase stock and will not affect
    your accounts or FDIC insurance coverage on your accounts.

    Not Returning Your Proxy Cards has the Same Effect as Voting "Against" the Reorganization and

    Your Board of Directors Unanimously recommends a Vote "FOR" the Reorganization.

    Your Vote Is Important To Us!


    Please sign the enclosed proxy card and return it in the postage-paid envelope provided TODAY! If you received more than one proxy card, please be sure to sign and return all cards you received.

    Thank you,



    Gary R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    ViewPoint Bank
    Plano, Texas
    If you have already mailed your proxy card(s), please accept our thanks and disregard this notice.
    For further information, call (___) ___-____.

     




    THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, VIEWPOINT BANK, VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP, VIEWPOINT MHC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.



    Proxy Gram II




    {Logo} ViewPoint Bank

    PROXY GRAM II
    PLEASE VOTE TODAY...

    We recently sent you a proxy statement and related materials regarding a proposal to reorganize ViewPoint Bank into the mutual holding company structure.

    Your vote on the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance has not yet been received.

    Voting for the reorganization does not obligate you to purchase stock and will not affect your accounts or FDIC insurance coverage on your accounts.


    Not Returning Your Proxy Cards has the Same Effect as Voting "Against" the Reorganization and

    Your Board of Directors Unanimously Recommends a Vote "FOR" the Reorganization.


    Our Reasons for the Reorganization

    As a Mutual Institution:
    • There is no authority to issue capital stock and thus no access to this market source of equity capital.
    • Earnings from year to year are the only source of generating equity capital.

    Under a Mutual Holding Company structure, we will be able to:
    • Structure our business in the form that will enable us to access capital markets.
    • Support future lending and operational growth.
    • Better attract and retain qualified directors and management through stock-based compensation plans.
    • Support future branching activities and/or the acquisition of other financial institutions or financial services companies or their assets.

    Your Vote Is Important To Us!

    Please sign the enclosed proxy card and return it in the postage-paid envelope provided TODAY ! If you received more than one proxy card, please be sure to sign and return all cards you received.

    Thank you,



    Gary R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer
    ViewPoint Bank


    If you have already mailed your proxy card(s), please accept our thanks and disregard this notice.
    For further information, call (___) ___-____.



    THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, VIEWPOINT BANK, VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP, VIEWPOINT MHC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.

    Proxy Gram III




    {logo} ViewPoint Bank


    Proxy Gram III

    ______, 2006


    Dear Valued ViewPoint Bank Member:

    We recently forwarded you a proxy statement and related materials regarding a proposal to reorganize ViewPoint Bank into the mutual holding company structure. This reorganization will allow us to operate in essentially the same manner as we currently operate, but will provide us with the flexibility to increase our capital, continue to grow and expand, add new products and services, and increase our lending capability.

    As of the date of this letter, your vote on our Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance has not yet been received. Your Board of Directors unanimously recommends a vote "FOR" the Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance. If you mailed your proxy, please accept our thanks and disregard this request.

    We would sincerely appreciate you signing the enclosed proxy card and returning it promptly in the enclosed postage-paid envelope. Our meeting on ________ is fast approaching and we'd like to receive your vote as soon as possible.

    Voting FOR the reorganization does not affect the terms or insurance on your accounts. For further information call our Stock Information Center at (___)___-____.

    Best regards and thank you,





    Gary R. Base
    President and Chief Executive Officer








    THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION, VIEWPOINT BANK, VIEWPOINT FINANCIAL GROUP, VIEWPOINT MHC OR ANY GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.

    Question and Answer Brochure (front)




    Facts About the Reorganization

    The Board of Directors of ViewPoint Bank unanimously adopted a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance to reorganize into a mutual holding company structure. As a result of the reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group will become the federally chartered parent holding company of ViewPoint Bank, and ViewPoint Financial Group will be a majority-owned subsidiary of ViewPoint MHC. In connection with the reorganization, ViewPoint Financial Group is offering a minority percentage of its common stock in a subscription offering to the public pursuant to a Plan of Reorganization and Stock Issuance. ViewPoint MHC will be the majority stockholder of the common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group after the reorganization.
    This brochure answers some of the most frequently asked questions about the reorganization and about your opportunity to invest in ViewPoint Financial Group's common stock.
    Investment in the common stock of ViewPoint Financial Group involves certain risks. For a discussion of these risks and other factors, including a complete description of the offering, investors are urged to read the accompanying Prospectus, especially the discussion under the heading "Risk Factors."

    What is the purpose of the Reorganization?
    The reorganization will provide ViewPoint Bank with an additional source of capital to better serve the needs of the local community through: increasing our lending capacity to support new loans and higher lending limits; increasing our capital base; allowing us to grow and enhance our profitability; and improving our ability to manage capital, which will include paying cash dividends.
    Proceeds may also be used to allow ViewPoint Financial Group to finance the acquisition of other
      financial institutions and related businesses, although no mergers or acquisitions are planned at the present time; to repurchase shares of our common stock; and to accomplish other general corporate purposes.

    Will the reorganization affect any of my deposit accounts or loans?
    No. The reorganization will not affect the balance or terms of any deposit account or loan. Your deposits will continue to be federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC") to the maximum legal limit. Your deposit account is not being converted to stock.

    Do depositors have to buy stock?
    No. However, the reorganization will allow ViewPoint Bank's depositors an opportunity to buy stock and become stockholders of ViewPoint Financial Group.

    Who is eligible to purchase stock in the subscription offering?
    Certain members of ViewPoint Bank, its predecessor Community Credit Union, the ViewPoint Bank employee stock ownership plan, and possibly others.

    How many shares of stock are being offered and at what price?
    ViewPoint Financial Group is offering through the Prospectus between _________ and ________ shares of common stock at a price of $10.00 per share. The maximum number of shares that we may sell in the stock offering may increase by 15% to _________ shares as a result of regulatory considerations or changes in financial markets.

    How much stock may I buy?
    The minimum order is 25 shares or $250. No person may purchase more than 40,000 shares or $400,000 of common stock in the subscription offering, and no person, together with associates of and persons acting in concert with
      such persons may purchase more than 70,000 shares or $700,000 of common stock.

    How do I order stock?
    You must complete the enclosed Stock Order and Certification Form. Instructions for completing your Stock Order and Certification Form are contained in this packet. Your order must be received by ViewPoint Bank prior to 12:00 Noon, Central Time, on __________,2006.

    How may I pay for my shares of stock?
    First, you may pay for stock by check, cash or money order. If paying by cash, please stop by any one of ViewPoint Bank's offices and ask a teller to convert your cash into a check. Interest will be paid by ViewPoint Bank on these funds at the statement savings annual percentage yield from the day the funds are received until the reorganization is completed or terminated. Second, you may authorize us to withdraw funds from your ViewPoint Bank savings account or certificate of deposit for the amount of funds you specify for payment. You will not have access to these funds from the day we receive your order until the reorganization is completed or terminated.

    Can I purchase shares using funds in my ViewPoint IRA account?
    Potentially. However, you must establish a self-directed IRA account at a brokerage firm or trust department to which you can transfer a portion or all of your IRA account at ViewPoint Bank that will enable such purchase. Please contact your broker as early as possible; as such transactions take time to complete.

    May I obtain a loan from ViewPoint Bank to pay for the stock?
    No. Federal regulations do not allow ViewPoint Bank to make loans for this purpose, nor may you use a ViewPoint Bank line of credit to pay for shares. However, you are not precluded from obtaining financing from another financial institution.


    Question and Answer Brochure (back)




    Does placing an order guarantee that I will receive all, or a portion, of the shares I ordered?
    No. It is possible that orders received during the stock offering will exceed the number of shares offered for sale. In this case, referred to as an "oversubscription," federal regulations require that orders be filled using a pre-determined allocation procedure. Please refer to the section of the Prospectus titled, "The Reorganization and Stock Offering" for a detailed description of allocation procedures.
    If we are not able to fill an order (either wholly or in part), excess funds will be refunded by check, including interest earned at ViewPoint Bank's statement savings rate. If payment was to be made by withdrawal from a ViewPoint Bank deposit account, excess funds will remain in that account.

    Will the stock be insured?
    No. Like any other common stock, ViewPoint Financial Group's stock will not be insured.

    Will dividends be paid on the stock?
    Yes. ViewPoint Financial Group intends to pay a quarterly cash dividend of $0.05 per share or $0.20 per share on an annualized basis.

    How will the stock be traded?
    We have received conditional approval to list on the NASDAQ National Market after this offering under the ticker symbol "VPFG."

    Are officers and directors of ViewPoint planning to purchase stock?
    Yes! ViewPoint Bank's senior officers and directors plan to purchase, in the aggregate, $_______ worth of stock.

    Must I pay a commission?
    No. You will not be charged a commission or fee on the purchase of shares in the Reorganization.
      Should I vote?
    Yes. Your "YES" vote is very important!

    PLEASE VOTE, SIGN AND RETURN ALL PROXY CARDS AT YOUR EARLIEST CONVENIENCE!

    May I vote in person at the special meeting of members?
    Yes, but we would still like you to sign and mail your proxy today. If you decide to revoke your proxy, you may do so by giving notice at the meeting.


    Stock Information Center
    (___) ___-____
    ViewPoint Financial Group
    1309 W. 15 th Street
    Plano, Texas 75075
     
    The Reorganization and
    Stock Issuance


    QUESTIONS
    &
    Answers


    ViewPoint Financial Group





    The proposed stock holding company for
    ViewPoint Bank





    THESE SECURITIES ARE NOT DEPOSITS OR SAVINGS ACCOUNTS AND ARE NOT INSURED OR GUARANTEED BY THE FEDERAL DEPOSIT INSURANCE CORPORATION OR ANY OTHER GOVERNMENTAL AGENCY. THIS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK. THE OFFER IS MADE ONLY BY THE PROSPECTUS.


    End.